<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link href="https://feeds.simplecast.com/cz0AqxWI" rel="self" title="MP3 Audio" type="application/atom+xml"/>
    <atom:link href="https://simplecast.superfeedr.com" rel="hub" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"/>
    <generator>https://simplecast.com</generator>
    <title>Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</title>
    <description>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack discuss findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll - https://harvardharrispoll.com - released monthly by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.Penn is a former presidential pollster, Chairman of The Harris Poll and Chairman and CEO of Stagwell Global. Bob Cusack is Editor in Chief of The Hill.Conducted online within the United States, every survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.For regular updates, follow us on:Twitter - https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook - https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPollsLinkedIn - https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-pollsInstagram - https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls</description>
    <copyright>© 2023 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</copyright>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jan 2025 17:54:00 +0000</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2026 19:51:18 +0000</lastBuildDate>
    <image>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <title>Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</title>
      <url>https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/026c31d9-47b5-4175-8134-41deef5761fa/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed</url>
    </image>
    <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:summary>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack discuss findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll - https://harvardharrispoll.com - released monthly by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.Penn is a former presidential pollster, Chairman of The Harris Poll and Chairman and CEO of Stagwell Global. Bob Cusack is Editor in Chief of The Hill.Conducted online within the United States, every survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.For regular updates, follow us on:Twitter - https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook - https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPollsLinkedIn - https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-pollsInstagram - https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
    <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/026c31d9-47b5-4175-8134-41deef5761fa/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.simplecast.com/cz0AqxWI</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <itunes:keywords>polls, politics, republican, democrat, congress, trump, election, 2020, economy, harvard harris poll, mark penn</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>michael@itsborderline.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="Politics"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="News Commentary"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="Business News"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a8f170e2-5d75-40cd-8658-e536d0f8cde2</guid>
      <title>Biden Hits New Low as Trump Rises: January 2025 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Deep Dive</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark Penn for an in-depth analysis of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll results that reveal a dramatic shift in the political landscape. As President Biden prepares to leave office with his lowest approval rating since 2022, President-Elect Trump enters with majority support. We'll break down the numbers behind voter priorities on inflation and immigration, analyze public sentiment toward Trump's cabinet picks and policy proposals, and explore voter attitudes on everything from social media regulation to the Israel-Hamas ceasefire. Don't miss this comprehensive look at where America stands at this historic transition of power.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jan 2025 17:54:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark Penn for an in-depth analysis of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll results that reveal a dramatic shift in the political landscape. As President Biden prepares to leave office with his lowest approval rating since 2022, President-Elect Trump enters with majority support. We'll break down the numbers behind voter priorities on inflation and immigration, analyze public sentiment toward Trump's cabinet picks and policy proposals, and explore voter attitudes on everything from social media regulation to the Israel-Hamas ceasefire. Don't miss this comprehensive look at where America stands at this historic transition of power.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16466056" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/936f24e8-ef87-48a1-8a9f-841a94b7612b/audio/f7d67b87-1862-43ba-b88f-6d7226e45a71/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden Hits New Low as Trump Rises: January 2025 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Deep Dive</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:17:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Join Mark Penn for an in-depth analysis of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll results that reveal a dramatic shift in the political landscape. As President Biden prepares to leave office with his lowest approval rating since 2022, President-Elect Trump enters with majority support. We&apos;ll break down the numbers behind voter priorities on inflation and immigration, analyze public sentiment toward Trump&apos;s cabinet picks and policy proposals, and explore voter attitudes on everything from social media regulation to the Israel-Hamas ceasefire. Don&apos;t miss this comprehensive look at where America stands at this historic transition of power.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Join Mark Penn for an in-depth analysis of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll results that reveal a dramatic shift in the political landscape. As President Biden prepares to leave office with his lowest approval rating since 2022, President-Elect Trump enters with majority support. We&apos;ll break down the numbers behind voter priorities on inflation and immigration, analyze public sentiment toward Trump&apos;s cabinet picks and policy proposals, and explore voter attitudes on everything from social media regulation to the Israel-Hamas ceasefire. Don&apos;t miss this comprehensive look at where America stands at this historic transition of power.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">173d6d0a-68c4-4903-9a5b-f394d0f4d434</guid>
      <title>November 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The poll shows that Trump won over Harris by 2 points, driving the core issues of inflation and immigration most salient to the majority of Americans. Republicans closed in on the Democratic advantage of early and mail-in voting. Voters primarily relied on TV news channels for election coverage, followed by social media, and are split on whether coverage was biased. Looking ahead to the new administration, voters are divided on perceptions of Trump but want him to prioritize tackling inflation.</p><p>“This was an election about issues, and the economy and immigration played the biggest roles. Trump won on a clear message of middle- and working-class economics,” saidMark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “But while he’s won over people up to 54% and Republicans are supportive of his policies, he has to be careful in over-projecting his mandate – underneath is still a division of the election that has not yet resolved itself.”</p><p><a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/post-election-november-harvard-caps-harris-poll-trump-approval-rating-at-54-as-voters-hope-he-will-address-top-issues-of-inflation-and-immigration/">Read the Full Results</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2024 16:20:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The poll shows that Trump won over Harris by 2 points, driving the core issues of inflation and immigration most salient to the majority of Americans. Republicans closed in on the Democratic advantage of early and mail-in voting. Voters primarily relied on TV news channels for election coverage, followed by social media, and are split on whether coverage was biased. Looking ahead to the new administration, voters are divided on perceptions of Trump but want him to prioritize tackling inflation.</p><p>“This was an election about issues, and the economy and immigration played the biggest roles. Trump won on a clear message of middle- and working-class economics,” saidMark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “But while he’s won over people up to 54% and Republicans are supportive of his policies, he has to be careful in over-projecting his mandate – underneath is still a division of the election that has not yet resolved itself.”</p><p><a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/post-election-november-harvard-caps-harris-poll-trump-approval-rating-at-54-as-voters-hope-he-will-address-top-issues-of-inflation-and-immigration/">Read the Full Results</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="23662862" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/517471c2-b85d-4e86-90cf-d3b370a6e166/audio/569a1d43-8d4e-43d6-aac3-748dceeae56b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>November 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:24:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The poll shows that Trump won over Harris by 2 points, driving the core issues of inflation and immigration most salient to the majority of Americans. Republicans closed in on the Democratic advantage of early and mail-in voting. Voters primarily relied on TV news channels for election coverage, followed by social media, and are split on whether coverage was biased. Looking ahead to the new administration, voters are divided on perceptions of Trump but want him to prioritize tackling inflation.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The poll shows that Trump won over Harris by 2 points, driving the core issues of inflation and immigration most salient to the majority of Americans. Republicans closed in on the Democratic advantage of early and mail-in voting. Voters primarily relied on TV news channels for election coverage, followed by social media, and are split on whether coverage was biased. Looking ahead to the new administration, voters are divided on perceptions of Trump but want him to prioritize tackling inflation.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff8a3126-b882-4857-9c98-d158d13294bb</guid>
      <title>October 2024 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted October 11-13, 2024, among 3,145 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. As part of the sample, 2,596 likely voters and 898 battleground state voters were also interviewed.</p><p>The new poll found that the presidential horserace remains close at 49-48, with Harris leading and up 1 point from September. Trump, however, leads in battleground states among registered, likely, and early voters. The poll also covers public opinion on policy issues and foreign affairs.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p><strong>HORSERACE HAS HARRIS +1 BUT TRUMP LEADING IN BATTLEGROUND STATES  </strong></p><p>81% of registered voters say they will definitely vote in the election (Democrat: 85%; Republican: 84%; Independent: 72%).</p><p>Harris holds a 1.7-point lead among likely voters, but in battleground states, Trump has a 2-point lead among both likely and registered voters.</p><p>There is a 10-point gender gap with female voters favoring Harris. The gap for Latino voters has widened from 7 points in September to 17 points (Harris: 54%; Trump: 37%; Don’t Know/Unsure: 9%).</p><p>50% of voters say they will vote on Election Day, 45% say they will vote early, and 5% do not plan to vote. Mail-in voting behavior is nearly even across party ID (Democrat: 49%; Republican: 42%; Independent: 44%), markedly different from that in November 2020 (Democrat: 54%; Republican: 35%; Independent: 45%).</p><p>Among those voting early, 51% voted for Harris and 43% voted for Trump (in battleground states, Trump: 48%; Harris: 47%).  </p><p>14% of voters say they are still weighing their choices, including 25% of Independents.</p><p>Democrats and Republicans remain neck-in-neck in the congressional election (Democrat: 51%; Republican: 49%).</p><p><strong>CANDIDATE STRENGTHS ON THE ISSUES CONTINUE TO VARY WIDELY</strong></p><p>Trump’s perceived policy stances align more with those of the general public on issues like tougher law enforcement and opposition to open borders, the switch to electric vehicles, free healthcare for illegal immigrants, and men who have transitioned to women competing in women’s sports.</p><p>63% of voters are against a national ban on abortion. Most believe Harris is against such a ban (73%, +1 from September) and Trump is for it (54%, -1).  </p><p>Though many voters say Harris is to the left (53%) and Trump is to the right (50%) of them politically, 59% say they would rather vote for someone to the right of them.</p><p>Voters believe Trump would do a better job on specific foreign policy issues like the Ukraine/Russia war (+9), standing up to China (+13), and the Israel/Hamas war (+10) over Harris, and 70% believe he has experience in foreign affairs. But 51% of voters believe Harris is better equipped to be commander-in-chief over Trump.  </p><p><strong>CURRENT EVENTS HAVE MINOR EFFECTS ON CANDIDATE PERCEPTIONS  </strong></p><p>85% of voters say CBS should release the full transcript of Harris’ 60 Minutes interview. More broadly, 51% of voters say recent Harris interviews have helped her, and 49% say they have hurt her (an 8-point gap among Independents, with more thinking they hurt her).  </p><p>Harris holds leads over Trump on 10 out of 15 presidential characteristics including right temperament (+15), relates to the working class (+12), and honest (+10), while Trump is seen as more experienced (+10) and a fighter (+6).</p><p>58% of voters say they were satisfied with FEMA’s response to recent hurricanes, and 67% of voters believe FEMA money should not have gone to housing illegal immigrants.</p><p>38% of voters say JD Vance won the vice-presidential debate, while 35% of voters say Tim Walz won.  </p><p>67% of voters believe billionaires mostly support Trump, while 33% of voters believe they support Harris.  </p><p><strong>APPROVAL RATINGS AND MOOD OF COUNTRY REMAIN UNCHANGED, WITH ECONOMY TOP-OF-MIND</strong></p><p>Biden’s approval rating sits at 42%, unchanged from the last three months, while 51% of voters approve of the job Trump did as President (-1 from September) and 49% approve of the job Harris is doing as Vice-President (+2).</p><p>51% of voters believe they will be better off economically under a new Trump administration, while 49% hold this belief for a Harris administration.</p><p>Inflation and immigration remain the top two national issues for voters, with 46% of voters saying inflation is most important personally (Democrat: 39%, Republican: 52%; Independent: 47%).  </p><p>61% of voters say the U.S. economy is on the wrong track, staying relatively consistent since the summer of 2022. 47% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse (rural: 57%; suburban: 48%; urban: 40%).</p><p><strong>VOTERS SUPPORT ISRAEL’S STRIKES ON HEZBOLLAH AND RESPONSE TO IRAN, BELIEVING IRAN IS A SOURCE OF CONFLICT AND TERROR IN THE REGION</strong></p><p>52% of voters say Hezbollah is a terrorist organization, with 54% of 18-24 y.o. and 46% of 25-34 y.o. voters saying they are unsure.</p><p>73% of voters say Iran is a regional sponsor of terror in the Middle East and blame Iran over Israel for escalating conflict, but 53% of 18-24 y.o. and 46% of 25-34 y.o. voters say Iran is not a regional sponsor of terror.</p><p>63% of voters believe Israel is justified in responding to the recent Iranian missile attack (18-24: 45%; 25-34: 50%; 65+: 77%).</p><p>63% of voters say campus protests in the U.S. are mostly about saving lives in Gaza rather than supporting Hamas and Hezbollah.</p><p>65% of voters say authors who support Hamas and Hezbollah should not be given airtime on national TV.</p><p>Download the full results <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/MXhvbCnDx9qW7BNWgL83FDn4W2VV8NG5m9YKkN26s5_R3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3m4W5rgjcT125ygTW2fZ-wT73nN7hW212pZQ3fF1-kW7Gn9D93X78ndW2SrmBj5Pr2kLW5-xwSS2Cd1qdW2qRF_92LDr8TVC-CYd2ZChcBN2NLPt4_hLR_W3v4bMY7z4Xf7W7ZXgkx5Fw5RxW5SPXZz7SVDH4W8Bk0Fr2bFd2HW4nb0FX5hRTNQW3vSXwC91-5b_W1mfmp28pmmR-N7qwS80xTlgBW9dY3zn684bfqW28GpD82HL_0kW4VNK2x4x09mTf3sDVrl04">here</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 14:29:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted October 11-13, 2024, among 3,145 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. As part of the sample, 2,596 likely voters and 898 battleground state voters were also interviewed.</p><p>The new poll found that the presidential horserace remains close at 49-48, with Harris leading and up 1 point from September. Trump, however, leads in battleground states among registered, likely, and early voters. The poll also covers public opinion on policy issues and foreign affairs.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p><strong>HORSERACE HAS HARRIS +1 BUT TRUMP LEADING IN BATTLEGROUND STATES  </strong></p><p>81% of registered voters say they will definitely vote in the election (Democrat: 85%; Republican: 84%; Independent: 72%).</p><p>Harris holds a 1.7-point lead among likely voters, but in battleground states, Trump has a 2-point lead among both likely and registered voters.</p><p>There is a 10-point gender gap with female voters favoring Harris. The gap for Latino voters has widened from 7 points in September to 17 points (Harris: 54%; Trump: 37%; Don’t Know/Unsure: 9%).</p><p>50% of voters say they will vote on Election Day, 45% say they will vote early, and 5% do not plan to vote. Mail-in voting behavior is nearly even across party ID (Democrat: 49%; Republican: 42%; Independent: 44%), markedly different from that in November 2020 (Democrat: 54%; Republican: 35%; Independent: 45%).</p><p>Among those voting early, 51% voted for Harris and 43% voted for Trump (in battleground states, Trump: 48%; Harris: 47%).  </p><p>14% of voters say they are still weighing their choices, including 25% of Independents.</p><p>Democrats and Republicans remain neck-in-neck in the congressional election (Democrat: 51%; Republican: 49%).</p><p><strong>CANDIDATE STRENGTHS ON THE ISSUES CONTINUE TO VARY WIDELY</strong></p><p>Trump’s perceived policy stances align more with those of the general public on issues like tougher law enforcement and opposition to open borders, the switch to electric vehicles, free healthcare for illegal immigrants, and men who have transitioned to women competing in women’s sports.</p><p>63% of voters are against a national ban on abortion. Most believe Harris is against such a ban (73%, +1 from September) and Trump is for it (54%, -1).  </p><p>Though many voters say Harris is to the left (53%) and Trump is to the right (50%) of them politically, 59% say they would rather vote for someone to the right of them.</p><p>Voters believe Trump would do a better job on specific foreign policy issues like the Ukraine/Russia war (+9), standing up to China (+13), and the Israel/Hamas war (+10) over Harris, and 70% believe he has experience in foreign affairs. But 51% of voters believe Harris is better equipped to be commander-in-chief over Trump.  </p><p><strong>CURRENT EVENTS HAVE MINOR EFFECTS ON CANDIDATE PERCEPTIONS  </strong></p><p>85% of voters say CBS should release the full transcript of Harris’ 60 Minutes interview. More broadly, 51% of voters say recent Harris interviews have helped her, and 49% say they have hurt her (an 8-point gap among Independents, with more thinking they hurt her).  </p><p>Harris holds leads over Trump on 10 out of 15 presidential characteristics including right temperament (+15), relates to the working class (+12), and honest (+10), while Trump is seen as more experienced (+10) and a fighter (+6).</p><p>58% of voters say they were satisfied with FEMA’s response to recent hurricanes, and 67% of voters believe FEMA money should not have gone to housing illegal immigrants.</p><p>38% of voters say JD Vance won the vice-presidential debate, while 35% of voters say Tim Walz won.  </p><p>67% of voters believe billionaires mostly support Trump, while 33% of voters believe they support Harris.  </p><p><strong>APPROVAL RATINGS AND MOOD OF COUNTRY REMAIN UNCHANGED, WITH ECONOMY TOP-OF-MIND</strong></p><p>Biden’s approval rating sits at 42%, unchanged from the last three months, while 51% of voters approve of the job Trump did as President (-1 from September) and 49% approve of the job Harris is doing as Vice-President (+2).</p><p>51% of voters believe they will be better off economically under a new Trump administration, while 49% hold this belief for a Harris administration.</p><p>Inflation and immigration remain the top two national issues for voters, with 46% of voters saying inflation is most important personally (Democrat: 39%, Republican: 52%; Independent: 47%).  </p><p>61% of voters say the U.S. economy is on the wrong track, staying relatively consistent since the summer of 2022. 47% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse (rural: 57%; suburban: 48%; urban: 40%).</p><p><strong>VOTERS SUPPORT ISRAEL’S STRIKES ON HEZBOLLAH AND RESPONSE TO IRAN, BELIEVING IRAN IS A SOURCE OF CONFLICT AND TERROR IN THE REGION</strong></p><p>52% of voters say Hezbollah is a terrorist organization, with 54% of 18-24 y.o. and 46% of 25-34 y.o. voters saying they are unsure.</p><p>73% of voters say Iran is a regional sponsor of terror in the Middle East and blame Iran over Israel for escalating conflict, but 53% of 18-24 y.o. and 46% of 25-34 y.o. voters say Iran is not a regional sponsor of terror.</p><p>63% of voters believe Israel is justified in responding to the recent Iranian missile attack (18-24: 45%; 25-34: 50%; 65+: 77%).</p><p>63% of voters say campus protests in the U.S. are mostly about saving lives in Gaza rather than supporting Hamas and Hezbollah.</p><p>65% of voters say authors who support Hamas and Hezbollah should not be given airtime on national TV.</p><p>Download the full results <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/MXhvbCnDx9qW7BNWgL83FDn4W2VV8NG5m9YKkN26s5_R3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3m4W5rgjcT125ygTW2fZ-wT73nN7hW212pZQ3fF1-kW7Gn9D93X78ndW2SrmBj5Pr2kLW5-xwSS2Cd1qdW2qRF_92LDr8TVC-CYd2ZChcBN2NLPt4_hLR_W3v4bMY7z4Xf7W7ZXgkx5Fw5RxW5SPXZz7SVDH4W8Bk0Fr2bFd2HW4nb0FX5hRTNQW3vSXwC91-5b_W1mfmp28pmmR-N7qwS80xTlgBW9dY3zn684bfqW28GpD82HL_0kW4VNK2x4x09mTf3sDVrl04">here</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22882572" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f7e9ae18-2d1e-4c6f-b49f-a58181353110/audio/652eba41-fd6c-4758-8200-9af408dada9c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>October 2024 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The poll was conducted October 11-13, 2024, among 3,145 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. As part of the sample, 2,596 likely voters and 898 battleground state voters were also interviewed.
 
The new poll found that the presidential horserace remains close at 49-48, with Harris leading and up 1 point from September. Trump, however, leads in battleground states among registered, likely, and early voters. The poll also covers public opinion on policy issues and foreign affairs.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The poll was conducted October 11-13, 2024, among 3,145 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. As part of the sample, 2,596 likely voters and 898 battleground state voters were also interviewed.
 
The new poll found that the presidential horserace remains close at 49-48, with Harris leading and up 1 point from September. Trump, however, leads in battleground states among registered, likely, and early voters. The poll also covers public opinion on policy issues and foreign affairs.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29661cef-8ecc-48a7-9719-a69f57c49fd7</guid>
      <title>September 2025 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted September 4-5, 2024, among 2,358 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.</p><p>The new poll found that the presidential horse race now sits at 50-50. Harris' favorability and job approval ratings remain at 47%, while Trump holds a 47% favorability rating and 52% job approval rating. Voters believe Harris would do a better job on abortion, climate change, and racial equality, while Trump would do a better job on the economy, immigration, crime, and China. The poll also covers public opinion on the economy and foreign policy.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p>CONGRESSIONAL AND PRESIDENTIAL HORSE RACES BOTH NECK-AND-NECK</p><p>The presidential horse race is tied at 50-50.</p><p>Both presidential candidates are winning their respective party bases: male (50%), white (54%), and rural (59%) voters favor Trump, while Black (71%), urban (57%), and college-educated (52%) voters favor Harris.</p><p>Independent voters are split almost evenly and 33% of them say they are still weighing their final choice.</p><p>50% of Hispanic voters say they will vote for Harris, while 43% say they will vote for Trump — only a 7-point gap. 7% of Hispanic voters say they are still unsure.</p><p>CANDIDATES ARE PERCEIVED AS WIDELY DIFFERENT ON THE ISSUES</p><p>Major differences emerged between how voters see Trump and how they see Harris on the issues. Harris is seen more often than not as favoring open borders, compassionate enforcement of laws, free healthcare to immigrants, and the switch to electric vehicles. Trump is seen as a stronger ally to Israel, harsher on China, and more of a defender of free speech on social media than Harris.</p><p>Trump is seen as favoring a national ban on abortion while Harris is seen as opposing such a ban.</p><p>49% of voters say Harris is to the left of them politically, while 50% say Trump is to the right of them politically.</p><p>LESS THAN HALF OF VOTERS APPROVE OF CURRENT ADMINISTRATION</p><p>Biden approval rating stayed steady at 42% from July. Among minority voters, 66% of Black voters approve, but only 39% of Hispanic voters approve.</p><p>Less than half of voters approve of Biden's performance across all issues, with racial equity his highest (47%) and the Israel-Hamas conflict his lowest (34%).</p><p>47% of voters approve of the job Harris is doing as Vice President, with high approval from Democrats (87%), Black (71%), and urban (60%) voters.</p><p>PERCEPTIONS TOWARD ECONOMY REMAIN PESSIMISTIC</p><p>63% of voters believe the U.S. economy is on the wrong track and 62% characterize it as weak, consistent with perceptions over the past year.</p><p>42% of voters named inflation as the most important issue facing the country today, up 5 points from July.</p><p>48% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse, especially among female (53%), 55-64 year-old (55%), and rural (57%) voters.</p><p>SUPPORT FOR ISRAEL OVER HAMAS UNCHANGED; YOUNG VOTERS SEEM UNINFORMED ON VENEZUELA ELECTIONS AND MANY FAVOR MADURO</p><p>69% of voters say a ceasefire of the Israel-Hamas war should only happen after Hamas is removed from power and all hostages are released (ages 18-24: 45%; ages 65+: 84%). When asked to choose between Israel and Hamas without the choice to remain undecided, 79% continue to favor Israel while 21% favor Hamas.</p><p>71% of voters say the execution of six hostages was the fault of Hamas over that of the Israeli government.</p><p>More than half of voters have at least heard about the Venezuelan election, but 38% of voters say the Venezuelan election was not stolen by incumbent President Nicolás Maduro (ages 18-24: 49%; ages 25-34: 48%; ages 65+: 27%).</p><p> </p><p>57% of voters say they support the protesters in Venezuela, and 60% support U.S. sanctions on Venezuela for allegations of election fraud, but 56% believe the U.S. government should not engage in another international issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2024 18:20:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <media:thumbnail height="720" url="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/cb4d83e1-3cce-4e6f-81ee-df856ce85f6e/3e437e50-68cb-45a0-abb3-3a0d1a913b1f/harvard-caps-video.jpg" width="1280"/>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted September 4-5, 2024, among 2,358 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.</p><p>The new poll found that the presidential horse race now sits at 50-50. Harris' favorability and job approval ratings remain at 47%, while Trump holds a 47% favorability rating and 52% job approval rating. Voters believe Harris would do a better job on abortion, climate change, and racial equality, while Trump would do a better job on the economy, immigration, crime, and China. The poll also covers public opinion on the economy and foreign policy.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p>CONGRESSIONAL AND PRESIDENTIAL HORSE RACES BOTH NECK-AND-NECK</p><p>The presidential horse race is tied at 50-50.</p><p>Both presidential candidates are winning their respective party bases: male (50%), white (54%), and rural (59%) voters favor Trump, while Black (71%), urban (57%), and college-educated (52%) voters favor Harris.</p><p>Independent voters are split almost evenly and 33% of them say they are still weighing their final choice.</p><p>50% of Hispanic voters say they will vote for Harris, while 43% say they will vote for Trump — only a 7-point gap. 7% of Hispanic voters say they are still unsure.</p><p>CANDIDATES ARE PERCEIVED AS WIDELY DIFFERENT ON THE ISSUES</p><p>Major differences emerged between how voters see Trump and how they see Harris on the issues. Harris is seen more often than not as favoring open borders, compassionate enforcement of laws, free healthcare to immigrants, and the switch to electric vehicles. Trump is seen as a stronger ally to Israel, harsher on China, and more of a defender of free speech on social media than Harris.</p><p>Trump is seen as favoring a national ban on abortion while Harris is seen as opposing such a ban.</p><p>49% of voters say Harris is to the left of them politically, while 50% say Trump is to the right of them politically.</p><p>LESS THAN HALF OF VOTERS APPROVE OF CURRENT ADMINISTRATION</p><p>Biden approval rating stayed steady at 42% from July. Among minority voters, 66% of Black voters approve, but only 39% of Hispanic voters approve.</p><p>Less than half of voters approve of Biden's performance across all issues, with racial equity his highest (47%) and the Israel-Hamas conflict his lowest (34%).</p><p>47% of voters approve of the job Harris is doing as Vice President, with high approval from Democrats (87%), Black (71%), and urban (60%) voters.</p><p>PERCEPTIONS TOWARD ECONOMY REMAIN PESSIMISTIC</p><p>63% of voters believe the U.S. economy is on the wrong track and 62% characterize it as weak, consistent with perceptions over the past year.</p><p>42% of voters named inflation as the most important issue facing the country today, up 5 points from July.</p><p>48% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse, especially among female (53%), 55-64 year-old (55%), and rural (57%) voters.</p><p>SUPPORT FOR ISRAEL OVER HAMAS UNCHANGED; YOUNG VOTERS SEEM UNINFORMED ON VENEZUELA ELECTIONS AND MANY FAVOR MADURO</p><p>69% of voters say a ceasefire of the Israel-Hamas war should only happen after Hamas is removed from power and all hostages are released (ages 18-24: 45%; ages 65+: 84%). When asked to choose between Israel and Hamas without the choice to remain undecided, 79% continue to favor Israel while 21% favor Hamas.</p><p>71% of voters say the execution of six hostages was the fault of Hamas over that of the Israeli government.</p><p>More than half of voters have at least heard about the Venezuelan election, but 38% of voters say the Venezuelan election was not stolen by incumbent President Nicolás Maduro (ages 18-24: 49%; ages 25-34: 48%; ages 65+: 27%).</p><p> </p><p>57% of voters say they support the protesters in Venezuela, and 60% support U.S. sanctions on Venezuela for allegations of election fraud, but 56% believe the U.S. government should not engage in another international issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="20455566" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/1617239c-13c4-43fe-a6c7-404e70a322ed/audio/99192d4d-63a5-440e-bfab-023e75030603/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>September 2025 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/026c31d9-47b5-4175-8134-41deef5761fa/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:18</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The poll was conducted September 4-5, 2024, among 2,358 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. The new poll found that the presidential horse race now sits at 50-50. Harris&apos; favorability and job approval ratings remain at 47%, while Trump holds a 47% favorability rating and 52% job approval rating. Voters believe Harris would do a better job on abortion, climate change, and racial equality, while Trump would do a better job on the economy, immigration, crime, and China. The poll also covers public opinion on the economy and foreign policy.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The poll was conducted September 4-5, 2024, among 2,358 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. The new poll found that the presidential horse race now sits at 50-50. Harris&apos; favorability and job approval ratings remain at 47%, while Trump holds a 47% favorability rating and 52% job approval rating. Voters believe Harris would do a better job on abortion, climate change, and racial equality, while Trump would do a better job on the economy, immigration, crime, and China. The poll also covers public opinion on the economy and foreign policy.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3681018f-5322-4b91-9f2d-a5742abb9202</guid>
      <title>July 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Harvard Harris Poll Debrief, Bob Cusack and Mark Penn discuss the latest political developments and polling data. The discussion centers around a dramatic shift in the Democratic presidential race, with Joe Biden stepping aside and Kamala Harris becoming the new presumptive nominee.</p><h3><strong>Takeaways</strong></h3><p>The Democratic Party has experienced a renewal with the selection of Kamala Harris as the candidate.</p><p>Harris has seen a significant improvement in her popularity and has the potential to win the election.</p><p>Policy and performance will be key factors in the election, with Trump having an advantage on the economy.</p><p>Attacks on Harris may focus on her progressive policies and lack of foreign policy experience.</p><p>The selection of Harris' running mate is not expected to have a significant impact on the election.</p><p>The electorate remains stable, with strong support for Israel and dissatisfaction with the economy.</p><h3>Chapters</h3><p>(00:00) The Renewal of the Democratic Party</p><p>(01:07) The Popularity and Potential of Kamala Harris</p><p>(02:22) Paths to Victory for Harris</p><p>(05:06) The Importance of Policy and Performance</p><p>(06:25) Likability and Potential Attacks on Harris</p><p>(08:24) The Selection of Harris' Running Mate</p><p>11:00The Stability of the Electorate</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 20:03:56 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Harvard Harris Poll Debrief, Bob Cusack and Mark Penn discuss the latest political developments and polling data. The discussion centers around a dramatic shift in the Democratic presidential race, with Joe Biden stepping aside and Kamala Harris becoming the new presumptive nominee.</p><h3><strong>Takeaways</strong></h3><p>The Democratic Party has experienced a renewal with the selection of Kamala Harris as the candidate.</p><p>Harris has seen a significant improvement in her popularity and has the potential to win the election.</p><p>Policy and performance will be key factors in the election, with Trump having an advantage on the economy.</p><p>Attacks on Harris may focus on her progressive policies and lack of foreign policy experience.</p><p>The selection of Harris' running mate is not expected to have a significant impact on the election.</p><p>The electorate remains stable, with strong support for Israel and dissatisfaction with the economy.</p><h3>Chapters</h3><p>(00:00) The Renewal of the Democratic Party</p><p>(01:07) The Popularity and Potential of Kamala Harris</p><p>(02:22) Paths to Victory for Harris</p><p>(05:06) The Importance of Policy and Performance</p><p>(06:25) Likability and Potential Attacks on Harris</p><p>(08:24) The Selection of Harris' Running Mate</p><p>11:00The Stability of the Electorate</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21823551" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/e061571a-b4ab-414b-a6d0-4d51dbedce38/audio/245b12f0-48a2-4939-a0c1-0d545ff38df2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>July 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the Harvard Harris Poll Debrief, Bob Cusack and Mark Penn discuss the latest political developments and polling data. The discussion centers around a dramatic shift in the Democratic presidential race, with Joe Biden stepping aside and Kamala Harris becoming the new presumptive nominee.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Harvard Harris Poll Debrief, Bob Cusack and Mark Penn discuss the latest political developments and polling data. The discussion centers around a dramatic shift in the Democratic presidential race, with Joe Biden stepping aside and Kamala Harris becoming the new presumptive nominee.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e869f6ff-01d0-4d3b-8cc7-8cbc5c2355be</guid>
      <title>June 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted June 28-30, 2024, among 2,090 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating dropped to 40%, his lowest since July 2022, while inflation and immigration remained voters’ top two concerns.</p><p><strong>DEBATE HURTS BIDEN, HELPS TRUMP</strong></p><ul><li>74% of voters think Biden is too old to be President, an 11-point increase after the debate.</li><li>66% of voters have doubts about Biden’s mental fitness for office, a 12-point increase after the debate.</li><li>Voters are on net 7 points more likely to vote for Trump after the debate and 20 points less likely to vote for Biden.</li></ul><p><strong>ATTITUDES TOWARD ECONOMY WORSEN</strong></p><ul><li>62% of voters characterize their personal economics as fair or poor, up 7 points from May.</li><li>52% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse, especially among Republican (69%) and rural (63%) voters.</li><li>Biden’s approval on handling inflation dropped to 34%, his lowest in two years.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP CONTINUES TO LEAD HORSE RACE</strong></p><ul><li>Trump leads Biden by 4 points in the horserace, down 2 points from last month.</li><li>41% of voters (a plurality) say Trump’s guilty verdict in the New York hush money case has no impact on their vote, while 31% say they are more likely to vote for Trump and 27% say less likely.</li><li>Marco Rubio and Tim Scott are the VP nominees who would be most helpful to Trump.</li></ul><p><strong>IMMIGRATION-CRIME NEXUS CONTINUES TO CONCERN VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>Voters say the top issues caused by mass immigration are an increase in violence/crime (57%), a strain on resources such as healthcare and education (57%), and a rise in homelessness (55%).</li><li>56% of voters think Biden’s recent asylum ban for migrants caught illegally crossing the U.S.-Mexico border is “too little, too late.”</li><li>52% of voters support Biden’s recent executive order aimed at expediting citizenship for the undocumented spouses of U.S. citizens.</li></ul><p><strong>SUPPORT FOR ISRAEL REMAINS HIGH</strong></p><ul><li>64% of voters are paying close attention to the Israel-Hamas war, down 9 points from May, but support for Israel remains consistent at 80%.</li><li>67% of voters say Israel should retaliate against Hezbollah until they stop firing rockets into the north (ages 18-24: 53%; ages 65+: 85%).</li></ul><p>Download the full results <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VVwny-3pPg6HW1HcJJT8YRCsNW2bnPc75g_ggfN7KkK183m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3mnW8-0x0X3P43r2W6TVVCK1MtmbZW34MLxN95MdDDVFqbs_3S4N1yW3MvFl04HtX3dW3d65h_14TW82W8srdGN3z4lB2W3x_HKZ36Q29-W8ZNFJ626sfh4W3g86Tp8CVQrQW5jpFDX4P1sJFVGLjpr81N9KhW56hJwX4v8m17W64N_pr5x2nZmW2bXF7N1Y81VQW3Zzjqp6C56y9V6BWjw3dZtBMW1SJRgc8jydjdV4H2jV955zYSN1Sxnn2WJVNHf3WCkn404" target="_blank"><strong>here</strong></a><strong>. </strong>As always, I welcome your questions and comments.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 9 Jul 2024 20:34:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted June 28-30, 2024, among 2,090 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating dropped to 40%, his lowest since July 2022, while inflation and immigration remained voters’ top two concerns.</p><p><strong>DEBATE HURTS BIDEN, HELPS TRUMP</strong></p><ul><li>74% of voters think Biden is too old to be President, an 11-point increase after the debate.</li><li>66% of voters have doubts about Biden’s mental fitness for office, a 12-point increase after the debate.</li><li>Voters are on net 7 points more likely to vote for Trump after the debate and 20 points less likely to vote for Biden.</li></ul><p><strong>ATTITUDES TOWARD ECONOMY WORSEN</strong></p><ul><li>62% of voters characterize their personal economics as fair or poor, up 7 points from May.</li><li>52% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse, especially among Republican (69%) and rural (63%) voters.</li><li>Biden’s approval on handling inflation dropped to 34%, his lowest in two years.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP CONTINUES TO LEAD HORSE RACE</strong></p><ul><li>Trump leads Biden by 4 points in the horserace, down 2 points from last month.</li><li>41% of voters (a plurality) say Trump’s guilty verdict in the New York hush money case has no impact on their vote, while 31% say they are more likely to vote for Trump and 27% say less likely.</li><li>Marco Rubio and Tim Scott are the VP nominees who would be most helpful to Trump.</li></ul><p><strong>IMMIGRATION-CRIME NEXUS CONTINUES TO CONCERN VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>Voters say the top issues caused by mass immigration are an increase in violence/crime (57%), a strain on resources such as healthcare and education (57%), and a rise in homelessness (55%).</li><li>56% of voters think Biden’s recent asylum ban for migrants caught illegally crossing the U.S.-Mexico border is “too little, too late.”</li><li>52% of voters support Biden’s recent executive order aimed at expediting citizenship for the undocumented spouses of U.S. citizens.</li></ul><p><strong>SUPPORT FOR ISRAEL REMAINS HIGH</strong></p><ul><li>64% of voters are paying close attention to the Israel-Hamas war, down 9 points from May, but support for Israel remains consistent at 80%.</li><li>67% of voters say Israel should retaliate against Hezbollah until they stop firing rockets into the north (ages 18-24: 53%; ages 65+: 85%).</li></ul><p>Download the full results <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VVwny-3pPg6HW1HcJJT8YRCsNW2bnPc75g_ggfN7KkK183m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3mnW8-0x0X3P43r2W6TVVCK1MtmbZW34MLxN95MdDDVFqbs_3S4N1yW3MvFl04HtX3dW3d65h_14TW82W8srdGN3z4lB2W3x_HKZ36Q29-W8ZNFJ626sfh4W3g86Tp8CVQrQW5jpFDX4P1sJFVGLjpr81N9KhW56hJwX4v8m17W64N_pr5x2nZmW2bXF7N1Y81VQW3Zzjqp6C56y9V6BWjw3dZtBMW1SJRgc8jydjdV4H2jV955zYSN1Sxnn2WJVNHf3WCkn404" target="_blank"><strong>here</strong></a><strong>. </strong>As always, I welcome your questions and comments.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26201673" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/87ba009f-38ba-4fc0-b706-881be52c2db2/audio/1436441e-44d4-4d58-bfe8-d591f3ce4448/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>June 2024 Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The poll was conducted June 28-30, 2024, among 2,090 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating dropped to 40%, his lowest since July 2022, while inflation and immigration remained voters’ top two concerns.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The poll was conducted June 28-30, 2024, among 2,090 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll. President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating dropped to 40%, his lowest since July 2022, while inflation and immigration remained voters’ top two concerns.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1fde0714-52e5-451d-92bd-4fa2b0e3bab6</guid>
      <title>May 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<h2>Chapters</h2><p>00:00 Biden's Job Approval and Economy</p><p>03:19 Impact of Border and Immigration</p><p>05:42 Israel-Hamas Conflict and Ratings</p><p>06:39 The Challenge of Swing Voters</p><p>10:29 Crucial Presidential Debates</p><p>13:23 The Hush Money Trial and Trump's Campaign</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 19:33:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Chapters</h2><p>00:00 Biden's Job Approval and Economy</p><p>03:19 Impact of Border and Immigration</p><p>05:42 Israel-Hamas Conflict and Ratings</p><p>06:39 The Challenge of Swing Voters</p><p>10:29 Crucial Presidential Debates</p><p>13:23 The Hush Money Trial and Trump's Campaign</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22573366" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f9604f40-1713-4046-add8-1b7c74d37cae/audio/997590de-53bb-4f04-8b08-7aefe2784fe8/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>May 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Biden is in trouble as his job approval is not moving and people are unhappy with the economy. The cost of living has increased, and this is affecting voters&apos; attitudes towards Biden. The economy and the border/immigration are key issues that are impacting Biden&apos;s popularity. The Israel-Hamas conflict has also affected his ratings. There is a significant number of swing voters who are still undecided. The presidential debates will be crucial for Biden to try and turn things around. The hush money trial in New York could have an impact on Trump&apos;s campaign. Middle-class voters are concerned about their quality of life and will play a crucial role in the election.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Biden is in trouble as his job approval is not moving and people are unhappy with the economy. The cost of living has increased, and this is affecting voters&apos; attitudes towards Biden. The economy and the border/immigration are key issues that are impacting Biden&apos;s popularity. The Israel-Hamas conflict has also affected his ratings. There is a significant number of swing voters who are still undecided. The presidential debates will be crucial for Biden to try and turn things around. The hush money trial in New York could have an impact on Trump&apos;s campaign. Middle-class voters are concerned about their quality of life and will play a crucial role in the election.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>trouble, economy, swing voters, job approval, cost of living, border, immigration, presidential debates, middle-class voters, biden, hush money trial, israel-hamas</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9824c10-07a9-4554-87d7-d0041fd7b1a0</guid>
      <title>April 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating is steady at 44%, while Donald Trump leads the horse race by 4 points. Immigration and inflation remain the top two issues for voters. </p><p><strong>ELECTION FUNDAMENTALS SEE LITTLE CHANGE BUT TRUMP LEAD WIDENS</strong></p><ul><li>Immigration and inflation continue to be voters’ top concerns, tied at 35% each this month.</li><li>55% of voters believe Trump has committed crimes for which he should be convicted, but 55% say separately that they approve of the job he did as president.</li><li>44% job approval for Biden shows 11-point deficit in job approval compared to Trump at 55%.</li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS PREFER FOCUS ON DOMESTIC RATHER THAN FOREIGN AFFAIRS</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say this is a time in world affairs that enables the U.S. to focus primarily on domestic issues, rather than spend more on military and foreign affairs (Democrats: 58%; Republicans: 57%; Independents: 63%).</li><li>58% say the U.S. does not have the leadership necessary to handle world affairs now.</li><li>56% support sending $26 billion in aid to Israel; 49% support sending $8 billion in aid to the Indo-Pacific, including Taiwan; and 48% support sending $61 billion in aid to Ukraine.</li></ul><p><strong>GENERATIONAL SCHISM ON ISRAEL REMAINS SALIENT DESPITE GENERAL SUPPORT UNCHANGED</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters say they support Israel over Hamas (ages 18-24 57% to 43%)</li><li>71% say the crisis in Gaza has been created by Hamas, not Israel.</li><li>78% say Hamas should be removed from running Gaza.</li><li>72% of voters believe Israel should move forward with an operation in Rafah in order to finish the war against Hamas, while doing its best to avoid civilian casualties (ages 18-24: 57%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>68% oppose a ceasefire unless it means Hamas would be allowed to continue holding hostages and running Gaza (ages 18-24: 66% still support). 70% support a “permanent ceasefire” but that support is contingent on hostage release and end of Hamas rule.</li><li>In the context of the recent Iran attacks against Israel, 80% believe Iran must be stopped from having nuclear weapons (ages 18-24: 43%; ages 65+: 96%).</li></ul><p><strong>MOST AMERICANS DISAPPROVE OF UNIVERSITIES AMID CAMPUS PROTESTS</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters believe students and professors who call for violence towards Jews should be suspended (ages 18-24: 59%; ages 65+: 92%).</li><li>64% believe the leaders of private higher education institutions are not doing enough to prevent antisemitism (ages 18-24: 37%; ages 65+: 80%).</li><li>64% believe there is a problem with what institutions of higher learning are teaching students today (ages 18-24: 47%; ages 65+: 74%).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 16:21:45 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating is steady at 44%, while Donald Trump leads the horse race by 4 points. Immigration and inflation remain the top two issues for voters. </p><p><strong>ELECTION FUNDAMENTALS SEE LITTLE CHANGE BUT TRUMP LEAD WIDENS</strong></p><ul><li>Immigration and inflation continue to be voters’ top concerns, tied at 35% each this month.</li><li>55% of voters believe Trump has committed crimes for which he should be convicted, but 55% say separately that they approve of the job he did as president.</li><li>44% job approval for Biden shows 11-point deficit in job approval compared to Trump at 55%.</li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS PREFER FOCUS ON DOMESTIC RATHER THAN FOREIGN AFFAIRS</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say this is a time in world affairs that enables the U.S. to focus primarily on domestic issues, rather than spend more on military and foreign affairs (Democrats: 58%; Republicans: 57%; Independents: 63%).</li><li>58% say the U.S. does not have the leadership necessary to handle world affairs now.</li><li>56% support sending $26 billion in aid to Israel; 49% support sending $8 billion in aid to the Indo-Pacific, including Taiwan; and 48% support sending $61 billion in aid to Ukraine.</li></ul><p><strong>GENERATIONAL SCHISM ON ISRAEL REMAINS SALIENT DESPITE GENERAL SUPPORT UNCHANGED</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters say they support Israel over Hamas (ages 18-24 57% to 43%)</li><li>71% say the crisis in Gaza has been created by Hamas, not Israel.</li><li>78% say Hamas should be removed from running Gaza.</li><li>72% of voters believe Israel should move forward with an operation in Rafah in order to finish the war against Hamas, while doing its best to avoid civilian casualties (ages 18-24: 57%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>68% oppose a ceasefire unless it means Hamas would be allowed to continue holding hostages and running Gaza (ages 18-24: 66% still support). 70% support a “permanent ceasefire” but that support is contingent on hostage release and end of Hamas rule.</li><li>In the context of the recent Iran attacks against Israel, 80% believe Iran must be stopped from having nuclear weapons (ages 18-24: 43%; ages 65+: 96%).</li></ul><p><strong>MOST AMERICANS DISAPPROVE OF UNIVERSITIES AMID CAMPUS PROTESTS</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters believe students and professors who call for violence towards Jews should be suspended (ages 18-24: 59%; ages 65+: 92%).</li><li>64% believe the leaders of private higher education institutions are not doing enough to prevent antisemitism (ages 18-24: 37%; ages 65+: 80%).</li><li>64% believe there is a problem with what institutions of higher learning are teaching students today (ages 18-24: 47%; ages 65+: 74%).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29040466" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4a4f9b57-d931-4fef-b7a1-eba4c4dd23ba/audio/5ddefe38-ae32-4d6c-8c48-f3434c0b1bbd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>April 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:14</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating is steady at 44%, while Donald Trump leads the horse race by 4 points. Immigration and inflation remain the top two issues for voters.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating is steady at 44%, while Donald Trump leads the horse race by 4 points. Immigration and inflation remain the top two issues for voters.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e33c3530-dfec-4baf-801c-a6490cee8bf9</guid>
      <title>March 2024 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted March 20-21, 2024, among 2,111 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </p><p> </p><p>President Joe Biden's overall approval rating remained at 45%, while 55% of voters say they approve of Donald Trump's job as president. Immigration and inflation remained voters' top two concerns for the third month in a row.</p><p> </p><p>Stay tuned for the next Harvard CAPS / Harris poll podcast debrief at <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VW7V_y9j6rLJW8YzxwS1bQcFdW8GDvjX5c4DC7N8BHR5C3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3pFW2QG58_11gHcxW1cRPvz4168MtW1Gt8Lc6X9bCgW4c4_9n3ym2YTW26Gvt21P_HJZW733jbS756nyKW7HcLx36TqyhxW94H4Xx7rv705W3x9WhW7GXdcdN2GTslSNxfPlW3vh_P463J6R5N4GmTv0SgzPNW9b8tlc3_Y029W75c12G8Pmkg4W7xqy3F7MKDhtW17sKKQ1QvK0vW5Qp8wL7rMPytW51Ynfr1nMJGsN2rJCsjBxCZWW4mVPPN6Sn_47f58Mz5v04" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or other podcast platforms. </p><p> </p><p>Other key findings include: </p><p> </p><p><strong>VOTERS SPLIT ON BIDEN'S STATE OF THE UNION BUT RACE NARROWS SLIGHTLY</strong></p><ul><li>52% of voters have an unfavorable opinion of Biden's State of the Union address.</li><li>54% of voters, including 70% of non-watchers, think Biden did not address the issues that they and their families are concerned about in the speech.</li><li>53% believe Biden delivered the speech effectively.</li><li>Trump is leading Biden by 2 points in the general head-to-head, down from 6 points last month. 20% of Independents say they are unsure.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS ARE FINE WITH "ILLEGAL" AND "UNDOCUMENTED" TERMS AS IMMIGRATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN</strong></p><ul><li>73% of voters believe it is appropriate to refer to those who enter the U.S. without permission as "illegal immigrants"; 68% believe it is appropriate to refer to them as "undocumented immigrants."</li><li>63% of voters have heard of the story of murdered Georgia nursing student Laken Riley and 70% believe the case shows that the U.S. needs stricter immigration policies.</li></ul><p><strong>TIKTOK BAN IS DIVIDED BY GENERATION, NOT PARTY</strong></p><ul><li>64% of voters believe the risks posed by TikTok to Americans' personal security and the country's national security outweigh the benefits of using TikTok for American brands and content creators (ages 18-24: 49%; ages 65+: 85%).</li><li>65% of voters support the bill that would ban TikTok in the U.S. if ByteDance does not sell it to a U.S. government-approved buyer (ages 18-24: 43%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>Voters are most concerned about potential election interference from Russia (74%), China (73%), Iran (60%), Hamas (56%) and tech companies (51%).</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL SUPPORT REMAINS STRONG WITH SCHUMER CRITICIZED FOR CALL TO REMOVE NETANYAHU</strong></p><ul><li>Israel continues to receive high support, 79%, against Hamas.</li><li>52% of voters say it was inappropriate for Senator Chuck Schumer to call for new elections in Israel to remove Benjamin Netanyahu; but 54% believe this criticism of Israel was fair.</li><li>Netanyahu has a higher net favorable rating in the U.S. (+2 points) than Schumer (-10 points).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2024 19:34:45 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The poll was conducted March 20-21, 2024, among 2,111 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </p><p> </p><p>President Joe Biden's overall approval rating remained at 45%, while 55% of voters say they approve of Donald Trump's job as president. Immigration and inflation remained voters' top two concerns for the third month in a row.</p><p> </p><p>Stay tuned for the next Harvard CAPS / Harris poll podcast debrief at <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VW7V_y9j6rLJW8YzxwS1bQcFdW8GDvjX5c4DC7N8BHR5C3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3pFW2QG58_11gHcxW1cRPvz4168MtW1Gt8Lc6X9bCgW4c4_9n3ym2YTW26Gvt21P_HJZW733jbS756nyKW7HcLx36TqyhxW94H4Xx7rv705W3x9WhW7GXdcdN2GTslSNxfPlW3vh_P463J6R5N4GmTv0SgzPNW9b8tlc3_Y029W75c12G8Pmkg4W7xqy3F7MKDhtW17sKKQ1QvK0vW5Qp8wL7rMPytW51Ynfr1nMJGsN2rJCsjBxCZWW4mVPPN6Sn_47f58Mz5v04" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or other podcast platforms. </p><p> </p><p>Other key findings include: </p><p> </p><p><strong>VOTERS SPLIT ON BIDEN'S STATE OF THE UNION BUT RACE NARROWS SLIGHTLY</strong></p><ul><li>52% of voters have an unfavorable opinion of Biden's State of the Union address.</li><li>54% of voters, including 70% of non-watchers, think Biden did not address the issues that they and their families are concerned about in the speech.</li><li>53% believe Biden delivered the speech effectively.</li><li>Trump is leading Biden by 2 points in the general head-to-head, down from 6 points last month. 20% of Independents say they are unsure.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS ARE FINE WITH "ILLEGAL" AND "UNDOCUMENTED" TERMS AS IMMIGRATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN</strong></p><ul><li>73% of voters believe it is appropriate to refer to those who enter the U.S. without permission as "illegal immigrants"; 68% believe it is appropriate to refer to them as "undocumented immigrants."</li><li>63% of voters have heard of the story of murdered Georgia nursing student Laken Riley and 70% believe the case shows that the U.S. needs stricter immigration policies.</li></ul><p><strong>TIKTOK BAN IS DIVIDED BY GENERATION, NOT PARTY</strong></p><ul><li>64% of voters believe the risks posed by TikTok to Americans' personal security and the country's national security outweigh the benefits of using TikTok for American brands and content creators (ages 18-24: 49%; ages 65+: 85%).</li><li>65% of voters support the bill that would ban TikTok in the U.S. if ByteDance does not sell it to a U.S. government-approved buyer (ages 18-24: 43%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>Voters are most concerned about potential election interference from Russia (74%), China (73%), Iran (60%), Hamas (56%) and tech companies (51%).</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL SUPPORT REMAINS STRONG WITH SCHUMER CRITICIZED FOR CALL TO REMOVE NETANYAHU</strong></p><ul><li>Israel continues to receive high support, 79%, against Hamas.</li><li>52% of voters say it was inappropriate for Senator Chuck Schumer to call for new elections in Israel to remove Benjamin Netanyahu; but 54% believe this criticism of Israel was fair.</li><li>Netanyahu has a higher net favorable rating in the U.S. (+2 points) than Schumer (-10 points).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22850888" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/55bd7a0e-7470-4310-ac13-49b399b0bc5f/audio/71896fea-0010-43d0-ae2c-1a5013fdda4e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>March 2024 Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The poll was conducted March 20-21, 2024, among 2,111 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  
 
President Joe Biden&apos;s overall approval rating remained at 45%, while 55% of voters say they approve of Donald Trump&apos;s job as president. Immigration and inflation remained voters&apos; top two concerns for the third month in a row.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The poll was conducted March 20-21, 2024, among 2,111 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  
 
President Joe Biden&apos;s overall approval rating remained at 45%, while 55% of voters say they approve of Donald Trump&apos;s job as president. Immigration and inflation remained voters&apos; top two concerns for the third month in a row.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">36a85e27-6d30-4a5c-a575-d6664b3dda3d</guid>
      <title>February 2024 - Immigration Concerns Continue</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Here are the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWY65s8j5QgkW7rXMyp5gMzfHW8wLjj959-MkGMLtlTb5kBVqW50kH_H6lZ3nxW6gjSBr56gyw1W8-b8q990wk2-W59JrxW86Pz7nW36bLTl5zYwpFW8T5-C41mN9BCW8VDy211QgGfbW3hK0DW1JvlfQW6xBSMg96qkLZW2VvJk773126VW66259v8hXQv4W7CrxfR5gl7qlW7tYbks19tDPzW94v8cb8GJS8VW70X79G7h0wzkV9RZfQ95NvY5W71QH5f1jtZMyW50tdf46s2RmcW1MZGDf4J--wjN5K5FG57CJq-W2j3_D74j58CDVQm5cC1hS7Q0Vvpnr74LbxHxW8Pwjwf1v7LVnW1bCWzp3FjLdPW3kl-jT7YclP7W1m5t-X1T2ZB8W71QMYH8L_xTYN7Sl2KZCl5SkW2my8gH2QskQNW998hgB4rZ0mVW6S1YMB95qrFBW253ZS86scbHLf4bQmGb04" target="_blank"><strong>February Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</strong></a>, which was released together with The Hill today. The poll was conducted February 21-22, 2024, among 2,022 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </p><p>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating rose to 45% while his immigration approval remained at 35%, his lowest on any issue. Immigration and inflation are the top two issues for voters for the second month in a row.</p><p>Stay tuned for the next Harvard CAPS / Harris poll podcast debrief at <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWY65s8j5QgkW7rXMyp5gMzfHW8wLjj959-MkGMLtlTP3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3mSW7HWXw-8sRJPxW8ZwX1m8wQnBJW1pSkV42MpMmyW8rT4dS6Q_HJ0Vyb2p56bjgyFW8c1yV62Q2DsBW4glcCj9kTQvRW5pKmGY5PZ9MTW94NYld8V1tdGW6CV9Xd1ymrfTW5Hr3J75d4B0CW342JNh2wTfvbW8x8XGG86csYDW630t2n1MWcTpW8BLTSB3NwslZW6QNV8V26zjBMW2PvQcq5r2LC9N3SbDplF7r7TW7YXh_d4TmMDKW1g2b_57y7cjbf68_80M04" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or other podcast platforms. </p><p>Other key findings include: </p><p><strong>IMMIGRATION CONCERNS CONTINUE TO BE FRONT AND CENTER</strong></p><ul><li>Voters say Biden’s biggest failure was creating an open borders policy and a historic flood of immigrants. (Voters say Biden’s biggest accomplishment was lowering the cost of prescription drugs.)</li><li>62% of voters support impeaching Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas, including 48% of Democrats.</li><li>55% of voters supported Trump’s calls to stop the Senate’s compromise immigration bill, which would have allowed 5000 migrants to enter per day until new measures kicked in.</li></ul><p><strong>INFLATION LOOKS STICKY TO VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters think price increases and inflation have proven to be sticky and are here to stay – including 58% of Democrats and 87% of Republicans.</li><li>45% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse – down from 64% in summer 2022.</li><li>42% say inflation is the most important issue to them personally, up 4 points from January.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS ARE CONCERNED BY SPECIAL COUNSEL REPORT ON BIDEN’S AGE AND MEMORY ISSUES</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say age and memory lapses are inadequate justification for Special Counsel Robert Hur not pursuing criminal charges in the classified documents case.</li><li>76% of voters, including 64% of Democrats, want the transcript of Hur’s interview with Biden to be released publicly.</li><li>71% of voters, including 50% of Democrats, would consider it an impeachable offense if it were true that Biden worked with his son and brother to help bring in multimillion-dollar fees from China, Russia and Ukraine while he was vice president.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP KEEPS LEAD DESPITE LEGAL CHALLENGES</strong></p><ul><li>Trump beats Biden by 6 points in the head-to-head matchup.</li><li>57% of voters say they approve of the job Trump did as president.</li><li>54% think the New York judge’s recent ruling that Trump defrauded state banks was fair.</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL SUPPORT REMAINS STRONG</strong></p><ul><li>82% of voters support Israel over Hamas (with 72% support among 18-24-year-olds, their highest percentage to date).</li><li>63% of voters support Israel continuing its ground invasion into Southern Gaza to root out the final elements of Hamas.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Feb 2024 15:21:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Here are the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWY65s8j5QgkW7rXMyp5gMzfHW8wLjj959-MkGMLtlTb5kBVqW50kH_H6lZ3nxW6gjSBr56gyw1W8-b8q990wk2-W59JrxW86Pz7nW36bLTl5zYwpFW8T5-C41mN9BCW8VDy211QgGfbW3hK0DW1JvlfQW6xBSMg96qkLZW2VvJk773126VW66259v8hXQv4W7CrxfR5gl7qlW7tYbks19tDPzW94v8cb8GJS8VW70X79G7h0wzkV9RZfQ95NvY5W71QH5f1jtZMyW50tdf46s2RmcW1MZGDf4J--wjN5K5FG57CJq-W2j3_D74j58CDVQm5cC1hS7Q0Vvpnr74LbxHxW8Pwjwf1v7LVnW1bCWzp3FjLdPW3kl-jT7YclP7W1m5t-X1T2ZB8W71QMYH8L_xTYN7Sl2KZCl5SkW2my8gH2QskQNW998hgB4rZ0mVW6S1YMB95qrFBW253ZS86scbHLf4bQmGb04" target="_blank"><strong>February Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</strong></a>, which was released together with The Hill today. The poll was conducted February 21-22, 2024, among 2,022 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </p><p>President Joe Biden’s overall approval rating rose to 45% while his immigration approval remained at 35%, his lowest on any issue. Immigration and inflation are the top two issues for voters for the second month in a row.</p><p>Stay tuned for the next Harvard CAPS / Harris poll podcast debrief at <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWY65s8j5QgkW7rXMyp5gMzfHW8wLjj959-MkGMLtlTP3m2ndW69sMD-6lZ3mSW7HWXw-8sRJPxW8ZwX1m8wQnBJW1pSkV42MpMmyW8rT4dS6Q_HJ0Vyb2p56bjgyFW8c1yV62Q2DsBW4glcCj9kTQvRW5pKmGY5PZ9MTW94NYld8V1tdGW6CV9Xd1ymrfTW5Hr3J75d4B0CW342JNh2wTfvbW8x8XGG86csYDW630t2n1MWcTpW8BLTSB3NwslZW6QNV8V26zjBMW2PvQcq5r2LC9N3SbDplF7r7TW7YXh_d4TmMDKW1g2b_57y7cjbf68_80M04" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or other podcast platforms. </p><p>Other key findings include: </p><p><strong>IMMIGRATION CONCERNS CONTINUE TO BE FRONT AND CENTER</strong></p><ul><li>Voters say Biden’s biggest failure was creating an open borders policy and a historic flood of immigrants. (Voters say Biden’s biggest accomplishment was lowering the cost of prescription drugs.)</li><li>62% of voters support impeaching Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas, including 48% of Democrats.</li><li>55% of voters supported Trump’s calls to stop the Senate’s compromise immigration bill, which would have allowed 5000 migrants to enter per day until new measures kicked in.</li></ul><p><strong>INFLATION LOOKS STICKY TO VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters think price increases and inflation have proven to be sticky and are here to stay – including 58% of Democrats and 87% of Republicans.</li><li>45% of voters say their personal financial situation is getting worse – down from 64% in summer 2022.</li><li>42% say inflation is the most important issue to them personally, up 4 points from January.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS ARE CONCERNED BY SPECIAL COUNSEL REPORT ON BIDEN’S AGE AND MEMORY ISSUES</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say age and memory lapses are inadequate justification for Special Counsel Robert Hur not pursuing criminal charges in the classified documents case.</li><li>76% of voters, including 64% of Democrats, want the transcript of Hur’s interview with Biden to be released publicly.</li><li>71% of voters, including 50% of Democrats, would consider it an impeachable offense if it were true that Biden worked with his son and brother to help bring in multimillion-dollar fees from China, Russia and Ukraine while he was vice president.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP KEEPS LEAD DESPITE LEGAL CHALLENGES</strong></p><ul><li>Trump beats Biden by 6 points in the head-to-head matchup.</li><li>57% of voters say they approve of the job Trump did as president.</li><li>54% think the New York judge’s recent ruling that Trump defrauded state banks was fair.</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL SUPPORT REMAINS STRONG</strong></p><ul><li>82% of voters support Israel over Hamas (with 72% support among 18-24-year-olds, their highest percentage to date).</li><li>63% of voters support Israel continuing its ground invasion into Southern Gaza to root out the final elements of Hamas.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="20426204" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4ecc908b-2e0c-48cf-9d55-6f254318e072/audio/b2586b5b-55fe-4c82-8c47-02849b27cb2a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>February 2024 - Immigration Concerns Continue</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mark and Bob review the findings of the February Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, which was released together with The Hill today. The poll was conducted February 21-22, 2024, among 2,022 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mark and Bob review the findings of the February Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, which was released together with The Hill today. The poll was conducted February 21-22, 2024, among 2,022 registered voters by HarrisX and The Harris Poll.  </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8261f054-d472-4d58-ad74-b9ad445bb229</guid>
      <title>January 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack breakdown the results from the January 2024 Harvard-CAPS Harris Poll. This month's word: Immigration.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 14:43:42 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack breakdown the results from the January 2024 Harvard-CAPS Harris Poll. This month's word: Immigration.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="24385636" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/26fd9d21-735d-4293-8e06-54b9d7df65c4/audio/ddb6beb4-f8d5-48c0-bfa5-7a67b958db9d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>January 2024 Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:25:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack breakdown the results from the January 2024 Harvard-CAPS Harris Poll. This month&apos;s word: Immigration.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack breakdown the results from the January 2024 Harvard-CAPS Harris Poll. This month&apos;s word: Immigration.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39460c03-f549-4572-8734-2d4b721dcb49</guid>
      <title>Harvard Harris Poll - December 2023</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=3450530371&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stagwellglobal.com%2F&a=Stagwell" target="_blank">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: <a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/december-harvard-caps--harris-poll-most-voters-want-the-us-to-support-israel-and-ukraine-302017994.html?tc=eml_cleartime#financial-modal">STGW</a>) today released the results of the <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=2939079190&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=December+Harvard+CAPS+%2F+Harris+poll" target="_blank">December Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>President Joe Biden's approval rating is 43% with slight upticks in economic sentiment. The generation gap on the Israel-Hamas war remains prevalent as 81% of all voters but only 50% of 18-24-year-olds side with Israel. The poll also covers public opinion on immigration and the 2024 horse race. Download key results <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=853671714&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=here" target="_blank">here</a>.</p><p>"There is bipartisan consensus among voters on many issues right now, from immigration and increased border security to support for Israel and Ukraine," said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. "The party that compromises effectively could win over swing voters who remain conflicted between different cross-pressures about the economy and the weaknesses of the leading candidates."</p><p><strong>AMERICANS THINK THE U.S. SHOULD SUPPORT BOTH ISRAEL AND UKRAINE</strong></p><ul><li>65% of voters think the U.S. should be supporting Israel in its war against Hamas; 65% separately think the U.S. should be supporting Ukraine in its war against Russia.</li><li>54% of voters support giving $14 billion in aid to Israel; 49% support giving an additional $50 billion in aid to Ukraine. Republicans are most likely to support the aid to Israel and Democrats most support aid to Ukraine.</li><li>65% of voters, including 51% of Democrats, believe the Republicans should hold up aid to both Israel and Ukraineto get additional border security measures.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS WANT MORE ACTION ON IMMIGRATION</strong></p><ul><li>Biden's approval rating on immigration dropped 8 points to 38% in the last month.</li><li>57% of voters believe Trump had better immigration policies than Biden.</li><li>Only 8% of voters knew that over 3 million people crossed the border illegally in the past year; the majority believed the number was under 500,000.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS THINK THEY ARE WORSE OFF UNDER BIDEN ALTHOUGH VIEWS ON ECONOMY ARE TICKING UP</strong></p><ul><li>55% of voters say they are worse off personally during Biden's presidency and 61% say they were better off personally during Trump's presidency.</li><li>44% say the economy is strong today, up 6 points in the past six months.</li><li>Inflation remains the most important issue to voters personally (chosen by 40%).</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP MAINTAINS LEAD IN HORSE RACE WITH WIDESPREAD DOUBTS ABOUT HIM AND BIDEN</strong></p><ul><li>56% of voters believe Trump will act like a dictator if reelected, but 59% believe Democrats are trying to unfairly scare voters by labeling Trump as a dictator.</li><li>72% believe a vote for Biden is really a vote for Kamala Harris because he will not likely serve a full second term.</li><li>Trump leads the head-to-head matchup against Biden by 5 points and leads by 7 points when including third-party candidates.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS WANT HUNTER BIDEN TO AGREE TO DEPOSITION</strong></p><ul><li>81% of voters, including 72% of Democrats, believe Hunter Biden should appear for a deposition by Congress if asked to explain his business dealings.</li></ul><p><strong>GENERATION GAP ON ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR EXTENDS TO UNIVERSITY PRESIDENTS AND POLICIES</strong></p><ul><li>62% of voters feel university presidents did not go far enough to condemn antisemitism on their campuses in their Congressional testimony (ages 18-24: 67% feel the presidents did go far enough).</li><li>74% believe students who call for the genocide of Jews should face actions for violating university rules (ages 18-24: 47%).</li><li>76% believe Jewish students on campus are facing harassment (ages 18-24: 68%).</li><li>67% of 18-24-year-olds believe Jews as a class are oppressors and should be treated as such (in contrast, 73% of all voters believe this is a false ideology).</li></ul><p>The December Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on December 13-14, 2023, among 2,034 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=3594361165&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F&a=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2023 16:44:20 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=3450530371&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.stagwellglobal.com%2F&a=Stagwell" target="_blank">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: <a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/december-harvard-caps--harris-poll-most-voters-want-the-us-to-support-israel-and-ukraine-302017994.html?tc=eml_cleartime#financial-modal">STGW</a>) today released the results of the <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=2939079190&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=December+Harvard+CAPS+%2F+Harris+poll" target="_blank">December Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>President Joe Biden's approval rating is 43% with slight upticks in economic sentiment. The generation gap on the Israel-Hamas war remains prevalent as 81% of all voters but only 50% of 18-24-year-olds side with Israel. The poll also covers public opinion on immigration and the 2024 horse race. Download key results <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=853671714&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=here" target="_blank">here</a>.</p><p>"There is bipartisan consensus among voters on many issues right now, from immigration and increased border security to support for Israel and Ukraine," said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. "The party that compromises effectively could win over swing voters who remain conflicted between different cross-pressures about the economy and the weaknesses of the leading candidates."</p><p><strong>AMERICANS THINK THE U.S. SHOULD SUPPORT BOTH ISRAEL AND UKRAINE</strong></p><ul><li>65% of voters think the U.S. should be supporting Israel in its war against Hamas; 65% separately think the U.S. should be supporting Ukraine in its war against Russia.</li><li>54% of voters support giving $14 billion in aid to Israel; 49% support giving an additional $50 billion in aid to Ukraine. Republicans are most likely to support the aid to Israel and Democrats most support aid to Ukraine.</li><li>65% of voters, including 51% of Democrats, believe the Republicans should hold up aid to both Israel and Ukraineto get additional border security measures.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS WANT MORE ACTION ON IMMIGRATION</strong></p><ul><li>Biden's approval rating on immigration dropped 8 points to 38% in the last month.</li><li>57% of voters believe Trump had better immigration policies than Biden.</li><li>Only 8% of voters knew that over 3 million people crossed the border illegally in the past year; the majority believed the number was under 500,000.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS THINK THEY ARE WORSE OFF UNDER BIDEN ALTHOUGH VIEWS ON ECONOMY ARE TICKING UP</strong></p><ul><li>55% of voters say they are worse off personally during Biden's presidency and 61% say they were better off personally during Trump's presidency.</li><li>44% say the economy is strong today, up 6 points in the past six months.</li><li>Inflation remains the most important issue to voters personally (chosen by 40%).</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP MAINTAINS LEAD IN HORSE RACE WITH WIDESPREAD DOUBTS ABOUT HIM AND BIDEN</strong></p><ul><li>56% of voters believe Trump will act like a dictator if reelected, but 59% believe Democrats are trying to unfairly scare voters by labeling Trump as a dictator.</li><li>72% believe a vote for Biden is really a vote for Kamala Harris because he will not likely serve a full second term.</li><li>Trump leads the head-to-head matchup against Biden by 5 points and leads by 7 points when including third-party candidates.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS WANT HUNTER BIDEN TO AGREE TO DEPOSITION</strong></p><ul><li>81% of voters, including 72% of Democrats, believe Hunter Biden should appear for a deposition by Congress if asked to explain his business dealings.</li></ul><p><strong>GENERATION GAP ON ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR EXTENDS TO UNIVERSITY PRESIDENTS AND POLICIES</strong></p><ul><li>62% of voters feel university presidents did not go far enough to condemn antisemitism on their campuses in their Congressional testimony (ages 18-24: 67% feel the presidents did go far enough).</li><li>74% believe students who call for the genocide of Jews should face actions for violating university rules (ages 18-24: 47%).</li><li>76% believe Jewish students on campus are facing harassment (ages 18-24: 68%).</li><li>67% of 18-24-year-olds believe Jews as a class are oppressors and should be treated as such (in contrast, 73% of all voters believe this is a false ideology).</li></ul><p>The December Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on December 13-14, 2023, among 2,034 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4053123-1&h=3594361165&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F&a=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="23753686" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/7c418262-5053-415b-b50f-d6d40b2ac0e2/audio/f864c048-4e1c-43d2-b6b7-286ace22a084/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard Harris Poll - December 2023</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:24:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating is 43% with slight upticks in economic sentiment. The generation gap on the Israel-Hamas war remains prevalent as 81% of all voters but only 50% of 18-24-year-olds side with Israel. The poll also covers public opinion on immigration and the 2024 horse race.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating is 43% with slight upticks in economic sentiment. The generation gap on the Israel-Hamas war remains prevalent as 81% of all voters but only 50% of 18-24-year-olds side with Israel. The poll also covers public opinion on immigration and the 2024 horse race.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1814fee-3635-4dd3-aead-cd436c7ff9ac</guid>
      <title>November 2023 Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>President Joe Biden's approval rating rises slightly to 45% with slight upticks in positive economic sentiment. Israel and Biden's policy on the war continue to receive strong support as 80% of voters side with Israel over Hamas and 58% approve of Biden's policies. The poll also covers public opinion on abortion, crime and the 2024 horse race. Download key results <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4031141-1&h=1176826716&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=here" target="_blank">here</a>.</p><p>"It is easy to lose sight of how much support there really is among American voters for Israel and for President Biden staying strongly pro-Israel – although misinformation on Israel and Hamas remains prevalent, especially among younger people," said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. "Biden's Israelpolicy could help him pick up swing voters, while the Democrats continue to win elections on abortion since they come across to swing voters as the party of personal freedom on this issue."</p><p><strong>ECONOMIC OUTLOOK TICKS UP SLIGHTLY</strong></p><ul><li>42% of voters think the U.S. economy is strong today, the highest since February 2023.</li><li>30% say their personal financial situation is improving, up 6 points since July.</li><li>47% are optimistic about their life in the next year, up 4 points since last month.</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL CONTINUES TO RECEIVE MAJORITY SUPPORT</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters support Israel over Hamas (ages 18-24: 55%; ages 65+: 95%).</li><li>61% of voters support Israel continuing until Hamas is defeated and the hostages are released (ages 18-24: 51%; ages 65+: 81%).</li><li>78% of voters support Israel calling for 4-hour partial ceasefires each day, but 51% did not know about these ceasefires (ages 18-24: 59% support, 64% did not know).</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS CONTINUE TO APPROVE OF BIDEN'S ISRAEL POLICY</strong></p><ul><li>66% of voters think Biden should support Israel rather than pull back (ages 18-24: 39%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>65% of voters favor the $14 billion aid package to Israel (ages 18-24: 57%; ages 65+: 75%).</li><li>63% of voters think Biden is doing enough to protect Palestinian civilians (ages 18-24: 46%; ages 65+: 64%).</li></ul><p><strong>MISINFORMATION ON HAMAS AND ISRAEL'S LEVELS OF FREEDOM AND TOLERANCE REMAINS SIZABLE AMONG YOUNG VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>81% of voters think Hamas uses civilians as human shields (ages 18-24: 68%; ages 65+: 95%).</li><li>78% of voters believe Hamas is an authoritarian ruler (ages 18-24: 59%; ages 65+: 96%).</li><li>69% of voters believe Israel a democracy (ages 18-24: 56%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>51% of 18-24-year-old voters think Israel allows gay people to live together openly; 45% think Hamas allows the same.</li></ul><p><strong>6-WEEK ABORTION BAN IS NOT POPULAR</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say women should have the sole right to decide whether to have an abortion for any reason up to 6 weeks of pregnancy.</li><li>When asked about the prospect of federal abortion legislation, 39% of voters think Congress should pass a law guaranteeing access similar to Roe v. Wade; 35% want Congress not to pass any law; only 27% want a Congressional law restricting abortion to 6 weeks or less.</li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS WANT MORE LAW ENFORCEMENT AS CRIME CONCERN STAYS HIGH</strong></p><ul><li>63% of voters think you need to have a gun today in case you're attacked by criminals – including 54% of Democrats.</li><li>83% of voters across the political spectrum think shoplifting laws should be strictly, not more laxly, enforced.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP STILL LEADS PRIMARY AND GENERAL MATCHUPS DESPITE LOOMING CONVICTION THREATS</strong></p><ul><li>Trump continues to lead the GOP primary field with 67% support and the general election match-up against Biden by 6 points.</li><li>Voters are split 50-50 on whether Trump will be convicted or not; 89% of Trump primary supporters say they would vote for him even if he were convicted of a crime.</li><li>But the Trump vote may be softer than people think: 63% of Trump primary supporters say they have at least some chance of ending up voting for someone else.</li></ul><p>The November Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on November 15-16, 2023, among 2,851 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4031141-1&h=2734200115&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F&a=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 15:12:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>President Joe Biden's approval rating rises slightly to 45% with slight upticks in positive economic sentiment. Israel and Biden's policy on the war continue to receive strong support as 80% of voters side with Israel over Hamas and 58% approve of Biden's policies. The poll also covers public opinion on abortion, crime and the 2024 horse race. Download key results <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4031141-1&h=1176826716&u=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&a=here" target="_blank">here</a>.</p><p>"It is easy to lose sight of how much support there really is among American voters for Israel and for President Biden staying strongly pro-Israel – although misinformation on Israel and Hamas remains prevalent, especially among younger people," said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. "Biden's Israelpolicy could help him pick up swing voters, while the Democrats continue to win elections on abortion since they come across to swing voters as the party of personal freedom on this issue."</p><p><strong>ECONOMIC OUTLOOK TICKS UP SLIGHTLY</strong></p><ul><li>42% of voters think the U.S. economy is strong today, the highest since February 2023.</li><li>30% say their personal financial situation is improving, up 6 points since July.</li><li>47% are optimistic about their life in the next year, up 4 points since last month.</li></ul><p><strong>ISRAEL CONTINUES TO RECEIVE MAJORITY SUPPORT</strong></p><ul><li>80% of voters support Israel over Hamas (ages 18-24: 55%; ages 65+: 95%).</li><li>61% of voters support Israel continuing until Hamas is defeated and the hostages are released (ages 18-24: 51%; ages 65+: 81%).</li><li>78% of voters support Israel calling for 4-hour partial ceasefires each day, but 51% did not know about these ceasefires (ages 18-24: 59% support, 64% did not know).</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS CONTINUE TO APPROVE OF BIDEN'S ISRAEL POLICY</strong></p><ul><li>66% of voters think Biden should support Israel rather than pull back (ages 18-24: 39%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>65% of voters favor the $14 billion aid package to Israel (ages 18-24: 57%; ages 65+: 75%).</li><li>63% of voters think Biden is doing enough to protect Palestinian civilians (ages 18-24: 46%; ages 65+: 64%).</li></ul><p><strong>MISINFORMATION ON HAMAS AND ISRAEL'S LEVELS OF FREEDOM AND TOLERANCE REMAINS SIZABLE AMONG YOUNG VOTERS</strong></p><ul><li>81% of voters think Hamas uses civilians as human shields (ages 18-24: 68%; ages 65+: 95%).</li><li>78% of voters believe Hamas is an authoritarian ruler (ages 18-24: 59%; ages 65+: 96%).</li><li>69% of voters believe Israel a democracy (ages 18-24: 56%; ages 65+: 84%).</li><li>51% of 18-24-year-old voters think Israel allows gay people to live together openly; 45% think Hamas allows the same.</li></ul><p><strong>6-WEEK ABORTION BAN IS NOT POPULAR</strong></p><ul><li>59% of voters say women should have the sole right to decide whether to have an abortion for any reason up to 6 weeks of pregnancy.</li><li>When asked about the prospect of federal abortion legislation, 39% of voters think Congress should pass a law guaranteeing access similar to Roe v. Wade; 35% want Congress not to pass any law; only 27% want a Congressional law restricting abortion to 6 weeks or less.</li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS WANT MORE LAW ENFORCEMENT AS CRIME CONCERN STAYS HIGH</strong></p><ul><li>63% of voters think you need to have a gun today in case you're attacked by criminals – including 54% of Democrats.</li><li>83% of voters across the political spectrum think shoplifting laws should be strictly, not more laxly, enforced.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP STILL LEADS PRIMARY AND GENERAL MATCHUPS DESPITE LOOMING CONVICTION THREATS</strong></p><ul><li>Trump continues to lead the GOP primary field with 67% support and the general election match-up against Biden by 6 points.</li><li>Voters are split 50-50 on whether Trump will be convicted or not; 89% of Trump primary supporters say they would vote for him even if he were convicted of a crime.</li><li>But the Trump vote may be softer than people think: 63% of Trump primary supporters say they have at least some chance of ending up voting for someone else.</li></ul><p>The November Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on November 15-16, 2023, among 2,851 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at <a href="https://c212.net/c/link/?t=0&l=en&o=4031141-1&h=2734200115&u=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F&a=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.markpennpolls.com%2F" target="_blank">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="19666377" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/75a26d12-d673-4502-be0a-4fc088586963/audio/eb914330-aea1-4320-8bd7-4ed8e8523ab5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>November 2023 Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:20:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>For November, President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating rises slightly to 45% with slight upticks in positive economic sentiment. Israel and Biden&apos;s policy on the war continue to receive strong support as 80% of voters side with Israel over Hamas and 58% approve of Biden&apos;s policies. The poll also covers public opinion on abortion, crime and the 2024 horse race.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>For November, President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating rises slightly to 45% with slight upticks in positive economic sentiment. Israel and Biden&apos;s policy on the war continue to receive strong support as 80% of voters side with Israel over Hamas and 58% approve of Biden&apos;s policies. The poll also covers public opinion on abortion, crime and the 2024 horse race.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5aea36af-83a5-4bc3-af2b-61adf6e1f805</guid>
      <title>October 2023 Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>OCTOBER HARVARD CAPS / HARRIS POLL: STRONG MAJORITIES OF AMERICANS SUPPORT ISRAEL AGAINST HAMAS AND U.S. POLICY ON ISRAEL</strong></p><p>48% OF 18–24-YEAR-OLDS SIDE MORE WITH HAMAS; WAR VIEWS DEFINED BY GENERATIONS, NOT PARTY</p><p>BIDEN APPROVAL RISES ON ISRAEL RESPONSE</p><p>NEW YORK and CAMBRIDGE, Mass. – <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">October Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>Israel receives overwhelming support from Americans: 84% of voters support Israel over Hamas and 88% believe Israel has a right to respond militarily against Hamas. President Joe Biden edges up to 44% approval as 58% approve of the job he is doing on Israel. Republicans in Congress have hurt themselves significantly in the breakdown over the Speaker of the House as Congressional and Republican ratings sink. Download key results <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">here</a>.</p><p>“Americans strongly support Israel against Hamas’ terrorist attacks by 80 percent or more. However, there is a split not among the parties but among the generations as 95% of seniors support Israel while support drops to only 52% among the youngest voter group,” said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “President Biden’s vocal support of Israel is winning approval from both sides, while the Republicans’ chaos in the House is doing the opposite.”</p><p><strong>AMERICANS OVERWHELMINGLY SUPPORT ISRAELAND ITS RIGHT TO RESPOND TO HAMAS ATTACKS</strong></p><p>• 84% of voters side more with Israel than with Hamas (ages 18-24: 52%; ages 65+: 95%).</p><p>• 88% of voters think Israel has the responsibility to protect its citizens by retaliating against Hamas (ages 18-24: 65%; ages 65+: 97%).</p><p>• 84% of voters believe Israel has the right to defend itself by launching air strikes in heavily populated Palestinian areas with warnings to those citizens (ages 18-24: 62%; ages 65+: 93%).</p><p>• 70% of voters think Israel should eliminate Hamas, not end its campaign against Hamas now (ages 18-24: 48%; ages 65+: 82%).</p><p>• 63% of voters believe it was right for Israel to cut off power, water and food to Gaza until its hostages are returned (ages 18-24: 41%; ages 65+: 70%).</p><p>• 61% of voters say there is no moral equivalency between Hamas’ murders and Israel’s actions (ages 18-24: 36% – the majority believe both sides have equally just causes; ages 65+: 80%).</p><p> </p><p><strong>SIGNIFICANT NUMBERS OF YOUNG VOTERS HAVE THEIR OWN FACTS, DENY ATROCITIES COMMITTED</strong></p><p>• 17% of voters think it is a false story that Hamas terrorists killed 1200 Israeli civilians by shooting, raping and beheading people (ages 18-24: 32%; ages 65+: 10%).</p><p>• 46% of voters say that Israel, not Hamas, rules Gaza (ages 18-24: 53%; ages 65+: 32%).</p><p>• 33% of voters think the explosion at a Gaza hospital explosion was caused by an Israeli airstrike rather than a terrorist rocket that went off-course (ages 18-24: 45%; ages 65+: 13%).</p><p><strong>BIDEN GETS GOOD RATINGS ON ISRAEL POLICY AS VOTERS THINK U.S. HAS RESPONSIBILITY TO HELP</strong></p><p>• 58% of voters approve of Biden’s foreign policy on Israel(ages 18-24: 52%; ages 65+: 61%).</p><p>• 64% of voters say the U.S. has a responsibility to militarily support Israel while it is under attack by terrorist groups(ages 18-24: 49%; ages 65+: 70%).</p><p>• While Biden did not mention the U.S. hostages in his October 19 Oval Office address, 71% of voters think the U.S. has the responsibility to bring to safety the over a dozen Americans abducted by Hamas (ages 18-24: 42%; ages 65+: 81%).</p><p>• 59% of voters say the U.S. should directly intervene if Iran attacks Israel (ages 18-24: 40%; ages 65+: 64%).</p><p><strong>REPUBLICAN VOTERS DISAPPROVE OF MCCARTHY OUSTER</strong></p><p>• 62% of GOP voters say the Republicans who ousted McCarthy are hurting the Republican Party.</p><p>• 57% of GOP voters say that if House Republicans cannot elect another speaker before government funding runs out in 30 days, they should find a different candidate other than McCarthy.</p><p><strong>TRUMP LEADS THREE-WAY RACE WITH BIDEN AND RFK JR.</strong></p><p>• Donald Trump continues to lead the GOP primary race with 60% support.</p><p>• Trump continues to lead Biden in a head-to-head contest, 46% to 41%.</p><p>• Trump also leads in a three-way race against Biden and RFK Jr., 39% to 33% to 19%, respectively.</p><p>The October Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on October 18-19, 2023, among 2,116 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. ​Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris poll podcast at <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p><p><strong>About The Harris Poll & HarrisX</strong></p><p>The Harris Poll is a global consulting and market research firm that strives to reveal the authentic values of modern society to inspire leaders to create a better tomorrow. It works with clients in three primary areas: building twenty-first-century corporate reputation, crafting brand strategy and performance tracking, and earning organic media through public relations research. One of the longest-running surveys in the U.S., The Harris Poll has tracked public opinion, motivations, and social sentiment since 1963, and is now part of Stagwell, the challenger holding company built to transform marketing.</p><p>HarrisX is a technology-driven market research and data analytics company that conducts multi-method research in the U.S. and over 40 countries around the world on behalf of Fortune 100 companies, public policy institutions, global leaders, NGOs and philanthropic organizations. HarrisX was the most accurate pollster of the 2020 U.S. presidential election.</p><p><strong>About the Harvard Center for American Political Studies </strong><br />The Center for American Political Studies (CAPS) is committed to and fosters the interdisciplinary study of U.S. politics.  Governed by a group of political scientists, sociologists, historians, and economists within the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at Harvard University, CAPS drives discussion, research, public outreach, and pedagogy about all aspects of U.S. politics. CAPS encourages cutting-edge research using a variety of methodologies, including historical analysis, social surveys, and formal mathematical modeling, and it often cooperates with other Harvard centers to support research training and encourage cross-national research about the United States in comparative and global contexts. More information at <a href="https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/">https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2023 19:29:27 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>OCTOBER HARVARD CAPS / HARRIS POLL: STRONG MAJORITIES OF AMERICANS SUPPORT ISRAEL AGAINST HAMAS AND U.S. POLICY ON ISRAEL</strong></p><p>48% OF 18–24-YEAR-OLDS SIDE MORE WITH HAMAS; WAR VIEWS DEFINED BY GENERATIONS, NOT PARTY</p><p>BIDEN APPROVAL RISES ON ISRAEL RESPONSE</p><p>NEW YORK and CAMBRIDGE, Mass. – <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">October Harvard CAPS / Harris poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>Israel receives overwhelming support from Americans: 84% of voters support Israel over Hamas and 88% believe Israel has a right to respond militarily against Hamas. President Joe Biden edges up to 44% approval as 58% approve of the job he is doing on Israel. Republicans in Congress have hurt themselves significantly in the breakdown over the Speaker of the House as Congressional and Republican ratings sink. Download key results <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">here</a>.</p><p>“Americans strongly support Israel against Hamas’ terrorist attacks by 80 percent or more. However, there is a split not among the parties but among the generations as 95% of seniors support Israel while support drops to only 52% among the youngest voter group,” said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “President Biden’s vocal support of Israel is winning approval from both sides, while the Republicans’ chaos in the House is doing the opposite.”</p><p><strong>AMERICANS OVERWHELMINGLY SUPPORT ISRAELAND ITS RIGHT TO RESPOND TO HAMAS ATTACKS</strong></p><p>• 84% of voters side more with Israel than with Hamas (ages 18-24: 52%; ages 65+: 95%).</p><p>• 88% of voters think Israel has the responsibility to protect its citizens by retaliating against Hamas (ages 18-24: 65%; ages 65+: 97%).</p><p>• 84% of voters believe Israel has the right to defend itself by launching air strikes in heavily populated Palestinian areas with warnings to those citizens (ages 18-24: 62%; ages 65+: 93%).</p><p>• 70% of voters think Israel should eliminate Hamas, not end its campaign against Hamas now (ages 18-24: 48%; ages 65+: 82%).</p><p>• 63% of voters believe it was right for Israel to cut off power, water and food to Gaza until its hostages are returned (ages 18-24: 41%; ages 65+: 70%).</p><p>• 61% of voters say there is no moral equivalency between Hamas’ murders and Israel’s actions (ages 18-24: 36% – the majority believe both sides have equally just causes; ages 65+: 80%).</p><p> </p><p><strong>SIGNIFICANT NUMBERS OF YOUNG VOTERS HAVE THEIR OWN FACTS, DENY ATROCITIES COMMITTED</strong></p><p>• 17% of voters think it is a false story that Hamas terrorists killed 1200 Israeli civilians by shooting, raping and beheading people (ages 18-24: 32%; ages 65+: 10%).</p><p>• 46% of voters say that Israel, not Hamas, rules Gaza (ages 18-24: 53%; ages 65+: 32%).</p><p>• 33% of voters think the explosion at a Gaza hospital explosion was caused by an Israeli airstrike rather than a terrorist rocket that went off-course (ages 18-24: 45%; ages 65+: 13%).</p><p><strong>BIDEN GETS GOOD RATINGS ON ISRAEL POLICY AS VOTERS THINK U.S. HAS RESPONSIBILITY TO HELP</strong></p><p>• 58% of voters approve of Biden’s foreign policy on Israel(ages 18-24: 52%; ages 65+: 61%).</p><p>• 64% of voters say the U.S. has a responsibility to militarily support Israel while it is under attack by terrorist groups(ages 18-24: 49%; ages 65+: 70%).</p><p>• While Biden did not mention the U.S. hostages in his October 19 Oval Office address, 71% of voters think the U.S. has the responsibility to bring to safety the over a dozen Americans abducted by Hamas (ages 18-24: 42%; ages 65+: 81%).</p><p>• 59% of voters say the U.S. should directly intervene if Iran attacks Israel (ages 18-24: 40%; ages 65+: 64%).</p><p><strong>REPUBLICAN VOTERS DISAPPROVE OF MCCARTHY OUSTER</strong></p><p>• 62% of GOP voters say the Republicans who ousted McCarthy are hurting the Republican Party.</p><p>• 57% of GOP voters say that if House Republicans cannot elect another speaker before government funding runs out in 30 days, they should find a different candidate other than McCarthy.</p><p><strong>TRUMP LEADS THREE-WAY RACE WITH BIDEN AND RFK JR.</strong></p><p>• Donald Trump continues to lead the GOP primary race with 60% support.</p><p>• Trump continues to lead Biden in a head-to-head contest, 46% to 41%.</p><p>• Trump also leads in a three-way race against Biden and RFK Jr., 39% to 33% to 19%, respectively.</p><p>The October Harvard CAPS / Harris poll survey was conducted online within the United States on October 18-19, 2023, among 2,116 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. ​Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris poll podcast at <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. </p><p><strong>About The Harris Poll & HarrisX</strong></p><p>The Harris Poll is a global consulting and market research firm that strives to reveal the authentic values of modern society to inspire leaders to create a better tomorrow. It works with clients in three primary areas: building twenty-first-century corporate reputation, crafting brand strategy and performance tracking, and earning organic media through public relations research. One of the longest-running surveys in the U.S., The Harris Poll has tracked public opinion, motivations, and social sentiment since 1963, and is now part of Stagwell, the challenger holding company built to transform marketing.</p><p>HarrisX is a technology-driven market research and data analytics company that conducts multi-method research in the U.S. and over 40 countries around the world on behalf of Fortune 100 companies, public policy institutions, global leaders, NGOs and philanthropic organizations. HarrisX was the most accurate pollster of the 2020 U.S. presidential election.</p><p><strong>About the Harvard Center for American Political Studies </strong><br />The Center for American Political Studies (CAPS) is committed to and fosters the interdisciplinary study of U.S. politics.  Governed by a group of political scientists, sociologists, historians, and economists within the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at Harvard University, CAPS drives discussion, research, public outreach, and pedagogy about all aspects of U.S. politics. CAPS encourages cutting-edge research using a variety of methodologies, including historical analysis, social surveys, and formal mathematical modeling, and it often cooperates with other Harvard centers to support research training and encourage cross-national research about the United States in comparative and global contexts. More information at <a href="https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/">https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21906189" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/bf067d26-b0a9-43ea-88fe-8782bd56cd43/audio/addfdeb8-7f6a-4bb3-b393-faa270fe3720/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>October 2023 Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack break down the October 2023 results from the Harvard Harris Poll. The big news this month: 17% of voters think Hamas attack was fake news. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mark Penn and Bob Cusack break down the October 2023 results from the Harvard Harris Poll. The big news this month: 17% of voters think Hamas attack was fake news. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e71f232c-f9d2-4023-af45-6397b8b85a8e</guid>
      <title>September 2023 - 64% of voters say Bidenomics is not working</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>President Joe Biden’s approval rating remains at 42% after a new impeachment inquiry, which 53% of voters split along party lines support. The poll also covers the 2024 horse race and public opinion on issues such as illegal immigration and parental rights. Download key results <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">here</a>. </p><p>“After a quiet summer, the electorate remains unhappy on the economy and a slew of other issues,” said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “Since voters have hardened views on Biden and Trump, the primaries have not gotten competitive yet either.”</p><p><strong>INFLATION FRUSTRATIONS REMAIN</strong></p><ul><li>Voters continue to say inflation is the most important issue facing the country (33%), as well as the most important issue to them personally (39%). </li><li>64% say Bidenomics is not working.</li><li>75% of voters, including over 70% from each party, think the Federal Reserve has raised interest rates enough. </li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS SPLIT ON BIDEN IMPEACHMENT INQUIRY</strong></p><ul><li>53% of voters support the impeachment inquiry into Biden, with 51% of Independents against.</li><li>57% say Biden helped Hunter get influence peddling contracts and 60% think Biden has made false or misleading statements about Hunter’s business dealings.</li><li>The country is split 50-50 on whether Biden’s impeachment inquiry is politically motivated or raises legitimate legal questions; voters are split 50-50 on the same question regarding Donald Trump’s prosecutions.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP CONSOLIDATES SUPPORT AND LEADS BIDEN IN HEAD-TO-HEAD</strong></p><ul><li>Trump increases his lead among Republican voters to 57%, while Ron DeSantis continues falling to a distant second with 10%.</li><li>In head-to-head presidential matchups, Biden loses to Trump by 5, Nikki Haley by 4, and Tim Scott by 2; he defeats Mike Pence by 6, Ron DeSantis by 4, and Vivek Ramaswamy by 2. </li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS FIND AGREEMENT ON IMMIGRATION AND PARENTAL RIGHTS</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters, including 53% of Democrats, think illegal immigration to the U.S. is getting worse. </li><li>87% of voters, including over 80% of each party, agree parents have a right to know if their children want to transition their gender.</li><li>There is still goodwill towards teachers: 60% of voters, including 59% of Independents, say teachers are mostly trying to help kids get a better education, not push an ideology onto them.</li></ul><p>The September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll survey was conducted online within the United States from September 12-14, 2023, among 2,103 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. ​ Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at </p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a></p><p> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Sep 2023 21:33:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>President Joe Biden’s approval rating remains at 42% after a new impeachment inquiry, which 53% of voters split along party lines support. The poll also covers the 2024 horse race and public opinion on issues such as illegal immigration and parental rights. Download key results <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">here</a>. </p><p>“After a quiet summer, the electorate remains unhappy on the economy and a slew of other issues,” said Mark Penn, Co-Director of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll and Stagwell Chairman and CEO. “Since voters have hardened views on Biden and Trump, the primaries have not gotten competitive yet either.”</p><p><strong>INFLATION FRUSTRATIONS REMAIN</strong></p><ul><li>Voters continue to say inflation is the most important issue facing the country (33%), as well as the most important issue to them personally (39%). </li><li>64% say Bidenomics is not working.</li><li>75% of voters, including over 70% from each party, think the Federal Reserve has raised interest rates enough. </li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS SPLIT ON BIDEN IMPEACHMENT INQUIRY</strong></p><ul><li>53% of voters support the impeachment inquiry into Biden, with 51% of Independents against.</li><li>57% say Biden helped Hunter get influence peddling contracts and 60% think Biden has made false or misleading statements about Hunter’s business dealings.</li><li>The country is split 50-50 on whether Biden’s impeachment inquiry is politically motivated or raises legitimate legal questions; voters are split 50-50 on the same question regarding Donald Trump’s prosecutions.</li></ul><p><strong>TRUMP CONSOLIDATES SUPPORT AND LEADS BIDEN IN HEAD-TO-HEAD</strong></p><ul><li>Trump increases his lead among Republican voters to 57%, while Ron DeSantis continues falling to a distant second with 10%.</li><li>In head-to-head presidential matchups, Biden loses to Trump by 5, Nikki Haley by 4, and Tim Scott by 2; he defeats Mike Pence by 6, Ron DeSantis by 4, and Vivek Ramaswamy by 2. </li></ul><p><strong>AMERICANS FIND AGREEMENT ON IMMIGRATION AND PARENTAL RIGHTS</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters, including 53% of Democrats, think illegal immigration to the U.S. is getting worse. </li><li>87% of voters, including over 80% of each party, agree parents have a right to know if their children want to transition their gender.</li><li>There is still goodwill towards teachers: 60% of voters, including 59% of Independents, say teachers are mostly trying to help kids get a better education, not push an ideology onto them.</li></ul><p>The September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll survey was conducted online within the United States from September 12-14, 2023, among 2,103 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX. ​ Follow the Harvard CAPS Harris Poll podcast at </p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">https://www.markpennpolls.com/</a></p><p> or on iHeart Radio, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="19887481" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d9c20302-b8cb-4819-9b48-5c10de12ee3c/audio/471bda48-f2ba-4ecf-ab32-91e11d462b7b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>September 2023 - 64% of voters say Bidenomics is not working</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/cb4d83e1-3cce-4e6f-81ee-df856ce85f6e/d44b1240-dcce-44f1-a1cc-eb3176628f72/3000x3000/harrispoll-review-11.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:20:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Stagwell (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Stagwell (NASDAQ: STGW) today released the results of the September Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, a monthly collaboration between the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard (CAPS) and the Harris Poll and HarrisX.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f6caa5c-fe71-43af-8a5e-c6acaff601cf</guid>
      <title>July Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><strong>Mark Penn</strong></a> and <i>The Hill</i> Editor in Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><strong>Bob Cusack</strong></a>explore findings of the July Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted July 19-20 and released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.</p><p>Download the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><strong>full report</strong></a> - key results, crosstabs and key findings.</p><p>The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</p><p>The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:</p><p><strong>Stephen D. Ansolabehere</strong> – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University</p><p><strong>Dritan Nesho</strong> – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jul 2023 21:50:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><strong>Mark Penn</strong></a> and <i>The Hill</i> Editor in Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><strong>Bob Cusack</strong></a>explore findings of the July Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted July 19-20 and released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.</p><p>Download the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><strong>full report</strong></a> - key results, crosstabs and key findings.</p><p>The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</p><p>The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:</p><p><strong>Stephen D. Ansolabehere</strong> – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University</p><p><strong>Dritan Nesho</strong> – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17437787" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/8d984cd7-63dc-4841-9c82-9fdebd021e37/audio/21fa0f15-761d-407c-9495-e295bac84a3c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>July Harvard Harris Poll Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/cb4d83e1-3cce-4e6f-81ee-df856ce85f6e/daa1387e-b9d8-476c-a40f-216003a05c41/3000x3000/harrispoll-review-10.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:09</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell CEO Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusackexplore findings of the July Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted July 19-20 and released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell CEO Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusackexplore findings of the July Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted July 19-20 and released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9efc8459-69f0-4be6-83ac-fcd959f89fe8</guid>
      <title>Most Americans Are Unhappy</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/">Mark Penn</a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/"><i>The Hill</i></a> Editor in Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/">Bob Cusack</a> explore findings of the June <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted June 14 and 15 among 2,090 registered voters.</p><p><strong>MOST AMERICANS UNHAPPY</strong></p><p>Voters remain politically split 50-50 but just about 100% are unhappy with the direction of the country, the economy, and their political leaders. Biden’s approval is frozen in place despite the debt ceiling deal and a recovering stock market; yet Trump’s numbers are also unshaken after an unprecedented federal indictment.</p><p><strong>BIDEN AND TRUMP STRENGTHEN THEIR POSITIONS</strong></p><p>- President Joe Biden’s approval rating remains at 43% and Donald Trump continues to lead their 2024 matchup, by 6 points this month. The poll covers public opinion on the Trump federal indictment, electric vehicles and policy issues like parental rights.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS THINK THE CASE AGAINST TRUMP IS STRONG BUT WANT A PARDON</strong><br />- 58% of Americans think the case against Trump is strong, including 85% of Democrats, 60% of Independents, and 30% of Republicans.<br />- Voters are split 51-49, down party lines, on whether Trump’s indictment is reason to withdraw from the 2024 race.<br />- If Trump is convicted, 53% of voters – driven by 80% of Republicans – support pardoning him in the interest of national unity.</p><p><strong>MORE VOTERS PREFER TO LIVE IN A STATE WITH A REPUBLICAN-LEANING SLATE OF POLICIES</strong><br />- 64% of voters say they would want to live in a state that cuts taxes, encourages public charter schools, does not allow gender surgery for minors, and restricts most abortions after six weeks.<br />- By contrast 66% of voters – including a majority of all parties – say they would not want to live in a state that has increasing taxes, restricts legal gun ownership more strictly, allows abortion up to 9 months, allows minors to get gender surgery without parental permission, encourages undocumented immigrants, and allows felons to vote.</p><p><strong>TRUMP AND BIDEN STRENGTHEN THEIR 2024 POSITIONS</strong><br />- Even after the indictment, 59% of Republicans would choose Trump in a GOP primary and he would beat Biden in a general election 45-39 (one point closer than last month).<br />- Biden has strengthened his position with 62% support among Democratic voters in a primary – but Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is in second at 15% and his personal favorability rating is 21 points above water.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS OPPOSE ELECTRIC VEHICLE MANDATES</strong><br />- Americans are split 50-50 on supporting the $7500 tax credit subsidy for an EV purchase.<br />- 59% of voters oppose government regulations that would require at least half of all cars sold in the U.S. by 2030 to be electric.<br />- Americans still like gas cars: 64% think they are better vehicles than EVs.</p><p>- Voters are split on the net climate effect of EVs: Half of Americans, including most Republicans and Independents, think EVs produce just as much pollution through the car battery mining and production process.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS SATISFIED WITH SCHOOLS BUT WANT STRONGER PARENTAL RIGHTS</strong><br />- 74% of parents with school-aged children, including majorities of all parties, think schools are respecting their rights as parents.<br />- 77% of voters oppose a law in their state that would allow minors to get gender-changing surgery and puberty blockers without parental permission, including 66% of Democrats and 87% of Republicans.</p><p>The June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll survey was conducted online within the United States from June 14-15, 2023, among 2,090 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>The Harris Poll is a global consulting and market research firm that strives to reveal the authentic values of modern society to inspire leaders to create a better tomorrow. It works with clients in three primary areas: building twenty-first-century corporate reputation, crafting brand strategy and performance tracking, and earning organic media through public relations research. One of the longest-running surveys in the U.S., The Harris Poll has tracked public opinion, motivations, and social sentiment since 1963, and is now part of Stagwell, the challenger holding company built to transform marketing.</p><p>HarrisX is a technology-driven market research and data analytics company that conducts multi-method research in the U.S. and over 40 countries around the world on behalf of Fortune 100 companies, public policy institutions, global leaders, NGOs and philanthropic organizations. HarrisX was the most accurate pollster of the 2020 U.S. presidential election.<br /><br />The Center for American Political Studies (CAPS) is committed to and fosters the interdisciplinary study of U.S. politics.  Governed by a group of political scientists, sociologists, historians, and economists within the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at Harvard University, CAPS drives discussion, research, public outreach, and pedagogy about all aspects of U.S. politics. CAPS encourages cutting-edge research using a variety of methodologies, including historical analysis, social surveys, and formal mathematical modeling, and it often cooperates with other Harvard centers to support research training and encourage cross-national research about the United States in comparative and global contexts. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jun 2023 19:31:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/">Mark Penn</a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/"><i>The Hill</i></a> Editor in Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/">Bob Cusack</a> explore findings of the June <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted June 14 and 15 among 2,090 registered voters.</p><p><strong>MOST AMERICANS UNHAPPY</strong></p><p>Voters remain politically split 50-50 but just about 100% are unhappy with the direction of the country, the economy, and their political leaders. Biden’s approval is frozen in place despite the debt ceiling deal and a recovering stock market; yet Trump’s numbers are also unshaken after an unprecedented federal indictment.</p><p><strong>BIDEN AND TRUMP STRENGTHEN THEIR POSITIONS</strong></p><p>- President Joe Biden’s approval rating remains at 43% and Donald Trump continues to lead their 2024 matchup, by 6 points this month. The poll covers public opinion on the Trump federal indictment, electric vehicles and policy issues like parental rights.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS THINK THE CASE AGAINST TRUMP IS STRONG BUT WANT A PARDON</strong><br />- 58% of Americans think the case against Trump is strong, including 85% of Democrats, 60% of Independents, and 30% of Republicans.<br />- Voters are split 51-49, down party lines, on whether Trump’s indictment is reason to withdraw from the 2024 race.<br />- If Trump is convicted, 53% of voters – driven by 80% of Republicans – support pardoning him in the interest of national unity.</p><p><strong>MORE VOTERS PREFER TO LIVE IN A STATE WITH A REPUBLICAN-LEANING SLATE OF POLICIES</strong><br />- 64% of voters say they would want to live in a state that cuts taxes, encourages public charter schools, does not allow gender surgery for minors, and restricts most abortions after six weeks.<br />- By contrast 66% of voters – including a majority of all parties – say they would not want to live in a state that has increasing taxes, restricts legal gun ownership more strictly, allows abortion up to 9 months, allows minors to get gender surgery without parental permission, encourages undocumented immigrants, and allows felons to vote.</p><p><strong>TRUMP AND BIDEN STRENGTHEN THEIR 2024 POSITIONS</strong><br />- Even after the indictment, 59% of Republicans would choose Trump in a GOP primary and he would beat Biden in a general election 45-39 (one point closer than last month).<br />- Biden has strengthened his position with 62% support among Democratic voters in a primary – but Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is in second at 15% and his personal favorability rating is 21 points above water.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS OPPOSE ELECTRIC VEHICLE MANDATES</strong><br />- Americans are split 50-50 on supporting the $7500 tax credit subsidy for an EV purchase.<br />- 59% of voters oppose government regulations that would require at least half of all cars sold in the U.S. by 2030 to be electric.<br />- Americans still like gas cars: 64% think they are better vehicles than EVs.</p><p>- Voters are split on the net climate effect of EVs: Half of Americans, including most Republicans and Independents, think EVs produce just as much pollution through the car battery mining and production process.</p><p><strong>AMERICANS SATISFIED WITH SCHOOLS BUT WANT STRONGER PARENTAL RIGHTS</strong><br />- 74% of parents with school-aged children, including majorities of all parties, think schools are respecting their rights as parents.<br />- 77% of voters oppose a law in their state that would allow minors to get gender-changing surgery and puberty blockers without parental permission, including 66% of Democrats and 87% of Republicans.</p><p>The June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll survey was conducted online within the United States from June 14-15, 2023, among 2,090 registered voters by The Harris Poll and HarrisX.</p><p>The Harris Poll is a global consulting and market research firm that strives to reveal the authentic values of modern society to inspire leaders to create a better tomorrow. It works with clients in three primary areas: building twenty-first-century corporate reputation, crafting brand strategy and performance tracking, and earning organic media through public relations research. One of the longest-running surveys in the U.S., The Harris Poll has tracked public opinion, motivations, and social sentiment since 1963, and is now part of Stagwell, the challenger holding company built to transform marketing.</p><p>HarrisX is a technology-driven market research and data analytics company that conducts multi-method research in the U.S. and over 40 countries around the world on behalf of Fortune 100 companies, public policy institutions, global leaders, NGOs and philanthropic organizations. HarrisX was the most accurate pollster of the 2020 U.S. presidential election.<br /><br />The Center for American Political Studies (CAPS) is committed to and fosters the interdisciplinary study of U.S. politics.  Governed by a group of political scientists, sociologists, historians, and economists within the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at Harvard University, CAPS drives discussion, research, public outreach, and pedagogy about all aspects of U.S. politics. CAPS encourages cutting-edge research using a variety of methodologies, including historical analysis, social surveys, and formal mathematical modeling, and it often cooperates with other Harvard centers to support research training and encourage cross-national research about the United States in comparative and global contexts. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17997679" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c87e233d-fa0e-4a50-bf24-862a5a7e8051/audio/a6548491-240d-4491-b3de-28284ae234fb/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Most Americans Are Unhappy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/cb4d83e1-3cce-4e6f-81ee-df856ce85f6e/86c9f49d-5bf0-4006-80c3-13520fccf5b4/3000x3000/harrispoll-review-9.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:44</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusack explore findings of the June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted June 14 and 15 among 2,090 registered voters.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusack explore findings of the June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted June 14 and 15 among 2,090 registered voters.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cac0098a-d327-465a-95c4-e7c5218e54e9</guid>
      <title>CNN Hands Trump Two Points, Debt Ceiling Frustration, Durham Report Confusion</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Harris Poll Chairman <strong>Mark Penn</strong> and The Hill Editor in Chief <strong>Bob Cusack</strong> dissect and interpret findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VVH8N42ML-KhW5G2Tzg8wTb0JW2ZRfP14-MzJjN1m0FqX3lSbtV1-WJV7CgR8ZMsbzcrsYZHGW7DnQ8m1pMqK_W3jL1Lf6CCvwrN3QnP_Bp0nyvW2Rp9_p3K0vDqW1pjbH-3gtwZSW7XGYdm3rxP03N3kx3lFsRhqGN9cgYmTgy5wBW7nMwbl809tlfW4Ry3Fn3yLSRtW7nN3mL728nRLV7jKS82WrkQhW4QJNCs1GjST1N9jR17vh7BBZMwkCFcq9QJNW32sXlw7_9FtVW27PgDH74xBVSW662x_k8Jx935N1Cgz6l2FBrR3qk81" target="_blank">May Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted May 17-18, 2023, among 2,004 registered voters. ​</p><p> Donald Trump now beats Joe Biden by 7 points in a 2024 presidential matchup. Meanwhile half of voters have heard of the Durham report on the FBI’s investigation of Trump and Russia, but they seem confused about its contents, as half mistakenly thought the report said the FBI investigation was well-founded.</p><p><strong>TRUMP CONTINUES TO STRENGTHEN AFTER CNN TOWN HALL</strong></p><ul><li>Trump now beats Biden in a 2024 general election by 7 points, 47-40.</li><li>Trump stretched his lead in a GOP primary to 58% and Biden stretched his lead in a Democratic primary to 41%.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS SEEM CONFUSED BY DURHAM REPORT ON FBI’S TRUMP INVESTIGATION</strong></p><ul><li>Half of voters, evenly split across parties, have heard of the Durham report on the FBI’s Trump-Russia probe.</li><li>But Americans are confused about the Durham report’s conclusion: half of voters, including 72% of Democrats, believed the report said the FBI’s Trump investigation was well-founded, even though it said the opposite.</li><li>52% of voters believe the Durham report was a fair examination, although 57% of Democrats said it was fair and 54% of Republicans said it was biased.</li><li>70% of Democrats still believe Trump worked in concert with Russia to win the presidency and 71% believe the Steele dossier was a true story.</li></ul><p><strong>MAJORITY OF VOTERS ACROSS ALL PARTIES WANT STRICTER IMMIGRATION POLICIES</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters, split evenly across the parties, have heard of the repeal of Title 42, a COVID-era immigration regulation that allowed the U.S. government to send those who attempted to cross the southern border illegally to Mexico to wait for a court date.</li><li>54% of voters – including 67% of Democrats and 46% of Republicans – support the repeal of Title 42.</li><li>53% of voters now think the Biden administration is just trying to enforce immigration laws more humanely, rather than creating an open border (which a majority of voters thought in December).</li><li>But only 38% of voters approve of Biden’s handling of immigration, down 2 points from last month.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS</strong></p><ul><li>35% of voters, up 6 points from last month, now think Biden has signaled willingness to curb spending in the next year.</li><li>Voters continue to want Democrats to cave and negotiate on the debt ceiling to prevent a default: 57% say so, up 2 points from last month.</li><li>As default looms, 70% of voters, up 6 points from last month, now think default would be a huge issue.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 May 2023 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Harris Poll Chairman <strong>Mark Penn</strong> and The Hill Editor in Chief <strong>Bob Cusack</strong> dissect and interpret findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VVH8N42ML-KhW5G2Tzg8wTb0JW2ZRfP14-MzJjN1m0FqX3lSbtV1-WJV7CgR8ZMsbzcrsYZHGW7DnQ8m1pMqK_W3jL1Lf6CCvwrN3QnP_Bp0nyvW2Rp9_p3K0vDqW1pjbH-3gtwZSW7XGYdm3rxP03N3kx3lFsRhqGN9cgYmTgy5wBW7nMwbl809tlfW4Ry3Fn3yLSRtW7nN3mL728nRLV7jKS82WrkQhW4QJNCs1GjST1N9jR17vh7BBZMwkCFcq9QJNW32sXlw7_9FtVW27PgDH74xBVSW662x_k8Jx935N1Cgz6l2FBrR3qk81" target="_blank">May Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted May 17-18, 2023, among 2,004 registered voters. ​</p><p> Donald Trump now beats Joe Biden by 7 points in a 2024 presidential matchup. Meanwhile half of voters have heard of the Durham report on the FBI’s investigation of Trump and Russia, but they seem confused about its contents, as half mistakenly thought the report said the FBI investigation was well-founded.</p><p><strong>TRUMP CONTINUES TO STRENGTHEN AFTER CNN TOWN HALL</strong></p><ul><li>Trump now beats Biden in a 2024 general election by 7 points, 47-40.</li><li>Trump stretched his lead in a GOP primary to 58% and Biden stretched his lead in a Democratic primary to 41%.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS SEEM CONFUSED BY DURHAM REPORT ON FBI’S TRUMP INVESTIGATION</strong></p><ul><li>Half of voters, evenly split across parties, have heard of the Durham report on the FBI’s Trump-Russia probe.</li><li>But Americans are confused about the Durham report’s conclusion: half of voters, including 72% of Democrats, believed the report said the FBI’s Trump investigation was well-founded, even though it said the opposite.</li><li>52% of voters believe the Durham report was a fair examination, although 57% of Democrats said it was fair and 54% of Republicans said it was biased.</li><li>70% of Democrats still believe Trump worked in concert with Russia to win the presidency and 71% believe the Steele dossier was a true story.</li></ul><p><strong>MAJORITY OF VOTERS ACROSS ALL PARTIES WANT STRICTER IMMIGRATION POLICIES</strong></p><ul><li>71% of voters, split evenly across the parties, have heard of the repeal of Title 42, a COVID-era immigration regulation that allowed the U.S. government to send those who attempted to cross the southern border illegally to Mexico to wait for a court date.</li><li>54% of voters – including 67% of Democrats and 46% of Republicans – support the repeal of Title 42.</li><li>53% of voters now think the Biden administration is just trying to enforce immigration laws more humanely, rather than creating an open border (which a majority of voters thought in December).</li><li>But only 38% of voters approve of Biden’s handling of immigration, down 2 points from last month.</li></ul><p><strong>VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS</strong></p><ul><li>35% of voters, up 6 points from last month, now think Biden has signaled willingness to curb spending in the next year.</li><li>Voters continue to want Democrats to cave and negotiate on the debt ceiling to prevent a default: 57% say so, up 2 points from last month.</li><li>As default looms, 70% of voters, up 6 points from last month, now think default would be a huge issue.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="18873270" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/77e2f683-036e-4b74-93d0-e3b706389d3d/audio/1cae546a-0bc0-4159-b570-4128171f891e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>CNN Hands Trump Two Points, Debt Ceiling Frustration, Durham Report Confusion</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:19:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusack dissect and interpret findings of the May Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted May 17-18, 2023, among 2,004 registered voters. ​</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor in Chief Bob Cusack dissect and interpret findings of the May Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted May 17-18, 2023, among 2,004 registered voters. ​</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-12692898</guid>
      <title>Indictment Strengthens Trump</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore the  <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWH9TB1BPW63N6CzNPhDsHc-W6wcfC_4ZCHMyN8mSy4N3lSbNV1-WJV7CgLWjW6-2Z_K86zqvPW2l1-q77XGsh6W3h5kf16DLZjhVpGfwR5Yl2_LW4nMzMD1bW4jyW6NJzGj7JnFGqMJrmRN-LfXYW5zsZr46B_pmMW7K-_Q86BdgM9W89ZhYq81TfqgN1Pqrfw3SW1DW1Fbc4d5FQnjSW2SfxWF3P_DrMW7WZXdL1z2ZcJW5860Sz8WR61-W6y0sjZ9c3CvFW6FJskJ3g5pPPN4gC21xqnFR4W4KvlJn7nwCNRW6QG4LP4D1lwBW4l1V2J4dF939W3ZdfGb8J9Gch383X1">April Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted April 18-19, 2023, among 1,845 registered voters. ​</p><p>For the first time since last year, Americans’ view of the economy has declined and the public continues to take the Republicans’ side on debt negotiations, with 65% wanting Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending. Meanwhile the indictment has strengthened Donald Trump’s standing among Republicans as he extends his lead in an open GOP primary to 55% support, while 65% of voters think Joe Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.</p><p><b>VIEWS OF THE ECONOMY WORSEN AFTER 3 MONTHS OF IMPROVEMENTS</b></p><ul><li>Partisanship determines Americans’ view of the economy: 30% of voters overall say the economy on the right track, but 54% of Democrats think so compared to 12% of Republicans.</li><li>52% of voters think their personal financial situation is getting worse.</li></ul><p><b>INDICTMENT STRENGTHENS TRUMP WITH REPUBLICANS AS DESANTIS FADES BUT IS NOT OUT</b></p><ul><li>50% of voters, up 4 points from last month, now think a Trump trial will help his candidacy.</li><li>61% of voters believe Trump will ultimately be acquitted.</li><li>In an open GOP primary Trump extends his lead to 55% support, with DeSantis falling to 20% support. In a head-to-head primary against DeSantis, Trump extends his lead to 61%.</li><li>But 58% of Republican voters say DeSantis is ready to give Trump a “real challenge” for the Republican nomination.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS THINK A BIDEN SECOND TERM MEANS PRESIDENT HARRIS</b></p><ul><li>63% of voters think Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.</li></ul><p><b>THE PUBLIC CONTINUES TO TAKE THE REPUBLICANS’ SIDE ON DEBT NEGOTIATIONS</b></p><ul><li>66% of voters think the U.S. government has too much debt and 55% think the government is spending too much.</li><li>When told the national debt is $31 trillion, 65% of voters want Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending.</li><li>81% of voters, including 81% of Democrats and 86% of Republicans, support returning the country to a balanced budget.</li></ul><p><b>CRIME CONCERNS BECOME LESS PARTISAN AS VOTERS WANT STRICTER PROSECUTION</b></p><ul><li>86% of voters think crime is a serious issue right now and 48% think crime and safety are getting worse in their own communities.</li><li>60% of voters, including 52% of Democrats, think police today are afraid of doing their jobs.</li><li>58% of Americans, including 43% of Democrats, think big city district attorneys are pulling back from prosecuting violent offenders sufficiently.</li><li>Voters most blame rising crime in American cities on the worsening economy (23%) and prosecutors who don’t enforce the laws (22%).</li></ul><p><b>REGULAR AMERICANS AREN’T FAMILIAR WITH ESG</b></p><ul><li>64% of voters have not heard of ESG investing.</li><li>Americans are split on ESG strategies: after being given the definition, 52% of voters think investment managers have a duty to prioritize returns above all else rather than the option to consider climate and ESG concerns.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore the  <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWH9TB1BPW63N6CzNPhDsHc-W6wcfC_4ZCHMyN8mSy4N3lSbNV1-WJV7CgLWjW6-2Z_K86zqvPW2l1-q77XGsh6W3h5kf16DLZjhVpGfwR5Yl2_LW4nMzMD1bW4jyW6NJzGj7JnFGqMJrmRN-LfXYW5zsZr46B_pmMW7K-_Q86BdgM9W89ZhYq81TfqgN1Pqrfw3SW1DW1Fbc4d5FQnjSW2SfxWF3P_DrMW7WZXdL1z2ZcJW5860Sz8WR61-W6y0sjZ9c3CvFW6FJskJ3g5pPPN4gC21xqnFR4W4KvlJn7nwCNRW6QG4LP4D1lwBW4l1V2J4dF939W3ZdfGb8J9Gch383X1">April Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted April 18-19, 2023, among 1,845 registered voters. ​</p><p>For the first time since last year, Americans’ view of the economy has declined and the public continues to take the Republicans’ side on debt negotiations, with 65% wanting Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending. Meanwhile the indictment has strengthened Donald Trump’s standing among Republicans as he extends his lead in an open GOP primary to 55% support, while 65% of voters think Joe Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.</p><p><b>VIEWS OF THE ECONOMY WORSEN AFTER 3 MONTHS OF IMPROVEMENTS</b></p><ul><li>Partisanship determines Americans’ view of the economy: 30% of voters overall say the economy on the right track, but 54% of Democrats think so compared to 12% of Republicans.</li><li>52% of voters think their personal financial situation is getting worse.</li></ul><p><b>INDICTMENT STRENGTHENS TRUMP WITH REPUBLICANS AS DESANTIS FADES BUT IS NOT OUT</b></p><ul><li>50% of voters, up 4 points from last month, now think a Trump trial will help his candidacy.</li><li>61% of voters believe Trump will ultimately be acquitted.</li><li>In an open GOP primary Trump extends his lead to 55% support, with DeSantis falling to 20% support. In a head-to-head primary against DeSantis, Trump extends his lead to 61%.</li><li>But 58% of Republican voters say DeSantis is ready to give Trump a “real challenge” for the Republican nomination.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS THINK A BIDEN SECOND TERM MEANS PRESIDENT HARRIS</b></p><ul><li>63% of voters think Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.</li></ul><p><b>THE PUBLIC CONTINUES TO TAKE THE REPUBLICANS’ SIDE ON DEBT NEGOTIATIONS</b></p><ul><li>66% of voters think the U.S. government has too much debt and 55% think the government is spending too much.</li><li>When told the national debt is $31 trillion, 65% of voters want Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending.</li><li>81% of voters, including 81% of Democrats and 86% of Republicans, support returning the country to a balanced budget.</li></ul><p><b>CRIME CONCERNS BECOME LESS PARTISAN AS VOTERS WANT STRICTER PROSECUTION</b></p><ul><li>86% of voters think crime is a serious issue right now and 48% think crime and safety are getting worse in their own communities.</li><li>60% of voters, including 52% of Democrats, think police today are afraid of doing their jobs.</li><li>58% of Americans, including 43% of Democrats, think big city district attorneys are pulling back from prosecuting violent offenders sufficiently.</li><li>Voters most blame rising crime in American cities on the worsening economy (23%) and prosecutors who don’t enforce the laws (22%).</li></ul><p><b>REGULAR AMERICANS AREN’T FAMILIAR WITH ESG</b></p><ul><li>64% of voters have not heard of ESG investing.</li><li>Americans are split on ESG strategies: after being given the definition, 52% of voters think investment managers have a duty to prioritize returns above all else rather than the option to consider climate and ESG concerns.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16579714" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/6368d58d-800d-4fdc-96e8-97c24245f52c/audio/a0023cb0-4944-44b7-a269-f90b1be58ced/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Indictment Strengthens Trump</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/6368d58d-800d-4fdc-96e8-97c24245f52c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore the  April Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted April 18-19, 2023, among 1,845 registered voters. ​For the first time since last year, Americans’ view of the economy has declined and the public continues to take the Republicans’ side on debt negotiations, with 65% wanting Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending. Meanwhile the indictment has strengthened Donald Trump’s standing among Republicans as he extends his lead in an open GOP primary to 55% support, while 65% of voters think Joe Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.VIEWS OF THE ECONOMY WORSEN AFTER 3 MONTHS OF IMPROVEMENTSPartisanship determines Americans’ view of the economy: 30% of voters overall say the economy on the right track, but 54% of Democrats think so compared to 12% of Republicans.52% of voters think their personal financial situation is getting worse.INDICTMENT STRENGTHENS TRUMP WITH REPUBLICANS AS DESANTIS FADES BUT IS NOT OUT50% of voters, up 4 points from last month, now think a Trump trial will help his candidacy.61% of voters believe Trump will ultimately be acquitted.In an open GOP primary Trump extends his lead to 55% support, with DeSantis falling to 20% support. In a head-to-head primary against DeSantis, Trump extends his lead to 61%.But 58% of Republican voters say DeSantis is ready to give Trump a “real challenge” for the Republican nomination.VOTERS THINK A BIDEN SECOND TERM MEANS PRESIDENT HARRIS63% of voters think Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.THE PUBLIC CONTINUES TO TAKE THE REPUBLICANS’ SIDE ON DEBT NEGOTIATIONS66% of voters think the U.S. government has too much debt and 55% think the government is spending too much.When told the national debt is $31 trillion, 65% of voters want Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending.81% of voters, including 81% of Democrats and 86% of Republicans, support returning the country to a balanced budget.CRIME CONCERNS BECOME LESS PARTISAN AS VOTERS WANT STRICTER PROSECUTION86% of voters think crime is a serious issue right now and 48% think crime and safety are getting worse in their own communities.60% of voters, including 52% of Democrats, think police today are afraid of doing their jobs.58% of Americans, including 43% of Democrats, think big city district attorneys are pulling back from prosecuting violent offenders sufficiently.Voters most blame rising crime in American cities on the worsening economy (23%) and prosecutors who don’t enforce the laws (22%).REGULAR AMERICANS AREN’T FAMILIAR WITH ESG64% of voters have not heard of ESG investing.Americans are split on ESG strategies: after being given the definition, 52% of voters think investment managers have a duty to prioritize returns above all else rather than the option to consider climate and ESG concerns.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore the  April Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted April 18-19, 2023, among 1,845 registered voters. ​For the first time since last year, Americans’ view of the economy has declined and the public continues to take the Republicans’ side on debt negotiations, with 65% wanting Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending. Meanwhile the indictment has strengthened Donald Trump’s standing among Republicans as he extends his lead in an open GOP primary to 55% support, while 65% of voters think Joe Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.VIEWS OF THE ECONOMY WORSEN AFTER 3 MONTHS OF IMPROVEMENTSPartisanship determines Americans’ view of the economy: 30% of voters overall say the economy on the right track, but 54% of Democrats think so compared to 12% of Republicans.52% of voters think their personal financial situation is getting worse.INDICTMENT STRENGTHENS TRUMP WITH REPUBLICANS AS DESANTIS FADES BUT IS NOT OUT50% of voters, up 4 points from last month, now think a Trump trial will help his candidacy.61% of voters believe Trump will ultimately be acquitted.In an open GOP primary Trump extends his lead to 55% support, with DeSantis falling to 20% support. In a head-to-head primary against DeSantis, Trump extends his lead to 61%.But 58% of Republican voters say DeSantis is ready to give Trump a “real challenge” for the Republican nomination.VOTERS THINK A BIDEN SECOND TERM MEANS PRESIDENT HARRIS63% of voters think Biden would not be able to finish a second term if reelected.THE PUBLIC CONTINUES TO TAKE THE REPUBLICANS’ SIDE ON DEBT NEGOTIATIONS66% of voters think the U.S. government has too much debt and 55% think the government is spending too much.When told the national debt is $31 trillion, 65% of voters want Congress to raise the debt ceiling only with restraints on future spending.81% of voters, including 81% of Democrats and 86% of Republicans, support returning the country to a balanced budget.CRIME CONCERNS BECOME LESS PARTISAN AS VOTERS WANT STRICTER PROSECUTION86% of voters think crime is a serious issue right now and 48% think crime and safety are getting worse in their own communities.60% of voters, including 52% of Democrats, think police today are afraid of doing their jobs.58% of Americans, including 43% of Democrats, think big city district attorneys are pulling back from prosecuting violent offenders sufficiently.Voters most blame rising crime in American cities on the worsening economy (23%) and prosecutors who don’t enforce the laws (22%).REGULAR AMERICANS AREN’T FAMILIAR WITH ESG64% of voters have not heard of ESG investing.Americans are split on ESG strategies: after being given the definition, 52% of voters think investment managers have a duty to prioritize returns above all else rather than the option to consider climate and ESG concerns.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-12508411</guid>
      <title>Biden vs Trump Rematch Likely in &apos;24 - Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWDSPy7nQRW9W36ZQfP4mXpt8W8_npSB4Yxmj4N6tf6X73lSbNV1-WJV7CgL_CN3Bq2mjJ0GB4W6Mp-fg33Xsj4VS4nZK8JG57MW7T59by3BH13nW7gpRLY8BMwC8W81hjfB1p8WJSW7lNhQK7mDmNWW1YgtvC6fxBM8W34nRPJ7JC53rW9g3qNc4PW1n6W9lYc_l4lDZKMW6-qbzH1D7jgPW3LVnKK2r0Sj7W8_y5gK88Ctd9W4dtFLn8gq02DW5SVP0B9m5h10N7Gcv97MNV1_W6R1Fdh4bm8JKW8PZXY284ZBFVW6WzPJv5d-zn4W8GCdm_8brmkyW5CWTxH2Hn0h_3nTK1">March Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted March 22-23 among 2,905 registered voters. ​<br /><br /><b>KEY TAKEAWAYS:</b></p><p>Joe Biden and Donald Trump are solidifying support among their bases as both stretched their lead by 4-5 points in their respective primaries among party voters. While Americans were very concerned about inflation, 71% think the banking crisis will impact them not at all or only a little bit. Voters are united in seeing China as an enemy (75% think so), but they are split on banning TikTok in the U.S. completely versus allowing it to operate with certain conditions.</p><p><b>VOTERS APPROVE OF GOVERNMENT’S BANK INTERVENTIONS BUT AREN'T PERSONALLY CONCERNED ABOUT BANKING CRISIS</b></p><ul><li>67% of voters agree with the Biden administration’s decision to step in and guarantee all customer deposits from Silicon Valley Bank and other failed banks.</li><li>77% of voters think the government should fully insure deposits at all US banks, not only systematically important firms.</li><li>Americans aren’t worried about the banking crisis reaching them: 71% think the bank failures will impact them not at all or only a little bit. 67% think the deposits in their own banks are safe.</li><li>Americans care more about inflation than the banking crisis: 54% of voters believe the Federal Reserve should prioritize fighting inflation even if it means allowing banks to fail and could lead to a financial crisis in the short term.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS AGREE TRUMP INDICTMENT LOOKS POLITICAL BUT SUPPORT OR OPPOSE IT ALONG PARTY LINES</b></p><ul><li>Voters are split evenly along party lines on whether they think the Manhattan DA should indict Trump.</li><li>59% think the indictment is politically motivated, and 67% think the Trump payment in question was a personal, not a campaign, payment.</li><li>61% of voters, including half of Republicans, agree that Trump’s calls for protests in case he is arrested were irresponsible.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS UNITED IN CONCERN ABOUT CHINA BUT SPLIT ON TIKTOK BAN</b></p><ul><li>75% of voters see China as an enemy of the US, and 80% think it seeks to replace the US as the key player in global affairs.</li><li>55% of voters think Biden’s foreign policy is too weak on China.</li><li>Voters support banning TikTok on government devices (75%) but are split on how to handle TikTok for the public: 45% support a full ban in the US, while 46% support allowing the app with conditions such as forcing it to undergo regular security reviews or forcing its Chinese owners to sell their stakes.</li></ul><p><b>TRUMP AND BIDEN SOLIDIFY THEIR SUPPORT AHEAD OF PRIMARY SEASON BUT TRUMP HAS A CLEAR CHALLENGER</b></p><ul><li>Biden rose 5 points to 41% support in a hypothetical Democratic primary, while Trump rose 4 points to 50% support in a hypothetical Republican primary.</li><li>A Biden-Trump rematch now looks probable: 57% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the Republican primary, while 60% of Democratic and Independent voters think Biden will win the Democratic primary.</li><li>Trump has a clear challenger while Biden does not: Ron DeSantis trails Trump in a head-to-head primary matchup by 12 points.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VWDSPy7nQRW9W36ZQfP4mXpt8W8_npSB4Yxmj4N6tf6X73lSbNV1-WJV7CgL_CN3Bq2mjJ0GB4W6Mp-fg33Xsj4VS4nZK8JG57MW7T59by3BH13nW7gpRLY8BMwC8W81hjfB1p8WJSW7lNhQK7mDmNWW1YgtvC6fxBM8W34nRPJ7JC53rW9g3qNc4PW1n6W9lYc_l4lDZKMW6-qbzH1D7jgPW3LVnKK2r0Sj7W8_y5gK88Ctd9W4dtFLn8gq02DW5SVP0B9m5h10N7Gcv97MNV1_W6R1Fdh4bm8JKW8PZXY284ZBFVW6WzPJv5d-zn4W8GCdm_8brmkyW5CWTxH2Hn0h_3nTK1">March Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted March 22-23 among 2,905 registered voters. ​<br /><br /><b>KEY TAKEAWAYS:</b></p><p>Joe Biden and Donald Trump are solidifying support among their bases as both stretched their lead by 4-5 points in their respective primaries among party voters. While Americans were very concerned about inflation, 71% think the banking crisis will impact them not at all or only a little bit. Voters are united in seeing China as an enemy (75% think so), but they are split on banning TikTok in the U.S. completely versus allowing it to operate with certain conditions.</p><p><b>VOTERS APPROVE OF GOVERNMENT’S BANK INTERVENTIONS BUT AREN'T PERSONALLY CONCERNED ABOUT BANKING CRISIS</b></p><ul><li>67% of voters agree with the Biden administration’s decision to step in and guarantee all customer deposits from Silicon Valley Bank and other failed banks.</li><li>77% of voters think the government should fully insure deposits at all US banks, not only systematically important firms.</li><li>Americans aren’t worried about the banking crisis reaching them: 71% think the bank failures will impact them not at all or only a little bit. 67% think the deposits in their own banks are safe.</li><li>Americans care more about inflation than the banking crisis: 54% of voters believe the Federal Reserve should prioritize fighting inflation even if it means allowing banks to fail and could lead to a financial crisis in the short term.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS AGREE TRUMP INDICTMENT LOOKS POLITICAL BUT SUPPORT OR OPPOSE IT ALONG PARTY LINES</b></p><ul><li>Voters are split evenly along party lines on whether they think the Manhattan DA should indict Trump.</li><li>59% think the indictment is politically motivated, and 67% think the Trump payment in question was a personal, not a campaign, payment.</li><li>61% of voters, including half of Republicans, agree that Trump’s calls for protests in case he is arrested were irresponsible.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS UNITED IN CONCERN ABOUT CHINA BUT SPLIT ON TIKTOK BAN</b></p><ul><li>75% of voters see China as an enemy of the US, and 80% think it seeks to replace the US as the key player in global affairs.</li><li>55% of voters think Biden’s foreign policy is too weak on China.</li><li>Voters support banning TikTok on government devices (75%) but are split on how to handle TikTok for the public: 45% support a full ban in the US, while 46% support allowing the app with conditions such as forcing it to undergo regular security reviews or forcing its Chinese owners to sell their stakes.</li></ul><p><b>TRUMP AND BIDEN SOLIDIFY THEIR SUPPORT AHEAD OF PRIMARY SEASON BUT TRUMP HAS A CLEAR CHALLENGER</b></p><ul><li>Biden rose 5 points to 41% support in a hypothetical Democratic primary, while Trump rose 4 points to 50% support in a hypothetical Republican primary.</li><li>A Biden-Trump rematch now looks probable: 57% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the Republican primary, while 60% of Democratic and Independent voters think Biden will win the Democratic primary.</li><li>Trump has a clear challenger while Biden does not: Ron DeSantis trails Trump in a head-to-head primary matchup by 12 points.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15007802" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/82712f76-eabb-4648-ad89-e8ab3cfb46a5/audio/80cc104c-6a40-4345-9b97-33771b4973f3/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden vs Trump Rematch Likely in &apos;24 - Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/82712f76-eabb-4648-ad89-e8ab3cfb46a5/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:20:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore the findings of the March Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted March 22-23 among 2,905 registered voters. ​KEY TAKEAWAYS:Joe Biden and Donald Trump are solidifying support among their bases as both stretched their lead by 4-5 points in their respective primaries among party voters. While Americans were very concerned about inflation, 71% think the banking crisis will impact them not at all or only a little bit. Voters are united in seeing China as an enemy (75% think so), but they are split on banning TikTok in the U.S. completely versus allowing it to operate with certain conditions.VOTERS APPROVE OF GOVERNMENT’S BANK INTERVENTIONS BUT AREN&apos;T PERSONALLY CONCERNED ABOUT BANKING CRISIS67% of voters agree with the Biden administration’s decision to step in and guarantee all customer deposits from Silicon Valley Bank and other failed banks.77% of voters think the government should fully insure deposits at all US banks, not only systematically important firms.Americans aren’t worried about the banking crisis reaching them: 71% think the bank failures will impact them not at all or only a little bit. 67% think the deposits in their own banks are safe.Americans care more about inflation than the banking crisis: 54% of voters believe the Federal Reserve should prioritize fighting inflation even if it means allowing banks to fail and could lead to a financial crisis in the short term.AMERICANS AGREE TRUMP INDICTMENT LOOKS POLITICAL BUT SUPPORT OR OPPOSE IT ALONG PARTY LINESVoters are split evenly along party lines on whether they think the Manhattan DA should indict Trump.59% think the indictment is politically motivated, and 67% think the Trump payment in question was a personal, not a campaign, payment.61% of voters, including half of Republicans, agree that Trump’s calls for protests in case he is arrested were irresponsible.AMERICANS UNITED IN CONCERN ABOUT CHINA BUT SPLIT ON TIKTOK BAN75% of voters see China as an enemy of the US, and 80% think it seeks to replace the US as the key player in global affairs.55% of voters think Biden’s foreign policy is too weak on China.Voters support banning TikTok on government devices (75%) but are split on how to handle TikTok for the public: 45% support a full ban in the US, while 46% support allowing the app with conditions such as forcing it to undergo regular security reviews or forcing its Chinese owners to sell their stakes.TRUMP AND BIDEN SOLIDIFY THEIR SUPPORT AHEAD OF PRIMARY SEASON BUT TRUMP HAS A CLEAR CHALLENGERBiden rose 5 points to 41% support in a hypothetical Democratic primary, while Trump rose 4 points to 50% support in a hypothetical Republican primary.A Biden-Trump rematch now looks probable: 57% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the Republican primary, while 60% of Democratic and Independent voters think Biden will win the Democratic primary.Trump has a clear challenger while Biden does not: Ron DeSantis trails Trump in a head-to-head primary matchup by 12 points.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore the findings of the March Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted March 22-23 among 2,905 registered voters. ​KEY TAKEAWAYS:Joe Biden and Donald Trump are solidifying support among their bases as both stretched their lead by 4-5 points in their respective primaries among party voters. While Americans were very concerned about inflation, 71% think the banking crisis will impact them not at all or only a little bit. Voters are united in seeing China as an enemy (75% think so), but they are split on banning TikTok in the U.S. completely versus allowing it to operate with certain conditions.VOTERS APPROVE OF GOVERNMENT’S BANK INTERVENTIONS BUT AREN&apos;T PERSONALLY CONCERNED ABOUT BANKING CRISIS67% of voters agree with the Biden administration’s decision to step in and guarantee all customer deposits from Silicon Valley Bank and other failed banks.77% of voters think the government should fully insure deposits at all US banks, not only systematically important firms.Americans aren’t worried about the banking crisis reaching them: 71% think the bank failures will impact them not at all or only a little bit. 67% think the deposits in their own banks are safe.Americans care more about inflation than the banking crisis: 54% of voters believe the Federal Reserve should prioritize fighting inflation even if it means allowing banks to fail and could lead to a financial crisis in the short term.AMERICANS AGREE TRUMP INDICTMENT LOOKS POLITICAL BUT SUPPORT OR OPPOSE IT ALONG PARTY LINESVoters are split evenly along party lines on whether they think the Manhattan DA should indict Trump.59% think the indictment is politically motivated, and 67% think the Trump payment in question was a personal, not a campaign, payment.61% of voters, including half of Republicans, agree that Trump’s calls for protests in case he is arrested were irresponsible.AMERICANS UNITED IN CONCERN ABOUT CHINA BUT SPLIT ON TIKTOK BAN75% of voters see China as an enemy of the US, and 80% think it seeks to replace the US as the key player in global affairs.55% of voters think Biden’s foreign policy is too weak on China.Voters support banning TikTok on government devices (75%) but are split on how to handle TikTok for the public: 45% support a full ban in the US, while 46% support allowing the app with conditions such as forcing it to undergo regular security reviews or forcing its Chinese owners to sell their stakes.TRUMP AND BIDEN SOLIDIFY THEIR SUPPORT AHEAD OF PRIMARY SEASON BUT TRUMP HAS A CLEAR CHALLENGERBiden rose 5 points to 41% support in a hypothetical Democratic primary, while Trump rose 4 points to 50% support in a hypothetical Republican primary.A Biden-Trump rematch now looks probable: 57% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the Republican primary, while 60% of Democratic and Independent voters think Biden will win the Democratic primary.Trump has a clear challenger while Biden does not: Ron DeSantis trails Trump in a head-to-head primary matchup by 12 points.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-12274287</guid>
      <title>FEBRUARY 2023</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore and decipher the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VW3LNJ16V0mHVYN-gH90XX6dVhPn1w4X7s45N8LB06D3lSbNV1-WJV7CgS95W1Xq06m4ByFTsW4DXb-49d81q8W7CmkM78ygvQyW1jbD2c8V8lrjW5TVwy38sd521Vsl6Br6xrJS2W1KzSKr3HmWWMW73SHTK85KSwcW92TtTs2_QsNjW4Y3Qcn59FL7cW87-Skj27W8MGW2Sd_Mr8F3nThW4dPgzR3J5xsZV45y0x6WZytXW3t2ndM6nMljGW1lC4_94kJ6xFW82PR2n2M860BW6K_WKY1QspNZW79CgXx6Bm_wVW2KxGdQ39jFzmF5n_sCjvWq6W9j6vNm5D1pgG2SF1">February Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted February 15-16 among 1,838 registered voters. ​</p><p><b>BIDEN HASN’T RECEIVED A BUMP FROM THE STATE OF THE UNION</b></p><ul><li>Biden’s State of the Union was received in a partisan manner: voters were split 50-50 on whether they found the speech favorable, and his approval rating remains at 42%.</li><li>35% of voters said they did not watch any of the speech.</li><li>On Biden’s back-and-forth with Republicans on entitlements: 56% of voters believe Republican members of Congress are trying to cut Social Security and Medicare.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT SPENDING CURBS INCLUDING SOCIAL SECURITY REFORM</b></p><ul><li>Most voters continue to side with the Republicans on the looming debt ceiling fight: 62% want Congress to raise the limit only with spending constraints, and 63% think Democrats should negotiate.</li><li>Voters acknowledge Medicare and Social Security can’t continue without change: 57% think Medicare and Social Security do need reforms to remain solvent.  </li></ul><p><b>NIKKI HALEY GETS SOME MOMENTUM</b></p><ul><li>Nikki Haley rises after her presidential campaign announcement although most voters are still not familiar with her: among GOP voters she rose to third place in a potential GOP primary that does not feature Trump.</li><li>Ron DeSantis is slipping slightly: among GOP voters he dropped 10 points in a potential GOP primary without Trump although he is still the frontrunner.</li><li>The GOP field is open: only 54% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the GOP primary if he runs.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE CHINA HAWKS</b></p><ul><li>The shot-down surveillance balloon is a major concern to Americans: 66% of voters think it represented a challenge to US sovereignty by China.</li><li>Americans thought Biden did too little in response: 63% think the Biden administration acted too slowly in shooting down the balloon.</li><li>Americans also want more answers on the balloon and subsequent shot-down aerial objects: 82% support Congress investigating, and 75% want Biden to disclose what the administration knows.</li><li>Americans are concerned about China’s aggression in other areas: 69% of voters think China is planning to invade Taiwan in the next 3 years.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS DOUBT BIDEN ON FOREIGN POLICY ACROSS THE WORLD </b></p><ul><li>Biden’s foreign policy approval is low: 40% of voters think Biden has not done a good job on foreign policy including Afghanistan, Ukraine, and China – compared to 27% who think he has done a good job.</li><li>56% of voters think Biden is not up to handling challenges from China, Russia, and Iran.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS STILL SUPPORT BIG TECH BUT ARE SUSPICIOUS OF TIKTOK</b></p><ul><li>60-70% of voters do not want Big Tech companies (Google, Facebook, Amazon, or Microsoft) to be broken up.</li><li>TikTok faces more suspicion: 59% of voters think TikTok spies on its US users.</li><li>Voters are split on a full TikTok ban: 46% think TikTok should be allowed to operate in the US only if the app undergoes regular security reviews of its code base; 42% support a total ban.</li><li>The FTC is seen as partisan: 48% of voters think it acts as a Democratic agency.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Feb 2023 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore and decipher the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VW3LNJ16V0mHVYN-gH90XX6dVhPn1w4X7s45N8LB06D3lSbNV1-WJV7CgS95W1Xq06m4ByFTsW4DXb-49d81q8W7CmkM78ygvQyW1jbD2c8V8lrjW5TVwy38sd521Vsl6Br6xrJS2W1KzSKr3HmWWMW73SHTK85KSwcW92TtTs2_QsNjW4Y3Qcn59FL7cW87-Skj27W8MGW2Sd_Mr8F3nThW4dPgzR3J5xsZV45y0x6WZytXW3t2ndM6nMljGW1lC4_94kJ6xFW82PR2n2M860BW6K_WKY1QspNZW79CgXx6Bm_wVW2KxGdQ39jFzmF5n_sCjvWq6W9j6vNm5D1pgG2SF1">February Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>, conducted February 15-16 among 1,838 registered voters. ​</p><p><b>BIDEN HASN’T RECEIVED A BUMP FROM THE STATE OF THE UNION</b></p><ul><li>Biden’s State of the Union was received in a partisan manner: voters were split 50-50 on whether they found the speech favorable, and his approval rating remains at 42%.</li><li>35% of voters said they did not watch any of the speech.</li><li>On Biden’s back-and-forth with Republicans on entitlements: 56% of voters believe Republican members of Congress are trying to cut Social Security and Medicare.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT SPENDING CURBS INCLUDING SOCIAL SECURITY REFORM</b></p><ul><li>Most voters continue to side with the Republicans on the looming debt ceiling fight: 62% want Congress to raise the limit only with spending constraints, and 63% think Democrats should negotiate.</li><li>Voters acknowledge Medicare and Social Security can’t continue without change: 57% think Medicare and Social Security do need reforms to remain solvent.  </li></ul><p><b>NIKKI HALEY GETS SOME MOMENTUM</b></p><ul><li>Nikki Haley rises after her presidential campaign announcement although most voters are still not familiar with her: among GOP voters she rose to third place in a potential GOP primary that does not feature Trump.</li><li>Ron DeSantis is slipping slightly: among GOP voters he dropped 10 points in a potential GOP primary without Trump although he is still the frontrunner.</li><li>The GOP field is open: only 54% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the GOP primary if he runs.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE CHINA HAWKS</b></p><ul><li>The shot-down surveillance balloon is a major concern to Americans: 66% of voters think it represented a challenge to US sovereignty by China.</li><li>Americans thought Biden did too little in response: 63% think the Biden administration acted too slowly in shooting down the balloon.</li><li>Americans also want more answers on the balloon and subsequent shot-down aerial objects: 82% support Congress investigating, and 75% want Biden to disclose what the administration knows.</li><li>Americans are concerned about China’s aggression in other areas: 69% of voters think China is planning to invade Taiwan in the next 3 years.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS DOUBT BIDEN ON FOREIGN POLICY ACROSS THE WORLD </b></p><ul><li>Biden’s foreign policy approval is low: 40% of voters think Biden has not done a good job on foreign policy including Afghanistan, Ukraine, and China – compared to 27% who think he has done a good job.</li><li>56% of voters think Biden is not up to handling challenges from China, Russia, and Iran.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS STILL SUPPORT BIG TECH BUT ARE SUSPICIOUS OF TIKTOK</b></p><ul><li>60-70% of voters do not want Big Tech companies (Google, Facebook, Amazon, or Microsoft) to be broken up.</li><li>TikTok faces more suspicion: 59% of voters think TikTok spies on its US users.</li><li>Voters are split on a full TikTok ban: 46% think TikTok should be allowed to operate in the US only if the app undergoes regular security reviews of its code base; 42% support a total ban.</li><li>The FTC is seen as partisan: 48% of voters think it acts as a Democratic agency.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15372194" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/786a69b4-f188-4aa6-9585-547886b008dd/audio/62567d8a-edc0-44eb-acfa-cc4b5ffc3430/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>FEBRUARY 2023</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/786a69b4-f188-4aa6-9585-547886b008dd/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore and decipher the February Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted February 15-16 among 1,838 registered voters. ​BIDEN HASN’T RECEIVED A BUMP FROM THE STATE OF THE UNIONBiden’s State of the Union was received in a partisan manner: voters were split 50-50 on whether they found the speech favorable, and his approval rating remains at 42%.35% of voters said they did not watch any of the speech.On Biden’s back-and-forth with Republicans on entitlements: 56% of voters believe Republican members of Congress are trying to cut Social Security and Medicare.VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT SPENDING CURBS INCLUDING SOCIAL SECURITY REFORMMost voters continue to side with the Republicans on the looming debt ceiling fight: 62% want Congress to raise the limit only with spending constraints, and 63% think Democrats should negotiate.Voters acknowledge Medicare and Social Security can’t continue without change: 57% think Medicare and Social Security do need reforms to remain solvent.  NIKKI HALEY GETS SOME MOMENTUMNikki Haley rises after her presidential campaign announcement although most voters are still not familiar with her: among GOP voters she rose to third place in a potential GOP primary that does not feature Trump.Ron DeSantis is slipping slightly: among GOP voters he dropped 10 points in a potential GOP primary without Trump although he is still the frontrunner.The GOP field is open: only 54% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the GOP primary if he runs.AMERICANS ARE CHINA HAWKSThe shot-down surveillance balloon is a major concern to Americans: 66% of voters think it represented a challenge to US sovereignty by China.Americans thought Biden did too little in response: 63% think the Biden administration acted too slowly in shooting down the balloon.Americans also want more answers on the balloon and subsequent shot-down aerial objects: 82% support Congress investigating, and 75% want Biden to disclose what the administration knows.Americans are concerned about China’s aggression in other areas: 69% of voters think China is planning to invade Taiwan in the next 3 years.AMERICANS DOUBT BIDEN ON FOREIGN POLICY ACROSS THE WORLD Biden’s foreign policy approval is low: 40% of voters think Biden has not done a good job on foreign policy including Afghanistan, Ukraine, and China – compared to 27% who think he has done a good job.56% of voters think Biden is not up to handling challenges from China, Russia, and Iran.AMERICANS STILL SUPPORT BIG TECH BUT ARE SUSPICIOUS OF TIKTOK60-70% of voters do not want Big Tech companies (Google, Facebook, Amazon, or Microsoft) to be broken up.TikTok faces more suspicion: 59% of voters think TikTok spies on its US users.Voters are split on a full TikTok ban: 46% think TikTok should be allowed to operate in the US only if the app undergoes regular security reviews of its code base; 42% support a total ban.The FTC is seen as partisan: 48% of voters think it acts as a Democratic agency.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore and decipher the February Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted February 15-16 among 1,838 registered voters. ​BIDEN HASN’T RECEIVED A BUMP FROM THE STATE OF THE UNIONBiden’s State of the Union was received in a partisan manner: voters were split 50-50 on whether they found the speech favorable, and his approval rating remains at 42%.35% of voters said they did not watch any of the speech.On Biden’s back-and-forth with Republicans on entitlements: 56% of voters believe Republican members of Congress are trying to cut Social Security and Medicare.VOTERS CONTINUE TO WANT SPENDING CURBS INCLUDING SOCIAL SECURITY REFORMMost voters continue to side with the Republicans on the looming debt ceiling fight: 62% want Congress to raise the limit only with spending constraints, and 63% think Democrats should negotiate.Voters acknowledge Medicare and Social Security can’t continue without change: 57% think Medicare and Social Security do need reforms to remain solvent.  NIKKI HALEY GETS SOME MOMENTUMNikki Haley rises after her presidential campaign announcement although most voters are still not familiar with her: among GOP voters she rose to third place in a potential GOP primary that does not feature Trump.Ron DeSantis is slipping slightly: among GOP voters he dropped 10 points in a potential GOP primary without Trump although he is still the frontrunner.The GOP field is open: only 54% of Republican and Independent voters think Trump will win the GOP primary if he runs.AMERICANS ARE CHINA HAWKSThe shot-down surveillance balloon is a major concern to Americans: 66% of voters think it represented a challenge to US sovereignty by China.Americans thought Biden did too little in response: 63% think the Biden administration acted too slowly in shooting down the balloon.Americans also want more answers on the balloon and subsequent shot-down aerial objects: 82% support Congress investigating, and 75% want Biden to disclose what the administration knows.Americans are concerned about China’s aggression in other areas: 69% of voters think China is planning to invade Taiwan in the next 3 years.AMERICANS DOUBT BIDEN ON FOREIGN POLICY ACROSS THE WORLD Biden’s foreign policy approval is low: 40% of voters think Biden has not done a good job on foreign policy including Afghanistan, Ukraine, and China – compared to 27% who think he has done a good job.56% of voters think Biden is not up to handling challenges from China, Russia, and Iran.AMERICANS STILL SUPPORT BIG TECH BUT ARE SUSPICIOUS OF TIKTOK60-70% of voters do not want Big Tech companies (Google, Facebook, Amazon, or Microsoft) to be broken up.TikTok faces more suspicion: 59% of voters think TikTok spies on its US users.Voters are split on a full TikTok ban: 46% think TikTok should be allowed to operate in the US only if the app undergoes regular security reviews of its code base; 42% support a total ban.The FTC is seen as partisan: 48% of voters think it acts as a Democratic agency.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-12103585</guid>
      <title>Biden&apos;s Classified Docs, Debt Ceiling, Crypto Regulation, Immigration, Social Security Top American Voter Concerns - Harvard Harris Poll, January, 2023</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> Editor-in-Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> discuss the  <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-january-3/"><b>January Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a><b>, </b>conducted January 18-19, among 2,050 registered voters. ​ Download <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-january-3/"><b>KEY FINDINGS</b></a>.<br /><br />Ahead of the looming debt ceiling fight, 63% of voters want Congress to raise the limit but with <b>restraints on future spending</b>.<br /><br />President Joe Biden faces bipartisan scrutiny over his misplaced classified documents as over <b>7 in 10 voters support both a House of Representatives and an FBI investigation</b>.  <br /><br /><b>BIDEN’S CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS CONCERN MOST AMERICANS, INCLUDING DEMOCRATS</b></p><ul><li><b>64% of voters, including 44% of Democrats</b>, think the presence of classified documents in several unsecure locations is a “serious” breach of national security.Half of voters, including one-third of Democrats, think the DOJ treated Biden’s classified documents case more leniently than Donald Trump’s.</li><li>74% of voters, including two-thirds of Democrats, support the Attorney General’s appointment of a <b>special prosecutor</b> for the Biden documents case.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS SIDE WITH REPUBLICANS ON DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS AND SPENDING RESTRAINTS</b></p><ul><li><b>Americans care greatly about default</b>: 69% of voters, including over two-thirds of each party, think a temporary debt default would be a “huge issue.”</li><li>When given the size of the national debt (<b>$31 trillion</b>), 63% of voters want Congress to raise the debt limit only with restraints on future spending.</li><li>Americans <b>side with the GOP</b> on negotiations: 61% of voters, including a slim majority of Democrats themselves, think the Democrats should cave to prevent a default.</li></ul><p><b>KEVIN MCCARTHY EMERGES WITH MODERATE CONSERVATIVE IMAGE FROM THE SPEAKERSHIP FIGHT, NOT FAR RIGHT</b></p><ul><li>78% of voters see McCarthy as moderate or conservative, <b>not far right</b>.</li><li>53% of voters, including a majority of both parties, think McCarthy will work with Democrats to create bipartisan legislation.</li></ul><p><b>SUPPORT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION LEGISLATION UNITES AMERICANS</b></p><ul><li>85% of voters, including 88% of Republicans, want legislation that <b>secures Social Security for two more decades</b>.</li><li>Two-thirds of voters, including 62% of Republicans, want compromise immigration legislation that strengthens the border but also gives DACA recipients a path to citizenship.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON NON-COMPETES BUT WANT MORE CRYPTOCURRENCY REGULATION</b></p><ul><li>60% of Democrats support and 60% of Republicans oppose the prospect of an FTC executive order that would ban all non-compete agreements.</li><li>A majority of voters want more regulation on cryptocurrencies and consumer privacy/security on the Internet, but less or equal regulation on marijuana.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> Editor-in-Chief <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> discuss the  <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-january-3/"><b>January Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a><b>, </b>conducted January 18-19, among 2,050 registered voters. ​ Download <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-january-3/"><b>KEY FINDINGS</b></a>.<br /><br />Ahead of the looming debt ceiling fight, 63% of voters want Congress to raise the limit but with <b>restraints on future spending</b>.<br /><br />President Joe Biden faces bipartisan scrutiny over his misplaced classified documents as over <b>7 in 10 voters support both a House of Representatives and an FBI investigation</b>.  <br /><br /><b>BIDEN’S CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS CONCERN MOST AMERICANS, INCLUDING DEMOCRATS</b></p><ul><li><b>64% of voters, including 44% of Democrats</b>, think the presence of classified documents in several unsecure locations is a “serious” breach of national security.Half of voters, including one-third of Democrats, think the DOJ treated Biden’s classified documents case more leniently than Donald Trump’s.</li><li>74% of voters, including two-thirds of Democrats, support the Attorney General’s appointment of a <b>special prosecutor</b> for the Biden documents case.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS SIDE WITH REPUBLICANS ON DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS AND SPENDING RESTRAINTS</b></p><ul><li><b>Americans care greatly about default</b>: 69% of voters, including over two-thirds of each party, think a temporary debt default would be a “huge issue.”</li><li>When given the size of the national debt (<b>$31 trillion</b>), 63% of voters want Congress to raise the debt limit only with restraints on future spending.</li><li>Americans <b>side with the GOP</b> on negotiations: 61% of voters, including a slim majority of Democrats themselves, think the Democrats should cave to prevent a default.</li></ul><p><b>KEVIN MCCARTHY EMERGES WITH MODERATE CONSERVATIVE IMAGE FROM THE SPEAKERSHIP FIGHT, NOT FAR RIGHT</b></p><ul><li>78% of voters see McCarthy as moderate or conservative, <b>not far right</b>.</li><li>53% of voters, including a majority of both parties, think McCarthy will work with Democrats to create bipartisan legislation.</li></ul><p><b>SUPPORT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION LEGISLATION UNITES AMERICANS</b></p><ul><li>85% of voters, including 88% of Republicans, want legislation that <b>secures Social Security for two more decades</b>.</li><li>Two-thirds of voters, including 62% of Republicans, want compromise immigration legislation that strengthens the border but also gives DACA recipients a path to citizenship.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON NON-COMPETES BUT WANT MORE CRYPTOCURRENCY REGULATION</b></p><ul><li>60% of Democrats support and 60% of Republicans oppose the prospect of an FTC executive order that would ban all non-compete agreements.</li><li>A majority of voters want more regulation on cryptocurrencies and consumer privacy/security on the Internet, but less or equal regulation on marijuana.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15261351" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a169d608-d95e-45f8-a694-04df46b03927/audio/2f55a967-c445-4190-8dc7-0301486f095f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden&apos;s Classified Docs, Debt Ceiling, Crypto Regulation, Immigration, Social Security Top American Voter Concerns - Harvard Harris Poll, January, 2023</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a169d608-d95e-45f8-a694-04df46b03927/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor-in-Chief Bob Cusack discuss the  January Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted January 18-19, among 2,050 registered voters. ​ Download KEY FINDINGS.Ahead of the looming debt ceiling fight, 63% of voters want Congress to raise the limit but with restraints on future spending.President Joe Biden faces bipartisan scrutiny over his misplaced classified documents as over 7 in 10 voters support both a House of Representatives and an FBI investigation.  BIDEN’S CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS CONCERN MOST AMERICANS, INCLUDING DEMOCRATS64% of voters, including 44% of Democrats, think the presence of classified documents in several unsecure locations is a “serious” breach of national security.Half of voters, including one-third of Democrats, think the DOJ treated Biden’s classified documents case more leniently than Donald Trump’s.74% of voters, including two-thirds of Democrats, support the Attorney General’s appointment of a special prosecutor for the Biden documents case.VOTERS SIDE WITH REPUBLICANS ON DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS AND SPENDING RESTRAINTSAmericans care greatly about default: 69% of voters, including over two-thirds of each party, think a temporary debt default would be a “huge issue.”When given the size of the national debt ($31 trillion), 63% of voters want Congress to raise the debt limit only with restraints on future spending.Americans side with the GOP on negotiations: 61% of voters, including a slim majority of Democrats themselves, think the Democrats should cave to prevent a default.KEVIN MCCARTHY EMERGES WITH MODERATE CONSERVATIVE IMAGE FROM THE SPEAKERSHIP FIGHT, NOT FAR RIGHT78% of voters see McCarthy as moderate or conservative, not far right.53% of voters, including a majority of both parties, think McCarthy will work with Democrats to create bipartisan legislation.SUPPORT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION LEGISLATION UNITES AMERICANS85% of voters, including 88% of Republicans, want legislation that secures Social Security for two more decades.Two-thirds of voters, including 62% of Republicans, want compromise immigration legislation that strengthens the border but also gives DACA recipients a path to citizenship.AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON NON-COMPETES BUT WANT MORE CRYPTOCURRENCY REGULATION60% of Democrats support and 60% of Republicans oppose the prospect of an FTC executive order that would ban all non-compete agreements.A majority of voters want more regulation on cryptocurrencies and consumer privacy/security on the Internet, but less or equal regulation on marijuana.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and The Hill Editor-in-Chief Bob Cusack discuss the  January Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted January 18-19, among 2,050 registered voters. ​ Download KEY FINDINGS.Ahead of the looming debt ceiling fight, 63% of voters want Congress to raise the limit but with restraints on future spending.President Joe Biden faces bipartisan scrutiny over his misplaced classified documents as over 7 in 10 voters support both a House of Representatives and an FBI investigation.  BIDEN’S CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS CONCERN MOST AMERICANS, INCLUDING DEMOCRATS64% of voters, including 44% of Democrats, think the presence of classified documents in several unsecure locations is a “serious” breach of national security.Half of voters, including one-third of Democrats, think the DOJ treated Biden’s classified documents case more leniently than Donald Trump’s.74% of voters, including two-thirds of Democrats, support the Attorney General’s appointment of a special prosecutor for the Biden documents case.VOTERS SIDE WITH REPUBLICANS ON DEBT CEILING NEGOTIATIONS AND SPENDING RESTRAINTSAmericans care greatly about default: 69% of voters, including over two-thirds of each party, think a temporary debt default would be a “huge issue.”When given the size of the national debt ($31 trillion), 63% of voters want Congress to raise the debt limit only with restraints on future spending.Americans side with the GOP on negotiations: 61% of voters, including a slim majority of Democrats themselves, think the Democrats should cave to prevent a default.KEVIN MCCARTHY EMERGES WITH MODERATE CONSERVATIVE IMAGE FROM THE SPEAKERSHIP FIGHT, NOT FAR RIGHT78% of voters see McCarthy as moderate or conservative, not far right.53% of voters, including a majority of both parties, think McCarthy will work with Democrats to create bipartisan legislation.SUPPORT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION LEGISLATION UNITES AMERICANS85% of voters, including 88% of Republicans, want legislation that secures Social Security for two more decades.Two-thirds of voters, including 62% of Republicans, want compromise immigration legislation that strengthens the border but also gives DACA recipients a path to citizenship.AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON NON-COMPETES BUT WANT MORE CRYPTOCURRENCY REGULATION60% of Democrats support and 60% of Republicans oppose the prospect of an FTC executive order that would ban all non-compete agreements.A majority of voters want more regulation on cryptocurrencies and consumer privacy/security on the Internet, but less or equal regulation on marijuana.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-11898011</guid>
      <title>Economic Troubles Easing Slightly - New Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore and decipher the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VV-jSk88kt6MW3bJnjt2KwHNDW20x2Jc4TFHfRN22w0_r3lSbtV1-WJV7Cg-m_V8Rj2X38GdgQW6ygNN21mM6r6W7kB6KN2Kz0rLW7Jlj1M1NW6z6W7s_y4H8yC_ksW16FRMx2ds8zFW8KdcQg4S_ggrW5_gYbZ7-rDZsW5RB5TJ8Wmp7ZW7bg5kB3l065RW1Q9H2l3BpF5sW32Ww-r5b2jfYW73yV7_8p34BcN1tCHnlC7wyLN2ffRvTQ8dnJW9kZRFW24FFx7W3Bds542yqK45W4vSsQX3whMP6W1NhGk391ssPQW4RnQ_H516Z1W3g5p1"><b>December Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a>, conducted from December 14-15, 2022, among 1,851 registered voters. <b>Key takeaways:</b><br /><br />Nearly two-thirds of voters believe Twitter shadow-banned users and engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election. Seventy percent also want new national laws protecting users from corporate censorship.<br /><br />Joe Biden’s approval rating remains steady at 42% as two-thirds of Americans think inflation is still increasing. Ron DeSantis continues his ascent as the poll shows him defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup for the first time.</p><p><b>AMERICANS THINK INFLATION IS INCREASING AND WILL LINGER</b></p><ul><li>66% of voters think inflation is increasing, and 61% of voters think inflation will continue for at least another year.</li><li>But Americans see economic troubles easing slightly: the percentage of voters who think the economy is heading in the right track and who are optimistic about their lives next year both increased by 3 points.</li><li>Voters are split on whether Biden’s policies caused inflation.</li></ul><p><b>IT'S NOW A TWO-WAY GOP RACE BETWEEN TRUMP AND DESANTIS</b></p><ul><li>Trump is still the GOP frontrunner in an open field: 48% of GOP voters would choose him in a primary, compared to 25% for DeSantis.</li><li>But in a GOP head-to-head, DeSantis defeats Trump by 4 points if GOP-leaning Independent voters are included; Trump wins the head-to-head by 10 points among only GOP voters.</li><li>For the first time, the poll shows DeSantis defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup, by 4 points; Trump would also defeat Biden by 5 points.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS BELIEVE TWITTER ENGAGED IN POLITICAL CENSORSHIP AND ARE ROOTING FOR ELON MUSK</b></p><ul><li>Americans believe in the Twitter Files revelations: 64% think Twitter was secretly shadow banning users, and 64% also think Twitter engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election.</li><li>Americans like Elon Musk: 61% think Musk is trying to clean up Twitter from abuses, and his personal favorability is 8 points above water.</li><li>70% of voters, including strong majorities across the political spectrum, support new national laws protecting internet users from corporate censorship.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS THINK ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION IS A SERIOUS ISSUE BUT DON'T KNOW THE NUMBERS</b></p><ul><li>Voters are concerned about the effects of Biden’s immigration policies: 67% think they have encouraged illegal immigration, and 57% think they are increasing the flow of drugs and crime.</li><li>Americans are unfamiliar with the extent of illegal immigration: 64% correctly said the number of illegal border crossings has increased under Biden, but the median voter underestimated that number by a factor of 10 (250-500 thousand vs. 2-3 million).</li><li>Two-thirds of Americans want Biden to issue stricter policies to reduce the flow of illegal immigrants, when told the actual number of illegal crossings in the last year (over 2.75 million).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/people/bob-cusack/"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a> explore and decipher the findings of the <a href="https://cmqnv04.na1.hubspotlinks.com/Ctc/W1+113/cMQNV04/VV-jSk88kt6MW3bJnjt2KwHNDW20x2Jc4TFHfRN22w0_r3lSbtV1-WJV7Cg-m_V8Rj2X38GdgQW6ygNN21mM6r6W7kB6KN2Kz0rLW7Jlj1M1NW6z6W7s_y4H8yC_ksW16FRMx2ds8zFW8KdcQg4S_ggrW5_gYbZ7-rDZsW5RB5TJ8Wmp7ZW7bg5kB3l065RW1Q9H2l3BpF5sW32Ww-r5b2jfYW73yV7_8p34BcN1tCHnlC7wyLN2ffRvTQ8dnJW9kZRFW24FFx7W3Bds542yqK45W4vSsQX3whMP6W1NhGk391ssPQW4RnQ_H516Z1W3g5p1"><b>December Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a>, conducted from December 14-15, 2022, among 1,851 registered voters. <b>Key takeaways:</b><br /><br />Nearly two-thirds of voters believe Twitter shadow-banned users and engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election. Seventy percent also want new national laws protecting users from corporate censorship.<br /><br />Joe Biden’s approval rating remains steady at 42% as two-thirds of Americans think inflation is still increasing. Ron DeSantis continues his ascent as the poll shows him defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup for the first time.</p><p><b>AMERICANS THINK INFLATION IS INCREASING AND WILL LINGER</b></p><ul><li>66% of voters think inflation is increasing, and 61% of voters think inflation will continue for at least another year.</li><li>But Americans see economic troubles easing slightly: the percentage of voters who think the economy is heading in the right track and who are optimistic about their lives next year both increased by 3 points.</li><li>Voters are split on whether Biden’s policies caused inflation.</li></ul><p><b>IT'S NOW A TWO-WAY GOP RACE BETWEEN TRUMP AND DESANTIS</b></p><ul><li>Trump is still the GOP frontrunner in an open field: 48% of GOP voters would choose him in a primary, compared to 25% for DeSantis.</li><li>But in a GOP head-to-head, DeSantis defeats Trump by 4 points if GOP-leaning Independent voters are included; Trump wins the head-to-head by 10 points among only GOP voters.</li><li>For the first time, the poll shows DeSantis defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup, by 4 points; Trump would also defeat Biden by 5 points.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS BELIEVE TWITTER ENGAGED IN POLITICAL CENSORSHIP AND ARE ROOTING FOR ELON MUSK</b></p><ul><li>Americans believe in the Twitter Files revelations: 64% think Twitter was secretly shadow banning users, and 64% also think Twitter engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election.</li><li>Americans like Elon Musk: 61% think Musk is trying to clean up Twitter from abuses, and his personal favorability is 8 points above water.</li><li>70% of voters, including strong majorities across the political spectrum, support new national laws protecting internet users from corporate censorship.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS THINK ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION IS A SERIOUS ISSUE BUT DON'T KNOW THE NUMBERS</b></p><ul><li>Voters are concerned about the effects of Biden’s immigration policies: 67% think they have encouraged illegal immigration, and 57% think they are increasing the flow of drugs and crime.</li><li>Americans are unfamiliar with the extent of illegal immigration: 64% correctly said the number of illegal border crossings has increased under Biden, but the median voter underestimated that number by a factor of 10 (250-500 thousand vs. 2-3 million).</li><li>Two-thirds of Americans want Biden to issue stricter policies to reduce the flow of illegal immigrants, when told the actual number of illegal crossings in the last year (over 2.75 million).</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="13678379" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ff21f3b3-3383-4797-bcf5-be22bf40a027/audio/ab09a4ad-89d8-4d17-8abf-68f5c7583d7b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Economic Troubles Easing Slightly - New Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ff21f3b3-3383-4797-bcf5-be22bf40a027/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:18:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore and decipher the findings of the December Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted from December 14-15, 2022, among 1,851 registered voters. Key takeaways:Nearly two-thirds of voters believe Twitter shadow-banned users and engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election. Seventy percent also want new national laws protecting users from corporate censorship.Joe Biden’s approval rating remains steady at 42% as two-thirds of Americans think inflation is still increasing. Ron DeSantis continues his ascent as the poll shows him defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup for the first time.AMERICANS THINK INFLATION IS INCREASING AND WILL LINGER66% of voters think inflation is increasing, and 61% of voters think inflation will continue for at least another year.But Americans see economic troubles easing slightly: the percentage of voters who think the economy is heading in the right track and who are optimistic about their lives next year both increased by 3 points.Voters are split on whether Biden’s policies caused inflation.IT&apos;S NOW A TWO-WAY GOP RACE BETWEEN TRUMP AND DESANTISTrump is still the GOP frontrunner in an open field: 48% of GOP voters would choose him in a primary, compared to 25% for DeSantis.But in a GOP head-to-head, DeSantis defeats Trump by 4 points if GOP-leaning Independent voters are included; Trump wins the head-to-head by 10 points among only GOP voters.For the first time, the poll shows DeSantis defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup, by 4 points; Trump would also defeat Biden by 5 points.VOTERS BELIEVE TWITTER ENGAGED IN POLITICAL CENSORSHIP AND ARE ROOTING FOR ELON MUSKAmericans believe in the Twitter Files revelations: 64% think Twitter was secretly shadow banning users, and 64% also think Twitter engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election.Americans like Elon Musk: 61% think Musk is trying to clean up Twitter from abuses, and his personal favorability is 8 points above water.70% of voters, including strong majorities across the political spectrum, support new national laws protecting internet users from corporate censorship.AMERICANS THINK ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION IS A SERIOUS ISSUE BUT DON&apos;T KNOW THE NUMBERSVoters are concerned about the effects of Biden’s immigration policies: 67% think they have encouraged illegal immigration, and 57% think they are increasing the flow of drugs and crime.Americans are unfamiliar with the extent of illegal immigration: 64% correctly said the number of illegal border crossings has increased under Biden, but the median voter underestimated that number by a factor of 10 (250-500 thousand vs. 2-3 million).Two-thirds of Americans want Biden to issue stricter policies to reduce the flow of illegal immigrants, when told the actual number of illegal crossings in the last year (over 2.75 million).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill explore and decipher the findings of the December Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted from December 14-15, 2022, among 1,851 registered voters. Key takeaways:Nearly two-thirds of voters believe Twitter shadow-banned users and engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election. Seventy percent also want new national laws protecting users from corporate censorship.Joe Biden’s approval rating remains steady at 42% as two-thirds of Americans think inflation is still increasing. Ron DeSantis continues his ascent as the poll shows him defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup for the first time.AMERICANS THINK INFLATION IS INCREASING AND WILL LINGER66% of voters think inflation is increasing, and 61% of voters think inflation will continue for at least another year.But Americans see economic troubles easing slightly: the percentage of voters who think the economy is heading in the right track and who are optimistic about their lives next year both increased by 3 points.Voters are split on whether Biden’s policies caused inflation.IT&apos;S NOW A TWO-WAY GOP RACE BETWEEN TRUMP AND DESANTISTrump is still the GOP frontrunner in an open field: 48% of GOP voters would choose him in a primary, compared to 25% for DeSantis.But in a GOP head-to-head, DeSantis defeats Trump by 4 points if GOP-leaning Independent voters are included; Trump wins the head-to-head by 10 points among only GOP voters.For the first time, the poll shows DeSantis defeating Biden in a 2024 matchup, by 4 points; Trump would also defeat Biden by 5 points.VOTERS BELIEVE TWITTER ENGAGED IN POLITICAL CENSORSHIP AND ARE ROOTING FOR ELON MUSKAmericans believe in the Twitter Files revelations: 64% think Twitter was secretly shadow banning users, and 64% also think Twitter engaged in political censorship during the 2020 election.Americans like Elon Musk: 61% think Musk is trying to clean up Twitter from abuses, and his personal favorability is 8 points above water.70% of voters, including strong majorities across the political spectrum, support new national laws protecting internet users from corporate censorship.AMERICANS THINK ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION IS A SERIOUS ISSUE BUT DON&apos;T KNOW THE NUMBERSVoters are concerned about the effects of Biden’s immigration policies: 67% think they have encouraged illegal immigration, and 57% think they are increasing the flow of drugs and crime.Americans are unfamiliar with the extent of illegal immigration: 64% correctly said the number of illegal border crossings has increased under Biden, but the median voter underestimated that number by a factor of 10 (250-500 thousand vs. 2-3 million).Two-thirds of Americans want Biden to issue stricter policies to reduce the flow of illegal immigrants, when told the actual number of illegal crossings in the last year (over 2.75 million).</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-11735943</guid>
      <title>A Red Reckoning After The &quot;Wave&quot; That &quot;Fizzled&quot; - Post-Midterm Election Debrief</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This survey was conducted online within the United States from November 16-17, 2022 among 2,212 registered voters. When asked by Cusack to summarize the first poll conducted after 2022 Midterm Elections, Penn offered "FIZZLE".  Download the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/HHP_Nov2022_KeyResults.pdf"><b>FULL POLL</b></a> and <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1cgk1K1qVYoeJsBf2O5_klBtESqnOIhIc/view?usp=share_link"><b>TRANSCRIPT</b></a><b>.</b><br /><br />Democrats outperformed expectations in the midterms as they closed the turnout gap by taking advantage of early voting and driving their core issues of protecting democracy and abortion to be most salient after the economy. On the Republican side, Florida governor Ron DeSantis emerged as a big winner. His support in a 2024 GOP primary increased by 11 points among GOP voters while Donald Trump’s fell 9 points, although Trump still leads with 46%.</p><p>Looking ahead to the new government, a strong majority of voters want to curb Congressional spending, and support for Ukraine is fracturing as Republicans and Independents increasingly soften on the rising price tag of supporting the war.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p><b>MIDTERM RESULTS</b></p><p> <b>DEMOCRATS MADE UP THE TURNOUT DEFICIT</b></p><ul><li>Democrats closed the gap from the pre-election poll which had Likely Voters +3 for the GOP and Registered Voters tied 50-50</li><li>Democrats took advantage of the early and absentee vote: 52% of Democrats voted before Election Day, compared to 45% of Republicans.</li><li>One third of Independents sat out the election.</li><li>Democrats successfully highlighted their core issues: the economy was the most important issue across the board (42%), but protecting democracy (18%) and abortion (16%) were next.</li></ul><p><b>UNHAPPINESS WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE COUNTRY REMAINS IN PLACE</b></p><ul><li>President Biden’s approval is flat at 43 percent.</li><li>4 in 10 voters believe the country is in a recession, and another 4 in 10 think it will be in a recession next year.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICAN PRIORITIES FOR THE NEXT CONGRESS</b></p><p><b>VOTERS WANT MODERATE SENSIBLE POLICIES</b></p><ul><li>Roughly 80% of voters agree they want to reduce misinformation on the Internet and curb Congressional spending.</li><li>Voters want the parties to moderate themselves: 62% think the Democrats have moved too far to the left, and 56% think the Republicans have moved too far to the right.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS EXPECT A SLATE OF INVESTIGATIONS FROM THE NEW HOUSE</b></p><ul><li>Voters want more clarity on possible political bias: Strong majorities think the House should investigate the Hunter Biden laptop (65%), whether technology companies have been censoring political speech (74%), and whether politics have been affecting the FBI’s actions (77%).</li><li>The January 6 committee continues to be unpopular: 62% of voters want the House to end it.</li></ul><p><b>UKRAINE SUPPORT IS SOFTENING</b></p><ul><li>Support for costly aid packages is decreasing among Republicans and Independents: 61% of Republicans and 59% of Independents oppose providing another $27 billion in aid to Ukraine.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This survey was conducted online within the United States from November 16-17, 2022 among 2,212 registered voters. When asked by Cusack to summarize the first poll conducted after 2022 Midterm Elections, Penn offered "FIZZLE".  Download the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/HHP_Nov2022_KeyResults.pdf"><b>FULL POLL</b></a> and <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1cgk1K1qVYoeJsBf2O5_klBtESqnOIhIc/view?usp=share_link"><b>TRANSCRIPT</b></a><b>.</b><br /><br />Democrats outperformed expectations in the midterms as they closed the turnout gap by taking advantage of early voting and driving their core issues of protecting democracy and abortion to be most salient after the economy. On the Republican side, Florida governor Ron DeSantis emerged as a big winner. His support in a 2024 GOP primary increased by 11 points among GOP voters while Donald Trump’s fell 9 points, although Trump still leads with 46%.</p><p>Looking ahead to the new government, a strong majority of voters want to curb Congressional spending, and support for Ukraine is fracturing as Republicans and Independents increasingly soften on the rising price tag of supporting the war.</p><p>Other key findings include:</p><p><b>MIDTERM RESULTS</b></p><p> <b>DEMOCRATS MADE UP THE TURNOUT DEFICIT</b></p><ul><li>Democrats closed the gap from the pre-election poll which had Likely Voters +3 for the GOP and Registered Voters tied 50-50</li><li>Democrats took advantage of the early and absentee vote: 52% of Democrats voted before Election Day, compared to 45% of Republicans.</li><li>One third of Independents sat out the election.</li><li>Democrats successfully highlighted their core issues: the economy was the most important issue across the board (42%), but protecting democracy (18%) and abortion (16%) were next.</li></ul><p><b>UNHAPPINESS WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE COUNTRY REMAINS IN PLACE</b></p><ul><li>President Biden’s approval is flat at 43 percent.</li><li>4 in 10 voters believe the country is in a recession, and another 4 in 10 think it will be in a recession next year.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICAN PRIORITIES FOR THE NEXT CONGRESS</b></p><p><b>VOTERS WANT MODERATE SENSIBLE POLICIES</b></p><ul><li>Roughly 80% of voters agree they want to reduce misinformation on the Internet and curb Congressional spending.</li><li>Voters want the parties to moderate themselves: 62% think the Democrats have moved too far to the left, and 56% think the Republicans have moved too far to the right.</li></ul><p><b>VOTERS EXPECT A SLATE OF INVESTIGATIONS FROM THE NEW HOUSE</b></p><ul><li>Voters want more clarity on possible political bias: Strong majorities think the House should investigate the Hunter Biden laptop (65%), whether technology companies have been censoring political speech (74%), and whether politics have been affecting the FBI’s actions (77%).</li><li>The January 6 committee continues to be unpopular: 62% of voters want the House to end it.</li></ul><p><b>UKRAINE SUPPORT IS SOFTENING</b></p><ul><li>Support for costly aid packages is decreasing among Republicans and Independents: 61% of Republicans and 59% of Independents oppose providing another $27 billion in aid to Ukraine.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17000395" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/1132048a-29cb-402c-91ef-4e35e05e0d6d/audio/41d952ef-216a-4670-bce5-e7da858a7282/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>A Red Reckoning After The &quot;Wave&quot; That &quot;Fizzled&quot; - Post-Midterm Election Debrief</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/1132048a-29cb-402c-91ef-4e35e05e0d6d/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from November 16-17, 2022 among 2,212 registered voters. When asked by Cusack to summarize the first poll conducted after 2022 Midterm Elections, Penn offered &quot;FIZZLE&quot;.  Download the FULL POLL and TRANSCRIPT.Democrats outperformed expectations in the midterms as they closed the turnout gap by taking advantage of early voting and driving their core issues of protecting democracy and abortion to be most salient after the economy. On the Republican side, Florida governor Ron DeSantis emerged as a big winner. His support in a 2024 GOP primary increased by 11 points among GOP voters while Donald Trump’s fell 9 points, although Trump still leads with 46%.Looking ahead to the new government, a strong majority of voters want to curb Congressional spending, and support for Ukraine is fracturing as Republicans and Independents increasingly soften on the rising price tag of supporting the war.Other key findings include:MIDTERM RESULTS DEMOCRATS MADE UP THE TURNOUT DEFICITDemocrats closed the gap from the pre-election poll which had Likely Voters +3 for the GOP and Registered Voters tied 50-50Democrats took advantage of the early and absentee vote: 52% of Democrats voted before Election Day, compared to 45% of Republicans.One third of Independents sat out the election.Democrats successfully highlighted their core issues: the economy was the most important issue across the board (42%), but protecting democracy (18%) and abortion (16%) were next.UNHAPPINESS WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE COUNTRY REMAINS IN PLACEPresident Biden’s approval is flat at 43 percent.4 in 10 voters believe the country is in a recession, and another 4 in 10 think it will be in a recession next year.AMERICAN PRIORITIES FOR THE NEXT CONGRESSVOTERS WANT MODERATE SENSIBLE POLICIESRoughly 80% of voters agree they want to reduce misinformation on the Internet and curb Congressional spending.Voters want the parties to moderate themselves: 62% think the Democrats have moved too far to the left, and 56% think the Republicans have moved too far to the right.VOTERS EXPECT A SLATE OF INVESTIGATIONS FROM THE NEW HOUSEVoters want more clarity on possible political bias: Strong majorities think the House should investigate the Hunter Biden laptop (65%), whether technology companies have been censoring political speech (74%), and whether politics have been affecting the FBI’s actions (77%).The January 6 committee continues to be unpopular: 62% of voters want the House to end it.UKRAINE SUPPORT IS SOFTENINGSupport for costly aid packages is decreasing among Republicans and Independents: 61% of Republicans and 59% of Independents oppose providing another $27 billion in aid to Ukraine.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from November 16-17, 2022 among 2,212 registered voters. When asked by Cusack to summarize the first poll conducted after 2022 Midterm Elections, Penn offered &quot;FIZZLE&quot;.  Download the FULL POLL and TRANSCRIPT.Democrats outperformed expectations in the midterms as they closed the turnout gap by taking advantage of early voting and driving their core issues of protecting democracy and abortion to be most salient after the economy. On the Republican side, Florida governor Ron DeSantis emerged as a big winner. His support in a 2024 GOP primary increased by 11 points among GOP voters while Donald Trump’s fell 9 points, although Trump still leads with 46%.Looking ahead to the new government, a strong majority of voters want to curb Congressional spending, and support for Ukraine is fracturing as Republicans and Independents increasingly soften on the rising price tag of supporting the war.Other key findings include:MIDTERM RESULTS DEMOCRATS MADE UP THE TURNOUT DEFICITDemocrats closed the gap from the pre-election poll which had Likely Voters +3 for the GOP and Registered Voters tied 50-50Democrats took advantage of the early and absentee vote: 52% of Democrats voted before Election Day, compared to 45% of Republicans.One third of Independents sat out the election.Democrats successfully highlighted their core issues: the economy was the most important issue across the board (42%), but protecting democracy (18%) and abortion (16%) were next.UNHAPPINESS WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE COUNTRY REMAINS IN PLACEPresident Biden’s approval is flat at 43 percent.4 in 10 voters believe the country is in a recession, and another 4 in 10 think it will be in a recession next year.AMERICAN PRIORITIES FOR THE NEXT CONGRESSVOTERS WANT MODERATE SENSIBLE POLICIESRoughly 80% of voters agree they want to reduce misinformation on the Internet and curb Congressional spending.Voters want the parties to moderate themselves: 62% think the Democrats have moved too far to the left, and 56% think the Republicans have moved too far to the right.VOTERS EXPECT A SLATE OF INVESTIGATIONS FROM THE NEW HOUSEVoters want more clarity on possible political bias: Strong majorities think the House should investigate the Hunter Biden laptop (65%), whether technology companies have been censoring political speech (74%), and whether politics have been affecting the FBI’s actions (77%).The January 6 committee continues to be unpopular: 62% of voters want the House to end it.UKRAINE SUPPORT IS SOFTENINGSupport for costly aid packages is decreasing among Republicans and Independents: 61% of Republicans and 59% of Independents oppose providing another $27 billion in aid to Ukraine.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-11518337</guid>
      <title>Mark Penn Predicts Red Wave in 2022 Midterm Elections</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill review the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS-Harris Poll. This month's poll was released together with The Hill this week. The October poll was conducted from October 12-13, 2022, among 2,010 registered voters. ​(Link to the full poll <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=00e7212b0c&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /><br />Republicans are inching closer towards a wave election as they connect with voters on their key issues of inflation, crime, and immigration. The GOP is now winning the generic Congressional ballot 53-47 among likely voters.<br /><br />Biden continues to struggle, especially on the economy: 84% of Americans think the US is in a recession now or will be by next year, and 55% blame Biden for inflation – including 42% of Democrats. The president’s recent policies on student debt relief and marijuana pardons are popular but don’t move the needle electorally for the Democrats.<br /><br />Other key findings include:<br /><br /><b>VOTERS THINK REPUBLICANS ARE ADDRESSING THEIR TOP ISSUES MORE THAN DEMOCRATS</b></p><ul><li>Inflation, crime, and immigration are the most important issues voters picked heading into the midterms – and based on each, voters say they are over 10 points more likely to vote Republican than Democratic.</li><li>Americans think Republican leaders are most concerned with immigration, inflation, and the economy – while Democratic leaders are most concerned with January 6, women’s rights, and the environment.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE CONCERNED ABOUT A RECESSION</b></p><ul><li>84% of voters think the US is in a recession now or will be in one by next year.</li><li>58% are not confident in the Biden administration’s ability to keep inflation at bay.</li><li>Americans are worried about the Fed: 74% think the Fed will cause a recession.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN’S DEBT RELIEF AND MARIJUANA PARDON POLICIES ARE POPULAR BUT DON’T MOVE THE NEEDLE ELECTORALLY</b></p><ul><li>67% approve of Biden’s marijuana pardon, but it has no net effect on the electorate: 36% of voters say it makes them more likely to vote Republican, and 35% say more likely to vote Democratic.</li><li>It’s a similar story for Biden’s student debt relief: 58% support his act – but 41% say it has made them more likely to vote Republican, compared to 35% Democratic.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS LEAN TOWARDS HAWKISH FOREIGN POLICY ON OIL AND RUSSIA</b></p><ul><li>65% oppose easing sanctions on countries like Iran and Venezuela as a way to lower gas and oil prices; instead, they want greater output of American oil and gas.</li><li>54% think the US should cut military sales and technical aid to the Saudi Arabian government in response to their oil production cut.</li><li>Voters are split on whether or not Biden’s policies on Ukraine are pushing us towards nuclear war, and a majority remain supportive of providing aid to Ukraine.</li><li>If Russia uses a nuclear weapon on Ukraine, 59% of Americans are willing to send in NATO.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Every month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill review the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS-Harris Poll. This month's poll was released together with The Hill this week. The October poll was conducted from October 12-13, 2022, among 2,010 registered voters. ​(Link to the full poll <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=00e7212b0c&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /><br />Republicans are inching closer towards a wave election as they connect with voters on their key issues of inflation, crime, and immigration. The GOP is now winning the generic Congressional ballot 53-47 among likely voters.<br /><br />Biden continues to struggle, especially on the economy: 84% of Americans think the US is in a recession now or will be by next year, and 55% blame Biden for inflation – including 42% of Democrats. The president’s recent policies on student debt relief and marijuana pardons are popular but don’t move the needle electorally for the Democrats.<br /><br />Other key findings include:<br /><br /><b>VOTERS THINK REPUBLICANS ARE ADDRESSING THEIR TOP ISSUES MORE THAN DEMOCRATS</b></p><ul><li>Inflation, crime, and immigration are the most important issues voters picked heading into the midterms – and based on each, voters say they are over 10 points more likely to vote Republican than Democratic.</li><li>Americans think Republican leaders are most concerned with immigration, inflation, and the economy – while Democratic leaders are most concerned with January 6, women’s rights, and the environment.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS ARE CONCERNED ABOUT A RECESSION</b></p><ul><li>84% of voters think the US is in a recession now or will be in one by next year.</li><li>58% are not confident in the Biden administration’s ability to keep inflation at bay.</li><li>Americans are worried about the Fed: 74% think the Fed will cause a recession.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN’S DEBT RELIEF AND MARIJUANA PARDON POLICIES ARE POPULAR BUT DON’T MOVE THE NEEDLE ELECTORALLY</b></p><ul><li>67% approve of Biden’s marijuana pardon, but it has no net effect on the electorate: 36% of voters say it makes them more likely to vote Republican, and 35% say more likely to vote Democratic.</li><li>It’s a similar story for Biden’s student debt relief: 58% support his act – but 41% say it has made them more likely to vote Republican, compared to 35% Democratic.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS LEAN TOWARDS HAWKISH FOREIGN POLICY ON OIL AND RUSSIA</b></p><ul><li>65% oppose easing sanctions on countries like Iran and Venezuela as a way to lower gas and oil prices; instead, they want greater output of American oil and gas.</li><li>54% think the US should cut military sales and technical aid to the Saudi Arabian government in response to their oil production cut.</li><li>Voters are split on whether or not Biden’s policies on Ukraine are pushing us towards nuclear war, and a majority remain supportive of providing aid to Ukraine.</li><li>If Russia uses a nuclear weapon on Ukraine, 59% of Americans are willing to send in NATO.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15124430" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c0af4e54-f52f-42d0-ab3c-779d82b679fa/audio/7b9cfddc-8ecc-4283-bab5-ce0471d82be4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Penn Predicts Red Wave in 2022 Midterm Elections</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/c0af4e54-f52f-42d0-ab3c-779d82b679fa/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:20:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Every month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill review the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS-Harris Poll. This month&apos;s poll was released together with The Hill this week. The October poll was conducted from October 12-13, 2022, among 2,010 registered voters. ​(Link to the full poll here).Republicans are inching closer towards a wave election as they connect with voters on their key issues of inflation, crime, and immigration. The GOP is now winning the generic Congressional ballot 53-47 among likely voters.Biden continues to struggle, especially on the economy: 84% of Americans think the US is in a recession now or will be by next year, and 55% blame Biden for inflation – including 42% of Democrats. The president’s recent policies on student debt relief and marijuana pardons are popular but don’t move the needle electorally for the Democrats.Other key findings include:VOTERS THINK REPUBLICANS ARE ADDRESSING THEIR TOP ISSUES MORE THAN DEMOCRATSInflation, crime, and immigration are the most important issues voters picked heading into the midterms – and based on each, voters say they are over 10 points more likely to vote Republican than Democratic.Americans think Republican leaders are most concerned with immigration, inflation, and the economy – while Democratic leaders are most concerned with January 6, women’s rights, and the environment.AMERICANS ARE CONCERNED ABOUT A RECESSION84% of voters think the US is in a recession now or will be in one by next year.58% are not confident in the Biden administration’s ability to keep inflation at bay.Americans are worried about the Fed: 74% think the Fed will cause a recession.BIDEN’S DEBT RELIEF AND MARIJUANA PARDON POLICIES ARE POPULAR BUT DON’T MOVE THE NEEDLE ELECTORALLY67% approve of Biden’s marijuana pardon, but it has no net effect on the electorate: 36% of voters say it makes them more likely to vote Republican, and 35% say more likely to vote Democratic.It’s a similar story for Biden’s student debt relief: 58% support his act – but 41% say it has made them more likely to vote Republican, compared to 35% Democratic.AMERICANS LEAN TOWARDS HAWKISH FOREIGN POLICY ON OIL AND RUSSIA65% oppose easing sanctions on countries like Iran and Venezuela as a way to lower gas and oil prices; instead, they want greater output of American oil and gas.54% think the US should cut military sales and technical aid to the Saudi Arabian government in response to their oil production cut.Voters are split on whether or not Biden’s policies on Ukraine are pushing us towards nuclear war, and a majority remain supportive of providing aid to Ukraine.If Russia uses a nuclear weapon on Ukraine, 59% of Americans are willing to send in NATO.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Every month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill review the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS-Harris Poll. This month&apos;s poll was released together with The Hill this week. The October poll was conducted from October 12-13, 2022, among 2,010 registered voters. ​(Link to the full poll here).Republicans are inching closer towards a wave election as they connect with voters on their key issues of inflation, crime, and immigration. The GOP is now winning the generic Congressional ballot 53-47 among likely voters.Biden continues to struggle, especially on the economy: 84% of Americans think the US is in a recession now or will be by next year, and 55% blame Biden for inflation – including 42% of Democrats. The president’s recent policies on student debt relief and marijuana pardons are popular but don’t move the needle electorally for the Democrats.Other key findings include:VOTERS THINK REPUBLICANS ARE ADDRESSING THEIR TOP ISSUES MORE THAN DEMOCRATSInflation, crime, and immigration are the most important issues voters picked heading into the midterms – and based on each, voters say they are over 10 points more likely to vote Republican than Democratic.Americans think Republican leaders are most concerned with immigration, inflation, and the economy – while Democratic leaders are most concerned with January 6, women’s rights, and the environment.AMERICANS ARE CONCERNED ABOUT A RECESSION84% of voters think the US is in a recession now or will be in one by next year.58% are not confident in the Biden administration’s ability to keep inflation at bay.Americans are worried about the Fed: 74% think the Fed will cause a recession.BIDEN’S DEBT RELIEF AND MARIJUANA PARDON POLICIES ARE POPULAR BUT DON’T MOVE THE NEEDLE ELECTORALLY67% approve of Biden’s marijuana pardon, but it has no net effect on the electorate: 36% of voters say it makes them more likely to vote Republican, and 35% say more likely to vote Democratic.It’s a similar story for Biden’s student debt relief: 58% support his act – but 41% say it has made them more likely to vote Republican, compared to 35% Democratic.AMERICANS LEAN TOWARDS HAWKISH FOREIGN POLICY ON OIL AND RUSSIA65% oppose easing sanctions on countries like Iran and Venezuela as a way to lower gas and oil prices; instead, they want greater output of American oil and gas.54% think the US should cut military sales and technical aid to the Saudi Arabian government in response to their oil production cut.Voters are split on whether or not Biden’s policies on Ukraine are pushing us towards nuclear war, and a majority remain supportive of providing aid to Ukraine.If Russia uses a nuclear weapon on Ukraine, 59% of Americans are willing to send in NATO.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-11310126</guid>
      <title>&quot;Puzzling&quot; - September Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Julia Manchester</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman / <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/our-firm/#leadership-sec"><b>MARK PENN</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/">The Hill</a>'s <a href="https://thehill.com/author/julia-manchester/"><b>JULIA MANCHESTER</b></a><b> </b>discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, conducted September 7-8 among 1,885 registered voters. <a href="https://youtu.be/eNyAZU8irFc">VIDEO</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-september/">KEY RESULTS</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/crosstabs-september/">CROSSTABS</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/topline-september/">TOPLINE</a> - <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN</a> - <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">FACEBOOK</a> - <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">INSTAGRAM</a> - <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">TWITTER</a><b> <br /> <br /></b><b><em>PUZZLING</em></b><b> </b>-<b> </b>The midterms remain nearly a dead heat even though President Joe Biden's approval rating is still underwater at 41%. Inflation remains the biggest concern for voters, over half of whom say the Inflation Reduction Act is more likely to increase rather than decrease inflation. While student debt relief is having little net effect on Democrats’ outlook, the overturn of Roe v. Wade is increasing likelihood to vote Democratic.</p><p>Results also show the FBI's raid of Donald Trump's residence has not hurt the standing of the former president, whom voters would still pick in a presidential election over Joe Biden if the 2024 election were held today. Americans are evenly split on whether the raid was politically motivated, but a clear majority, 58%, think appointing a special master to review the documents taken by the Department of Justice is reasonable.</p><p><b>DEMOCRATS HOLD THE DAM AS INFLATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN </b></p><ul><li>Biden's approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration's handling of inflation and unemployment improves.</li><li>The generic Congressional ballot remains tight, 51-49 in favor of the Democrats.</li><li>Inflation remains the biggest concern for both Democrats and Republicans, followed by abortion rights for Democrats and immigration for Republicans.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN'S SPEECH ON MAGA REPUBLICANS IS UNPOPULAR AS AMERICANS WORRY ABOUT DIVIDING THE COUNTRY</b></p><ul><li>Biden's September 1 speech in Philadelphia, in which he called Trump and MAGA Republicans a threat to the country, is viewed as divisive: 56% of voters, including 62% of Independents, opposed it.</li><li>Biden's approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration's handling of inflation and unemployment improve.</li><li>More Americans are concerned about the socialist left rather than MAGA Republicans gaining power, 55-45.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS WANT TO INVESTIGATE THE HUNTER BIDEN LAPTOP STORY </b></p><ul><li>The Hunter Biden laptop story is not going away: 59% of Americans think the laptop story is genuine, not Russian disinformation. 63% of voters think the FBI helped suppress the story by telling tech companies it could be Russian disinformation.</li><li>63% of voters think the DOJ should appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the Biden laptop.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN'S STUDENT LOAN RELIEF DOES NOT AFFECT MANY AMERICANS OR MAKE THEM WANT TO VOTE DEMOCRATIC</b></p><ul><li>Americans are evenly split on Biden's cancellation of up to $20,000 of debt for couples making up to $250,000.</li><li>Only 17% of Americans say they will be personally helped by the program.</li><li>Voters are skeptical of Biden's method: 56% think it was wrong of Biden to act without Congress, and 52% think his executive order will ultimately be deemed unconstitutional.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman / <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/our-firm/#leadership-sec"><b>MARK PENN</b></a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/">The Hill</a>'s <a href="https://thehill.com/author/julia-manchester/"><b>JULIA MANCHESTER</b></a><b> </b>discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, conducted September 7-8 among 1,885 registered voters. <a href="https://youtu.be/eNyAZU8irFc">VIDEO</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-september/">KEY RESULTS</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/crosstabs-september/">CROSSTABS</a> - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/topline-september/">TOPLINE</a> - <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN</a> - <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">FACEBOOK</a> - <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">INSTAGRAM</a> - <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">TWITTER</a><b> <br /> <br /></b><b><em>PUZZLING</em></b><b> </b>-<b> </b>The midterms remain nearly a dead heat even though President Joe Biden's approval rating is still underwater at 41%. Inflation remains the biggest concern for voters, over half of whom say the Inflation Reduction Act is more likely to increase rather than decrease inflation. While student debt relief is having little net effect on Democrats’ outlook, the overturn of Roe v. Wade is increasing likelihood to vote Democratic.</p><p>Results also show the FBI's raid of Donald Trump's residence has not hurt the standing of the former president, whom voters would still pick in a presidential election over Joe Biden if the 2024 election were held today. Americans are evenly split on whether the raid was politically motivated, but a clear majority, 58%, think appointing a special master to review the documents taken by the Department of Justice is reasonable.</p><p><b>DEMOCRATS HOLD THE DAM AS INFLATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN </b></p><ul><li>Biden's approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration's handling of inflation and unemployment improves.</li><li>The generic Congressional ballot remains tight, 51-49 in favor of the Democrats.</li><li>Inflation remains the biggest concern for both Democrats and Republicans, followed by abortion rights for Democrats and immigration for Republicans.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN'S SPEECH ON MAGA REPUBLICANS IS UNPOPULAR AS AMERICANS WORRY ABOUT DIVIDING THE COUNTRY</b></p><ul><li>Biden's September 1 speech in Philadelphia, in which he called Trump and MAGA Republicans a threat to the country, is viewed as divisive: 56% of voters, including 62% of Independents, opposed it.</li><li>Biden's approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration's handling of inflation and unemployment improve.</li><li>More Americans are concerned about the socialist left rather than MAGA Republicans gaining power, 55-45.</li></ul><p><b>AMERICANS WANT TO INVESTIGATE THE HUNTER BIDEN LAPTOP STORY </b></p><ul><li>The Hunter Biden laptop story is not going away: 59% of Americans think the laptop story is genuine, not Russian disinformation. 63% of voters think the FBI helped suppress the story by telling tech companies it could be Russian disinformation.</li><li>63% of voters think the DOJ should appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the Biden laptop.</li></ul><p><b>BIDEN'S STUDENT LOAN RELIEF DOES NOT AFFECT MANY AMERICANS OR MAKE THEM WANT TO VOTE DEMOCRATIC</b></p><ul><li>Americans are evenly split on Biden's cancellation of up to $20,000 of debt for couples making up to $250,000.</li><li>Only 17% of Americans say they will be personally helped by the program.</li><li>Voters are skeptical of Biden's method: 56% think it was wrong of Biden to act without Congress, and 52% think his executive order will ultimately be deemed unconstitutional.</li></ul>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15197483" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ffb57c5e-b0bf-4a3b-bb68-2120b47ada75/audio/c87af258-9453-4c64-b40b-92cc44eb0a10/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>&quot;Puzzling&quot; - September Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Julia Manchester</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ffb57c5e-b0bf-4a3b-bb68-2120b47ada75/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and The Hill&apos;s JULIA MANCHESTER discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, conducted September 7-8 among 1,885 registered voters. VIDEO - KEY RESULTS - CROSSTABS - TOPLINE - LINKEDIN - FACEBOOK - INSTAGRAM - TWITTER  PUZZLING - The midterms remain nearly a dead heat even though President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating is still underwater at 41%. Inflation remains the biggest concern for voters, over half of whom say the Inflation Reduction Act is more likely to increase rather than decrease inflation. While student debt relief is having little net effect on Democrats’ outlook, the overturn of Roe v. Wade is increasing likelihood to vote Democratic.Results also show the FBI&apos;s raid of Donald Trump&apos;s residence has not hurt the standing of the former president, whom voters would still pick in a presidential election over Joe Biden if the 2024 election were held today. Americans are evenly split on whether the raid was politically motivated, but a clear majority, 58%, think appointing a special master to review the documents taken by the Department of Justice is reasonable.DEMOCRATS HOLD THE DAM AS INFLATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN Biden&apos;s approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration&apos;s handling of inflation and unemployment improves.The generic Congressional ballot remains tight, 51-49 in favor of the Democrats.Inflation remains the biggest concern for both Democrats and Republicans, followed by abortion rights for Democrats and immigration for Republicans.BIDEN&apos;S SPEECH ON MAGA REPUBLICANS IS UNPOPULAR AS AMERICANS WORRY ABOUT DIVIDING THE COUNTRYBiden&apos;s September 1 speech in Philadelphia, in which he called Trump and MAGA Republicans a threat to the country, is viewed as divisive: 56% of voters, including 62% of Independents, opposed it.Biden&apos;s approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration&apos;s handling of inflation and unemployment improve.More Americans are concerned about the socialist left rather than MAGA Republicans gaining power, 55-45.AMERICANS WANT TO INVESTIGATE THE HUNTER BIDEN LAPTOP STORY The Hunter Biden laptop story is not going away: 59% of Americans think the laptop story is genuine, not Russian disinformation. 63% of voters think the FBI helped suppress the story by telling tech companies it could be Russian disinformation.63% of voters think the DOJ should appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the Biden laptop.BIDEN&apos;S STUDENT LOAN RELIEF DOES NOT AFFECT MANY AMERICANS OR MAKE THEM WANT TO VOTE DEMOCRATICAmericans are evenly split on Biden&apos;s cancellation of up to $20,000 of debt for couples making up to $250,000.Only 17% of Americans say they will be personally helped by the program.Voters are skeptical of Biden&apos;s method: 56% think it was wrong of Biden to act without Congress, and 52% think his executive order will ultimately be deemed unconstitutional.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Harris Poll Chairman / Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and The Hill&apos;s JULIA MANCHESTER discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, conducted September 7-8 among 1,885 registered voters. VIDEO - KEY RESULTS - CROSSTABS - TOPLINE - LINKEDIN - FACEBOOK - INSTAGRAM - TWITTER  PUZZLING - The midterms remain nearly a dead heat even though President Joe Biden&apos;s approval rating is still underwater at 41%. Inflation remains the biggest concern for voters, over half of whom say the Inflation Reduction Act is more likely to increase rather than decrease inflation. While student debt relief is having little net effect on Democrats’ outlook, the overturn of Roe v. Wade is increasing likelihood to vote Democratic.Results also show the FBI&apos;s raid of Donald Trump&apos;s residence has not hurt the standing of the former president, whom voters would still pick in a presidential election over Joe Biden if the 2024 election were held today. Americans are evenly split on whether the raid was politically motivated, but a clear majority, 58%, think appointing a special master to review the documents taken by the Department of Justice is reasonable.DEMOCRATS HOLD THE DAM AS INFLATION REMAINS TOP CONCERN Biden&apos;s approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration&apos;s handling of inflation and unemployment improves.The generic Congressional ballot remains tight, 51-49 in favor of the Democrats.Inflation remains the biggest concern for both Democrats and Republicans, followed by abortion rights for Democrats and immigration for Republicans.BIDEN&apos;S SPEECH ON MAGA REPUBLICANS IS UNPOPULAR AS AMERICANS WORRY ABOUT DIVIDING THE COUNTRYBiden&apos;s September 1 speech in Philadelphia, in which he called Trump and MAGA Republicans a threat to the country, is viewed as divisive: 56% of voters, including 62% of Independents, opposed it.Biden&apos;s approval has ticked up slightly to 41% as voter sentiment on his administration&apos;s handling of inflation and unemployment improve.More Americans are concerned about the socialist left rather than MAGA Republicans gaining power, 55-45.AMERICANS WANT TO INVESTIGATE THE HUNTER BIDEN LAPTOP STORY The Hunter Biden laptop story is not going away: 59% of Americans think the laptop story is genuine, not Russian disinformation. 63% of voters think the FBI helped suppress the story by telling tech companies it could be Russian disinformation.63% of voters think the DOJ should appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the Biden laptop.BIDEN&apos;S STUDENT LOAN RELIEF DOES NOT AFFECT MANY AMERICANS OR MAKE THEM WANT TO VOTE DEMOCRATICAmericans are evenly split on Biden&apos;s cancellation of up to $20,000 of debt for couples making up to $250,000.Only 17% of Americans say they will be personally helped by the program.Voters are skeptical of Biden&apos;s method: 56% think it was wrong of Biden to act without Congress, and 52% think his executive order will ultimately be deemed unconstitutional.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-11068437</guid>
      <title>&quot;HOPE&quot; - New Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. 2,000 registered voters were surveyed July 28-29, 2022. When asked how he'd sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered "HOPE".<br /><br /><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1VkhRkKiIUr5bNh2NQ9VIxcQv2MpuACFq/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=106300949398892454583&rtpof=true&sd=true"><b>TRANSCRIPT</b></a><br /><br /><b>Penn:</b> I think this month's word is "HOPE". I think this poll shows that all is not lost for the Democrats, despite a very difficult situation out there. A president with very low ratings, the congressional horse race still remains close, which means that Democrats should not give up the ship here and have some hope.</p><p><b>Cusack:</b> And that hope certainly would be in keeping the Senate. You know, the House is going to be difficult to retain based upon history and the president's numbers. Why do you think Democrats have had a little bit of a bump here, as you mentioned, and why do you think that the congressional generic polling is, is a dead heat with Biden's numbers still low</p><p><b>Penn: </b>Well, Biden staying at 38% job approval and disapproval on virtually every major issue. But I think in some ways voters have come to separate Biden who they largely think is incompetent or not a good president from the democratic party and the democratic cause in general, as opposed to the Republicans. And so I think the Democrats have some things going for them, certainly choice in guns, helped rally. I think some of their supporters who otherwise really didn't have a big issue that they could fasten on because the election had been otherwise been dominated by inflation and immigration and crime, all Republican leaning, all Republican leading issues. So, and I think finally, you know, the Republican party is a divided party and Trump is knocking down half of the nominees. Some of the Trump nominees that were successful in the primaries are having, you know, a lot of trouble in the general election, particularly Oz in Pennsylvania. And they don't have an effective message machine out there right now. So, so that kind of tilts the page that maybe the, maybe tilts the odds just a little bit from what would otherwise have been a pretty dire situation.</p><p><b>Cusack: </b>And of course, Democrats can't get too over confident. The numbers on the economy are not good. There's an intensifying debate on whether we're in a recession or not. Technically we have not heard from this nonprofit group called the National Bureau of Economic Research, which decides that though we have had data of negative growth in consecutive quarters. What the economic numbers mean to you, Mark? And do you think this whole issue of a recession, does it matter? Because a lot of people think we're either in one or we're going to be in one?</p><p><b>Penn:</b> Well, most people think we're either in one or we're going to be in one, as you say, but we are definitely in a polling recession. If I were the national bureau of polling, would I declare an economic recession? Absolutely. Because we have 67% who say that the economy is on the wrong track and we have 56% of Americans saying their personal economic situation is worsening. These numbers reflect at least a polling recession. For sure. And I do think this debate about recession or not. I mean, you could Google it every single source and news thing until yesterday has always said that that two quarters of contracting grosses a recession. Recession's not a dep</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Aug 2022 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. 2,000 registered voters were surveyed July 28-29, 2022. When asked how he'd sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered "HOPE".<br /><br /><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1VkhRkKiIUr5bNh2NQ9VIxcQv2MpuACFq/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=106300949398892454583&rtpof=true&sd=true"><b>TRANSCRIPT</b></a><br /><br /><b>Penn:</b> I think this month's word is "HOPE". I think this poll shows that all is not lost for the Democrats, despite a very difficult situation out there. A president with very low ratings, the congressional horse race still remains close, which means that Democrats should not give up the ship here and have some hope.</p><p><b>Cusack:</b> And that hope certainly would be in keeping the Senate. You know, the House is going to be difficult to retain based upon history and the president's numbers. Why do you think Democrats have had a little bit of a bump here, as you mentioned, and why do you think that the congressional generic polling is, is a dead heat with Biden's numbers still low</p><p><b>Penn: </b>Well, Biden staying at 38% job approval and disapproval on virtually every major issue. But I think in some ways voters have come to separate Biden who they largely think is incompetent or not a good president from the democratic party and the democratic cause in general, as opposed to the Republicans. And so I think the Democrats have some things going for them, certainly choice in guns, helped rally. I think some of their supporters who otherwise really didn't have a big issue that they could fasten on because the election had been otherwise been dominated by inflation and immigration and crime, all Republican leaning, all Republican leading issues. So, and I think finally, you know, the Republican party is a divided party and Trump is knocking down half of the nominees. Some of the Trump nominees that were successful in the primaries are having, you know, a lot of trouble in the general election, particularly Oz in Pennsylvania. And they don't have an effective message machine out there right now. So, so that kind of tilts the page that maybe the, maybe tilts the odds just a little bit from what would otherwise have been a pretty dire situation.</p><p><b>Cusack: </b>And of course, Democrats can't get too over confident. The numbers on the economy are not good. There's an intensifying debate on whether we're in a recession or not. Technically we have not heard from this nonprofit group called the National Bureau of Economic Research, which decides that though we have had data of negative growth in consecutive quarters. What the economic numbers mean to you, Mark? And do you think this whole issue of a recession, does it matter? Because a lot of people think we're either in one or we're going to be in one?</p><p><b>Penn:</b> Well, most people think we're either in one or we're going to be in one, as you say, but we are definitely in a polling recession. If I were the national bureau of polling, would I declare an economic recession? Absolutely. Because we have 67% who say that the economy is on the wrong track and we have 56% of Americans saying their personal economic situation is worsening. These numbers reflect at least a polling recession. For sure. And I do think this debate about recession or not. I mean, you could Google it every single source and news thing until yesterday has always said that that two quarters of contracting grosses a recession. Recession's not a dep</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="15911498" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/69a2799e-20a9-431a-927a-c52dfdf28de6/audio/827b6695-6e49-4673-96f2-e5a100209c52/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>&quot;HOPE&quot; - New Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/69a2799e-20a9-431a-927a-c52dfdf28de6/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. 2,000 registered voters were surveyed July 28-29, 2022. When asked how he&apos;d sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered &quot;HOPE&quot;.TRANSCRIPTPenn: I think this month&apos;s word is &quot;HOPE&quot;. I think this poll shows that all is not lost for the Democrats, despite a very difficult situation out there. A president with very low ratings, the congressional horse race still remains close, which means that Democrats should not give up the ship here and have some hope.Cusack: And that hope certainly would be in keeping the Senate. You know, the House is going to be difficult to retain based upon history and the president&apos;s numbers. Why do you think Democrats have had a little bit of a bump here, as you mentioned, and why do you think that the congressional generic polling is, is a dead heat with Biden&apos;s numbers still lowPenn: Well, Biden staying at 38% job approval and disapproval on virtually every major issue. But I think in some ways voters have come to separate Biden who they largely think is incompetent or not a good president from the democratic party and the democratic cause in general, as opposed to the Republicans. And so I think the Democrats have some things going for them, certainly choice in guns, helped rally. I think some of their supporters who otherwise really didn&apos;t have a big issue that they could fasten on because the election had been otherwise been dominated by inflation and immigration and crime, all Republican leaning, all Republican leading issues. So, and I think finally, you know, the Republican party is a divided party and Trump is knocking down half of the nominees. Some of the Trump nominees that were successful in the primaries are having, you know, a lot of trouble in the general election, particularly Oz in Pennsylvania. And they don&apos;t have an effective message machine out there right now. So, so that kind of tilts the page that maybe the, maybe tilts the odds just a little bit from what would otherwise have been a pretty dire situation.Cusack: And of course, Democrats can&apos;t get too over confident. The numbers on the economy are not good. There&apos;s an intensifying debate on whether we&apos;re in a recession or not. Technically we have not heard from this nonprofit group called the National Bureau of Economic Research, which decides that though we have had data of negative growth in consecutive quarters. What the economic numbers mean to you, Mark? And do you think this whole issue of a recession, does it matter? Because a lot of people think we&apos;re either in one or we&apos;re going to be in one?Penn: Well, most people think we&apos;re either in one or we&apos;re going to be in one, as you say, but we are definitely in a polling recession. If I were the national bureau of polling, would I declare an economic recession? Absolutely. Because we have 67% who say that the economy is on the wrong track and we have 56% of Americans saying their personal economic situation is worsening. These numbers reflect at least a polling recession. For sure. And I do think this debate about recession or not. I mean, you could Google it every single source and news thing until yesterday has always said that that two quarters of contracting grosses a recession. Recession&apos;s not a dep</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. 2,000 registered voters were surveyed July 28-29, 2022. When asked how he&apos;d sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered &quot;HOPE&quot;.TRANSCRIPTPenn: I think this month&apos;s word is &quot;HOPE&quot;. I think this poll shows that all is not lost for the Democrats, despite a very difficult situation out there. A president with very low ratings, the congressional horse race still remains close, which means that Democrats should not give up the ship here and have some hope.Cusack: And that hope certainly would be in keeping the Senate. You know, the House is going to be difficult to retain based upon history and the president&apos;s numbers. Why do you think Democrats have had a little bit of a bump here, as you mentioned, and why do you think that the congressional generic polling is, is a dead heat with Biden&apos;s numbers still lowPenn: Well, Biden staying at 38% job approval and disapproval on virtually every major issue. But I think in some ways voters have come to separate Biden who they largely think is incompetent or not a good president from the democratic party and the democratic cause in general, as opposed to the Republicans. And so I think the Democrats have some things going for them, certainly choice in guns, helped rally. I think some of their supporters who otherwise really didn&apos;t have a big issue that they could fasten on because the election had been otherwise been dominated by inflation and immigration and crime, all Republican leaning, all Republican leading issues. So, and I think finally, you know, the Republican party is a divided party and Trump is knocking down half of the nominees. Some of the Trump nominees that were successful in the primaries are having, you know, a lot of trouble in the general election, particularly Oz in Pennsylvania. And they don&apos;t have an effective message machine out there right now. So, so that kind of tilts the page that maybe the, maybe tilts the odds just a little bit from what would otherwise have been a pretty dire situation.Cusack: And of course, Democrats can&apos;t get too over confident. The numbers on the economy are not good. There&apos;s an intensifying debate on whether we&apos;re in a recession or not. Technically we have not heard from this nonprofit group called the National Bureau of Economic Research, which decides that though we have had data of negative growth in consecutive quarters. What the economic numbers mean to you, Mark? And do you think this whole issue of a recession, does it matter? Because a lot of people think we&apos;re either in one or we&apos;re going to be in one?Penn: Well, most people think we&apos;re either in one or we&apos;re going to be in one, as you say, but we are definitely in a polling recession. If I were the national bureau of polling, would I declare an economic recession? Absolutely. Because we have 67% who say that the economy is on the wrong track and we have 56% of Americans saying their personal economic situation is worsening. These numbers reflect at least a polling recession. For sure. And I do think this debate about recession or not. I mean, you could Google it every single source and news thing until yesterday has always said that that two quarters of contracting grosses a recession. Recession&apos;s not a dep</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-10890541</guid>
      <title>June Polling Numbers &quot;Cataclysmic&quot; - Harvard Harris Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. 1,308 registered voters were surveyed earlier this week between June 28-29, 2022. (Link to the full poll <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=2f55a18b52&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).  When asked how he'd sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered "CATACLYSMIC".<br /><br /><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1mOwQT08uNiJgNCSFY3O34DSW9lob75ta/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=106300949398892454583&rtpof=true&sd=true"><b>FULL TRANSCRIPT</b></a><br /><br />Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=Zqq9JriYYzwGjQ_XF-TRMY66pBi969o9ChPEivMlyEwo9X_w9gvbC0cyRgYHGJV2aQr0KmyMD2AnM94Gfixkbl6rwJQ&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=0.24">00:00</a>):</p><p>To capture the polling that you did, what's the ONE word you'd pick?</p><p>Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=tp27inQ-9EGJ748zFAUllNlDwH8kbkTPc8w4ICoVr9mc3PipOEEvie5ir32tG3YKP2Z_sGKMPpFzTlj2dXpap7LtPK4&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=8.26">00:08</a>):</p><p>Cataclysmic</p><p>Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=l3Luj3HNahf7YpT1PoNiuACPFFom46V2Iorm6_-Nwg2grfPZfYAHC0HBSrYnBX6mT8VnWyhHclcas2hkGwsWufcUkVE&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=10.28">00:10</a>):</p><p>And why is that?</p><p>Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=5pllnHK7lqWY7RtWoDfLIwhfrNknKxL-ksVZXKms0vEJnx4q3cDBIcU43EBXQjSNxe8Zk-FSiyBl8gDbfBUo3dg9nkA&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=12.75">00:12</a>):</p><p>Well, because the public feeling of, uh, that the economy is on the wrong track and that their personal lives are deteriorating is overwhelming in this poll with 70% or more saying the economy is on the wrong track with the notion that, that their personal lives were deteriorating shooting up so dramatically. Uh, I think that, uh, almost 80% either think we're going into a recession or we're in a recession. I think somehow the message of economic doom and gloom has been completely communicated to this electorate. And that makes for a very, very sour electorate.</p><p>Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=0eOoirCrXe39doC44y4DgbnnsPEMQ4uWaMNLPlt0AclCraHLjb8dANevnja_ZI-kMYP7Iw8jltQCFmeo1Us07RaTfgA&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=55.98">00:55</a>):</p><p>Your polling, Mark, now has the President at 38%. Usually he's been in the low forties in your polls. And obviously this is a very different summer, than last summer when Biden basically had some type of honeymoon Afghanistan hadn't really, turned into the debacle that it did, and his numbers were much higher. Um, you see, the left is frustrated with Biden, you know, compare the numbers of Biden now to Trump, because it seems like with Trump, he was always in the forties and he held down to the base. I know you made the case and I agree with you that he should have gone for more independence, but Biden's losing everybody right now. </p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 1 Jul 2022 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. 1,308 registered voters were surveyed earlier this week between June 28-29, 2022. (Link to the full poll <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=2f55a18b52&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).  When asked how he'd sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered "CATACLYSMIC".<br /><br /><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1mOwQT08uNiJgNCSFY3O34DSW9lob75ta/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=106300949398892454583&rtpof=true&sd=true"><b>FULL TRANSCRIPT</b></a><br /><br />Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=Zqq9JriYYzwGjQ_XF-TRMY66pBi969o9ChPEivMlyEwo9X_w9gvbC0cyRgYHGJV2aQr0KmyMD2AnM94Gfixkbl6rwJQ&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=0.24">00:00</a>):</p><p>To capture the polling that you did, what's the ONE word you'd pick?</p><p>Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=tp27inQ-9EGJ748zFAUllNlDwH8kbkTPc8w4ICoVr9mc3PipOEEvie5ir32tG3YKP2Z_sGKMPpFzTlj2dXpap7LtPK4&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=8.26">00:08</a>):</p><p>Cataclysmic</p><p>Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=l3Luj3HNahf7YpT1PoNiuACPFFom46V2Iorm6_-Nwg2grfPZfYAHC0HBSrYnBX6mT8VnWyhHclcas2hkGwsWufcUkVE&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=10.28">00:10</a>):</p><p>And why is that?</p><p>Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=5pllnHK7lqWY7RtWoDfLIwhfrNknKxL-ksVZXKms0vEJnx4q3cDBIcU43EBXQjSNxe8Zk-FSiyBl8gDbfBUo3dg9nkA&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=12.75">00:12</a>):</p><p>Well, because the public feeling of, uh, that the economy is on the wrong track and that their personal lives are deteriorating is overwhelming in this poll with 70% or more saying the economy is on the wrong track with the notion that, that their personal lives were deteriorating shooting up so dramatically. Uh, I think that, uh, almost 80% either think we're going into a recession or we're in a recession. I think somehow the message of economic doom and gloom has been completely communicated to this electorate. And that makes for a very, very sour electorate.</p><p>Bob Cusack, The Hill (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=0eOoirCrXe39doC44y4DgbnnsPEMQ4uWaMNLPlt0AclCraHLjb8dANevnja_ZI-kMYP7Iw8jltQCFmeo1Us07RaTfgA&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=55.98">00:55</a>):</p><p>Your polling, Mark, now has the President at 38%. Usually he's been in the low forties in your polls. And obviously this is a very different summer, than last summer when Biden basically had some type of honeymoon Afghanistan hadn't really, turned into the debacle that it did, and his numbers were much higher. Um, you see, the left is frustrated with Biden, you know, compare the numbers of Biden now to Trump, because it seems like with Trump, he was always in the forties and he held down to the base. I know you made the case and I agree with you that he should have gone for more independence, but Biden's losing everybody right now. </p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16631776" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a7d428e5-e317-4f41-ae1b-a0eb261dbf85/audio/7705e52e-496c-4a5e-94d6-9b61690796ad/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>June Polling Numbers &quot;Cataclysmic&quot; - Harvard Harris Debrief with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a7d428e5-e317-4f41-ae1b-a0eb261dbf85/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. 1,308 registered voters were surveyed earlier this week between June 28-29, 2022. (Link to the full poll here).  When asked how he&apos;d sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered &quot;CATACLYSMIC&quot;.FULL TRANSCRIPTBob Cusack, The Hill (00:00):To capture the polling that you did, what&apos;s the ONE word you&apos;d pick?Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (00:08):CataclysmicBob Cusack, The Hill (00:10):And why is that?Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (00:12):Well, because the public feeling of, uh, that the economy is on the wrong track and that their personal lives are deteriorating is overwhelming in this poll with 70% or more saying the economy is on the wrong track with the notion that, that their personal lives were deteriorating shooting up so dramatically. Uh, I think that, uh, almost 80% either think we&apos;re going into a recession or we&apos;re in a recession. I think somehow the message of economic doom and gloom has been completely communicated to this electorate. And that makes for a very, very sour electorate.Bob Cusack, The Hill (00:55):Your polling, Mark, now has the President at 38%. Usually he&apos;s been in the low forties in your polls. And obviously this is a very different summer, than last summer when Biden basically had some type of honeymoon Afghanistan hadn&apos;t really, turned into the debacle that it did, and his numbers were much higher. Um, you see, the left is frustrated with Biden, you know, compare the numbers of Biden now to Trump, because it seems like with Trump, he was always in the forties and he held down to the base. I know you made the case and I agree with you that he should have gone for more independence, but Biden&apos;s losing everybody right now. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. 1,308 registered voters were surveyed earlier this week between June 28-29, 2022. (Link to the full poll here).  When asked how he&apos;d sum up the latest polling numbers, Penn offered &quot;CATACLYSMIC&quot;.FULL TRANSCRIPTBob Cusack, The Hill (00:00):To capture the polling that you did, what&apos;s the ONE word you&apos;d pick?Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (00:08):CataclysmicBob Cusack, The Hill (00:10):And why is that?Mark Penn, The Harris Poll (00:12):Well, because the public feeling of, uh, that the economy is on the wrong track and that their personal lives are deteriorating is overwhelming in this poll with 70% or more saying the economy is on the wrong track with the notion that, that their personal lives were deteriorating shooting up so dramatically. Uh, I think that, uh, almost 80% either think we&apos;re going into a recession or we&apos;re in a recession. I think somehow the message of economic doom and gloom has been completely communicated to this electorate. And that makes for a very, very sour electorate.Bob Cusack, The Hill (00:55):Your polling, Mark, now has the President at 38%. Usually he&apos;s been in the low forties in your polls. And obviously this is a very different summer, than last summer when Biden basically had some type of honeymoon Afghanistan hadn&apos;t really, turned into the debacle that it did, and his numbers were much higher. Um, you see, the left is frustrated with Biden, you know, compare the numbers of Biden now to Trump, because it seems like with Trump, he was always in the forties and he held down to the base. I know you made the case and I agree with you that he should have gone for more independence, but Biden&apos;s losing everybody right now. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-10672828</guid>
      <title>Inflation Fears Deflate Biden Approval to 41%</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This month's survey of 2,000 registered voters was conducted May 18-19, 2022. When asked how he'd sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered "INFLATION".  <br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/about-us/">Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics</a>. Conducted online within the United States, every monthly survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This month's survey of 2,000 registered voters was conducted May 18-19, 2022. When asked how he'd sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered "INFLATION".  <br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/about-us/">Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics</a>. Conducted online within the United States, every monthly survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17890345" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0d865986-1d11-4aa0-be04-4b50d2073a36/audio/5928b1f1-838e-488b-84b6-69f263790035/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Inflation Fears Deflate Biden Approval to 41%</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0d865986-1d11-4aa0-be04-4b50d2073a36/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:24:45</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This month&apos;s survey of 2,000 registered voters was conducted May 18-19, 2022. When asked how he&apos;d sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered &quot;INFLATION&quot;.  The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. Conducted online within the United States, every monthly survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This month&apos;s survey of 2,000 registered voters was conducted May 18-19, 2022. When asked how he&apos;d sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered &quot;INFLATION&quot;.  The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. Conducted online within the United States, every monthly survey captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-10509783</guid>
      <title>&quot;FEAR&quot; - Mark Penn and Bob Cusack discuss new Harvard Harris Poll (April, 2022)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This month's <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/">survey of 1,966 registered voters</a> was conducted between April 20 - April 21, 2022. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/">here</a>). When asked how he'd sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered "FEAR".  This was also the theme of Penn's April 25 Opinion essay in <em>The New York Times</em>: <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/04/25/opinion/biden-voters-midterms.html"><em>American Voters Haven’t Been Afraid Like This in a Long Time</em></a><em> .<br /><br />"In a rare convergence, </em><b><em>America’s voters are not merely unhappy with their political leadership, but awash in fears about economic security, border security, international security and even physical security</em></b><em>. Without a U-turn by the Biden administration, this fear will generate a wave election like those in 1994 and 2010, setting off a chain reaction that could flip the House and the Senate to Republican control in November, and ultimately the presidency in 2024.</em></p><p><em>Take the economy, so often the harbinger of election results. From late 2017 until the pandemic, a majority of Americans </em><a href="https://news.gallup.com/poll/1609/consumer-views-economy.aspx"><em>believed</em></a><em> that the economy was strong, and from 2014 until the pandemic at least a plurality </em><a href="https://news.gallup.com/poll/1621/personal-financial-situation-index.aspx"><em>believed</em></a><em> their personal economic situation was improving. Covid-19 cut sharply into that feeling of well-being; this was initially seen as temporary, though, and trillions of dollars flowed into keeping people afloat. But then near-double-digit inflation hit consumers for the first time in 40 years; 60 percent of voters now see the economy as weak and 48 percent say their financial situation is worsening, according to </em><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/"><em>a Harris poll conducted April 20-21</em></a><em>. Many Americans under 60 have relatively little experience with anything but comparatively low fuel costs, negligible interest rates and stable prices. Virtually overnight these assumptions have been shaken. Only 35 percent approve of President Biden’s handling of inflation. </em><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/04/25/opinion/biden-voters-midterms.html"><b>FULL OP-ED</b></a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</a>. This month's <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/">survey of 1,966 registered voters</a> was conducted between April 20 - April 21, 2022. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/">here</a>). When asked how he'd sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered "FEAR".  This was also the theme of Penn's April 25 Opinion essay in <em>The New York Times</em>: <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/04/25/opinion/biden-voters-midterms.html"><em>American Voters Haven’t Been Afraid Like This in a Long Time</em></a><em> .<br /><br />"In a rare convergence, </em><b><em>America’s voters are not merely unhappy with their political leadership, but awash in fears about economic security, border security, international security and even physical security</em></b><em>. Without a U-turn by the Biden administration, this fear will generate a wave election like those in 1994 and 2010, setting off a chain reaction that could flip the House and the Senate to Republican control in November, and ultimately the presidency in 2024.</em></p><p><em>Take the economy, so often the harbinger of election results. From late 2017 until the pandemic, a majority of Americans </em><a href="https://news.gallup.com/poll/1609/consumer-views-economy.aspx"><em>believed</em></a><em> that the economy was strong, and from 2014 until the pandemic at least a plurality </em><a href="https://news.gallup.com/poll/1621/personal-financial-situation-index.aspx"><em>believed</em></a><em> their personal economic situation was improving. Covid-19 cut sharply into that feeling of well-being; this was initially seen as temporary, though, and trillions of dollars flowed into keeping people afloat. But then near-double-digit inflation hit consumers for the first time in 40 years; 60 percent of voters now see the economy as weak and 48 percent say their financial situation is worsening, according to </em><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/key-results-april/"><em>a Harris poll conducted April 20-21</em></a><em>. Many Americans under 60 have relatively little experience with anything but comparatively low fuel costs, negligible interest rates and stable prices. Virtually overnight these assumptions have been shaken. Only 35 percent approve of President Biden’s handling of inflation. </em><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2022/04/25/opinion/biden-voters-midterms.html"><b>FULL OP-ED</b></a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="16561295" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/64ec4c20-ab24-415d-a4db-7a2af6f747fd/audio/517a9e02-e857-48df-ac3d-1e61a8f8e500/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>&quot;FEAR&quot; - Mark Penn and Bob Cusack discuss new Harvard Harris Poll (April, 2022)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/64ec4c20-ab24-415d-a4db-7a2af6f747fd/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:22:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This month&apos;s survey of 1,966 registered voters was conducted between April 20 - April 21, 2022. (Link to the full poll is here). When asked how he&apos;d sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered &quot;FEAR&quot;.  This was also the theme of Penn&apos;s April 25 Opinion essay in The New York Times: American Voters Haven’t Been Afraid Like This in a Long Time .&quot;In a rare convergence, America’s voters are not merely unhappy with their political leadership, but awash in fears about economic security, border security, international security and even physical security. Without a U-turn by the Biden administration, this fear will generate a wave election like those in 1994 and 2010, setting off a chain reaction that could flip the House and the Senate to Republican control in November, and ultimately the presidency in 2024.Take the economy, so often the harbinger of election results. From late 2017 until the pandemic, a majority of Americans believed that the economy was strong, and from 2014 until the pandemic at least a plurality believed their personal economic situation was improving. Covid-19 cut sharply into that feeling of well-being; this was initially seen as temporary, though, and trillions of dollars flowed into keeping people afloat. But then near-double-digit inflation hit consumers for the first time in 40 years; 60 percent of voters now see the economy as weak and 48 percent say their financial situation is worsening, according to a Harris poll conducted April 20-21. Many Americans under 60 have relatively little experience with anything but comparatively low fuel costs, negligible interest rates and stable prices. Virtually overnight these assumptions have been shaken. Only 35 percent approve of President Biden’s handling of inflation. FULL OP-ED</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. This month&apos;s survey of 1,966 registered voters was conducted between April 20 - April 21, 2022. (Link to the full poll is here). When asked how he&apos;d sum up the mood of the country in just one word, Penn offered &quot;FEAR&quot;.  This was also the theme of Penn&apos;s April 25 Opinion essay in The New York Times: American Voters Haven’t Been Afraid Like This in a Long Time .&quot;In a rare convergence, America’s voters are not merely unhappy with their political leadership, but awash in fears about economic security, border security, international security and even physical security. Without a U-turn by the Biden administration, this fear will generate a wave election like those in 1994 and 2010, setting off a chain reaction that could flip the House and the Senate to Republican control in November, and ultimately the presidency in 2024.Take the economy, so often the harbinger of election results. From late 2017 until the pandemic, a majority of Americans believed that the economy was strong, and from 2014 until the pandemic at least a plurality believed their personal economic situation was improving. Covid-19 cut sharply into that feeling of well-being; this was initially seen as temporary, though, and trillions of dollars flowed into keeping people afloat. But then near-double-digit inflation hit consumers for the first time in 40 years; 60 percent of voters now see the economy as weak and 48 percent say their financial situation is worsening, according to a Harris poll conducted April 20-21. Many Americans under 60 have relatively little experience with anything but comparatively low fuel costs, negligible interest rates and stable prices. Virtually overnight these assumptions have been shaken. Only 35 percent approve of President Biden’s handling of inflation. FULL OP-ED</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-10340361</guid>
      <title>HARVARD-HARRIS POLL MARCH 2022</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris poll. This month's survey of 1,990 registered voters was conducted between March 23-24, 2022. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=fc1a061ed2&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /> <br />Despite a slight uptick in optimism for the direction of the country and economy, Biden’s approval rating remains at 39%. A little more than half of voters have doubts about his mental fitness and ability to handle difficult international situations, while 6 in 10 deem him too old for office.<br /> <br />GOP support heading into the midterm election is now strong. In the Congressional horserace, Republicans edge out Democrats 53 to 47, winning two thirds of the Independent vote, and leading among suburbanites, men, women, middled-aged, and older voters.<br /> <br />Inflation and soaring prices (32%), the economy and unemployment (27%), and immigration (21%) have taken as the top issues among voters, while concern over COVID is quickly falling in priority. Three out of four voters say they have been affected by inflation directly at the grocery line and the gas pump. 8 out of 10 voters expect inflation to stay high or get worse, and public opinion is split on whether the Fed should be toggling interest rates in this economic climate or whether that would result in worse outcomes.<br /> <br />Blame for the uptick in oil prices is placed on Biden (64%) and Putin (72%). In this environment, two thirds of voters want Biden to relax climate change policies and loosen regulations on domestic drilling of oil and gas. Today, more than three fourths of voters support restarting the Keystone pipeline to alleviate costs.<br /> <br />Voters resoundingly want more action taken by US & NATO leadership when it comes to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Seven out of ten voters want more punishing economic sanctions; 76% want the U.S. and NATO to send missile defense systems; and 71% would send military aircraft to Ukraine. 57% support a no-fly zone despite the risks of directly engaging with Russia’s military; however, voters are split on boots on the ground, with just less than half supporting this action. Today an overwhelming majority of American voters (86%) believe Russia’s actions to be war crimes punishable by the international court of justice, with equal numbers believing Putin is directly responsible for these war crimes.<br /> <br />Sanctioning Russia through private business interruption remains very popular, as an overwhelming majority (three-fourths) want American companies, big tech and even fast-food companies to suspend operations in the Kremlin.<br /> <br />Public opinion on some of the other topics in the news offers interesting insights into the voice of American voters. 57% of voters support the confirmation of Judge Ketanji Brown Jackson to the Supreme Court. A large majority of voters oppose sexuality being discussed at the elementary school level, and around two thirds of voters oppose transitioning athletes competing in opposite sex sports events.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell Global</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a><b> </b>and<b> </b><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>BOB CUSACK</b></a>,  Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a><em> </em>discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris poll. This month's survey of 1,990 registered voters was conducted between March 23-24, 2022. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=fc1a061ed2&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /> <br />Despite a slight uptick in optimism for the direction of the country and economy, Biden’s approval rating remains at 39%. A little more than half of voters have doubts about his mental fitness and ability to handle difficult international situations, while 6 in 10 deem him too old for office.<br /> <br />GOP support heading into the midterm election is now strong. In the Congressional horserace, Republicans edge out Democrats 53 to 47, winning two thirds of the Independent vote, and leading among suburbanites, men, women, middled-aged, and older voters.<br /> <br />Inflation and soaring prices (32%), the economy and unemployment (27%), and immigration (21%) have taken as the top issues among voters, while concern over COVID is quickly falling in priority. Three out of four voters say they have been affected by inflation directly at the grocery line and the gas pump. 8 out of 10 voters expect inflation to stay high or get worse, and public opinion is split on whether the Fed should be toggling interest rates in this economic climate or whether that would result in worse outcomes.<br /> <br />Blame for the uptick in oil prices is placed on Biden (64%) and Putin (72%). In this environment, two thirds of voters want Biden to relax climate change policies and loosen regulations on domestic drilling of oil and gas. Today, more than three fourths of voters support restarting the Keystone pipeline to alleviate costs.<br /> <br />Voters resoundingly want more action taken by US & NATO leadership when it comes to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Seven out of ten voters want more punishing economic sanctions; 76% want the U.S. and NATO to send missile defense systems; and 71% would send military aircraft to Ukraine. 57% support a no-fly zone despite the risks of directly engaging with Russia’s military; however, voters are split on boots on the ground, with just less than half supporting this action. Today an overwhelming majority of American voters (86%) believe Russia’s actions to be war crimes punishable by the international court of justice, with equal numbers believing Putin is directly responsible for these war crimes.<br /> <br />Sanctioning Russia through private business interruption remains very popular, as an overwhelming majority (three-fourths) want American companies, big tech and even fast-food companies to suspend operations in the Kremlin.<br /> <br />Public opinion on some of the other topics in the news offers interesting insights into the voice of American voters. 57% of voters support the confirmation of Judge Ketanji Brown Jackson to the Supreme Court. A large majority of voters oppose sexuality being discussed at the elementary school level, and around two thirds of voters oppose transitioning athletes competing in opposite sex sports events.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21033553" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/5f65987a-4399-40cc-964a-13fe7e21263a/audio/3a1591e7-2609-4956-bf6a-ecd698089d13/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>HARVARD-HARRIS POLL MARCH 2022</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/5f65987a-4399-40cc-964a-13fe7e21263a/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:29:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris poll. This month&apos;s survey of 1,990 registered voters was conducted between March 23-24, 2022. (Link to the full poll is here). Despite a slight uptick in optimism for the direction of the country and economy, Biden’s approval rating remains at 39%. A little more than half of voters have doubts about his mental fitness and ability to handle difficult international situations, while 6 in 10 deem him too old for office. GOP support heading into the midterm election is now strong. In the Congressional horserace, Republicans edge out Democrats 53 to 47, winning two thirds of the Independent vote, and leading among suburbanites, men, women, middled-aged, and older voters. Inflation and soaring prices (32%), the economy and unemployment (27%), and immigration (21%) have taken as the top issues among voters, while concern over COVID is quickly falling in priority. Three out of four voters say they have been affected by inflation directly at the grocery line and the gas pump. 8 out of 10 voters expect inflation to stay high or get worse, and public opinion is split on whether the Fed should be toggling interest rates in this economic climate or whether that would result in worse outcomes. Blame for the uptick in oil prices is placed on Biden (64%) and Putin (72%). In this environment, two thirds of voters want Biden to relax climate change policies and loosen regulations on domestic drilling of oil and gas. Today, more than three fourths of voters support restarting the Keystone pipeline to alleviate costs. Voters resoundingly want more action taken by US &amp; NATO leadership when it comes to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Seven out of ten voters want more punishing economic sanctions; 76% want the U.S. and NATO to send missile defense systems; and 71% would send military aircraft to Ukraine. 57% support a no-fly zone despite the risks of directly engaging with Russia’s military; however, voters are split on boots on the ground, with just less than half supporting this action. Today an overwhelming majority of American voters (86%) believe Russia’s actions to be war crimes punishable by the international court of justice, with equal numbers believing Putin is directly responsible for these war crimes. Sanctioning Russia through private business interruption remains very popular, as an overwhelming majority (three-fourths) want American companies, big tech and even fast-food companies to suspend operations in the Kremlin. Public opinion on some of the other topics in the news offers interesting insights into the voice of American voters. 57% of voters support the confirmation of Judge Ketanji Brown Jackson to the Supreme Court. A large majority of voters oppose sexuality being discussed at the elementary school level, and around two thirds of voters oppose transitioning athletes competing in opposite sex sports events.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Global Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK,  Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss the findings of the latest Harvard CAPS / Harris poll. This month&apos;s survey of 1,990 registered voters was conducted between March 23-24, 2022. (Link to the full poll is here). Despite a slight uptick in optimism for the direction of the country and economy, Biden’s approval rating remains at 39%. A little more than half of voters have doubts about his mental fitness and ability to handle difficult international situations, while 6 in 10 deem him too old for office. GOP support heading into the midterm election is now strong. In the Congressional horserace, Republicans edge out Democrats 53 to 47, winning two thirds of the Independent vote, and leading among suburbanites, men, women, middled-aged, and older voters. Inflation and soaring prices (32%), the economy and unemployment (27%), and immigration (21%) have taken as the top issues among voters, while concern over COVID is quickly falling in priority. Three out of four voters say they have been affected by inflation directly at the grocery line and the gas pump. 8 out of 10 voters expect inflation to stay high or get worse, and public opinion is split on whether the Fed should be toggling interest rates in this economic climate or whether that would result in worse outcomes. Blame for the uptick in oil prices is placed on Biden (64%) and Putin (72%). In this environment, two thirds of voters want Biden to relax climate change policies and loosen regulations on domestic drilling of oil and gas. Today, more than three fourths of voters support restarting the Keystone pipeline to alleviate costs. Voters resoundingly want more action taken by US &amp; NATO leadership when it comes to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Seven out of ten voters want more punishing economic sanctions; 76% want the U.S. and NATO to send missile defense systems; and 71% would send military aircraft to Ukraine. 57% support a no-fly zone despite the risks of directly engaging with Russia’s military; however, voters are split on boots on the ground, with just less than half supporting this action. Today an overwhelming majority of American voters (86%) believe Russia’s actions to be war crimes punishable by the international court of justice, with equal numbers believing Putin is directly responsible for these war crimes. Sanctioning Russia through private business interruption remains very popular, as an overwhelming majority (three-fourths) want American companies, big tech and even fast-food companies to suspend operations in the Kremlin. Public opinion on some of the other topics in the news offers interesting insights into the voice of American voters. 57% of voters support the confirmation of Judge Ketanji Brown Jackson to the Supreme Court. A large majority of voters oppose sexuality being discussed at the elementary school level, and around two thirds of voters oppose transitioning athletes competing in opposite sex sports events.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-10146784</guid>
      <title>Biden Job Approval Sinks to 38 Percent - New Harvard Harris Poll - February 2022</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">MARK PENN </a>and <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">BOB CUSACK</a>, Editor-in-Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill </em></a>discuss NEW Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, fielded among 2,026 registered votes Feb. 23-24, just as Russia’s incursion into Ukraine was beginning to take shape. The findings reflect a bleak mood among the American body politic, shaped by worsening economic expectations and a perceived lack of strength on Ukraine. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=4770eb1937&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /><br />These timely findings, and much more covering the Supreme Court nominee, crime, and covid are available in the poll. As always feel free to reach out with questions and follow my podcast about the poll at <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=df824ec3ac&e=b6e6ee060e">www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=9f41aa929b&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=135b85e6de&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d6e632764d&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=63c50ce16c&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,<a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d765f9a743&e=b6e6ee060e">@Google</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=2326df7282&e=b6e6ee060e">@SoundCloud</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a33413322f&e=b6e6ee060e">@RadioPublic</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=0efa78c4b3&e=b6e6ee060e">@Tunein</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d88085d70a&e=b6e6ee060e">@Castbox_fm</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=50d37113e5&e=b6e6ee060e">@Overcast</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=9e1a4e93e3&e=b6e6ee060e">@Castro</a>.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=86cdfd5886&e=b6e6ee060e">President Biden’s job approval is at its lowest point in our poll -- 38 percent</a>. Only a third of voters say that Biden is doing a good job on the economy and stimulating jobs. Further, 54% say Biden say they are not confide Biden is able to handle difficult international issues like Ukraine. 64% say he is showing he is too old and 53% have doubts about his mental fitness for office<br /><br />President Biden is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=330f9f7818&e=b6e6ee060e">seen as being weak on Russia</a> in the lead-up to the Ukraine invasion. Sixty-four percent see Biden as having been too lenient on Russia. Fifty-nine percent say Vladimir Putin sees weakness in Biden that is why he is moving on Ukraine  (including 55% of independents). And 62 percent say Putin would not have moved against Ukraine if Trump was president (including 63% of independents). </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Feb 2022 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/">Stagwell</a> Chairman & CEO <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">MARK PENN </a>and <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">BOB CUSACK</a>, Editor-in-Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill </em></a>discuss NEW Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, fielded among 2,026 registered votes Feb. 23-24, just as Russia’s incursion into Ukraine was beginning to take shape. The findings reflect a bleak mood among the American body politic, shaped by worsening economic expectations and a perceived lack of strength on Ukraine. (Link to the full poll is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=4770eb1937&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>).<br /><br />These timely findings, and much more covering the Supreme Court nominee, crime, and covid are available in the poll. As always feel free to reach out with questions and follow my podcast about the poll at <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=df824ec3ac&e=b6e6ee060e">www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=9f41aa929b&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=135b85e6de&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d6e632764d&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=63c50ce16c&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,<a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d765f9a743&e=b6e6ee060e">@Google</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=2326df7282&e=b6e6ee060e">@SoundCloud</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a33413322f&e=b6e6ee060e">@RadioPublic</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=0efa78c4b3&e=b6e6ee060e">@Tunein</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=d88085d70a&e=b6e6ee060e">@Castbox_fm</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=50d37113e5&e=b6e6ee060e">@Overcast</a>, <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=9e1a4e93e3&e=b6e6ee060e">@Castro</a>.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=86cdfd5886&e=b6e6ee060e">President Biden’s job approval is at its lowest point in our poll -- 38 percent</a>. Only a third of voters say that Biden is doing a good job on the economy and stimulating jobs. Further, 54% say Biden say they are not confide Biden is able to handle difficult international issues like Ukraine. 64% say he is showing he is too old and 53% have doubts about his mental fitness for office<br /><br />President Biden is <a href="https://stagwellglobal.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=330f9f7818&e=b6e6ee060e">seen as being weak on Russia</a> in the lead-up to the Ukraine invasion. Sixty-four percent see Biden as having been too lenient on Russia. Fifty-nine percent say Vladimir Putin sees weakness in Biden that is why he is moving on Ukraine  (including 55% of independents). And 62 percent say Putin would not have moved against Ukraine if Trump was president (including 63% of independents). </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22555469" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/bfdf4149-c3a9-4670-b9a8-ba1ddec1faec/audio/4d144b4c-baa9-4413-a531-ac6ef59d938e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden Job Approval Sinks to 38 Percent - New Harvard Harris Poll - February 2022</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/bfdf4149-c3a9-4670-b9a8-ba1ddec1faec/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:31:13</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill discuss NEW Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, fielded among 2,026 registered votes Feb. 23-24, just as Russia’s incursion into Ukraine was beginning to take shape. The findings reflect a bleak mood among the American body politic, shaped by worsening economic expectations and a perceived lack of strength on Ukraine. (Link to the full poll is here).These timely findings, and much more covering the Supreme Court nominee, crime, and covid are available in the poll. As always feel free to reach out with questions and follow my podcast about the poll at www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.President Biden’s job approval is at its lowest point in our poll -- 38 percent. Only a third of voters say that Biden is doing a good job on the economy and stimulating jobs. Further, 54% say Biden say they are not confide Biden is able to handle difficult international issues like Ukraine. 64% say he is showing he is too old and 53% have doubts about his mental fitness for officePresident Biden is seen as being weak on Russia in the lead-up to the Ukraine invasion. Sixty-four percent see Biden as having been too lenient on Russia. Fifty-nine percent say Vladimir Putin sees weakness in Biden that is why he is moving on Ukraine  (including 55% of independents). And 62 percent say Putin would not have moved against Ukraine if Trump was president (including 63% of independents). </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO MARK PENN and BOB CUSACK, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill discuss NEW Harvard CAPS / Harris poll, fielded among 2,026 registered votes Feb. 23-24, just as Russia’s incursion into Ukraine was beginning to take shape. The findings reflect a bleak mood among the American body politic, shaped by worsening economic expectations and a perceived lack of strength on Ukraine. (Link to the full poll is here).These timely findings, and much more covering the Supreme Court nominee, crime, and covid are available in the poll. As always feel free to reach out with questions and follow my podcast about the poll at www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.President Biden’s job approval is at its lowest point in our poll -- 38 percent. Only a third of voters say that Biden is doing a good job on the economy and stimulating jobs. Further, 54% say Biden say they are not confide Biden is able to handle difficult international issues like Ukraine. 64% say he is showing he is too old and 53% have doubts about his mental fitness for officePresident Biden is seen as being weak on Russia in the lead-up to the Ukraine invasion. Sixty-four percent see Biden as having been too lenient on Russia. Fifty-nine percent say Vladimir Putin sees weakness in Biden that is why he is moving on Ukraine  (including 55% of independents). And 62 percent say Putin would not have moved against Ukraine if Trump was president (including 63% of independents). </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-9950171</guid>
      <title>New Harvard-Harris Poll: Biden Presidency Growing Weaker</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, <b>Mark Penn</b>, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/our-firm/#leadership-sec">Harris Poll Chairman</a> and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">Stagwell Chairman & CEO</a> and Bob Cusack, <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">Editor-in-Chief of <em>The Hill</em></a><em>, </em>discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>. The latest poll was conducted January 20-21 among 2,000 registered voters nationwide. For regular updates, follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Twitter</b>, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">@mark-penn-polls</a> on <b>LinkedIn, </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">@MarkPennPolls</a> on <b>Facebook </b>and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">@mark_penn_polls</a> on<b> Instagram.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />Mark, some interesting polling here, Harvard Harris, if you had to sum it up in one word, what would that word be?<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />Well, "divot" would be my word because I called on the president to pivot, and instead he dug a divot, meaning he just swung his club exactly the same place that he did before, expecting a different result. And he doubled down on a strategy that is failing, and his presidency grows weaker and weaker.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />Looking at some of the data here, I mean, 63% wrong track on the economy. That's pretty bad for the president. His COVID numbers, not as bad as some of these other issues like crime, which 64% believe is increasing in big cities. His head-to-head numbers with Trump, Trump at 53, Biden at 47, as far as who's a better president. And I think it's fascinating that independents, 55% say Trump better president than Biden, and Trump's suburban numbers are better than Biden's. And that's part of the reason that Joe Biden is president is because of the suburbs.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />And heading into the midterms, what were your kind of just takeaways of the biggest issues or problems this president has? I mean, this is wintertime for Democrats without a doubt. The summertime was much better. The winter has been really rough for the president.<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />Well, I think the president is facing personal questions, because 61% say that he is too old. And when I ask people what concerns them the most about the president, people say, "Whether or not he's competent." And so I think this presidency is stripped to the bone in terms of this basic question, can the president effectively serve the nation? And that's a problem. I mean, I've never quite seen that before, in the worst days of Clinton or Obama. Trump, of course there were a lot of questions about his mental fitness for office, but they actually never amounted to 61%. So I think that's a core question before you even get to what I'd say is the kind of foreign policy, domestic policy and legislative policy, right?<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />And so on a foreign policy point of view, Afghanistan was a disaster. It continues to get 30, 31% approval. And now we're heading into a potential Ukraine disaster. President said, "Well, maybe if they took a little, it would be not, who knows?" And that left a remarkable opening for Putin. I can't imagine, and I always hate saying this because other people do, I can't imagine if Trump had said that. I just can't imagine what the headlines would have been. If Trump had said, "Well, he could take a little bit of the Ukraine." </b></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, <b>Mark Penn</b>, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/our-firm/#leadership-sec">Harris Poll Chairman</a> and <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">Stagwell Chairman & CEO</a> and Bob Cusack, <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">Editor-in-Chief of <em>The Hill</em></a><em>, </em>discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>. The latest poll was conducted January 20-21 among 2,000 registered voters nationwide. For regular updates, follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Twitter</b>, <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">@mark-penn-polls</a> on <b>LinkedIn, </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">@MarkPennPolls</a> on <b>Facebook </b>and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">@mark_penn_polls</a> on<b> Instagram.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />Mark, some interesting polling here, Harvard Harris, if you had to sum it up in one word, what would that word be?<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />Well, "divot" would be my word because I called on the president to pivot, and instead he dug a divot, meaning he just swung his club exactly the same place that he did before, expecting a different result. And he doubled down on a strategy that is failing, and his presidency grows weaker and weaker.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />Looking at some of the data here, I mean, 63% wrong track on the economy. That's pretty bad for the president. His COVID numbers, not as bad as some of these other issues like crime, which 64% believe is increasing in big cities. His head-to-head numbers with Trump, Trump at 53, Biden at 47, as far as who's a better president. And I think it's fascinating that independents, 55% say Trump better president than Biden, and Trump's suburban numbers are better than Biden's. And that's part of the reason that Joe Biden is president is because of the suburbs.<br /><br />Bob Cusack:<br />And heading into the midterms, what were your kind of just takeaways of the biggest issues or problems this president has? I mean, this is wintertime for Democrats without a doubt. The summertime was much better. The winter has been really rough for the president.<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />Well, I think the president is facing personal questions, because 61% say that he is too old. And when I ask people what concerns them the most about the president, people say, "Whether or not he's competent." And so I think this presidency is stripped to the bone in terms of this basic question, can the president effectively serve the nation? And that's a problem. I mean, I've never quite seen that before, in the worst days of Clinton or Obama. Trump, of course there were a lot of questions about his mental fitness for office, but they actually never amounted to 61%. So I think that's a core question before you even get to what I'd say is the kind of foreign policy, domestic policy and legislative policy, right?<br /><br />Mark Penn:<br />And so on a foreign policy point of view, Afghanistan was a disaster. It continues to get 30, 31% approval. And now we're heading into a potential Ukraine disaster. President said, "Well, maybe if they took a little, it would be not, who knows?" And that left a remarkable opening for Putin. I can't imagine, and I always hate saying this because other people do, I can't imagine if Trump had said that. I just can't imagine what the headlines would have been. If Trump had said, "Well, he could take a little bit of the Ukraine." </b></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="20023715" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/00d2f0b6-67ae-4dd5-bf27-df014800b3c0/audio/2dffcef2-5bb5-4c21-b25c-735b561a7f11/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>New Harvard-Harris Poll: Biden Presidency Growing Weaker</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/00d2f0b6-67ae-4dd5-bf27-df014800b3c0/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO and Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill, discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll. The latest poll was conducted January 20-21 among 2,000 registered voters nationwide. For regular updates, follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter, @mark-penn-polls on LinkedIn, @MarkPennPolls on Facebook and @mark_penn_polls on Instagram.Bob Cusack:Mark, some interesting polling here, Harvard Harris, if you had to sum it up in one word, what would that word be?Mark Penn:Well, &quot;divot&quot; would be my word because I called on the president to pivot, and instead he dug a divot, meaning he just swung his club exactly the same place that he did before, expecting a different result. And he doubled down on a strategy that is failing, and his presidency grows weaker and weaker.Bob Cusack:Looking at some of the data here, I mean, 63% wrong track on the economy. That&apos;s pretty bad for the president. His COVID numbers, not as bad as some of these other issues like crime, which 64% believe is increasing in big cities. His head-to-head numbers with Trump, Trump at 53, Biden at 47, as far as who&apos;s a better president. And I think it&apos;s fascinating that independents, 55% say Trump better president than Biden, and Trump&apos;s suburban numbers are better than Biden&apos;s. And that&apos;s part of the reason that Joe Biden is president is because of the suburbs.Bob Cusack:And heading into the midterms, what were your kind of just takeaways of the biggest issues or problems this president has? I mean, this is wintertime for Democrats without a doubt. The summertime was much better. The winter has been really rough for the president.Mark Penn:Well, I think the president is facing personal questions, because 61% say that he is too old. And when I ask people what concerns them the most about the president, people say, &quot;Whether or not he&apos;s competent.&quot; And so I think this presidency is stripped to the bone in terms of this basic question, can the president effectively serve the nation? And that&apos;s a problem. I mean, I&apos;ve never quite seen that before, in the worst days of Clinton or Obama. Trump, of course there were a lot of questions about his mental fitness for office, but they actually never amounted to 61%. So I think that&apos;s a core question before you even get to what I&apos;d say is the kind of foreign policy, domestic policy and legislative policy, right?Mark Penn:And so on a foreign policy point of view, Afghanistan was a disaster. It continues to get 30, 31% approval. And now we&apos;re heading into a potential Ukraine disaster. President said, &quot;Well, maybe if they took a little, it would be not, who knows?&quot; And that left a remarkable opening for Putin. I can&apos;t imagine, and I always hate saying this because other people do, I can&apos;t imagine if Trump had said that. I just can&apos;t imagine what the headlines would have been. If Trump had said, &quot;Well, he could take a little bit of the Ukraine.&quot; </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Mark Penn, Harris Poll Chairman and Stagwell Chairman &amp; CEO and Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill, discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll. The latest poll was conducted January 20-21 among 2,000 registered voters nationwide. For regular updates, follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter, @mark-penn-polls on LinkedIn, @MarkPennPolls on Facebook and @mark_penn_polls on Instagram.Bob Cusack:Mark, some interesting polling here, Harvard Harris, if you had to sum it up in one word, what would that word be?Mark Penn:Well, &quot;divot&quot; would be my word because I called on the president to pivot, and instead he dug a divot, meaning he just swung his club exactly the same place that he did before, expecting a different result. And he doubled down on a strategy that is failing, and his presidency grows weaker and weaker.Bob Cusack:Looking at some of the data here, I mean, 63% wrong track on the economy. That&apos;s pretty bad for the president. His COVID numbers, not as bad as some of these other issues like crime, which 64% believe is increasing in big cities. His head-to-head numbers with Trump, Trump at 53, Biden at 47, as far as who&apos;s a better president. And I think it&apos;s fascinating that independents, 55% say Trump better president than Biden, and Trump&apos;s suburban numbers are better than Biden&apos;s. And that&apos;s part of the reason that Joe Biden is president is because of the suburbs.Bob Cusack:And heading into the midterms, what were your kind of just takeaways of the biggest issues or problems this president has? I mean, this is wintertime for Democrats without a doubt. The summertime was much better. The winter has been really rough for the president.Mark Penn:Well, I think the president is facing personal questions, because 61% say that he is too old. And when I ask people what concerns them the most about the president, people say, &quot;Whether or not he&apos;s competent.&quot; And so I think this presidency is stripped to the bone in terms of this basic question, can the president effectively serve the nation? And that&apos;s a problem. I mean, I&apos;ve never quite seen that before, in the worst days of Clinton or Obama. Trump, of course there were a lot of questions about his mental fitness for office, but they actually never amounted to 61%. So I think that&apos;s a core question before you even get to what I&apos;d say is the kind of foreign policy, domestic policy and legislative policy, right?Mark Penn:And so on a foreign policy point of view, Afghanistan was a disaster. It continues to get 30, 31% approval. And now we&apos;re heading into a potential Ukraine disaster. President said, &quot;Well, maybe if they took a little, it would be not, who knows?&quot; And that left a remarkable opening for Putin. I can&apos;t imagine, and I always hate saying this because other people do, I can&apos;t imagine if Trump had said that. I just can&apos;t imagine what the headlines would have been. If Trump had said, &quot;Well, he could take a little bit of the Ukraine.&quot; </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-9679465</guid>
      <title>Public Opinion of President Biden &quot;Cementing&quot;, According to New Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">Mark Penn</a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">Bob Cusack</a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a>, discuss findings from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, a collaboration with the <a href="https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/">Center for American Political Studies</a>.<br /><br />The latest poll was conducted November 27-28 among more than 2,000 registered voters nationwide.<br /><br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">SUBSCRIBE</a> to receive full polling report and data each month and follow <b><em>Mark Penn Polls</em></b> on social for regular updates:<br /> <br />Twitter: <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br />LinkedIn: <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">Mark-Penn-Polls</a><br />Facebook: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a><br />Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">@mark_penn_polls</a></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>Welcome to the podcast with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, editor in chief of The Hill and we're going to discuss this month's Harvard CAPS Harris Poll that's just come out of the field with almost 2,000 interviews and I think it's going to be a provocative discussion as public opinion in the United States continues to harden, mostly against the administration. Particularly as the virus is seen as growing and the economy is seen as sinking.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>So Mark, if you had one word to really capture this month's polling, what would it be?</em></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>The word would be "cementing". The negative attitudes towards the administration are now being set as set as immigration, crime, core issues, now also next to that are the economy and the virus is going up, producing a negative mood and the gap in the leadership the people are looking for. These negative ratings that we saw during the summer that happened during Afghanistan have really cemented now and that's going to mean real problems for the democrats and this administration unless they act and act in a really big way.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>What was the most surprising thing? Because there's a lot of data here, there's presidential, there's virus data. What surprised you the most this month?</em></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>I was surprised most by the fact that the public mood is turning so sour in such a short period of time. This is almost a repeat of what happened with Obama but almost to a greater swing where there was so much promise, we have a democratic president, we're no longer governed by Trump, it's a new day, the economy is tooling along. All of those things looked so great in the spring and now the public is like my situation is getting worse, they see inflation, the economy is on the wrong track, they don't like the president, they're turning on the democratic party, a little bit on the republican. I mean it's just a sour mood out there. And as you know, when the public mood is sour, incumbents better watch out.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>That's right. I mean we're seeing a lot of democrats retire instead of seek re-election. That's always a telling sign that the party is not going to do that great going into the midterm. The virus is back as a top issue. And you really have to, sometimes, step back also. I know we do this every month, but we're still in the first year of the Biden presidency. And I know honeymoons don't last forever and Joe Biden's honeymoon is way over. But aren't these bad numbers? Again, they were good earlier this year and we talked about that. But for a first year president, these numbers are kind of troubling, aren't they?</em></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 7 Dec 2021 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, <a href="https://theharrispoll.com/">Harris Poll</a> Chairman <a href="https://www.stagwellglobal.com/people/mark-penn/">Mark Penn</a> and <a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack">Bob Cusack</a>, Editor in Chief of <a href="https://thehill.com/"><em>The Hill</em></a>, discuss findings from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, a collaboration with the <a href="https://caps.gov.harvard.edu/">Center for American Political Studies</a>.<br /><br />The latest poll was conducted November 27-28 among more than 2,000 registered voters nationwide.<br /><br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">SUBSCRIBE</a> to receive full polling report and data each month and follow <b><em>Mark Penn Polls</em></b> on social for regular updates:<br /> <br />Twitter: <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br />LinkedIn: <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">Mark-Penn-Polls</a><br />Facebook: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a><br />Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">@mark_penn_polls</a></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>Welcome to the podcast with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, editor in chief of The Hill and we're going to discuss this month's Harvard CAPS Harris Poll that's just come out of the field with almost 2,000 interviews and I think it's going to be a provocative discussion as public opinion in the United States continues to harden, mostly against the administration. Particularly as the virus is seen as growing and the economy is seen as sinking.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>So Mark, if you had one word to really capture this month's polling, what would it be?</em></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>The word would be "cementing". The negative attitudes towards the administration are now being set as set as immigration, crime, core issues, now also next to that are the economy and the virus is going up, producing a negative mood and the gap in the leadership the people are looking for. These negative ratings that we saw during the summer that happened during Afghanistan have really cemented now and that's going to mean real problems for the democrats and this administration unless they act and act in a really big way.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>What was the most surprising thing? Because there's a lot of data here, there's presidential, there's virus data. What surprised you the most this month?</em></p><p><b>Mark Penn:</b></p><p><em>I was surprised most by the fact that the public mood is turning so sour in such a short period of time. This is almost a repeat of what happened with Obama but almost to a greater swing where there was so much promise, we have a democratic president, we're no longer governed by Trump, it's a new day, the economy is tooling along. All of those things looked so great in the spring and now the public is like my situation is getting worse, they see inflation, the economy is on the wrong track, they don't like the president, they're turning on the democratic party, a little bit on the republican. I mean it's just a sour mood out there. And as you know, when the public mood is sour, incumbents better watch out.</em></p><p><b>Bob Cusack:</b></p><p><em>That's right. I mean we're seeing a lot of democrats retire instead of seek re-election. That's always a telling sign that the party is not going to do that great going into the midterm. The virus is back as a top issue. And you really have to, sometimes, step back also. I know we do this every month, but we're still in the first year of the Biden presidency. And I know honeymoons don't last forever and Joe Biden's honeymoon is way over. But aren't these bad numbers? Again, they were good earlier this year and we talked about that. But for a first year president, these numbers are kind of troubling, aren't they?</em></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17045833" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/63d7f040-5d3e-4d1c-9b82-3c9af65f561c/audio/0cdedab1-8055-4664-bff8-e2086d4c54ce/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Public Opinion of President Biden &quot;Cementing&quot;, According to New Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/63d7f040-5d3e-4d1c-9b82-3c9af65f561c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, discuss findings from the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, a collaboration with the Center for American Political Studies.The latest poll was conducted November 27-28 among more than 2,000 registered voters nationwide.SUBSCRIBE to receive full polling report and data each month and follow Mark Penn Polls on social for regular updates: Twitter: @Mark_Penn_PollsLinkedIn: Mark-Penn-PollsFacebook: MarkPennPollsInstagram: @mark_penn_pollsMark Penn:Welcome to the podcast with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, editor in chief of The Hill and we&apos;re going to discuss this month&apos;s Harvard CAPS Harris Poll that&apos;s just come out of the field with almost 2,000 interviews and I think it&apos;s going to be a provocative discussion as public opinion in the United States continues to harden, mostly against the administration. Particularly as the virus is seen as growing and the economy is seen as sinking.Bob Cusack:So Mark, if you had one word to really capture this month&apos;s polling, what would it be?Mark Penn:The word would be &quot;cementing&quot;. The negative attitudes towards the administration are now being set as set as immigration, crime, core issues, now also next to that are the economy and the virus is going up, producing a negative mood and the gap in the leadership the people are looking for. These negative ratings that we saw during the summer that happened during Afghanistan have really cemented now and that&apos;s going to mean real problems for the democrats and this administration unless they act and act in a really big way.Bob Cusack:What was the most surprising thing? Because there&apos;s a lot of data here, there&apos;s presidential, there&apos;s virus data. What surprised you the most this month?Mark Penn:I was surprised most by the fact that the public mood is turning so sour in such a short period of time. This is almost a repeat of what happened with Obama but almost to a greater swing where there was so much promise, we have a democratic president, we&apos;re no longer governed by Trump, it&apos;s a new day, the economy is tooling along. All of those things looked so great in the spring and now the public is like my situation is getting worse, they see inflation, the economy is on the wrong track, they don&apos;t like the president, they&apos;re turning on the democratic party, a little bit on the republican. I mean it&apos;s just a sour mood out there. And as you know, when the public mood is sour, incumbents better watch out.Bob Cusack:That&apos;s right. I mean we&apos;re seeing a lot of democrats retire instead of seek re-election. That&apos;s always a telling sign that the party is not going to do that great going into the midterm. The virus is back as a top issue. And you really have to, sometimes, step back also. I know we do this every month, but we&apos;re still in the first year of the Biden presidency. And I know honeymoons don&apos;t last forever and Joe Biden&apos;s honeymoon is way over. But aren&apos;t these bad numbers? Again, they were good earlier this year and we talked about that. But for a first year president, these numbers are kind of troubling, aren&apos;t they?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Harris Poll Chairman Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, discuss findings from the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, a collaboration with the Center for American Political Studies.The latest poll was conducted November 27-28 among more than 2,000 registered voters nationwide.SUBSCRIBE to receive full polling report and data each month and follow Mark Penn Polls on social for regular updates: Twitter: @Mark_Penn_PollsLinkedIn: Mark-Penn-PollsFacebook: MarkPennPollsInstagram: @mark_penn_pollsMark Penn:Welcome to the podcast with Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, editor in chief of The Hill and we&apos;re going to discuss this month&apos;s Harvard CAPS Harris Poll that&apos;s just come out of the field with almost 2,000 interviews and I think it&apos;s going to be a provocative discussion as public opinion in the United States continues to harden, mostly against the administration. Particularly as the virus is seen as growing and the economy is seen as sinking.Bob Cusack:So Mark, if you had one word to really capture this month&apos;s polling, what would it be?Mark Penn:The word would be &quot;cementing&quot;. The negative attitudes towards the administration are now being set as set as immigration, crime, core issues, now also next to that are the economy and the virus is going up, producing a negative mood and the gap in the leadership the people are looking for. These negative ratings that we saw during the summer that happened during Afghanistan have really cemented now and that&apos;s going to mean real problems for the democrats and this administration unless they act and act in a really big way.Bob Cusack:What was the most surprising thing? Because there&apos;s a lot of data here, there&apos;s presidential, there&apos;s virus data. What surprised you the most this month?Mark Penn:I was surprised most by the fact that the public mood is turning so sour in such a short period of time. This is almost a repeat of what happened with Obama but almost to a greater swing where there was so much promise, we have a democratic president, we&apos;re no longer governed by Trump, it&apos;s a new day, the economy is tooling along. All of those things looked so great in the spring and now the public is like my situation is getting worse, they see inflation, the economy is on the wrong track, they don&apos;t like the president, they&apos;re turning on the democratic party, a little bit on the republican. I mean it&apos;s just a sour mood out there. And as you know, when the public mood is sour, incumbents better watch out.Bob Cusack:That&apos;s right. I mean we&apos;re seeing a lot of democrats retire instead of seek re-election. That&apos;s always a telling sign that the party is not going to do that great going into the midterm. The virus is back as a top issue. And you really have to, sometimes, step back also. I know we do this every month, but we&apos;re still in the first year of the Biden presidency. And I know honeymoons don&apos;t last forever and Joe Biden&apos;s honeymoon is way over. But aren&apos;t these bad numbers? Again, they were good earlier this year and we talked about that. But for a first year president, these numbers are kind of troubling, aren&apos;t they?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-9476181</guid>
      <title>Biden &quot;Sinking&quot; - Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss a <b>new Harvard-Harris Poll</b>, fielded October 26-28, 2021.<br /><br />SUBSCRIBE: <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">https://harvardharrispoll.com</a><br />TWITTER: <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br />LINKEDIN: <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br />FACEBOOK: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls</a><br />INSTAGRAM: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/</a><br /><br />Mark Penn (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=9bMPEfvzjTb0znPlxuBnCD9Z5TF8sjq6ywxFc2DAwSyRtEbgQIpcc-NH0B0PfR3qqdMlGZ8yhSzQhHe9FwWOUUsZsDs&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=7.58">00:07</a>):</p><p>All right. Welcome to the discussion of the October 26 - 28 Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, administered by myself, Dritan Nesho and Professor Stephen Ansolabehere, of the Harvard CAPS Center. You can always check for the full results at HarvardHarrisPoll.com. We'll be improving that website, if not this month, probably by the next. And you can listen to us have a pretty good discussion with Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill.</p><p>Bob Cusack (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=6dUTpqZrWDpGWJs2OSOj8emi9yTXgxHgbDRKb3pH9y6epDfdll9f_Nlx9vwLS9cQP1XYBztIdMWYSLFJyp7X84bcX2o&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=42.56">00:42</a>):</p><p>Thanks, Mark. As far as this polling, it's more bad news for The President. I mean, what do you think summarizes all this data that you have? What is the word that comes across or sentence, for The White House, looking at these really dismal numbers?</p><p>Mark Penn (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=Ic93gKw6HBT-YvDe1tweWmKMPk58MkIa9qrh7lX-faO5nDiWUVjNBjQNnlvmfji-GrdU6ZI6tY7aOrIhkMT5TtAxASc&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=64.85">01:04</a>):</p><p>"SINKING" - The White House continues to sink, right? And they're sinking now. And in, because the economy is seen by the average voter, as deteriorating, is on the wrong track and inflation is coming in and higher gas prices. And ironically, even as people see the, uh, virus is receding, the administration is not getting any credit. What really is happening here is that in the past, when the virus seemed to be receding, there was sort of an economic euphoria, oh, this is great. We're going to get back. Now, the virus is receding, but people say, well, now I'm really worried about what's happening here in the economy, taxing spending inflation deficits. I mean, that leaves aside all the other issues, but I think that's the most troublesome thing right now for this administration.</p><p>Bob Cusack (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=QjZxANlc9GtBMAErSQtkuK1DSzifVUkqeNc0dBtfuWx1T60fg5l02yV9tAS4qaeHcOr8-I5z2S3oQ8JbHSDP8LYnqJE&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=123.47">02:03</a>):</p><p>And that dynamic, I think is so important because as we've gone through this pandemic since March of 2020, we've done, you've done a lot of polls. We've talked about it a lot when it was really bad, obviously that hurt The President. A lot of people think that if COVID hadn't come along then Trump would be in a second term, or if he handled COVID just a bit better. He would still be President. Is this the first time you're seeing this fading as an issue, but, but the president not, not getting any credit? Because this summer, if I'm not mistaken, he was getting some credit.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Nov 2021 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss a <b>new Harvard-Harris Poll</b>, fielded October 26-28, 2021.<br /><br />SUBSCRIBE: <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">https://harvardharrispoll.com</a><br />TWITTER: <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br />LINKEDIN: <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br />FACEBOOK: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls</a><br />INSTAGRAM: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/">https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/</a><br /><br />Mark Penn (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=9bMPEfvzjTb0znPlxuBnCD9Z5TF8sjq6ywxFc2DAwSyRtEbgQIpcc-NH0B0PfR3qqdMlGZ8yhSzQhHe9FwWOUUsZsDs&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=7.58">00:07</a>):</p><p>All right. Welcome to the discussion of the October 26 - 28 Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, administered by myself, Dritan Nesho and Professor Stephen Ansolabehere, of the Harvard CAPS Center. You can always check for the full results at HarvardHarrisPoll.com. We'll be improving that website, if not this month, probably by the next. And you can listen to us have a pretty good discussion with Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill.</p><p>Bob Cusack (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=6dUTpqZrWDpGWJs2OSOj8emi9yTXgxHgbDRKb3pH9y6epDfdll9f_Nlx9vwLS9cQP1XYBztIdMWYSLFJyp7X84bcX2o&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=42.56">00:42</a>):</p><p>Thanks, Mark. As far as this polling, it's more bad news for The President. I mean, what do you think summarizes all this data that you have? What is the word that comes across or sentence, for The White House, looking at these really dismal numbers?</p><p>Mark Penn (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=Ic93gKw6HBT-YvDe1tweWmKMPk58MkIa9qrh7lX-faO5nDiWUVjNBjQNnlvmfji-GrdU6ZI6tY7aOrIhkMT5TtAxASc&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=64.85">01:04</a>):</p><p>"SINKING" - The White House continues to sink, right? And they're sinking now. And in, because the economy is seen by the average voter, as deteriorating, is on the wrong track and inflation is coming in and higher gas prices. And ironically, even as people see the, uh, virus is receding, the administration is not getting any credit. What really is happening here is that in the past, when the virus seemed to be receding, there was sort of an economic euphoria, oh, this is great. We're going to get back. Now, the virus is receding, but people say, well, now I'm really worried about what's happening here in the economy, taxing spending inflation deficits. I mean, that leaves aside all the other issues, but I think that's the most troublesome thing right now for this administration.</p><p>Bob Cusack (<a href="https://www.rev.com/transcript-editor/Edit?token=QjZxANlc9GtBMAErSQtkuK1DSzifVUkqeNc0dBtfuWx1T60fg5l02yV9tAS4qaeHcOr8-I5z2S3oQ8JbHSDP8LYnqJE&loadFrom=DocumentDeeplink&ts=123.47">02:03</a>):</p><p>And that dynamic, I think is so important because as we've gone through this pandemic since March of 2020, we've done, you've done a lot of polls. We've talked about it a lot when it was really bad, obviously that hurt The President. A lot of people think that if COVID hadn't come along then Trump would be in a second term, or if he handled COVID just a bit better. He would still be President. Is this the first time you're seeing this fading as an issue, but, but the president not, not getting any credit? Because this summer, if I'm not mistaken, he was getting some credit.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17168396" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/28c536fd-a33b-4028-80d7-d78ffb513798/audio/b38d37b7-14f5-4a09-94f6-41ec544e75e7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden &quot;Sinking&quot; - Harvard Harris Poll Debrief with Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/28c536fd-a33b-4028-80d7-d78ffb513798/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:23:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded October 26-28, 2021.SUBSCRIBE: https://harvardharrispoll.comTWITTER: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsLINKEDIN: https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPollsINSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/Mark Penn (00:07):All right. Welcome to the discussion of the October 26 - 28 Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, administered by myself, Dritan Nesho and Professor Stephen Ansolabehere, of the Harvard CAPS Center. You can always check for the full results at HarvardHarrisPoll.com. We&apos;ll be improving that website, if not this month, probably by the next. And you can listen to us have a pretty good discussion with Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill.Bob Cusack (00:42):Thanks, Mark. As far as this polling, it&apos;s more bad news for The President. I mean, what do you think summarizes all this data that you have? What is the word that comes across or sentence, for The White House, looking at these really dismal numbers?Mark Penn (01:04):&quot;SINKING&quot; - The White House continues to sink, right? And they&apos;re sinking now. And in, because the economy is seen by the average voter, as deteriorating, is on the wrong track and inflation is coming in and higher gas prices. And ironically, even as people see the, uh, virus is receding, the administration is not getting any credit. What really is happening here is that in the past, when the virus seemed to be receding, there was sort of an economic euphoria, oh, this is great. We&apos;re going to get back. Now, the virus is receding, but people say, well, now I&apos;m really worried about what&apos;s happening here in the economy, taxing spending inflation deficits. I mean, that leaves aside all the other issues, but I think that&apos;s the most troublesome thing right now for this administration.Bob Cusack (02:03):And that dynamic, I think is so important because as we&apos;ve gone through this pandemic since March of 2020, we&apos;ve done, you&apos;ve done a lot of polls. We&apos;ve talked about it a lot when it was really bad, obviously that hurt The President. A lot of people think that if COVID hadn&apos;t come along then Trump would be in a second term, or if he handled COVID just a bit better. He would still be President. Is this the first time you&apos;re seeing this fading as an issue, but, but the president not, not getting any credit? Because this summer, if I&apos;m not mistaken, he was getting some credit.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded October 26-28, 2021.SUBSCRIBE: https://harvardharrispoll.comTWITTER: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsLINKEDIN: https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPollsINSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/mark_penn_polls/Mark Penn (00:07):All right. Welcome to the discussion of the October 26 - 28 Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, administered by myself, Dritan Nesho and Professor Stephen Ansolabehere, of the Harvard CAPS Center. You can always check for the full results at HarvardHarrisPoll.com. We&apos;ll be improving that website, if not this month, probably by the next. And you can listen to us have a pretty good discussion with Bob Cusack, Editor-in-Chief of The Hill.Bob Cusack (00:42):Thanks, Mark. As far as this polling, it&apos;s more bad news for The President. I mean, what do you think summarizes all this data that you have? What is the word that comes across or sentence, for The White House, looking at these really dismal numbers?Mark Penn (01:04):&quot;SINKING&quot; - The White House continues to sink, right? And they&apos;re sinking now. And in, because the economy is seen by the average voter, as deteriorating, is on the wrong track and inflation is coming in and higher gas prices. And ironically, even as people see the, uh, virus is receding, the administration is not getting any credit. What really is happening here is that in the past, when the virus seemed to be receding, there was sort of an economic euphoria, oh, this is great. We&apos;re going to get back. Now, the virus is receding, but people say, well, now I&apos;m really worried about what&apos;s happening here in the economy, taxing spending inflation deficits. I mean, that leaves aside all the other issues, but I think that&apos;s the most troublesome thing right now for this administration.Bob Cusack (02:03):And that dynamic, I think is so important because as we&apos;ve gone through this pandemic since March of 2020, we&apos;ve done, you&apos;ve done a lot of polls. We&apos;ve talked about it a lot when it was really bad, obviously that hurt The President. A lot of people think that if COVID hadn&apos;t come along then Trump would be in a second term, or if he handled COVID just a bit better. He would still be President. Is this the first time you&apos;re seeing this fading as an issue, but, but the president not, not getting any credit? Because this summer, if I&apos;m not mistaken, he was getting some credit.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-9315070</guid>
      <title>New Poll: Biden Honeymoon Now Buyers&apos; Remorse</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill </em>discuss a <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NMCRr-wXCfqTiXBkzsvToqsDQx_OFLJw/view?usp=sharing"><b>NEW HARVARD HARRIS POLL</b></a>, fielded September 15-16, 2021 among 1,578 registered voters by The Harris Poll. <br /><br /><b>KEY TAKEAWAYS:<br /></b><br />A <b>MAJORITY</b> OF VOTERS SAY THE <b>COUNTRY</b> IS ON THE <b>WRONG</b> TRACK<br />A <b>MAJORITY</b> OF VOTERS SAY THE <b>ECONOMY</b> IS ON THE <b>WRONG</b> TRACK<br />VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS <b>DECREASING</b><br />VOTERS’ FINANCIAL SITUATION APPEARS TO BE DECREASING AGAIN<br /><b>BIDEN’S APPROVAL</b> FALLS FOR SECOND WAVE IN A ROW - NOW <b>48%</b><br />BIDEN’S JOB PERFORMANCE HAS SLID BELOW 50% IN SEVERAL AREAS<br /><b>BRIGHT SPOT:</b> HE REMAINS POSITIVE IN <b>HANDLING COVID-19</b><br /><b>GOP</b> AND <b>DEMOCRATIC</b> APPROVAL REMAIN TIED - <b>43%</b><br /><b>TERRORISM/NATIONAL SECURITY</b> CONCERN INCREASED 13% SINCE LAST POLL<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NMCRr-wXCfqTiXBkzsvToqsDQx_OFLJw/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD ENTIRE REPORT</b></a><br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is CEO of Stagwell Global, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies. <b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 5 Oct 2021 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill </em>discuss a <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NMCRr-wXCfqTiXBkzsvToqsDQx_OFLJw/view?usp=sharing"><b>NEW HARVARD HARRIS POLL</b></a>, fielded September 15-16, 2021 among 1,578 registered voters by The Harris Poll. <br /><br /><b>KEY TAKEAWAYS:<br /></b><br />A <b>MAJORITY</b> OF VOTERS SAY THE <b>COUNTRY</b> IS ON THE <b>WRONG</b> TRACK<br />A <b>MAJORITY</b> OF VOTERS SAY THE <b>ECONOMY</b> IS ON THE <b>WRONG</b> TRACK<br />VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS <b>DECREASING</b><br />VOTERS’ FINANCIAL SITUATION APPEARS TO BE DECREASING AGAIN<br /><b>BIDEN’S APPROVAL</b> FALLS FOR SECOND WAVE IN A ROW - NOW <b>48%</b><br />BIDEN’S JOB PERFORMANCE HAS SLID BELOW 50% IN SEVERAL AREAS<br /><b>BRIGHT SPOT:</b> HE REMAINS POSITIVE IN <b>HANDLING COVID-19</b><br /><b>GOP</b> AND <b>DEMOCRATIC</b> APPROVAL REMAIN TIED - <b>43%</b><br /><b>TERRORISM/NATIONAL SECURITY</b> CONCERN INCREASED 13% SINCE LAST POLL<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NMCRr-wXCfqTiXBkzsvToqsDQx_OFLJw/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD ENTIRE REPORT</b></a><br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is CEO of Stagwell Global, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies. <b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="19997301" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/b59cc4f2-caeb-4958-b92a-1161a5a3bf82/audio/fb209fd0-140b-4064-a2b2-43d3cdaf3f7c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>New Poll: Biden Honeymoon Now Buyers&apos; Remorse</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/b59cc4f2-caeb-4958-b92a-1161a5a3bf82/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:27:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss a NEW HARVARD HARRIS POLL, fielded September 15-16, 2021 among 1,578 registered voters by The Harris Poll. KEY TAKEAWAYS:A MAJORITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE WRONG TRACKA MAJORITY OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE WRONG TRACKVOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS DECREASINGVOTERS’ FINANCIAL SITUATION APPEARS TO BE DECREASING AGAINBIDEN’S APPROVAL FALLS FOR SECOND WAVE IN A ROW - NOW 48%BIDEN’S JOB PERFORMANCE HAS SLID BELOW 50% IN SEVERAL AREASBRIGHT SPOT: HE REMAINS POSITIVE IN HANDLING COVID-19GOP AND DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL REMAIN TIED - 43%TERRORISM/NATIONAL SECURITY CONCERN INCREASED 13% SINCE LAST POLLDOWNLOAD ENTIRE REPORTBob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is CEO of Stagwell Global, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies. Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn and Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill discuss a NEW HARVARD HARRIS POLL, fielded September 15-16, 2021 among 1,578 registered voters by The Harris Poll. KEY TAKEAWAYS:A MAJORITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE WRONG TRACKA MAJORITY OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE WRONG TRACKVOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS DECREASINGVOTERS’ FINANCIAL SITUATION APPEARS TO BE DECREASING AGAINBIDEN’S APPROVAL FALLS FOR SECOND WAVE IN A ROW - NOW 48%BIDEN’S JOB PERFORMANCE HAS SLID BELOW 50% IN SEVERAL AREASBRIGHT SPOT: HE REMAINS POSITIVE IN HANDLING COVID-19GOP AND DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL REMAIN TIED - 43%TERRORISM/NATIONAL SECURITY CONCERN INCREASED 13% SINCE LAST POLLDOWNLOAD ENTIRE REPORTBob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is CEO of Stagwell Global, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies. Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8976653</guid>
      <title>&quot;The Biden Honeymoon is Over&quot; - New Harvard Harris Poll - Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss a <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>new Harvard-Harris Poll</b></a>, fielded July 28-29, 2021 among 1,788 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>TOPLINE FINDINGS</b></a><br />- BIDEN HONEYMOON HAS COME TO AN END - APPROVAL SLIPPED 10 POINTS<br />- AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON WHETHER COUNTRY IS ON RIGHT OR WRONG TRACK<br />- THERE’S BEEN A REVERSAL IN PERCEPTIONS OF THE DIRECTION OF THE ECONOMY<br />- PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE U.S. ECONOMY TOOK A DIP MONTH OVER MONTH<br />- MORE VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS GETTING WORSE, UP 9 POINTS<br />SINCE MARCH<br />- SEVERAL JOB APPROVAL METRICS ARE WORSENING, CORE AMONG THEM MANAGING THE ECONOMY, REACTING TO COVID, DEALING WITH CRIME &  VIOLENCE<br /> - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL IS AT 48%, DOWN 7 POINTS<br />- GOP APPROVAL MATCHES DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL, BUT ALSO DOWN 5 POINTS<br />- OVERALL CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL HAS SLIPPED BY 9 POINTS<br />- THE DELTA VARIANT HAS PRIORITIZED COVID-19 AS THE COUNTRY’S TOP ISSUE<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD THE POLL</b></a><br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.<br /><br />Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.<br /><br />Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.<br /><br />Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.<br /><br />A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.</p><p><b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  </p><p>Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity <b>The Stagwell Group </b>as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, <b>MDC Partners</b>.</p><p>As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”</p><p>Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 4 Aug 2021 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss a <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>new Harvard-Harris Poll</b></a>, fielded July 28-29, 2021 among 1,788 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>TOPLINE FINDINGS</b></a><br />- BIDEN HONEYMOON HAS COME TO AN END - APPROVAL SLIPPED 10 POINTS<br />- AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON WHETHER COUNTRY IS ON RIGHT OR WRONG TRACK<br />- THERE’S BEEN A REVERSAL IN PERCEPTIONS OF THE DIRECTION OF THE ECONOMY<br />- PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE U.S. ECONOMY TOOK A DIP MONTH OVER MONTH<br />- MORE VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS GETTING WORSE, UP 9 POINTS<br />SINCE MARCH<br />- SEVERAL JOB APPROVAL METRICS ARE WORSENING, CORE AMONG THEM MANAGING THE ECONOMY, REACTING TO COVID, DEALING WITH CRIME &  VIOLENCE<br /> - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL IS AT 48%, DOWN 7 POINTS<br />- GOP APPROVAL MATCHES DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL, BUT ALSO DOWN 5 POINTS<br />- OVERALL CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL HAS SLIPPED BY 9 POINTS<br />- THE DELTA VARIANT HAS PRIORITIZED COVID-19 AS THE COUNTRY’S TOP ISSUE<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1dP2jnwXXLoMVvedHtCAJHr4bAo9rHwj2/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD THE POLL</b></a><br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.<br /><br />Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.<br /><br />Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.<br /><br />Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.<br /><br />A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.</p><p><b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  </p><p>Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity <b>The Stagwell Group </b>as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, <b>MDC Partners</b>.</p><p>As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”</p><p>Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="20812825" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a1b21e3b-75f3-4a10-9105-74ceda247570/audio/8e467dc9-4b70-4f35-9d33-dd342a3f0585/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>&quot;The Biden Honeymoon is Over&quot; - New Harvard Harris Poll - Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:28:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded July 28-29, 2021 among 1,788 registered voters.TOPLINE FINDINGS- BIDEN HONEYMOON HAS COME TO AN END - APPROVAL SLIPPED 10 POINTS- AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON WHETHER COUNTRY IS ON RIGHT OR WRONG TRACK- THERE’S BEEN A REVERSAL IN PERCEPTIONS OF THE DIRECTION OF THE ECONOMY- PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE U.S. ECONOMY TOOK A DIP MONTH OVER MONTH- MORE VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS GETTING WORSE, UP 9 POINTSSINCE MARCH- SEVERAL JOB APPROVAL METRICS ARE WORSENING, CORE AMONG THEM MANAGING THE ECONOMY, REACTING TO COVID, DEALING WITH CRIME &amp;  VIOLENCE - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL IS AT 48%, DOWN 7 POINTS- GOP APPROVAL MATCHES DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL, BUT ALSO DOWN 5 POINTS- OVERALL CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL HAS SLIPPED BY 9 POINTS- THE DELTA VARIANT HAS PRIORITIZED COVID-19 AS THE COUNTRY’S TOP ISSUEDOWNLOAD THE POLLBob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity The Stagwell Group as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, MDC Partners.As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded July 28-29, 2021 among 1,788 registered voters.TOPLINE FINDINGS- BIDEN HONEYMOON HAS COME TO AN END - APPROVAL SLIPPED 10 POINTS- AMERICANS ARE SPLIT ON WHETHER COUNTRY IS ON RIGHT OR WRONG TRACK- THERE’S BEEN A REVERSAL IN PERCEPTIONS OF THE DIRECTION OF THE ECONOMY- PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE U.S. ECONOMY TOOK A DIP MONTH OVER MONTH- MORE VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS GETTING WORSE, UP 9 POINTSSINCE MARCH- SEVERAL JOB APPROVAL METRICS ARE WORSENING, CORE AMONG THEM MANAGING THE ECONOMY, REACTING TO COVID, DEALING WITH CRIME &amp;  VIOLENCE - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL IS AT 48%, DOWN 7 POINTS- GOP APPROVAL MATCHES DEMOCRATIC APPROVAL, BUT ALSO DOWN 5 POINTS- OVERALL CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL HAS SLIPPED BY 9 POINTS- THE DELTA VARIANT HAS PRIORITIZED COVID-19 AS THE COUNTRY’S TOP ISSUEDOWNLOAD THE POLLBob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity The Stagwell Group as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, MDC Partners.As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8750749</guid>
      <title>Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack Discuss June Harvard Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded June 15-17, 2021 among 2,006 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.<br /> <br />Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.<br /> <br />Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.<br /> <br />Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.<br /> <br />A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.</p><p><b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  </p><p>Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity <b>The Stagwell Group </b>as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, <b>MDC Partners</b>.</p><p>As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”</p><p>Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics with creativity to help set the company on a new course.</p><p>Marks’s experience in growing, building, and managing agencies is well documented. As the co-founder and CEO of Penn Schoen Berland, a market research firm that he built and sold to communications behemoth WPP, he demonstrated value-creation in a crowded industry, serving clients with innovative techniques from being first with overnight polling to unique ad testing methods used by presidents and major corporations. At WPP, he also became CEO of Burson-Marsteller, and managed the two companies to record profit growth during that period.</p><p>A globally recognized strategist, Mark has advised corporate and political leaders, both in the United States and internationally. For six years, he served as White House Pollster to President Bill Clinton and was a senior adviser in his 1996 re-election, identifying “Soccer Moms” as the key swing vote needed for victory. The Washington Post wrote that no other pollster had ever become, “So thoroughly integrated into the policymaking operation” of a presidential administration.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jun 2021 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of <em>The Hill</em>, to discuss the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded June 15-17, 2021 among 2,006 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://thehill.com/bob-cusack"><b>Bob Cusack</b></a> has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014.<br /> <br />Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina.<br /> <br />Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst.<br /> <br />Before joining <em>The Hill</em>, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers.<br /> <br />A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.<br /><br /><a href="https://stagwellgroup.com/team/mark-j-penn/"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.</p><p><b>Mark Penn</b>’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  </p><p>Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity <b>The Stagwell Group </b>as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, <b>MDC Partners</b>.</p><p>As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”</p><p>Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics with creativity to help set the company on a new course.</p><p>Marks’s experience in growing, building, and managing agencies is well documented. As the co-founder and CEO of Penn Schoen Berland, a market research firm that he built and sold to communications behemoth WPP, he demonstrated value-creation in a crowded industry, serving clients with innovative techniques from being first with overnight polling to unique ad testing methods used by presidents and major corporations. At WPP, he also became CEO of Burson-Marsteller, and managed the two companies to record profit growth during that period.</p><p>A globally recognized strategist, Mark has advised corporate and political leaders, both in the United States and internationally. For six years, he served as White House Pollster to President Bill Clinton and was a senior adviser in his 1996 re-election, identifying “Soccer Moms” as the key swing vote needed for victory. The Washington Post wrote that no other pollster had ever become, “So thoroughly integrated into the policymaking operation” of a presidential administration.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21735838" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/54906f43-9d27-433d-b1b3-7eed5ac6adb5/audio/f32b9f48-e493-4d2b-bfd0-6d031164e80f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Penn &amp; Bob Cusack Discuss June Harvard Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/54906f43-9d27-433d-b1b3-7eed5ac6adb5/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded June 15-17, 2021 among 2,006 registered voters.Bob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity The Stagwell Group as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, MDC Partners.As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics with creativity to help set the company on a new course.Marks’s experience in growing, building, and managing agencies is well documented. As the co-founder and CEO of Penn Schoen Berland, a market research firm that he built and sold to communications behemoth WPP, he demonstrated value-creation in a crowded industry, serving clients with innovative techniques from being first with overnight polling to unique ad testing methods used by presidents and major corporations. At WPP, he also became CEO of Burson-Marsteller, and managed the two companies to record profit growth during that period.A globally recognized strategist, Mark has advised corporate and political leaders, both in the United States and internationally. For six years, he served as White House Pollster to President Bill Clinton and was a senior adviser in his 1996 re-election, identifying “Soccer Moms” as the key swing vote needed for victory. The Washington Post wrote that no other pollster had ever become, “So thoroughly integrated into the policymaking operation” of a presidential administration.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn is joined by Bob Cusack, Editor in Chief of The Hill, to discuss the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded June 15-17, 2021 among 2,006 registered voters.Bob Cusack has been reporting on policy and politics in the nation’s capital since 1995. He joined The Hill as Business and Lobbying editor in 2003 and became the newspaper’s managing editor a year later. He became the editor in chief in 2014. Cusack has won five awards from the National Press Club and the Society of Professional Journalists for investigative articles on a range of issues, including national security, healthcare and 2008 presidential politics surrounding Hurricane Katrina. Cusack regularly appears on MSNBC, Fox, ABC and CNN as a political analyst. Before joining The Hill, Cusack was a chief editor at Inside Washington Publishers. A native of New York City, Cusack received his B.A. in journalism from Loyola College in Maryland. He is a member of the Screen Actors Guild and has appeared in commercials, television shows and feature films.Mark Penn is the President and Managing Partner of The Stagwell Group, a private equity fund focused on the marketing services industry. In this role, Penn directs the acquisition process and oversees the Group’s portfolio companies.Mark Penn’s career spans 40 years in advertising, market research, public relations, polling and consulting.  He has advised top world leaders, led companies, and written two bestselling books.  Currently, Mark serves as President and Managing Partner of private equity The Stagwell Group as well as CEO of the fund’s largest investment, MDC Partners.As “The Place Where Great Talent Lives,” MDC Partners is celebrated for its innovative advertising, public relations, branding, digital, social and event marketing agency partners, which are responsible for some of the most memorable and effective campaigns. By leveraging technology, data analytics, insights and strategic consulting solutions, MDC Partners drives creative excellence, business growth and measurable return on marketing investment for over 1,700 clients worldwide. MDC Partners is part of Stagwell Group’s strategy to invest in digital marketing services companies.  With over $500 million raised, Stagwell has made over 20 investments in under four years, delivering what investors call, “a superior operating model.”Prior to founding Stagwell, Mark served in senior executive positions at Microsoft. As Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, he was responsible for working on core strategic issues across the company, blending data-analytics with creativity to help set the company on a new course.Marks’s experience in growing, building, and managing agencies is well documented. As the co-founder and CEO of Penn Schoen Berland, a market research firm that he built and sold to communications behemoth WPP, he demonstrated value-creation in a crowded industry, serving clients with innovative techniques from being first with overnight polling to unique ad testing methods used by presidents and major corporations. At WPP, he also became CEO of Burson-Marsteller, and managed the two companies to record profit growth during that period.A globally recognized strategist, Mark has advised corporate and political leaders, both in the United States and internationally. For six years, he served as White House Pollster to President Bill Clinton and was a senior adviser in his 1996 re-election, identifying “Soccer Moms” as the key swing vote needed for victory. The Washington Post wrote that no other pollster had ever become, “So thoroughly integrated into the policymaking operation” of a presidential administration.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8601211</guid>
      <title>Shocking: 76% Believe Americans Staying Home to Collect Unemployment</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>:<br /><em>"This was a complete shock. In my 40 years of polling, I've never seen anything like this. An overwhelming majority of Americans - 76% - believe that unemployment benefits need to end ... that people are remaining at home and unemployed to collect these continuing stimulus payments."</em><br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__%5B0%5D=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 May 2021 01:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>:<br /><em>"This was a complete shock. In my 40 years of polling, I've never seen anything like this. An overwhelming majority of Americans - 76% - believe that unemployment benefits need to end ... that people are remaining at home and unemployed to collect these continuing stimulus payments."</em><br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__%5B0%5D=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1741821" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d76a9225-9e6e-400b-a2fe-cc97d7ac4bab/audio/517306eb-c576-4987-95fb-2738a240a01d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Shocking: 76% Believe Americans Staying Home to Collect Unemployment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d76a9225-9e6e-400b-a2fe-cc97d7ac4bab/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll:&quot;This was a complete shock. In my 40 years of polling, I&apos;ve never seen anything like this. An overwhelming majority of Americans - 76% - believe that unemployment benefits need to end ... that people are remaining at home and unemployed to collect these continuing stimulus payments.&quot;Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll:&quot;This was a complete shock. In my 40 years of polling, I&apos;ve never seen anything like this. An overwhelming majority of Americans - 76% - believe that unemployment benefits need to end ... that people are remaining at home and unemployed to collect these continuing stimulus payments.&quot;Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8601159</guid>
      <title>Warning Sign for Democrats: Immigration Could Become #1 Issue</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>:<br /><em>"A warning sign to the Biden Administration is that immigration could soon become the top issue, as concerns over the virus and the economy wane ... and that would not be good for the Democrats."</em><br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__%5B0%5D=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>:<br /><em>"A warning sign to the Biden Administration is that immigration could soon become the top issue, as concerns over the virus and the economy wane ... and that would not be good for the Democrats."</em><br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__%5B0%5D=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1749012" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/081cb3a1-85fb-4b19-9fa0-b4bcb07d113c/audio/d3e0087b-bd2b-4540-80f1-a7ce9064f6c3/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Warning Sign for Democrats: Immigration Could Become #1 Issue</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/081cb3a1-85fb-4b19-9fa0-b4bcb07d113c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll:&quot;A warning sign to the Biden Administration is that immigration could soon become the top issue, as concerns over the virus and the economy wane ... and that would not be good for the Democrats.&quot;Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll:&quot;A warning sign to the Biden Administration is that immigration could soon become the top issue, as concerns over the virus and the economy wane ... and that would not be good for the Democrats.&quot;Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8600635</guid>
      <title>Biden&apos;s Honeymoon Period Continues - new Harvard-Harris Poll</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>: <br /><em>"Joe Biden is now at 57% overall approval. We haven't had a President in this range for quite some time ... clearly a continuation of his honeymoon period."</em> <br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__[0]=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>: <br /><em>"Joe Biden is now at 57% overall approval. We haven't had a President in this range for quite some time ... clearly a continuation of his honeymoon period."</em> <br />Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.<br />MORE: <a href="http://markpennpolls.com/?fbclid=IwAR0RAemf3VdciKLfwLz55V5vwNnJtJo2X0LdLg5HyuGFdc_rfOhtoraHXkA">http://markpennpolls.com</a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls/?__cft__[0]=AZXgp4EFTJu3O9uAM8dLAMNOjROthrAW322ar2jmIKBDsQGIV5Phfzv3a5wyQZnnsDQHb9TaXbShJjVKWFUS9SoSQ3fE98dU8sFHMLAszOAAuDj1KKv2AmS_FgY0RDsMdFVRAAj-6zVECyk32d5SMtcwwZJXYGmROvY7W_Yp676f9LiI76x-bKIiGCtp8doMCmE&__tn__=kK-R">FACEBOOK: MarkPennPolls</a><br /><a href="http://linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">LINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/</a><br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls?fbclid=IwAR22oH-pa3OgmthqPI9zhXYMRCG_qeId6GYDMvHfeSI-9d_QC3kcQV_-6E4">TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1747801" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/bd77ddd7-d158-4c9d-bf1a-f65646245583/audio/6f812df3-f14d-4135-992b-9c8dd5d4552d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden&apos;s Honeymoon Period Continues - new Harvard-Harris Poll</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/bd77ddd7-d158-4c9d-bf1a-f65646245583/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll: &quot;Joe Biden is now at 57% overall approval. We haven&apos;t had a President in this range for quite some time ... clearly a continuation of his honeymoon period.&quot; Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll: &quot;Joe Biden is now at 57% overall approval. We haven&apos;t had a President in this range for quite some time ... clearly a continuation of his honeymoon period.&quot; Hear the FULL EPISODE.MORE: http://markpennpolls.comFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: company/mark-penn-polls/TWITTER: @Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8600559</guid>
      <title>Americans Edging Towards Liking Both Parties</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>: The public is in a better mood. They're saying, <em>"We're coming out of this pandemic. The economy is improving. maybe I'm not sure I want to watch MSNBC and Fox News all day. I want to get out and play a little." </em>Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shared his thoughts on <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing">the newest Harvard-Harris Poll</a>: The public is in a better mood. They're saying, <em>"We're coming out of this pandemic. The economy is improving. maybe I'm not sure I want to watch MSNBC and Fox News all day. I want to get out and play a little." </em>Hear the <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/568750/8593202-biden-honeymoon-continues-job-approval-economy-covid-country-on-right-track"><b>FULL EPISODE</b></a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1741453" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/e823bb27-de11-4a0b-8bd7-10b8beffd251/audio/4a0848ab-d32c-40e7-95bc-b8698b25dae9/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Americans Edging Towards Liking Both Parties</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/e823bb27-de11-4a0b-8bd7-10b8beffd251/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll: The public is in a better mood. They&apos;re saying, &quot;We&apos;re coming out of this pandemic. The economy is improving. maybe I&apos;m not sure I want to watch MSNBC and Fox News all day. I want to get out and play a little.&quot; Hear the FULL EPISODE.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shared his thoughts on the newest Harvard-Harris Poll: The public is in a better mood. They&apos;re saying, &quot;We&apos;re coming out of this pandemic. The economy is improving. maybe I&apos;m not sure I want to watch MSNBC and Fox News all day. I want to get out and play a little.&quot; Hear the FULL EPISODE.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8593202</guid>
      <title>Biden Honeymoon Continues: Job Approval, Economy, COVID, Country on Right Track</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a> shares insights from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded May 19-20, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters. Download the<b> </b><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing"><b>FULL REPORT</b></a><b> </b>and follow along as you listen. For regular updates and more data, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">MarkPennPolls.com</a> and on social: <b>Twitter</b> <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> - <b>Facebook</b> <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a> and <b>LinkedIn</b>  <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">Mark-Penn-Polls<b><br /></b></a><b><br />KEY FINDINGS<br /></b>pg 4 <b>- </b>PLURALITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK<br />pg 5 - MORE VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK THAN ON THE WRONG TRACK<br />pg 6 - VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS INCREASING<br />pg 7 - VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS QUICKLY IMPROVING; WE’RE NOTING A 10 POINT INCREASE SINCE JANUARY<br />pg 8 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON<br />pg 9 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT<br />pg 10 - GOP APPROVAL HAS TICKED UP TO NEARLY 50%<br />pg 11 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%<br />pg 12 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS IN THE MID TO UPPER 40S<br />pg 13 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; HEALTHCARE, JOBS AND CYBERSECURITY SAW INCREASES</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/"><b>MARK PENN</b></a> shares insights from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded May 19-20, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters. Download the<b> </b><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sfco26GFice4F9rXB58xLSMjM7-w-NqM/view?usp=sharing"><b>FULL REPORT</b></a><b> </b>and follow along as you listen. For regular updates and more data, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">MarkPennPolls.com</a> and on social: <b>Twitter</b> <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> - <b>Facebook</b> <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a> and <b>LinkedIn</b>  <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">Mark-Penn-Polls<b><br /></b></a><b><br />KEY FINDINGS<br /></b>pg 4 <b>- </b>PLURALITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK<br />pg 5 - MORE VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK THAN ON THE WRONG TRACK<br />pg 6 - VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS INCREASING<br />pg 7 - VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS QUICKLY IMPROVING; WE’RE NOTING A 10 POINT INCREASE SINCE JANUARY<br />pg 8 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON<br />pg 9 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT<br />pg 10 - GOP APPROVAL HAS TICKED UP TO NEARLY 50%<br />pg 11 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%<br />pg 12 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS IN THE MID TO UPPER 40S<br />pg 13 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; HEALTHCARE, JOBS AND CYBERSECURITY SAW INCREASES</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="18447448" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a56bd990-6eb2-4c97-9e58-86044fb1c5e3/audio/7f131010-db73-4263-90fa-fc24c128f6e6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden Honeymoon Continues: Job Approval, Economy, COVID, Country on Right Track</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a56bd990-6eb2-4c97-9e58-86044fb1c5e3/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:25:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster MARK PENN shares insights from the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded May 19-20, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters. Download the FULL REPORT and follow along as you listen. For regular updates and more data, visit MarkPennPolls.com and on social: Twitter @Mark_Penn_Polls - Facebook MarkPennPolls and LinkedIn  Mark-Penn-PollsKEY FINDINGSpg 4 - PLURALITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACKpg 5 - MORE VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK THAN ON THE WRONG TRACKpg 6 - VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS INCREASINGpg 7 - VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS QUICKLY IMPROVING; WE’RE NOTING A 10 POINT INCREASE SINCE JANUARYpg 8 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOONpg 9 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENTpg 10 - GOP APPROVAL HAS TICKED UP TO NEARLY 50%pg 11 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%pg 12 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS IN THE MID TO UPPER 40Spg 13 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; HEALTHCARE, JOBS AND CYBERSECURITY SAW INCREASES</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster MARK PENN shares insights from the latest Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded May 19-20, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters. Download the FULL REPORT and follow along as you listen. For regular updates and more data, visit MarkPennPolls.com and on social: Twitter @Mark_Penn_Polls - Facebook MarkPennPolls and LinkedIn  Mark-Penn-PollsKEY FINDINGSpg 4 - PLURALITY OF VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACKpg 5 - MORE VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK THAN ON THE WRONG TRACKpg 6 - VOTERS INCREASINGLY SEE THE STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY AS INCREASINGpg 7 - VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS QUICKLY IMPROVING; WE’RE NOTING A 10 POINT INCREASE SINCE JANUARYpg 8 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOONpg 9 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENTpg 10 - GOP APPROVAL HAS TICKED UP TO NEARLY 50%pg 11 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%pg 12 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS IN THE MID TO UPPER 40Spg 13 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; HEALTHCARE, JOBS AND CYBERSECURITY SAW INCREASES</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8459652</guid>
      <title>Plurality of Voters Say Country on &apos;Right Track&quot; - a Harvard-Harris Poll First</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shares findings from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard Harris Poll</a>, conducted within the United States April 27 - April 29 among 1,872 registered voters by The Harris Poll in collaboration with Harvard's Center for American Political Studies.<br /> <b>Download:</b> <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1FQ7IJU4D5YRvScur9Ux5eh8986wS8X4w/view?usp=sharing">FULL REPORT (pdf)</a><br /><b>Website:</b> <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">www.MarkPennPolls.com</a><br /><b>Twitter:</b> <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br /><b>Facebook: </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a><br /><b>LinkedIn:</b> <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">mark-penn-polls</a><br /><br />KEY FINDINGS:<br /><br />PLURALITY OF AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE ‘RIGHT TRACK’<br /><br />FOR THE FIRST TIME SINCE THE COVID-19 OUTBREAK, AMERICANS ARE NOW MORE<br />LIKELY TO SAY THE AMERICAN ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK TOO<br /><br />PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS OVER 50 PERCENT AND CONTINUES TO<br />GROW, ALTHOUGH STILL SHORT OF THE PRE-PANDEMIC TREND<br /><br />MORE AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS IMPROVING<br /><br />VOTERS MORE LIKELY TO CREDIT VACCINE OVER BIDEN POLICIES FOR THE ECONOMIC RECOVERY<br /><br />BIDEN’S IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON<br /><br />VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND<br />ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT; HE IS WEAKEST ON IMMIGRATION<br /><br />GOP APPROVAL REMAINS STEADY IN THE MID 40S<br /><br />DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%<br /><br />CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK<br /><br />CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY, FOLLOWED BY<br />IMMIGRATION AND JOBS<br /><br />BIDEN, HARRIS ARE NET FAVORABLE IN THE EYES OF VOTERS<br /><br />MCCONNELL AND PELOSI ALL SHOW NET UN-FAVORABILITY<br /><br />GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS (MILITARY, POLICE, CDC, FBI,<br />SCOTUS) TOP LIST OF FAVORABLE INSTITUTIONS</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 4 May 2021 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</a> shares findings from the latest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard Harris Poll</a>, conducted within the United States April 27 - April 29 among 1,872 registered voters by The Harris Poll in collaboration with Harvard's Center for American Political Studies.<br /> <b>Download:</b> <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1FQ7IJU4D5YRvScur9Ux5eh8986wS8X4w/view?usp=sharing">FULL REPORT (pdf)</a><br /><b>Website:</b> <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">www.MarkPennPolls.com</a><br /><b>Twitter:</b> <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a><br /><b>Facebook: </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">MarkPennPolls</a><br /><b>LinkedIn:</b> <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/">mark-penn-polls</a><br /><br />KEY FINDINGS:<br /><br />PLURALITY OF AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE ‘RIGHT TRACK’<br /><br />FOR THE FIRST TIME SINCE THE COVID-19 OUTBREAK, AMERICANS ARE NOW MORE<br />LIKELY TO SAY THE AMERICAN ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK TOO<br /><br />PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS OVER 50 PERCENT AND CONTINUES TO<br />GROW, ALTHOUGH STILL SHORT OF THE PRE-PANDEMIC TREND<br /><br />MORE AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS IMPROVING<br /><br />VOTERS MORE LIKELY TO CREDIT VACCINE OVER BIDEN POLICIES FOR THE ECONOMIC RECOVERY<br /><br />BIDEN’S IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON<br /><br />VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND<br />ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT; HE IS WEAKEST ON IMMIGRATION<br /><br />GOP APPROVAL REMAINS STEADY IN THE MID 40S<br /><br />DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%<br /><br />CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK<br /><br />CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY, FOLLOWED BY<br />IMMIGRATION AND JOBS<br /><br />BIDEN, HARRIS ARE NET FAVORABLE IN THE EYES OF VOTERS<br /><br />MCCONNELL AND PELOSI ALL SHOW NET UN-FAVORABILITY<br /><br />GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS (MILITARY, POLICE, CDC, FBI,<br />SCOTUS) TOP LIST OF FAVORABLE INSTITUTIONS</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="23531262" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4c9bdb05-89d3-4d4f-9a76-5887232ee178/audio/1587fdd9-7191-4a31-b283-cfc0104d220a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Plurality of Voters Say Country on &apos;Right Track&quot; - a Harvard-Harris Poll First</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/4c9bdb05-89d3-4d4f-9a76-5887232ee178/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard Harris Poll, conducted within the United States April 27 - April 29 among 1,872 registered voters by The Harris Poll in collaboration with Harvard&apos;s Center for American Political Studies. Download: FULL REPORT (pdf)Website: www.MarkPennPolls.comTwitter: @Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook: MarkPennPollsLinkedIn: mark-penn-pollsKEY FINDINGS:PLURALITY OF AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE ‘RIGHT TRACK’FOR THE FIRST TIME SINCE THE COVID-19 OUTBREAK, AMERICANS ARE NOW MORELIKELY TO SAY THE AMERICAN ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK TOOPERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS OVER 50 PERCENT AND CONTINUES TOGROW, ALTHOUGH STILL SHORT OF THE PRE-PANDEMIC TRENDMORE AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS IMPROVINGVOTERS MORE LIKELY TO CREDIT VACCINE OVER BIDEN POLICIES FOR THE ECONOMIC RECOVERYBIDEN’S IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOONVOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 ANDADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT; HE IS WEAKEST ON IMMIGRATIONGOP APPROVAL REMAINS STEADY IN THE MID 40SDEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARKCORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY, FOLLOWED BYIMMIGRATION AND JOBSBIDEN, HARRIS ARE NET FAVORABLE IN THE EYES OF VOTERSMCCONNELL AND PELOSI ALL SHOW NET UN-FAVORABILITYGOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS (MILITARY, POLICE, CDC, FBI,SCOTUS) TOP LIST OF FAVORABLE INSTITUTIONS</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard Harris Poll, conducted within the United States April 27 - April 29 among 1,872 registered voters by The Harris Poll in collaboration with Harvard&apos;s Center for American Political Studies. Download: FULL REPORT (pdf)Website: www.MarkPennPolls.comTwitter: @Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook: MarkPennPollsLinkedIn: mark-penn-pollsKEY FINDINGS:PLURALITY OF AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON THE ‘RIGHT TRACK’FOR THE FIRST TIME SINCE THE COVID-19 OUTBREAK, AMERICANS ARE NOW MORELIKELY TO SAY THE AMERICAN ECONOMY IS ON THE RIGHT TRACK TOOPERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS OVER 50 PERCENT AND CONTINUES TOGROW, ALTHOUGH STILL SHORT OF THE PRE-PANDEMIC TRENDMORE AMERICAN VOTERS SAY THEIR FINANCIAL SITUATION IS IMPROVINGVOTERS MORE LIKELY TO CREDIT VACCINE OVER BIDEN POLICIES FOR THE ECONOMIC RECOVERYBIDEN’S IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOONVOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 ANDADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT; HE IS WEAKEST ON IMMIGRATIONGOP APPROVAL REMAINS STEADY IN THE MID 40SDEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARKCORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY, FOLLOWED BYIMMIGRATION AND JOBSBIDEN, HARRIS ARE NET FAVORABLE IN THE EYES OF VOTERSMCCONNELL AND PELOSI ALL SHOW NET UN-FAVORABILITYGOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS (MILITARY, POLICE, CDC, FBI,SCOTUS) TOP LIST OF FAVORABLE INSTITUTIONS</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8233507</guid>
      <title>Harvard Harris Poll Review with Mark Penn (March 29, 2021)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares insights from a new <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded March 24-25, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/15Y0pZRJM6Vint71ltZYEG29r7x1nWH-4/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD FULL MARCH 26 REPORT</b> AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN</a> <br /><br />KEY TAKEAWAYS (with page numbers for reference):<br /><br />1 - <em>FOR THE FIRST TIME IN OUR POLL’S HISTORY, MORE VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON ‘RIGHT TRACK’ THAN ON THE ‘WRONG TRACK’</em><br /><br />2- <em>EQUAL NUMBERS OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON RIGHT TRACK AS ON THE WRONG TRACK</em><br /><br />3 - <em>THE PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS STEADILY IMPROVING, BUT OVERALL VOTERS REMAIN SPLIT WHETHER WE ARE IN STRONG OR WEAK ECONOMY</em><br /><br />4 - <em>VIEWS OF PERSONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ARE RETURNING TO PRE-PANDEMIC LEVELS AFTER A THIRD STIMULUS ROUND</em><br /><br />5 - <em>BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON</em><br /><br />6 - <em>VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND<br />ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT</em><br /><br />7 - <em>GOP APPROVAL REMAINS IN THE MID 40S</em><br /><br />8 - <em>DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%</em><br /><br />9 - <em>CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK</em><br /><br />10 - <em>CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; IMMIGRATION AND GUNS SAW STRING MONTH OVER MONTH INCREASES</em><br /><br /></p><p>For more detailed analysis, visit <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=cbab1038df&e=b6e6ee060e"><b>www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</b></a><br /><b>TWITTER: </b><a href="https://twitter.com/mark_penn_polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br />FACEBOOK: </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a><b><br />LINKEDIN: </b><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/"><b>Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br /></b><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares insights from a new <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard-Harris Poll</a>, fielded March 24-25, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/15Y0pZRJM6Vint71ltZYEG29r7x1nWH-4/view?usp=sharing"><b>DOWNLOAD FULL MARCH 26 REPORT</b> AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN</a> <br /><br />KEY TAKEAWAYS (with page numbers for reference):<br /><br />1 - <em>FOR THE FIRST TIME IN OUR POLL’S HISTORY, MORE VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON ‘RIGHT TRACK’ THAN ON THE ‘WRONG TRACK’</em><br /><br />2- <em>EQUAL NUMBERS OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON RIGHT TRACK AS ON THE WRONG TRACK</em><br /><br />3 - <em>THE PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS STEADILY IMPROVING, BUT OVERALL VOTERS REMAIN SPLIT WHETHER WE ARE IN STRONG OR WEAK ECONOMY</em><br /><br />4 - <em>VIEWS OF PERSONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ARE RETURNING TO PRE-PANDEMIC LEVELS AFTER A THIRD STIMULUS ROUND</em><br /><br />5 - <em>BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON</em><br /><br />6 - <em>VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 AND<br />ADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT</em><br /><br />7 - <em>GOP APPROVAL REMAINS IN THE MID 40S</em><br /><br />8 - <em>DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%</em><br /><br />9 - <em>CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK</em><br /><br />10 - <em>CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; IMMIGRATION AND GUNS SAW STRING MONTH OVER MONTH INCREASES</em><br /><br /></p><p>For more detailed analysis, visit <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=cbab1038df&e=b6e6ee060e"><b>www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</b></a><br /><b>TWITTER: </b><a href="https://twitter.com/mark_penn_polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br />FACEBOOK: </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a><b><br />LINKEDIN: </b><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/"><b>Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br /></b><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="30337475" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d34420d5-61bf-40f3-aca9-8ad93eb50cc5/audio/40508acf-eb13-49b5-a3e2-9f045bc5d612/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard Harris Poll Review with Mark Penn (March 29, 2021)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d34420d5-61bf-40f3-aca9-8ad93eb50cc5/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:42:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares insights from a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded March 24-25, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters.DOWNLOAD FULL MARCH 26 REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN KEY TAKEAWAYS (with page numbers for reference):1 - FOR THE FIRST TIME IN OUR POLL’S HISTORY, MORE VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON ‘RIGHT TRACK’ THAN ON THE ‘WRONG TRACK’2- EQUAL NUMBERS OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON RIGHT TRACK AS ON THE WRONG TRACK3 - THE PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS STEADILY IMPROVING, BUT OVERALL VOTERS REMAIN SPLIT WHETHER WE ARE IN STRONG OR WEAK ECONOMY4 - VIEWS OF PERSONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ARE RETURNING TO PRE-PANDEMIC LEVELS AFTER A THIRD STIMULUS ROUND5 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON6 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 ANDADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT7 - GOP APPROVAL REMAINS IN THE MID 40S8 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%9 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK10 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; IMMIGRATION AND GUNS SAW STRING MONTH OVER MONTH INCREASESFor more detailed analysis, visit www.MARKPENNPOLLS.comTWITTER: @Mark_Penn_PollsFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares insights from a new Harvard-Harris Poll, fielded March 24-25, 2021 among 1,945 registered voters.DOWNLOAD FULL MARCH 26 REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN KEY TAKEAWAYS (with page numbers for reference):1 - FOR THE FIRST TIME IN OUR POLL’S HISTORY, MORE VOTERS SAY THE COUNTRY IS ON ‘RIGHT TRACK’ THAN ON THE ‘WRONG TRACK’2- EQUAL NUMBERS OF VOTERS SAY THE ECONOMY IS ON RIGHT TRACK AS ON THE WRONG TRACK3 - THE PERCEIVED STRENGTH OF THE ECONOMY IS STEADILY IMPROVING, BUT OVERALL VOTERS REMAIN SPLIT WHETHER WE ARE IN STRONG OR WEAK ECONOMY4 - VIEWS OF PERSONAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ARE RETURNING TO PRE-PANDEMIC LEVELS AFTER A THIRD STIMULUS ROUND5 - BIDEN’S APPROVAL RATING IS STILL IN HIS POST-ELECTION HONEYMOON6 - VOTERS CREDIT BIDEN IN MANY AREAS, IN PARTICULAR HANDLING COVID-19 ANDADMINISTERING THE GOVERNMENT7 - GOP APPROVAL REMAINS IN THE MID 40S8 - DEMOCRATIC PARTY APPROVAL REMAINS ABOVE 50%9 - CONGRESSIONAL APPROVAL IS NOW NEAR THE HALFWAY MARK10 - CORONAVIRUS REMAINS THE TOP ISSUE FACING THE COUNTRY; IMMIGRATION AND GUNS SAW STRING MONTH OVER MONTH INCREASESFor more detailed analysis, visit www.MARKPENNPOLLS.comTWITTER: @Mark_Penn_PollsFACEBOOK: MarkPennPollsLINKEDIN: Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-8060632</guid>
      <title>Mark Penn Polls - February 2021 - Harvard Harris Poll Deep Dive</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 1,778  registered voters from February 23 - February 25.. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">MarkPennPolls.com</a>.<br />Download the report - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> - and follow Mark Penn on:<br /><a href="https://twitter.com/mark_penn_polls"><b>TWITTER</b></a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>FACEBOOK</b></a><b><br /></b><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/"><b>LINKEDIN</b></a></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Mar 2021 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 1,778  registered voters from February 23 - February 25.. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com/">MarkPennPolls.com</a>.<br />Download the report - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> - and follow Mark Penn on:<br /><a href="https://twitter.com/mark_penn_polls"><b>TWITTER</b></a><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>FACEBOOK</b></a><b><br /></b><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/mark-penn-polls/"><b>LINKEDIN</b></a></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="27072422" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d8b946d9-1915-41fc-ae5c-ef2c65a6e4d9/audio/cc275307-8b73-437e-a438-77239775b05e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Penn Polls - February 2021 - Harvard Harris Poll Deep Dive</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d8b946d9-1915-41fc-ae5c-ef2c65a6e4d9/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 1,778  registered voters from February 23 - February 25.. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit MarkPennPolls.com.Download the report - HarvardHarrisPoll.com - and follow Mark Penn on:TWITTERFACEBOOKLINKEDIN</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 1,778  registered voters from February 23 - February 25.. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit MarkPennPolls.com.Download the report - HarvardHarrisPoll.com - and follow Mark Penn on:TWITTERFACEBOOKLINKEDIN</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-7415008</guid>
      <title>New Harvard/Harris Poll - January, 2021</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 2,006 registered voters from January 12 to January 14. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">MarkPennPolls.com</a>. Download the report from <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> and follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 2,006 registered voters from January 12 to January 14. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">MarkPennPolls.com</a>. Download the report from <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> and follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="19288573" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/df37e346-2e5d-4305-a340-179711c94fcb/audio/bb01ea82-7d9f-41a4-a1b2-b672a27f22ba/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>New Harvard/Harris Poll - January, 2021</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/df37e346-2e5d-4305-a340-179711c94fcb/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:26:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 2,006 registered voters from January 12 to January 14. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit MarkPennPolls.com. Download the report from HarvardHarrisPoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, surveying 2,006 registered voters from January 12 to January 14. The poll is conducted by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. For regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit MarkPennPolls.com. Download the report from HarvardHarrisPoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-6530288</guid>
      <title>Harvard/Harris - The MOST ACCURATE of All 2020 Election Polls</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster shares insights from the the first post-election survey conducted by Harvard CAPS/ Harris Poll, fielded Nov. 17-19 among 2,205 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://mcusercontent.com/ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf/files/cac18cf6-4659-4a22-8578-1ea6bb198490/HHP_Nov_20_FNL2.pdf">DOWNLOAD FULL REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN</a></p><p>A solid majority of the country — 65 percent — believes Joe Biden won the election. They also believe the election overall was fair and the counting of the ballots was fair. Today, fifty-eight percent of <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=5d00ac0393&e=b6e6ee060e">voters want president Trump to concede</a> the election to president-elect Joe Biden.</p><p>But the public would like to see election reforms going forward. Only 29 percent want another election run like this one, and a third of the country still believes that the election was stolen with as many as 40 to 45 percent that there were some irregularities such as ballot harvesting. Voters would like much tighter procedures on mail-in ballots, and to have ballots tabulated within three days of the election; they oppose allowing open-ended periods for mailed ballots to arrive</p><p>The post-election poll also sends some clear political messages: the biggest issue was, unsurprisingly, the coronavirus. Coronavirus fears trumped the economy, and ultimately President Trump. Biden overwhelmingly won over the voters most concerned with the virus, which suggests that, on Day 1, the <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=f72119ff62&e=b6e6ee060e">new president should focus entirely on</a> the measures that will bring it to an end — organizing a strong task force, getting economic stimulus done if this Congress fails to act, and distributing vaccines. Forty percent of those polled said the first thing they want Biden to do is to pass economic stimulus, and 33 percent said to get the vaccine out. Nothing else reached double-digits as a concern.</p><p>At the same time, continued economic improvement and the announcement of a vaccine sent Trump’s approval rating over 50 percent for the first time in years of polling. Despite the rising coronavirus cases fifty-four percent of voters today say they want their states to try to <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7f8c13a4a4&e=b6e6ee060e">manage the situation while remaining open</a>, indicating both Covid fatigue and an economic need to move on. Republicans in Congress did better because House speaker Pelosi held up the much-wanted stimulus bill rather than accept a $1.8 trillion compromise and because House and Senate Republicans were not associated with the president’s weak virus strategy. Therefore, it’s no surprise, then, that a majority of voters say they <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=e83fe47aee&e=b6e6ee060e">want Republicans to remain in control of the Senate</a> in the new year after the Georgia runoff races.</p><p>The political tension between managing the virus and the economy is likely to continue well into the new administration, and we will continue to track the sentiments of voters as well. As always feel free to email me with questions as you work through the findings, and I invite you to <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=66fd86ac46&e=b6e6ee060e">read my commentary for the Hill</a>.</p><p>My podcast on the polls can be followed at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=cbab1038df&e=b6e6ee060e">www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster shares insights from the the first post-election survey conducted by Harvard CAPS/ Harris Poll, fielded Nov. 17-19 among 2,205 registered voters.<br /><br /><a href="https://mcusercontent.com/ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf/files/cac18cf6-4659-4a22-8578-1ea6bb198490/HHP_Nov_20_FNL2.pdf">DOWNLOAD FULL REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTEN</a></p><p>A solid majority of the country — 65 percent — believes Joe Biden won the election. They also believe the election overall was fair and the counting of the ballots was fair. Today, fifty-eight percent of <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=5d00ac0393&e=b6e6ee060e">voters want president Trump to concede</a> the election to president-elect Joe Biden.</p><p>But the public would like to see election reforms going forward. Only 29 percent want another election run like this one, and a third of the country still believes that the election was stolen with as many as 40 to 45 percent that there were some irregularities such as ballot harvesting. Voters would like much tighter procedures on mail-in ballots, and to have ballots tabulated within three days of the election; they oppose allowing open-ended periods for mailed ballots to arrive</p><p>The post-election poll also sends some clear political messages: the biggest issue was, unsurprisingly, the coronavirus. Coronavirus fears trumped the economy, and ultimately President Trump. Biden overwhelmingly won over the voters most concerned with the virus, which suggests that, on Day 1, the <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=f72119ff62&e=b6e6ee060e">new president should focus entirely on</a> the measures that will bring it to an end — organizing a strong task force, getting economic stimulus done if this Congress fails to act, and distributing vaccines. Forty percent of those polled said the first thing they want Biden to do is to pass economic stimulus, and 33 percent said to get the vaccine out. Nothing else reached double-digits as a concern.</p><p>At the same time, continued economic improvement and the announcement of a vaccine sent Trump’s approval rating over 50 percent for the first time in years of polling. Despite the rising coronavirus cases fifty-four percent of voters today say they want their states to try to <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7f8c13a4a4&e=b6e6ee060e">manage the situation while remaining open</a>, indicating both Covid fatigue and an economic need to move on. Republicans in Congress did better because House speaker Pelosi held up the much-wanted stimulus bill rather than accept a $1.8 trillion compromise and because House and Senate Republicans were not associated with the president’s weak virus strategy. Therefore, it’s no surprise, then, that a majority of voters say they <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=e83fe47aee&e=b6e6ee060e">want Republicans to remain in control of the Senate</a> in the new year after the Georgia runoff races.</p><p>The political tension between managing the virus and the economy is likely to continue well into the new administration, and we will continue to track the sentiments of voters as well. As always feel free to email me with questions as you work through the findings, and I invite you to <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=66fd86ac46&e=b6e6ee060e">read my commentary for the Hill</a>.</p><p>My podcast on the polls can be followed at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=cbab1038df&e=b6e6ee060e">www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="17905533" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/54b4f631-8c39-4d25-a511-95b7423aec65/audio/59e1a28c-84e7-4fe7-a4df-2ea5e3abcd97/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard/Harris - The MOST ACCURATE of All 2020 Election Polls</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/54b4f631-8c39-4d25-a511-95b7423aec65/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:24:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster shares insights from the the first post-election survey conducted by Harvard CAPS/ Harris Poll, fielded Nov. 17-19 among 2,205 registered voters.DOWNLOAD FULL REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTENA solid majority of the country — 65 percent — believes Joe Biden won the election. They also believe the election overall was fair and the counting of the ballots was fair. Today, fifty-eight percent of voters want president Trump to concede the election to president-elect Joe Biden.But the public would like to see election reforms going forward. Only 29 percent want another election run like this one, and a third of the country still believes that the election was stolen with as many as 40 to 45 percent that there were some irregularities such as ballot harvesting. Voters would like much tighter procedures on mail-in ballots, and to have ballots tabulated within three days of the election; they oppose allowing open-ended periods for mailed ballots to arriveThe post-election poll also sends some clear political messages: the biggest issue was, unsurprisingly, the coronavirus. Coronavirus fears trumped the economy, and ultimately President Trump. Biden overwhelmingly won over the voters most concerned with the virus, which suggests that, on Day 1, the new president should focus entirely on the measures that will bring it to an end — organizing a strong task force, getting economic stimulus done if this Congress fails to act, and distributing vaccines. Forty percent of those polled said the first thing they want Biden to do is to pass economic stimulus, and 33 percent said to get the vaccine out. Nothing else reached double-digits as a concern.At the same time, continued economic improvement and the announcement of a vaccine sent Trump’s approval rating over 50 percent for the first time in years of polling. Despite the rising coronavirus cases fifty-four percent of voters today say they want their states to try to manage the situation while remaining open, indicating both Covid fatigue and an economic need to move on. Republicans in Congress did better because House speaker Pelosi held up the much-wanted stimulus bill rather than accept a $1.8 trillion compromise and because House and Senate Republicans were not associated with the president’s weak virus strategy. Therefore, it’s no surprise, then, that a majority of voters say they want Republicans to remain in control of the Senate in the new year after the Georgia runoff races.The political tension between managing the virus and the economy is likely to continue well into the new administration, and we will continue to track the sentiments of voters as well. As always feel free to email me with questions as you work through the findings, and I invite you to read my commentary for the Hill.My podcast on the polls can be followed at www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com (full episode) or any of the following channels: </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster shares insights from the the first post-election survey conducted by Harvard CAPS/ Harris Poll, fielded Nov. 17-19 among 2,205 registered voters.DOWNLOAD FULL REPORT AND FOLLOW ALONG AS YOU LISTENA solid majority of the country — 65 percent — believes Joe Biden won the election. They also believe the election overall was fair and the counting of the ballots was fair. Today, fifty-eight percent of voters want president Trump to concede the election to president-elect Joe Biden.But the public would like to see election reforms going forward. Only 29 percent want another election run like this one, and a third of the country still believes that the election was stolen with as many as 40 to 45 percent that there were some irregularities such as ballot harvesting. Voters would like much tighter procedures on mail-in ballots, and to have ballots tabulated within three days of the election; they oppose allowing open-ended periods for mailed ballots to arriveThe post-election poll also sends some clear political messages: the biggest issue was, unsurprisingly, the coronavirus. Coronavirus fears trumped the economy, and ultimately President Trump. Biden overwhelmingly won over the voters most concerned with the virus, which suggests that, on Day 1, the new president should focus entirely on the measures that will bring it to an end — organizing a strong task force, getting economic stimulus done if this Congress fails to act, and distributing vaccines. Forty percent of those polled said the first thing they want Biden to do is to pass economic stimulus, and 33 percent said to get the vaccine out. Nothing else reached double-digits as a concern.At the same time, continued economic improvement and the announcement of a vaccine sent Trump’s approval rating over 50 percent for the first time in years of polling. Despite the rising coronavirus cases fifty-four percent of voters today say they want their states to try to manage the situation while remaining open, indicating both Covid fatigue and an economic need to move on. Republicans in Congress did better because House speaker Pelosi held up the much-wanted stimulus bill rather than accept a $1.8 trillion compromise and because House and Senate Republicans were not associated with the president’s weak virus strategy. Therefore, it’s no surprise, then, that a majority of voters say they want Republicans to remain in control of the Senate in the new year after the Georgia runoff races.The political tension between managing the virus and the economy is likely to continue well into the new administration, and we will continue to track the sentiments of voters as well. As always feel free to email me with questions as you work through the findings, and I invite you to read my commentary for the Hill.My podcast on the polls can be followed at www.MARKPENNPOLLS.com (full episode) or any of the following channels: </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-6145222</guid>
      <title>Countdown to Victory ... But Whose?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Download the full report at <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2FHarvardHarrisPoll.com&token=49192e-1-1601391869956">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a><br />Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />Follow <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a> on Facebook<br /><br />There is no question that <a href="https://thehill.com/people/donald-trump">Donald Trump</a> has an enthusiastic base of supporters willing to risk the cold, the rain and even the coronavirus to cheer their president. But that base, in the low 40s, is falling just short — even in key swing states — to give the president enough votes to win reelection. Starting about a year ago, he needed to have cultivated a new group of swing voters but instead doubled down on his base, so his only lifelines now are so-called “shy Trump voters” and a massive Election Day turnout of his fans.</p><p>If you are <a href="https://thehill.com/people/joe-biden">Joe Biden</a>, you are trying to get as many mail-in votes as you can, run tens of millions of dollars in ads, and run out the clock before there is a vaccine and big jobs numbers that are likely coming our way after Thursday’s big jump in Gross Domestic Product. This unconventional strategy has been working to keep the election a referendum on Trump — a referendum that Trump cannot win, with the virus raging and the deep-set perception he is just too divisive. Of course, it’s all with a little help from the media, as two-thirds of Americans see the media as hard on Donald Trump and two-thirds see the media as going easy on Joe Biden.</p><p>Trump was right to fear mail-in voting, as it appears that Democrats have a well-tuned effort to get their votes in early, and the polls show that the mail vote overwhelmingly favors Biden. It wasn’t about fraud; it was about making it easier for those already part of the political system to cast their votes no matter how busy. There is a reason — political interest — that Democrats are trying to push back every deadline for the receipt of mail votes and Republicans are insisting upon the letter of the law. Trump told his voters not to trust the mail — and so he needs some great weather and a finely tuned organization to get his voters to the polls, to make up for that massive tactical error.</p><p><a href="https://thehill.com/homenews/campaign/523477-exclusive-poll-biden-leads-in-florida-pennsylvania-and-north-carolina">Our Florida poll</a> has Trump down 3 points, but the internals of the poll look somewhat more favorable to him than the top-line result. The state’s Republican governor, <a href="https://thehill.com/people/ron-desantis">Ron DeSantis</a>, has a 53 percent approval rating and Trump’s approval there is 49 percent, 3 points ahead of his national average. He is getting 43 percent of the Latino vote and has a lead of 9 points over Biden on the economy. His biggest problem is a 10-point deficit on the virus but, surprisingly, that deficit is more among younger than older voters. Obviously, the night is over if he does not win Florida — but I would give a better-than-even chance he pulls this one off.</p><p>In North Carolina, where he is down by 1, Trump is winning the white vote by 60 to 38 but getting only 6 percent of the Black vote there. He is polling ahead 1 point of Republican Sen. Tom Tillis and has 48 percent job approval. North Carolina had a big cultural disconnect with <a href="https://thehill.com/people/hillary-clinton">Hillary Clinton</a> in 2016, but Biden is better received there than she was, with a 50 percent favorable rating compared to 46 percent for the president. Trump does have strong support on the economy there and receives 45 percent approval on the virus, compared to his national average of 41 percent. Trump would need to expand his Black vote to at least 12 percent to put him barely over the top in this hotly contested state. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Download the full report at <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2FHarvardHarrisPoll.com&token=49192e-1-1601391869956">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a><br />Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />Follow <a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a> on Facebook<br /><br />There is no question that <a href="https://thehill.com/people/donald-trump">Donald Trump</a> has an enthusiastic base of supporters willing to risk the cold, the rain and even the coronavirus to cheer their president. But that base, in the low 40s, is falling just short — even in key swing states — to give the president enough votes to win reelection. Starting about a year ago, he needed to have cultivated a new group of swing voters but instead doubled down on his base, so his only lifelines now are so-called “shy Trump voters” and a massive Election Day turnout of his fans.</p><p>If you are <a href="https://thehill.com/people/joe-biden">Joe Biden</a>, you are trying to get as many mail-in votes as you can, run tens of millions of dollars in ads, and run out the clock before there is a vaccine and big jobs numbers that are likely coming our way after Thursday’s big jump in Gross Domestic Product. This unconventional strategy has been working to keep the election a referendum on Trump — a referendum that Trump cannot win, with the virus raging and the deep-set perception he is just too divisive. Of course, it’s all with a little help from the media, as two-thirds of Americans see the media as hard on Donald Trump and two-thirds see the media as going easy on Joe Biden.</p><p>Trump was right to fear mail-in voting, as it appears that Democrats have a well-tuned effort to get their votes in early, and the polls show that the mail vote overwhelmingly favors Biden. It wasn’t about fraud; it was about making it easier for those already part of the political system to cast their votes no matter how busy. There is a reason — political interest — that Democrats are trying to push back every deadline for the receipt of mail votes and Republicans are insisting upon the letter of the law. Trump told his voters not to trust the mail — and so he needs some great weather and a finely tuned organization to get his voters to the polls, to make up for that massive tactical error.</p><p><a href="https://thehill.com/homenews/campaign/523477-exclusive-poll-biden-leads-in-florida-pennsylvania-and-north-carolina">Our Florida poll</a> has Trump down 3 points, but the internals of the poll look somewhat more favorable to him than the top-line result. The state’s Republican governor, <a href="https://thehill.com/people/ron-desantis">Ron DeSantis</a>, has a 53 percent approval rating and Trump’s approval there is 49 percent, 3 points ahead of his national average. He is getting 43 percent of the Latino vote and has a lead of 9 points over Biden on the economy. His biggest problem is a 10-point deficit on the virus but, surprisingly, that deficit is more among younger than older voters. Obviously, the night is over if he does not win Florida — but I would give a better-than-even chance he pulls this one off.</p><p>In North Carolina, where he is down by 1, Trump is winning the white vote by 60 to 38 but getting only 6 percent of the Black vote there. He is polling ahead 1 point of Republican Sen. Tom Tillis and has 48 percent job approval. North Carolina had a big cultural disconnect with <a href="https://thehill.com/people/hillary-clinton">Hillary Clinton</a> in 2016, but Biden is better received there than she was, with a 50 percent favorable rating compared to 46 percent for the president. Trump does have strong support on the economy there and receives 45 percent approval on the virus, compared to his national average of 41 percent. Trump would need to expand his Black vote to at least 12 percent to put him barely over the top in this hotly contested state. </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="22234782" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ef913c9d-d456-433c-ac6f-498e9f59025c/audio/ff6eb23d-eafe-43c6-ba9c-436bb15cef19/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Countdown to Victory ... But Whose?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ef913c9d-d456-433c-ac6f-498e9f59025c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:46</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Download the full report at HarvardHarrisPoll.comFollow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.Follow MarkPennPolls on FacebookThere is no question that Donald Trump has an enthusiastic base of supporters willing to risk the cold, the rain and even the coronavirus to cheer their president. But that base, in the low 40s, is falling just short — even in key swing states — to give the president enough votes to win reelection. Starting about a year ago, he needed to have cultivated a new group of swing voters but instead doubled down on his base, so his only lifelines now are so-called “shy Trump voters” and a massive Election Day turnout of his fans.If you are Joe Biden, you are trying to get as many mail-in votes as you can, run tens of millions of dollars in ads, and run out the clock before there is a vaccine and big jobs numbers that are likely coming our way after Thursday’s big jump in Gross Domestic Product. This unconventional strategy has been working to keep the election a referendum on Trump — a referendum that Trump cannot win, with the virus raging and the deep-set perception he is just too divisive. Of course, it’s all with a little help from the media, as two-thirds of Americans see the media as hard on Donald Trump and two-thirds see the media as going easy on Joe Biden.Trump was right to fear mail-in voting, as it appears that Democrats have a well-tuned effort to get their votes in early, and the polls show that the mail vote overwhelmingly favors Biden. It wasn’t about fraud; it was about making it easier for those already part of the political system to cast their votes no matter how busy. There is a reason — political interest — that Democrats are trying to push back every deadline for the receipt of mail votes and Republicans are insisting upon the letter of the law. Trump told his voters not to trust the mail — and so he needs some great weather and a finely tuned organization to get his voters to the polls, to make up for that massive tactical error.Our Florida poll has Trump down 3 points, but the internals of the poll look somewhat more favorable to him than the top-line result. The state’s Republican governor, Ron DeSantis, has a 53 percent approval rating and Trump’s approval there is 49 percent, 3 points ahead of his national average. He is getting 43 percent of the Latino vote and has a lead of 9 points over Biden on the economy. His biggest problem is a 10-point deficit on the virus but, surprisingly, that deficit is more among younger than older voters. Obviously, the night is over if he does not win Florida — but I would give a better-than-even chance he pulls this one off.In North Carolina, where he is down by 1, Trump is winning the white vote by 60 to 38 but getting only 6 percent of the Black vote there. He is polling ahead 1 point of Republican Sen. Tom Tillis and has 48 percent job approval. North Carolina had a big cultural disconnect with Hillary Clinton in 2016, but Biden is better received there than she was, with a 50 percent favorable rating compared to 46 percent for the president. Trump does have strong support on the economy there and receives 45 percent approval on the virus, compared to his national average of 41 percent. Trump would need to expand his Black vote to at least 12 percent to put him barely over the top in this hotly contested state. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Download the full report at HarvardHarrisPoll.comFollow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.Follow MarkPennPolls on FacebookThere is no question that Donald Trump has an enthusiastic base of supporters willing to risk the cold, the rain and even the coronavirus to cheer their president. But that base, in the low 40s, is falling just short — even in key swing states — to give the president enough votes to win reelection. Starting about a year ago, he needed to have cultivated a new group of swing voters but instead doubled down on his base, so his only lifelines now are so-called “shy Trump voters” and a massive Election Day turnout of his fans.If you are Joe Biden, you are trying to get as many mail-in votes as you can, run tens of millions of dollars in ads, and run out the clock before there is a vaccine and big jobs numbers that are likely coming our way after Thursday’s big jump in Gross Domestic Product. This unconventional strategy has been working to keep the election a referendum on Trump — a referendum that Trump cannot win, with the virus raging and the deep-set perception he is just too divisive. Of course, it’s all with a little help from the media, as two-thirds of Americans see the media as hard on Donald Trump and two-thirds see the media as going easy on Joe Biden.Trump was right to fear mail-in voting, as it appears that Democrats have a well-tuned effort to get their votes in early, and the polls show that the mail vote overwhelmingly favors Biden. It wasn’t about fraud; it was about making it easier for those already part of the political system to cast their votes no matter how busy. There is a reason — political interest — that Democrats are trying to push back every deadline for the receipt of mail votes and Republicans are insisting upon the letter of the law. Trump told his voters not to trust the mail — and so he needs some great weather and a finely tuned organization to get his voters to the polls, to make up for that massive tactical error.Our Florida poll has Trump down 3 points, but the internals of the poll look somewhat more favorable to him than the top-line result. The state’s Republican governor, Ron DeSantis, has a 53 percent approval rating and Trump’s approval there is 49 percent, 3 points ahead of his national average. He is getting 43 percent of the Latino vote and has a lead of 9 points over Biden on the economy. His biggest problem is a 10-point deficit on the virus but, surprisingly, that deficit is more among younger than older voters. Obviously, the night is over if he does not win Florida — but I would give a better-than-even chance he pulls this one off.In North Carolina, where he is down by 1, Trump is winning the white vote by 60 to 38 but getting only 6 percent of the Black vote there. He is polling ahead 1 point of Republican Sen. Tom Tillis and has 48 percent job approval. North Carolina had a big cultural disconnect with Hillary Clinton in 2016, but Biden is better received there than she was, with a 50 percent favorable rating compared to 46 percent for the president. Trump does have strong support on the economy there and receives 45 percent approval on the virus, compared to his national average of 41 percent. Trump would need to expand his Black vote to at least 12 percent to put him barely over the top in this hotly contested state. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-5658082</guid>
      <title>How The SCOTUS Factor Has Changed 2020 Election Dynamics</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><b>The SCOTUS Factor (September 28, 2020)<br /><br /></b>How will President Trump's nomination of Judge Amy Coney Barret to fill the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg's vacancy and speed with which Republicans in Congress are moving forward with her confirmation factor in the Election?<br /><br />Download the full report at <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2FHarvardHarrisPoll.com&token=49192e-1-1601391869956">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a><br />Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:<br /><br />Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University<br /><br />Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group<br /><br />Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX<br /><br /> <br /><br />Together with their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><b>The SCOTUS Factor (September 28, 2020)<br /><br /></b>How will President Trump's nomination of Judge Amy Coney Barret to fill the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg's vacancy and speed with which Republicans in Congress are moving forward with her confirmation factor in the Election?<br /><br />Download the full report at <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2FHarvardHarrisPoll.com&token=49192e-1-1601391869956">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a><br />Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:<br /><br />Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University<br /><br />Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group<br /><br />Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX<br /><br /> <br /><br />Together with their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="28600638" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/9073d8aa-a8d3-4b48-bd14-30d9f9044e54/audio/5b46abe6-6e6a-4c9c-b92e-6a6dd11501c3/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>How The SCOTUS Factor Has Changed 2020 Election Dynamics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/9073d8aa-a8d3-4b48-bd14-30d9f9044e54/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:39:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The SCOTUS Factor (September 28, 2020)How will President Trump&apos;s nomination of Judge Amy Coney Barret to fill the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg&apos;s vacancy and speed with which Republicans in Congress are moving forward with her confirmation factor in the Election?Download the full report at HarvardHarrisPoll.comFollow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard UniversityMark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell GroupDritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX Together with their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The SCOTUS Factor (September 28, 2020)How will President Trump&apos;s nomination of Judge Amy Coney Barret to fill the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg&apos;s vacancy and speed with which Republicans in Congress are moving forward with her confirmation factor in the Election?Download the full report at HarvardHarrisPoll.comFollow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard UniversityMark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell GroupDritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX Together with their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-5372533</guid>
      <title>Virus, Violence &amp; Vaccine - &quot;The Three V&apos;s&quot; That Matter in 2020</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Twitter</b><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Facebook</b><br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> to <b>Download</b><br /><br />Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded August 28-30, this month's poll surveyed 1,604 registered voters on their preference in the 2020 election, Trump's job approval numbers, his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress's approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />Sign up to receive monthly polls - harvardharrispoll.com<br /><br />You can follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 9 Sep 2020 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Twitter</b><br /><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on <b>Facebook</b><br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">HarvardHarrisPoll.com</a> to <b>Download</b><br /><br />Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded August 28-30, this month's poll surveyed 1,604 registered voters on their preference in the 2020 election, Trump's job approval numbers, his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress's approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />Sign up to receive monthly polls - harvardharrispoll.com<br /><br />You can follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="29494091" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a1d5699d-b73b-4c6f-aab5-13e2de252609/audio/ced1a6d0-b1a6-46c0-8b80-f674f6dabed6/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Virus, Violence &amp; Vaccine - &quot;The Three V&apos;s&quot; That Matter in 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a1d5699d-b73b-4c6f-aab5-13e2de252609/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:40:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>@Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter@Mark_Penn_Polls on FacebookHarvardHarrisPoll.com to DownloadEach month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded August 28-30, this month&apos;s poll surveyed 1,604 registered voters on their preference in the 2020 election, Trump&apos;s job approval numbers, his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress&apos;s approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.Sign up to receive monthly polls - harvardharrispoll.comYou can follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>@Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter@Mark_Penn_Polls on FacebookHarvardHarrisPoll.com to DownloadEach month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded August 28-30, this month&apos;s poll surveyed 1,604 registered voters on their preference in the 2020 election, Trump&apos;s job approval numbers, his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress&apos;s approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.Sign up to receive monthly polls - harvardharrispoll.comYou can follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-4750049</guid>
      <title>Trump Approval Nosedive - It&apos;s The Virus, Stupid</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Twitter - <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br /></b>Facebook -<b> </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a><a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FMark_Penn_Polls&token=f0e8ef-1-1595949558283"><br /></a>Sign-Up - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>HarvardHarrisPoll.com</b></a></p><p><b><em>President Trump's approval has nosedived the last couple of months.</em></b><em> It was as high as 49%. He was in the kind of range that typically allowed Presidents to get re-elected and it's zoomed back down to 43%, the lowest rating we've had in, probably, oh, almost two years. Now it stabilized. It came up one point. His approval is 44% … 56% disapprove. These are much tougher numbers for re-election. Now, let's take a look at how President Trump is doing on specific issues. Well, he’s still got really strong ratings, despite the economic problems. On the economy: 52%, stimulating jobs: 54%, fighting terrorism: 54%. But he's got a real problem: his reactions to the virus were at 51% in April, dropped to 46%, dropped to 44% and now dropped to 41%.</em></p><p><b><em>In one phrase - “it’s the virus, stupid”.</em></b></p><p><em>Everything has turned - not on the economy … no matter how bad the economy has become - but on reaction to the virus. Ratings on civil disorder went from 42% to 45%, up slightly. Responding to issues of race and police: up slightly from 43% to 44%. But ratings on his performance on the virus, as cases raged almost out of control, overwhelm everything else in the poll. And that drop to 41%, I believe, is the central problem that The President is facing right now. Right track wrong track on the country: well, 27% say right track. I don't know who those folks could be ... <br /><br /></em>Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded July 21-23, this month's poll surveyed 1,932 registered voters on Trump's job approval numbers and his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress's approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />You can also follow the podcast on: @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/iHeartRadio">iHeartRadio</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/ApplePodcasts">ApplePodcasts</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Spotify">Spotify</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Stitcher">Stitcher</a>,@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Google">Google</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/SoundCloud">SoundCloud</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/RadioPublic">RadioPublic</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Tunein">Tunein</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castbox_fm">Castbox_fm</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Overcast">Overcast</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castro">Castro</a>.</p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Twitter - <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b><br /></b>Facebook -<b> </b><a href="https://www.facebook.com/MarkPennPolls"><b>MarkPennPolls</b></a><a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FMark_Penn_Polls&token=f0e8ef-1-1595949558283"><br /></a>Sign-Up - <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>HarvardHarrisPoll.com</b></a></p><p><b><em>President Trump's approval has nosedived the last couple of months.</em></b><em> It was as high as 49%. He was in the kind of range that typically allowed Presidents to get re-elected and it's zoomed back down to 43%, the lowest rating we've had in, probably, oh, almost two years. Now it stabilized. It came up one point. His approval is 44% … 56% disapprove. These are much tougher numbers for re-election. Now, let's take a look at how President Trump is doing on specific issues. Well, he’s still got really strong ratings, despite the economic problems. On the economy: 52%, stimulating jobs: 54%, fighting terrorism: 54%. But he's got a real problem: his reactions to the virus were at 51% in April, dropped to 46%, dropped to 44% and now dropped to 41%.</em></p><p><b><em>In one phrase - “it’s the virus, stupid”.</em></b></p><p><em>Everything has turned - not on the economy … no matter how bad the economy has become - but on reaction to the virus. Ratings on civil disorder went from 42% to 45%, up slightly. Responding to issues of race and police: up slightly from 43% to 44%. But ratings on his performance on the virus, as cases raged almost out of control, overwhelm everything else in the poll. And that drop to 41%, I believe, is the central problem that The President is facing right now. Right track wrong track on the country: well, 27% say right track. I don't know who those folks could be ... <br /><br /></em>Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded July 21-23, this month's poll surveyed 1,932 registered voters on Trump's job approval numbers and his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress's approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />You can also follow the podcast on: @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/iHeartRadio">iHeartRadio</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/ApplePodcasts">ApplePodcasts</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Spotify">Spotify</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Stitcher">Stitcher</a>,@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Google">Google</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/SoundCloud">SoundCloud</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/RadioPublic">RadioPublic</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Tunein">Tunein</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castbox_fm">Castbox_fm</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Overcast">Overcast</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castro">Castro</a>.</p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26722989" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/44c7ee8a-2d47-448c-a8dd-6f44a106c65b/audio/0ae72dfa-2091-43b4-a5e2-35d453a48c6a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump Approval Nosedive - It&apos;s The Virus, Stupid</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/44c7ee8a-2d47-448c-a8dd-6f44a106c65b/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad.jpg?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:37:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Twitter - @Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook - MarkPennPollsSign-Up - HarvardHarrisPoll.comPresident Trump&apos;s approval has nosedived the last couple of months. It was as high as 49%. He was in the kind of range that typically allowed Presidents to get re-elected and it&apos;s zoomed back down to 43%, the lowest rating we&apos;ve had in, probably, oh, almost two years. Now it stabilized. It came up one point. His approval is 44% … 56% disapprove. These are much tougher numbers for re-election. Now, let&apos;s take a look at how President Trump is doing on specific issues. Well, he’s still got really strong ratings, despite the economic problems. On the economy: 52%, stimulating jobs: 54%, fighting terrorism: 54%. But he&apos;s got a real problem: his reactions to the virus were at 51% in April, dropped to 46%, dropped to 44% and now dropped to 41%.In one phrase - “it’s the virus, stupid”.Everything has turned - not on the economy … no matter how bad the economy has become - but on reaction to the virus. Ratings on civil disorder went from 42% to 45%, up slightly. Responding to issues of race and police: up slightly from 43% to 44%. But ratings on his performance on the virus, as cases raged almost out of control, overwhelm everything else in the poll. And that drop to 41%, I believe, is the central problem that The President is facing right now. Right track wrong track on the country: well, 27% say right track. I don&apos;t know who those folks could be ... Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded July 21-23, this month&apos;s poll surveyed 1,932 registered voters on Trump&apos;s job approval numbers and his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress&apos;s approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.You can also follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Twitter - @Mark_Penn_PollsFacebook - MarkPennPollsSign-Up - HarvardHarrisPoll.comPresident Trump&apos;s approval has nosedived the last couple of months. It was as high as 49%. He was in the kind of range that typically allowed Presidents to get re-elected and it&apos;s zoomed back down to 43%, the lowest rating we&apos;ve had in, probably, oh, almost two years. Now it stabilized. It came up one point. His approval is 44% … 56% disapprove. These are much tougher numbers for re-election. Now, let&apos;s take a look at how President Trump is doing on specific issues. Well, he’s still got really strong ratings, despite the economic problems. On the economy: 52%, stimulating jobs: 54%, fighting terrorism: 54%. But he&apos;s got a real problem: his reactions to the virus were at 51% in April, dropped to 46%, dropped to 44% and now dropped to 41%.In one phrase - “it’s the virus, stupid”.Everything has turned - not on the economy … no matter how bad the economy has become - but on reaction to the virus. Ratings on civil disorder went from 42% to 45%, up slightly. Responding to issues of race and police: up slightly from 43% to 44%. But ratings on his performance on the virus, as cases raged almost out of control, overwhelm everything else in the poll. And that drop to 41%, I believe, is the central problem that The President is facing right now. Right track wrong track on the country: well, 27% say right track. I don&apos;t know who those folks could be ... Each month, presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares his analysis of the newest Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll. Fielded July 21-23, this month&apos;s poll surveyed 1,932 registered voters on Trump&apos;s job approval numbers and his handling of the coronavirus pandemic, the general mood of the country, police reform, Congress&apos;s approval numbers, the 2020 election, general outlook on the economy, mail-in voting in November, policing and race, the role of social media platforms, US-China relations and much more. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, education, political party, and political ideology where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.You can also follow the podcast on: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-4272233</guid>
      <title>June 2020 Harvard Harris Poll - Analysis by Mark Penn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter for daily updates. <br /><br />The <b>June </b><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a>, conducted among 1,886 registered voters between June 17-18, 2020, provides perspective on a tumultuous few weeks of national protests, calls for police reforms, and uncertainty about the coronavirus and economic reopening.<br /><br />Our poll shows tremendous amount of support for both Black Lives Matter and peaceful protests as well as the police. Police in America are viewed favorably by 60% and Black Lives Matters by 55% of voters.<br /><br />Majorities of voters recognize police misconduct in cases like the death of George Floyd (56%) and the possibility of systemic racism in American police (53%) and call for reforms. Voters are split between the need major reforms and restructurings of how police work (47%) and minor reforms and improved training (46%) – but they agree some kind of action is needed, with overwhelming majorities supporting mandatory body cameras, banning choke holds and a registry of bad cops.<br /><br />Voters are also squarely against defunding the police (72%) and two-thirds of voters believe that most police operate fairly and according to the rules.<br /><br />And while over two thirds of voters thought peaceful protests were an appropriate response to police fatalities, on the issue of riots and looting 47% of voters believed cites were too soft in their response compared to 23% who indicated they were too harsh.<br /><br />In terms of the social response to the protest, voters remain balanced:</p><ul><li>57% oppose the <em>New York Times</em> decision to backtrack on the Tom Cotton editorial, and 6 in 10 voters believe major publications and tech platform censor conservative views</li><li>69% of voters do not believe that news editors or CEOs should lose their jobs if they criticize Black Lives Matters, at the same time as 6 in 10 support corporations to donating millions of dollars to the BLM movement.</li><li>77% say it was wrong for HBO to remove Gone with The Wind; 65% say it’s wrong for major networks to remove shows about police; 58% think confederate statues should remain and 71% want local governments to block groups from physically removing or damaging these statues.</li></ul><p>Despite majority support for utilizing the national guard, President Trump’s approval declined by 4 points for the second month in a row; he’s now at 43 percent. He receives low marks in the low 40s for his handling of the coronavirus (44%), issues of race and policing (43%), and responding to civil disorder (42%)<br /><br />Joe Biden did very well communicating he could bring the country together compared to President Trump which is reflected in candidate views in our poll and the 10 point spread we see among Likely Voters in the 2020 horserace (Trump 44% vs. Biden 56%).<br /><br />Finally, the coronavirus remains the biggest issue facing Americans today. Today, 61% think infections are growing faster (up from 49% in May), 64% think we are opening up too soon, and 74% think there will be a second wave in the fall.</p><p>You can follow my podcast on the poll at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=55a86897da&e=b6e6ee060e">SoundCloud</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7021d9ec74&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=51e435919a&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=b953b139de&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=584beaea03&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Follow <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">@Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter for daily updates. <br /><br />The <b>June </b><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll</b></a>, conducted among 1,886 registered voters between June 17-18, 2020, provides perspective on a tumultuous few weeks of national protests, calls for police reforms, and uncertainty about the coronavirus and economic reopening.<br /><br />Our poll shows tremendous amount of support for both Black Lives Matter and peaceful protests as well as the police. Police in America are viewed favorably by 60% and Black Lives Matters by 55% of voters.<br /><br />Majorities of voters recognize police misconduct in cases like the death of George Floyd (56%) and the possibility of systemic racism in American police (53%) and call for reforms. Voters are split between the need major reforms and restructurings of how police work (47%) and minor reforms and improved training (46%) – but they agree some kind of action is needed, with overwhelming majorities supporting mandatory body cameras, banning choke holds and a registry of bad cops.<br /><br />Voters are also squarely against defunding the police (72%) and two-thirds of voters believe that most police operate fairly and according to the rules.<br /><br />And while over two thirds of voters thought peaceful protests were an appropriate response to police fatalities, on the issue of riots and looting 47% of voters believed cites were too soft in their response compared to 23% who indicated they were too harsh.<br /><br />In terms of the social response to the protest, voters remain balanced:</p><ul><li>57% oppose the <em>New York Times</em> decision to backtrack on the Tom Cotton editorial, and 6 in 10 voters believe major publications and tech platform censor conservative views</li><li>69% of voters do not believe that news editors or CEOs should lose their jobs if they criticize Black Lives Matters, at the same time as 6 in 10 support corporations to donating millions of dollars to the BLM movement.</li><li>77% say it was wrong for HBO to remove Gone with The Wind; 65% say it’s wrong for major networks to remove shows about police; 58% think confederate statues should remain and 71% want local governments to block groups from physically removing or damaging these statues.</li></ul><p>Despite majority support for utilizing the national guard, President Trump’s approval declined by 4 points for the second month in a row; he’s now at 43 percent. He receives low marks in the low 40s for his handling of the coronavirus (44%), issues of race and policing (43%), and responding to civil disorder (42%)<br /><br />Joe Biden did very well communicating he could bring the country together compared to President Trump which is reflected in candidate views in our poll and the 10 point spread we see among Likely Voters in the 2020 horserace (Trump 44% vs. Biden 56%).<br /><br />Finally, the coronavirus remains the biggest issue facing Americans today. Today, 61% think infections are growing faster (up from 49% in May), 64% think we are opening up too soon, and 74% think there will be a second wave in the fall.</p><p>You can follow my podcast on the poll at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=55a86897da&e=b6e6ee060e">SoundCloud</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7021d9ec74&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=51e435919a&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=b953b139de&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=584beaea03&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26486577" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/7cf9de26-ae63-45f5-be06-89139aa02ed5/audio/2f063152-2d2b-4106-b336-4b464d7512f2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>June 2020 Harvard Harris Poll - Analysis by Mark Penn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:43</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for daily updates. The June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 1,886 registered voters between June 17-18, 2020, provides perspective on a tumultuous few weeks of national protests, calls for police reforms, and uncertainty about the coronavirus and economic reopening.Our poll shows tremendous amount of support for both Black Lives Matter and peaceful protests as well as the police. Police in America are viewed favorably by 60% and Black Lives Matters by 55% of voters.Majorities of voters recognize police misconduct in cases like the death of George Floyd (56%) and the possibility of systemic racism in American police (53%) and call for reforms. Voters are split between the need major reforms and restructurings of how police work (47%) and minor reforms and improved training (46%) – but they agree some kind of action is needed, with overwhelming majorities supporting mandatory body cameras, banning choke holds and a registry of bad cops.Voters are also squarely against defunding the police (72%) and two-thirds of voters believe that most police operate fairly and according to the rules.And while over two thirds of voters thought peaceful protests were an appropriate response to police fatalities, on the issue of riots and looting 47% of voters believed cites were too soft in their response compared to 23% who indicated they were too harsh.In terms of the social response to the protest, voters remain balanced:57% oppose the New York Times decision to backtrack on the Tom Cotton editorial, and 6 in 10 voters believe major publications and tech platform censor conservative views69% of voters do not believe that news editors or CEOs should lose their jobs if they criticize Black Lives Matters, at the same time as 6 in 10 support corporations to donating millions of dollars to the BLM movement.77% say it was wrong for HBO to remove Gone with The Wind; 65% say it’s wrong for major networks to remove shows about police; 58% think confederate statues should remain and 71% want local governments to block groups from physically removing or damaging these statues.Despite majority support for utilizing the national guard, President Trump’s approval declined by 4 points for the second month in a row; he’s now at 43 percent. He receives low marks in the low 40s for his handling of the coronavirus (44%), issues of race and policing (43%), and responding to civil disorder (42%)Joe Biden did very well communicating he could bring the country together compared to President Trump which is reflected in candidate views in our poll and the 10 point spread we see among Likely Voters in the 2020 horserace (Trump 44% vs. Biden 56%).Finally, the coronavirus remains the biggest issue facing Americans today. Today, 61% think infections are growing faster (up from 49% in May), 64% think we are opening up too soon, and 74% think there will be a second wave in the fall.You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for daily updates. The June Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 1,886 registered voters between June 17-18, 2020, provides perspective on a tumultuous few weeks of national protests, calls for police reforms, and uncertainty about the coronavirus and economic reopening.Our poll shows tremendous amount of support for both Black Lives Matter and peaceful protests as well as the police. Police in America are viewed favorably by 60% and Black Lives Matters by 55% of voters.Majorities of voters recognize police misconduct in cases like the death of George Floyd (56%) and the possibility of systemic racism in American police (53%) and call for reforms. Voters are split between the need major reforms and restructurings of how police work (47%) and minor reforms and improved training (46%) – but they agree some kind of action is needed, with overwhelming majorities supporting mandatory body cameras, banning choke holds and a registry of bad cops.Voters are also squarely against defunding the police (72%) and two-thirds of voters believe that most police operate fairly and according to the rules.And while over two thirds of voters thought peaceful protests were an appropriate response to police fatalities, on the issue of riots and looting 47% of voters believed cites were too soft in their response compared to 23% who indicated they were too harsh.In terms of the social response to the protest, voters remain balanced:57% oppose the New York Times decision to backtrack on the Tom Cotton editorial, and 6 in 10 voters believe major publications and tech platform censor conservative views69% of voters do not believe that news editors or CEOs should lose their jobs if they criticize Black Lives Matters, at the same time as 6 in 10 support corporations to donating millions of dollars to the BLM movement.77% say it was wrong for HBO to remove Gone with The Wind; 65% say it’s wrong for major networks to remove shows about police; 58% think confederate statues should remain and 71% want local governments to block groups from physically removing or damaging these statues.Despite majority support for utilizing the national guard, President Trump’s approval declined by 4 points for the second month in a row; he’s now at 43 percent. He receives low marks in the low 40s for his handling of the coronavirus (44%), issues of race and policing (43%), and responding to civil disorder (42%)Joe Biden did very well communicating he could bring the country together compared to President Trump which is reflected in candidate views in our poll and the 10 point spread we see among Likely Voters in the 2020 horserace (Trump 44% vs. Biden 56%).Finally, the coronavirus remains the biggest issue facing Americans today. Today, 61% think infections are growing faster (up from 49% in May), 64% think we are opening up too soon, and 74% think there will be a second wave in the fall.You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-3848738</guid>
      <title>Harvard CAPS - Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn (May, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a>) shares analysis of a new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, fielded May 14-16 among 1,854 registered voters.</p><p>Download Report: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2FPDF_HHPoll_May&token=a67601-1-1590007171210">bit.ly/PDF_HHPoll_May</a></p><p>Here are the important topics of the day as the voters see them:</p><p>VOTER MOOD – America is concerned and uncertain about re-opening, and voters are looking for leadership and unity. 68% are most concerned about opening up too soon compared to 32% who are primarily concerned about economic damage and hardship. We see some stark demographic differences in the answer to this question, with Democrats and urban demographics being most concerned about re-opening too soon, and Republicans and rural demographics the least. Overall, 85% of voters believe we should continue shelter in place practices for at least another month. And three-quarters of voters want another stimulus bill, with 64% preferring it be passed immediately and 59% saying we should pass all the proposed stimulus elements even if it has a price tag of $3 trillion. However, voters do not want stimulus money to be earmarked for undocumented immigrants.</p><p>ECONOMIC CONFIDENCE – confidence in the economy continues to decrease, with a majority voters believing the country will be in a recession 6 months from now and less than 1 in 3 thinking the US economy is strong and trending in the right direction. However, the number of voters who say their economic situation is declining has peaked, down just three points month-over-month suggesting that the worst impact may be over.</p><p>MANAGING THE CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK – Given the economic confidence and uncertainty about reopening, it is no surprise that the administration’s job approval in handling the coronavirus is down 5 points month-over-month, from 51% in April to 46% this month. However, the numbers could shift yet again: voters believe all major institutions are functioning, with the White House receiving the highest score at 80%. And President Trump continues to receive majority approval in managing the economy and stimulating jobs.</p><p>MICHAEL FLYNN CASE – Voters are split in their support of the justice department dropping the case against Michael Flynn, and in general less than half know what Flynn was charged about. When prompted with details from the DOJ’s decision to drop the case, a majority support the dropping of the charges. But a majority also believe the FBI had reason to investigate Michael Flynn, and that it was right for President Obama to know about an FBI investigation into the national security adviser of the incoming administration and to be briefed on his conversations. Worryingly, a small majority also believe Obama administration officials conspired to leak news of intercepted conversations between Michael Flynn and Russian officials to discredit and have Flynn fired or not.</p><p>TARA READE/ BIDEN ALLEGATIONS – There is widespread awareness of the sexual harassment allegation towards Joe Biden, with a slight majority of voters believing the accusations. However, 6 in 10 voters claim this allegation has no effect on their likelihood to vote for Biden.</p><p>2020 ELECTION – Interest in the election remains strong, with 77% of voters indicating they are very likely to vote. Biden continues to lead Trump in a head-to-head match-up; among likely voters in our poll, Trump collects 43% of the vote, Biden 47%, with independent candidates at 6% and the unsure vote at 5%. When given a forced choice between the two, 53% of likely voters select Biden and 47% Trump, indicating that the remaining vote breaks in favor of Biden.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2020 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a>) shares analysis of a new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, fielded May 14-16 among 1,854 registered voters.</p><p>Download Report: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2FPDF_HHPoll_May&token=a67601-1-1590007171210">bit.ly/PDF_HHPoll_May</a></p><p>Here are the important topics of the day as the voters see them:</p><p>VOTER MOOD – America is concerned and uncertain about re-opening, and voters are looking for leadership and unity. 68% are most concerned about opening up too soon compared to 32% who are primarily concerned about economic damage and hardship. We see some stark demographic differences in the answer to this question, with Democrats and urban demographics being most concerned about re-opening too soon, and Republicans and rural demographics the least. Overall, 85% of voters believe we should continue shelter in place practices for at least another month. And three-quarters of voters want another stimulus bill, with 64% preferring it be passed immediately and 59% saying we should pass all the proposed stimulus elements even if it has a price tag of $3 trillion. However, voters do not want stimulus money to be earmarked for undocumented immigrants.</p><p>ECONOMIC CONFIDENCE – confidence in the economy continues to decrease, with a majority voters believing the country will be in a recession 6 months from now and less than 1 in 3 thinking the US economy is strong and trending in the right direction. However, the number of voters who say their economic situation is declining has peaked, down just three points month-over-month suggesting that the worst impact may be over.</p><p>MANAGING THE CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK – Given the economic confidence and uncertainty about reopening, it is no surprise that the administration’s job approval in handling the coronavirus is down 5 points month-over-month, from 51% in April to 46% this month. However, the numbers could shift yet again: voters believe all major institutions are functioning, with the White House receiving the highest score at 80%. And President Trump continues to receive majority approval in managing the economy and stimulating jobs.</p><p>MICHAEL FLYNN CASE – Voters are split in their support of the justice department dropping the case against Michael Flynn, and in general less than half know what Flynn was charged about. When prompted with details from the DOJ’s decision to drop the case, a majority support the dropping of the charges. But a majority also believe the FBI had reason to investigate Michael Flynn, and that it was right for President Obama to know about an FBI investigation into the national security adviser of the incoming administration and to be briefed on his conversations. Worryingly, a small majority also believe Obama administration officials conspired to leak news of intercepted conversations between Michael Flynn and Russian officials to discredit and have Flynn fired or not.</p><p>TARA READE/ BIDEN ALLEGATIONS – There is widespread awareness of the sexual harassment allegation towards Joe Biden, with a slight majority of voters believing the accusations. However, 6 in 10 voters claim this allegation has no effect on their likelihood to vote for Biden.</p><p>2020 ELECTION – Interest in the election remains strong, with 77% of voters indicating they are very likely to vote. Biden continues to lead Trump in a head-to-head match-up; among likely voters in our poll, Trump collects 43% of the vote, Biden 47%, with independent candidates at 6% and the unsure vote at 5%. When given a forced choice between the two, 53% of likely voters select Biden and 47% Trump, indicating that the remaining vote breaks in favor of Biden.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="31439312" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d4b4c61c-964b-4d04-950b-55c1c405b4cf/audio/dfd8f6fa-f43f-4357-990c-6f63c3b0e4a1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard CAPS - Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn (May, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:43:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) shares analysis of a new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, fielded May 14-16 among 1,854 registered voters.Download Report: bit.ly/PDF_HHPoll_MayHere are the important topics of the day as the voters see them:VOTER MOOD – America is concerned and uncertain about re-opening, and voters are looking for leadership and unity. 68% are most concerned about opening up too soon compared to 32% who are primarily concerned about economic damage and hardship. We see some stark demographic differences in the answer to this question, with Democrats and urban demographics being most concerned about re-opening too soon, and Republicans and rural demographics the least. Overall, 85% of voters believe we should continue shelter in place practices for at least another month. And three-quarters of voters want another stimulus bill, with 64% preferring it be passed immediately and 59% saying we should pass all the proposed stimulus elements even if it has a price tag of $3 trillion. However, voters do not want stimulus money to be earmarked for undocumented immigrants.ECONOMIC CONFIDENCE – confidence in the economy continues to decrease, with a majority voters believing the country will be in a recession 6 months from now and less than 1 in 3 thinking the US economy is strong and trending in the right direction. However, the number of voters who say their economic situation is declining has peaked, down just three points month-over-month suggesting that the worst impact may be over.MANAGING THE CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK – Given the economic confidence and uncertainty about reopening, it is no surprise that the administration’s job approval in handling the coronavirus is down 5 points month-over-month, from 51% in April to 46% this month. However, the numbers could shift yet again: voters believe all major institutions are functioning, with the White House receiving the highest score at 80%. And President Trump continues to receive majority approval in managing the economy and stimulating jobs.MICHAEL FLYNN CASE – Voters are split in their support of the justice department dropping the case against Michael Flynn, and in general less than half know what Flynn was charged about. When prompted with details from the DOJ’s decision to drop the case, a majority support the dropping of the charges. But a majority also believe the FBI had reason to investigate Michael Flynn, and that it was right for President Obama to know about an FBI investigation into the national security adviser of the incoming administration and to be briefed on his conversations. Worryingly, a small majority also believe Obama administration officials conspired to leak news of intercepted conversations between Michael Flynn and Russian officials to discredit and have Flynn fired or not.TARA READE/ BIDEN ALLEGATIONS – There is widespread awareness of the sexual harassment allegation towards Joe Biden, with a slight majority of voters believing the accusations. However, 6 in 10 voters claim this allegation has no effect on their likelihood to vote for Biden.2020 ELECTION – Interest in the election remains strong, with 77% of voters indicating they are very likely to vote. Biden continues to lead Trump in a head-to-head match-up; among likely voters in our poll, Trump collects 43% of the vote, Biden 47%, with independent candidates at 6% and the unsure vote at 5%. When given a forced choice between the two, 53% of likely voters select Biden and 47% Trump, indicating that the remaining vote breaks in favor of Biden.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) shares analysis of a new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, fielded May 14-16 among 1,854 registered voters.Download Report: bit.ly/PDF_HHPoll_MayHere are the important topics of the day as the voters see them:VOTER MOOD – America is concerned and uncertain about re-opening, and voters are looking for leadership and unity. 68% are most concerned about opening up too soon compared to 32% who are primarily concerned about economic damage and hardship. We see some stark demographic differences in the answer to this question, with Democrats and urban demographics being most concerned about re-opening too soon, and Republicans and rural demographics the least. Overall, 85% of voters believe we should continue shelter in place practices for at least another month. And three-quarters of voters want another stimulus bill, with 64% preferring it be passed immediately and 59% saying we should pass all the proposed stimulus elements even if it has a price tag of $3 trillion. However, voters do not want stimulus money to be earmarked for undocumented immigrants.ECONOMIC CONFIDENCE – confidence in the economy continues to decrease, with a majority voters believing the country will be in a recession 6 months from now and less than 1 in 3 thinking the US economy is strong and trending in the right direction. However, the number of voters who say their economic situation is declining has peaked, down just three points month-over-month suggesting that the worst impact may be over.MANAGING THE CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK – Given the economic confidence and uncertainty about reopening, it is no surprise that the administration’s job approval in handling the coronavirus is down 5 points month-over-month, from 51% in April to 46% this month. However, the numbers could shift yet again: voters believe all major institutions are functioning, with the White House receiving the highest score at 80%. And President Trump continues to receive majority approval in managing the economy and stimulating jobs.MICHAEL FLYNN CASE – Voters are split in their support of the justice department dropping the case against Michael Flynn, and in general less than half know what Flynn was charged about. When prompted with details from the DOJ’s decision to drop the case, a majority support the dropping of the charges. But a majority also believe the FBI had reason to investigate Michael Flynn, and that it was right for President Obama to know about an FBI investigation into the national security adviser of the incoming administration and to be briefed on his conversations. Worryingly, a small majority also believe Obama administration officials conspired to leak news of intercepted conversations between Michael Flynn and Russian officials to discredit and have Flynn fired or not.TARA READE/ BIDEN ALLEGATIONS – There is widespread awareness of the sexual harassment allegation towards Joe Biden, with a slight majority of voters believing the accusations. However, 6 in 10 voters claim this allegation has no effect on their likelihood to vote for Biden.2020 ELECTION – Interest in the election remains strong, with 77% of voters indicating they are very likely to vote. Biden continues to lead Trump in a head-to-head match-up; among likely voters in our poll, Trump collects 43% of the vote, Biden 47%, with independent candidates at 6% and the unsure vote at 5%. When given a forced choice between the two, 53% of likely voters select Biden and 47% Trump, indicating that the remaining vote breaks in favor of Biden.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-3453430</guid>
      <title>Pandemic Politics - Voters Support Another Month of Lockdown</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><b>Host:</b> presidential pollster <b>Mark Penn<br />Subject:</b> findings of newest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a><br /><b>Download full report: </b><a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2FHarvardHarrisApr16&token=24f4aa-1-1587500961678"><b>bit.ly/HarvardHarrisApr16</b></a><b><br />Follow </b><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b> on Twitter</b></p><p>The poll, fielded April 14-16 among 2,394 registered voters, shows Americans changing from concerned purely about the virus to greater concern about the economy. Focusing on the economy and jobs is gaining in salience -- this is now the second most important issue in the country (41% of voters) after the management of the coronavirus crisis (the top issue for voters, at 63%). Four in 10 voters report their financial situation is getting worse (a 20 point jump since January); and only 32% say the economy is on the right track (down from 51% in January).</p><p>Americans back the current lockdown in overwhelming numbers, and a majority thinks it should continue for about a month. Americans are optimistic about overcoming the virus and getting back to normal.</p><p>President Trump’s approval stands at 49%, tied for a record high in our poll. Fifty-one percent approve of his work on the virus, slightly up. Voters continue to approve of his stewardship of the economy. He trails Joe Biden in the horserace for re-election but the race is within a few points among likely voters.</p><p>Overall, voters believe President Trump and Congress should pass another stimulus bill, with the majority believing the bill should help fund small business loans and struggling hospitals, but not other priorities. Nearly all voters today agree that sufficient protective materials for healthcare workers and social distance orders for at-risk populations are necessary steps before re-opening the economy.</p><p>Voters are not happy over the partisanship around the coronavirus response. However, most now see Trump as acting more out of national interest and 60% see Nancy Pelosi as acting out of partisanship. For the first time Republicans have an image equal to or better than Democrats as a party.</p><p>Fifty-six percent believe individual states should make their own decisions about the response to the crisis and 61% want individual states to be in charge of the decision to ease social distancing and remove restrictions to reopen the US economy.</p><p>These and more issues are touched in this rich and fascinating poll on Americans' views. As always, please don’t hesitate to reach out with questions and suggestions.</p><p>You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/iHeartRadio">iHeartRadio</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/ApplePodcasts">ApplePodcasts</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Spotify">Spotify</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Stitcher">Stitcher</a>,@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Google">Google</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/SoundCloud">SoundCloud</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/RadioPublic">RadioPublic</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Tunein">Tunein</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castbox_fm">Castbox_fm</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Overcast">Overcast</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castro">Castro</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><b>Host:</b> presidential pollster <b>Mark Penn<br />Subject:</b> findings of newest <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a><br /><b>Download full report: </b><a href="https://gate.sc/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fbit.ly%2FHarvardHarrisApr16&token=24f4aa-1-1587500961678"><b>bit.ly/HarvardHarrisApr16</b></a><b><br />Follow </b><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a><b> on Twitter</b></p><p>The poll, fielded April 14-16 among 2,394 registered voters, shows Americans changing from concerned purely about the virus to greater concern about the economy. Focusing on the economy and jobs is gaining in salience -- this is now the second most important issue in the country (41% of voters) after the management of the coronavirus crisis (the top issue for voters, at 63%). Four in 10 voters report their financial situation is getting worse (a 20 point jump since January); and only 32% say the economy is on the right track (down from 51% in January).</p><p>Americans back the current lockdown in overwhelming numbers, and a majority thinks it should continue for about a month. Americans are optimistic about overcoming the virus and getting back to normal.</p><p>President Trump’s approval stands at 49%, tied for a record high in our poll. Fifty-one percent approve of his work on the virus, slightly up. Voters continue to approve of his stewardship of the economy. He trails Joe Biden in the horserace for re-election but the race is within a few points among likely voters.</p><p>Overall, voters believe President Trump and Congress should pass another stimulus bill, with the majority believing the bill should help fund small business loans and struggling hospitals, but not other priorities. Nearly all voters today agree that sufficient protective materials for healthcare workers and social distance orders for at-risk populations are necessary steps before re-opening the economy.</p><p>Voters are not happy over the partisanship around the coronavirus response. However, most now see Trump as acting more out of national interest and 60% see Nancy Pelosi as acting out of partisanship. For the first time Republicans have an image equal to or better than Democrats as a party.</p><p>Fifty-six percent believe individual states should make their own decisions about the response to the crisis and 61% want individual states to be in charge of the decision to ease social distancing and remove restrictions to reopen the US economy.</p><p>These and more issues are touched in this rich and fascinating poll on Americans' views. As always, please don’t hesitate to reach out with questions and suggestions.</p><p>You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/iHeartRadio">iHeartRadio</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/ApplePodcasts">ApplePodcasts</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Spotify">Spotify</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Stitcher">Stitcher</a>,@<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Google">Google</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/SoundCloud">SoundCloud</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/RadioPublic">RadioPublic</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Tunein">Tunein</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castbox_fm">Castbox_fm</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Overcast">Overcast</a>, @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Castro">Castro</a>.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="23358484" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f7001468-786b-409a-b608-768735ee86da/audio/fdec6896-ad40-47c7-a938-b1c444d54336/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Pandemic Politics - Voters Support Another Month of Lockdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/f7001468-786b-409a-b608-768735ee86da/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:32:22</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Host: presidential pollster Mark PennSubject: findings of newest Harvard CAPS/Harris PollDownload full report: bit.ly/HarvardHarrisApr16Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on TwitterThe poll, fielded April 14-16 among 2,394 registered voters, shows Americans changing from concerned purely about the virus to greater concern about the economy. Focusing on the economy and jobs is gaining in salience -- this is now the second most important issue in the country (41% of voters) after the management of the coronavirus crisis (the top issue for voters, at 63%). Four in 10 voters report their financial situation is getting worse (a 20 point jump since January); and only 32% say the economy is on the right track (down from 51% in January).Americans back the current lockdown in overwhelming numbers, and a majority thinks it should continue for about a month. Americans are optimistic about overcoming the virus and getting back to normal.President Trump’s approval stands at 49%, tied for a record high in our poll. Fifty-one percent approve of his work on the virus, slightly up. Voters continue to approve of his stewardship of the economy. He trails Joe Biden in the horserace for re-election but the race is within a few points among likely voters.Overall, voters believe President Trump and Congress should pass another stimulus bill, with the majority believing the bill should help fund small business loans and struggling hospitals, but not other priorities. Nearly all voters today agree that sufficient protective materials for healthcare workers and social distance orders for at-risk populations are necessary steps before re-opening the economy.Voters are not happy over the partisanship around the coronavirus response. However, most now see Trump as acting more out of national interest and 60% see Nancy Pelosi as acting out of partisanship. For the first time Republicans have an image equal to or better than Democrats as a party.Fifty-six percent believe individual states should make their own decisions about the response to the crisis and 61% want individual states to be in charge of the decision to ease social distancing and remove restrictions to reopen the US economy.These and more issues are touched in this rich and fascinating poll on Americans&apos; views. As always, please don’t hesitate to reach out with questions and suggestions.You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Host: presidential pollster Mark PennSubject: findings of newest Harvard CAPS/Harris PollDownload full report: bit.ly/HarvardHarrisApr16Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on TwitterThe poll, fielded April 14-16 among 2,394 registered voters, shows Americans changing from concerned purely about the virus to greater concern about the economy. Focusing on the economy and jobs is gaining in salience -- this is now the second most important issue in the country (41% of voters) after the management of the coronavirus crisis (the top issue for voters, at 63%). Four in 10 voters report their financial situation is getting worse (a 20 point jump since January); and only 32% say the economy is on the right track (down from 51% in January).Americans back the current lockdown in overwhelming numbers, and a majority thinks it should continue for about a month. Americans are optimistic about overcoming the virus and getting back to normal.President Trump’s approval stands at 49%, tied for a record high in our poll. Fifty-one percent approve of his work on the virus, slightly up. Voters continue to approve of his stewardship of the economy. He trails Joe Biden in the horserace for re-election but the race is within a few points among likely voters.Overall, voters believe President Trump and Congress should pass another stimulus bill, with the majority believing the bill should help fund small business loans and struggling hospitals, but not other priorities. Nearly all voters today agree that sufficient protective materials for healthcare workers and social distance orders for at-risk populations are necessary steps before re-opening the economy.Voters are not happy over the partisanship around the coronavirus response. However, most now see Trump as acting more out of national interest and 60% see Nancy Pelosi as acting out of partisanship. For the first time Republicans have an image equal to or better than Democrats as a party.Fifty-six percent believe individual states should make their own decisions about the response to the crisis and 61% want individual states to be in charge of the decision to ease social distancing and remove restrictions to reopen the US economy.These and more issues are touched in this rich and fascinating poll on Americans&apos; views. As always, please don’t hesitate to reach out with questions and suggestions.You can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, @Castbox_fm, @Overcast, @Castro.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-3186964</guid>
      <title>New COVID-19 Poll Shows Dramatic Shift in Public Opinion</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, which was fielded last week on March 24-26 among 2,410 registered voters, illustrates major change in public opinion regarding the Coronavirus Pandemic.<br /><br />We have seen some dramatic shifts in economic confidence in our poll – most strikingly the perceived strength of the U.S. economy fell by 30 points to 45% net strong among voters. A majority now expect a recession in the next six months and 4 in 10 now say their personal financial situation is getting worse. Democrats are particularly hit here with 49% saying their situation is getting worse.<br /> <br />As might be expected, tackling the coronavirus is the top issue in the country, followed by health care and economy and jobs. 58% of voters say they want to balance minimizing infections with preserving jobs and the economy.<br /> <br />It remains a country with a big partisan divide, though 50% approve of President Trump’s handling of the crisis and half say the measures to control the virus have been reasonable so far, with another 4 in 10 saying they are not strict enough.<br /> <br />Most voters see politics as usual rather than national unity and voters are more likely to think Democrats are playing political games in handling the crisis. 60% said Pelosi’s actions have been partisan while half of voters saw Trump’s actions as balanced. As of the time of the poll the stimulus bill was still in flight, and voters were four more times as likely to support the stimulus bill than not, with 45% still waiting to learn more about what was in it.<br /> <br />Trump’s overall approval edged up to 48 percent with 72 per cent seeing or hearing about his briefings and most seeing them as positive.<br /> <br />Americans remain optimistic, with 79% saying the US will overcome the coronavirus in reasonable time. When asked what that time will be, a majority expect a return to normalcy between 3-12 months.<br /> <br />I welcome you to dig deeply into this rich poll on the coronavirus and the reporting on the <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7df3e8cd0e&e=b6e6ee060e">2020 implications</a> of the crisis, including <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=37f3f3099f&e=b6e6ee060e">voters’ fears to vote</a> in a primary election these days and their openness to voting by mail or electronic means in November.<br /><br />As always, feel free to send me any questions. And you can follow my podcast on the poll at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=31a04336a6&e=b6e6ee060e">SoundCloud</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=b987878b4e&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=5914c4e7e3&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=1dcac59c8b&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=1f0add6f05&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,<a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=e33c93d0d1&e=b6e6ee060e">@Google</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=aa76113d79&e=b6e6ee060e">@SoundCloud</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=df830f4203&e=b6e6ee060e">@RadioPublic</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=27b7f036fe&e=b6e6ee060e">@Tunein</a>, </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, which was fielded last week on March 24-26 among 2,410 registered voters, illustrates major change in public opinion regarding the Coronavirus Pandemic.<br /><br />We have seen some dramatic shifts in economic confidence in our poll – most strikingly the perceived strength of the U.S. economy fell by 30 points to 45% net strong among voters. A majority now expect a recession in the next six months and 4 in 10 now say their personal financial situation is getting worse. Democrats are particularly hit here with 49% saying their situation is getting worse.<br /> <br />As might be expected, tackling the coronavirus is the top issue in the country, followed by health care and economy and jobs. 58% of voters say they want to balance minimizing infections with preserving jobs and the economy.<br /> <br />It remains a country with a big partisan divide, though 50% approve of President Trump’s handling of the crisis and half say the measures to control the virus have been reasonable so far, with another 4 in 10 saying they are not strict enough.<br /> <br />Most voters see politics as usual rather than national unity and voters are more likely to think Democrats are playing political games in handling the crisis. 60% said Pelosi’s actions have been partisan while half of voters saw Trump’s actions as balanced. As of the time of the poll the stimulus bill was still in flight, and voters were four more times as likely to support the stimulus bill than not, with 45% still waiting to learn more about what was in it.<br /> <br />Trump’s overall approval edged up to 48 percent with 72 per cent seeing or hearing about his briefings and most seeing them as positive.<br /> <br />Americans remain optimistic, with 79% saying the US will overcome the coronavirus in reasonable time. When asked what that time will be, a majority expect a return to normalcy between 3-12 months.<br /> <br />I welcome you to dig deeply into this rich poll on the coronavirus and the reporting on the <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=7df3e8cd0e&e=b6e6ee060e">2020 implications</a> of the crisis, including <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=37f3f3099f&e=b6e6ee060e">voters’ fears to vote</a> in a primary election these days and their openness to voting by mail or electronic means in November.<br /><br />As always, feel free to send me any questions. And you can follow my podcast on the poll at <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=31a04336a6&e=b6e6ee060e">SoundCloud</a> (full episode) or any of the following channels: <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=b987878b4e&e=b6e6ee060e">@iHeartRadio</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=5914c4e7e3&e=b6e6ee060e">@ApplePodcasts</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=1dcac59c8b&e=b6e6ee060e">@Spotify</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=1f0add6f05&e=b6e6ee060e">@Stitcher</a>,<a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=e33c93d0d1&e=b6e6ee060e">@Google</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=aa76113d79&e=b6e6ee060e">@SoundCloud</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=df830f4203&e=b6e6ee060e">@RadioPublic</a>, <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=27b7f036fe&e=b6e6ee060e">@Tunein</a>, </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="23854823" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/1ef2b978-46ea-4087-b2c9-974e792ef82f/audio/a701390c-d152-4ca1-8e91-71d5df6906a7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>New COVID-19 Poll Shows Dramatic Shift in Public Opinion</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/1ef2b978-46ea-4087-b2c9-974e792ef82f/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:33:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, which was fielded last week on March 24-26 among 2,410 registered voters, illustrates major change in public opinion regarding the Coronavirus Pandemic.We have seen some dramatic shifts in economic confidence in our poll – most strikingly the perceived strength of the U.S. economy fell by 30 points to 45% net strong among voters. A majority now expect a recession in the next six months and 4 in 10 now say their personal financial situation is getting worse. Democrats are particularly hit here with 49% saying their situation is getting worse. As might be expected, tackling the coronavirus is the top issue in the country, followed by health care and economy and jobs. 58% of voters say they want to balance minimizing infections with preserving jobs and the economy. It remains a country with a big partisan divide, though 50% approve of President Trump’s handling of the crisis and half say the measures to control the virus have been reasonable so far, with another 4 in 10 saying they are not strict enough. Most voters see politics as usual rather than national unity and voters are more likely to think Democrats are playing political games in handling the crisis. 60% said Pelosi’s actions have been partisan while half of voters saw Trump’s actions as balanced. As of the time of the poll the stimulus bill was still in flight, and voters were four more times as likely to support the stimulus bill than not, with 45% still waiting to learn more about what was in it. Trump’s overall approval edged up to 48 percent with 72 per cent seeing or hearing about his briefings and most seeing them as positive. Americans remain optimistic, with 79% saying the US will overcome the coronavirus in reasonable time. When asked what that time will be, a majority expect a return to normalcy between 3-12 months. I welcome you to dig deeply into this rich poll on the coronavirus and the reporting on the 2020 implications of the crisis, including voters’ fears to vote in a primary election these days and their openness to voting by mail or electronic means in November.As always, feel free to send me any questions. And you can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, which was fielded last week on March 24-26 among 2,410 registered voters, illustrates major change in public opinion regarding the Coronavirus Pandemic.We have seen some dramatic shifts in economic confidence in our poll – most strikingly the perceived strength of the U.S. economy fell by 30 points to 45% net strong among voters. A majority now expect a recession in the next six months and 4 in 10 now say their personal financial situation is getting worse. Democrats are particularly hit here with 49% saying their situation is getting worse. As might be expected, tackling the coronavirus is the top issue in the country, followed by health care and economy and jobs. 58% of voters say they want to balance minimizing infections with preserving jobs and the economy. It remains a country with a big partisan divide, though 50% approve of President Trump’s handling of the crisis and half say the measures to control the virus have been reasonable so far, with another 4 in 10 saying they are not strict enough. Most voters see politics as usual rather than national unity and voters are more likely to think Democrats are playing political games in handling the crisis. 60% said Pelosi’s actions have been partisan while half of voters saw Trump’s actions as balanced. As of the time of the poll the stimulus bill was still in flight, and voters were four more times as likely to support the stimulus bill than not, with 45% still waiting to learn more about what was in it. Trump’s overall approval edged up to 48 percent with 72 per cent seeing or hearing about his briefings and most seeing them as positive. Americans remain optimistic, with 79% saying the US will overcome the coronavirus in reasonable time. When asked what that time will be, a majority expect a return to normalcy between 3-12 months. I welcome you to dig deeply into this rich poll on the coronavirus and the reporting on the 2020 implications of the crisis, including voters’ fears to vote in a primary election these days and their openness to voting by mail or electronic means in November.As always, feel free to send me any questions. And you can follow my podcast on the poll at SoundCloud (full episode) or any of the following channels: @iHeartRadio, @ApplePodcasts, @Spotify, @Stitcher,@Google, @SoundCloud, @RadioPublic, @Tunein, </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982232</guid>
      <title>Most Americans Believe Russia is Meddling in 2020 Election</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />A majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. <br /><br />We took the public's opinion on President Trump's recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />A majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. <br /><br />We took the public's opinion on President Trump's recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1912335" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/dab90696-fd37-40eb-953b-5c7dc3eeda46/audio/e058e1ae-ebf4-4f86-afd6-95b937e28b32/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Most Americans Believe Russia is Meddling in 2020 Election</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/dab90696-fd37-40eb-953b-5c7dc3eeda46/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.A majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. We took the public&apos;s opinion on President Trump&apos;s recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.A majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. We took the public&apos;s opinion on President Trump&apos;s recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982223</guid>
      <title>Trump vs DOJ</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We took the public's opinion on President Trump's recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We took the public's opinion on President Trump's recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1926376" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f481fadc-f4e3-4224-9d92-de573a28102e/audio/14f45658-87f2-42d5-935f-aa1edcb57eaf/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump vs DOJ</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/f481fadc-f4e3-4224-9d92-de573a28102e/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We took the public&apos;s opinion on President Trump&apos;s recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We took the public&apos;s opinion on President Trump&apos;s recent provocative comments and tweets directed toward his own Attorney General and Justice Department.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982214</guid>
      <title>Sanctuary Cities - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We explored the concept of sanctuary cities, immigration and related topics.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We explored the concept of sanctuary cities, immigration and related topics.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1933297" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/5db509fc-f4d8-4c72-a72c-122fee10b141/audio/e83af9f8-12e2-444d-8a8f-e2e118dbb67a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Sanctuary Cities - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/5db509fc-f4d8-4c72-a72c-122fee10b141/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We explored the concept of sanctuary cities, immigration and related topics.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We explored the concept of sanctuary cities, immigration and related topics.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982193</guid>
      <title>Presidential War Powers - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We explored the concept of presidential war powers, taking the public's temperature on unilateral strikes against foreign threats without seeking Congressional approval.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />We explored the concept of presidential war powers, taking the public's temperature on unilateral strikes against foreign threats without seeking Congressional approval.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. <br /><br />Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1349239" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/523fc336-ac64-4eac-a0af-2a94542df465/audio/3b2b90dd-7e2c-4ff9-a736-9d6ac96a5e3e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Presidential War Powers - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/523fc336-ac64-4eac-a0af-2a94542df465/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:01:48</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We explored the concept of presidential war powers, taking the public&apos;s temperature on unilateral strikes against foreign threats without seeking Congressional approval.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.We explored the concept of presidential war powers, taking the public&apos;s temperature on unilateral strikes against foreign threats without seeking Congressional approval.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982175</guid>
      <title>2020 Horse Race - Then There Were Two</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /><br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6570638" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/740ed9da-624d-424c-b430-41f9e8384776/audio/38c3058e-99a7-412b-93e3-aaffc295e23b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Horse Race - Then There Were Two</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/740ed9da-624d-424c-b430-41f9e8384776/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982160</guid>
      <title>The Overall Mood of the Country</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5086201" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/7749c57f-3285-4c20-86e5-f23bada6c6e5/audio/b6ab0ba4-028e-460d-9cd1-2520fa51acc7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Overall Mood of the Country</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/7749c57f-3285-4c20-86e5-f23bada6c6e5/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:06:58</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2982073</guid>
      <title>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn (March 10, 2020)</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FOLLOW <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>@Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.<br />REGISTER for the next <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll</b></a> ... it's FREE.<br /><br />The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020.<br /> <br />The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=db51bef3fd&e=b6e6ee060e">warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus</a> were starting to show.<br /> <br />We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month.<br /> <br />Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% 'no' / 48% 'yes') and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic.<br /> <br />On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table <a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=303d0082b0&e=b6e6ee060e">here</a>). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump.<br /> <br />Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence<b> </b><a href="https://stagwellgroup.us12.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ca678077bc522bd7bd74bacbf&id=a29d468bcd&e=b6e6ee060e">Russia is trying to interfere</a><b> </b>in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="21684145" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/dea95b8d-f7b9-4de0-a15e-b92afce31603/audio/d449b60c-b58e-45bd-b8ca-ef45d1f18775/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn (March 10, 2020)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.REGISTER for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll ... it&apos;s FREE.The latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll surveyed 2,592 voters from February 26-28, 2020. The poll ran as the coronavirus market sell-off began, and at the time voters remained bullish about the state of the economy even though early warning signs of the anxieties of coronavirus were starting to show. We saw a 6 point jump in the number of voters who expected a recession (from 31% in January to 37% in late February) and while 70 percent of voters said the economy was strong, that measure was also down 4 points month over month. Trump approval at the onset of the correction remained in the higher range for him at forty-seven percent, but with 37% of voters saying they own publicly traded stock outside of their retirement accounts, expect the anxiety to start impacting the political landscape. Overall, voters are split on whether the US will be able to contain coronavirus (52% &apos;no&apos; / 48% &apos;yes&apos;) and 82 percent support the quarantine of small or large US cities if the virus hits some areas hard. 79% also support halting immigration to the US if the virus becomes a pandemic. On the 2020 horserace, we asked Democrats about candidate characteristics and where each candidate is strongest (table here). Among Democrats, Sanders and Biden are seen as the strongest overall candidates to compete against Trump. Finally, a majority of voters say they believe there is evidence Russia is trying to interfere in the 2020 election. The poll also features fresh polling on the Iran nuclear deal, sanctuary cities, the public charge immigration rule, and Trump’s comments on DOJ cases.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2971345</guid>
      <title>Trump&apos;s Handling of Coronavirus Crisis</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,500+ registered voters between February 27-29, 2020, sheds light on the public's attitudes regarding The Trump Administration's handling of the Coronavirus Pandemic. The poll also explored post-impeachment attitudes on other headline-grabbing topics: the 2020 election, presidential war powers, Russian campaign meddling, Trump's intimidation of his own Justice Department, sanctuary cities and possible revisions to longstanding 401K rules.</p><p>Follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FMark_Penn_Polls&token=6aa991-1-1583847756505">twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p><p>Register for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&token=ef2067-1-1583847756505">harvardharrispoll.com/</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,500+ registered voters between February 27-29, 2020, sheds light on the public's attitudes regarding The Trump Administration's handling of the Coronavirus Pandemic. The poll also explored post-impeachment attitudes on other headline-grabbing topics: the 2020 election, presidential war powers, Russian campaign meddling, Trump's intimidation of his own Justice Department, sanctuary cities and possible revisions to longstanding 401K rules.</p><p>Follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FMark_Penn_Polls&token=6aa991-1-1583847756505">twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</a></p><p>Register for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll: <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com%2F&token=ef2067-1-1583847756505">harvardharrispoll.com/</a></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2662905" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/6ed1a7de-f84d-446a-941f-c79a2503c65b/audio/cb16709f-e79d-4f2f-8dd2-9ad7980fee9d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump&apos;s Handling of Coronavirus Crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/6ed1a7de-f84d-446a-941f-c79a2503c65b/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,500+ registered voters between February 27-29, 2020, sheds light on the public&apos;s attitudes regarding The Trump Administration&apos;s handling of the Coronavirus Pandemic. The poll also explored post-impeachment attitudes on other headline-grabbing topics: the 2020 election, presidential war powers, Russian campaign meddling, Trump&apos;s intimidation of his own Justice Department, sanctuary cities and possible revisions to longstanding 401K rules.Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter: twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsRegister for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll: harvardharrispoll.com/</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,500+ registered voters between February 27-29, 2020, sheds light on the public&apos;s attitudes regarding The Trump Administration&apos;s handling of the Coronavirus Pandemic. The poll also explored post-impeachment attitudes on other headline-grabbing topics: the 2020 election, presidential war powers, Russian campaign meddling, Trump&apos;s intimidation of his own Justice Department, sanctuary cities and possible revisions to longstanding 401K rules.Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter: twitter.com/Mark_Penn_PollsRegister for the next Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll: harvardharrispoll.com/</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900548</guid>
      <title>Americans Split on Military Action Against Iran</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6566004" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0fb0039c-ae6c-40b2-b1b9-f6c61585e1e1/audio/e18b339f-2bb4-4cfa-b95d-7d1da1b6d6b2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Americans Split on Military Action Against Iran</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0fb0039c-ae6c-40b2-b1b9-f6c61585e1e1/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:02</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900542</guid>
      <title>American Attitudes Toward China</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1901935" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0e5c92bd-0f4b-4157-854a-5d04ff05dee6/audio/a8b4ac5f-82a8-4cdb-862c-332aefc01803/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>American Attitudes Toward China</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0e5c92bd-0f4b-4157-854a-5d04ff05dee6/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900530</guid>
      <title>Trump&apos;s Post-Impeachment Approval Numbers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2477145" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/6b45ca4c-6503-4d1d-ba22-1030d20f010f/audio/c6261265-0be0-4641-be48-bdfbc950400f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump&apos;s Post-Impeachment Approval Numbers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/6b45ca4c-6503-4d1d-ba22-1030d20f010f/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:21</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900515</guid>
      <title>Online Political Ad Censorship - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3043794" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c5ea8958-ecdd-457a-a539-a8239c12f38a/audio/70ab6e2f-9e62-40b4-a286-038e1031db7c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Online Political Ad Censorship - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/c5ea8958-ecdd-457a-a539-a8239c12f38a/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900497</guid>
      <title>Voters&apos; Hot Button Issues in 2020</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3620942" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/38e6f32c-fe99-4a79-a8c6-3ff5cba14470/audio/a96d8555-b7a4-4c1b-bc26-60ce3c90da60/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Voters&apos; Hot Button Issues in 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/38e6f32c-fe99-4a79-a8c6-3ff5cba14470/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2900560</guid>
      <title>2020 Horse Race - Last Leg?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Interested in Learning More?

Harvard Harris Poll

Listen to More Episodes

Twitter
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <enclosure length="1732561" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ead04fdd-cf14-4f27-aa72-4ab392824e99/audio/06d8d541-7c71-4968-bb9d-106407da88fd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Horse Race - Last Leg?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ead04fdd-cf14-4f27-aa72-4ab392824e99/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2870515</guid>
      <title>2020 Horse Race - Final Stretch?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Feb 2020 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br />Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_feb<br />Register: https://harvardharrispoll.com/<br />Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1732547" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d4d9c64c-258a-4e7d-a464-884a804ddf78/audio/72212e00-3b28-432b-8b7a-68627f55e1ce/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Horse Race - Final Stretch?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d4d9c64c-258a-4e7d-a464-884a804ddf78/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  Download: http://bit.ly/hhp_febRegister: https://harvardharrispoll.com/Follow: https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2788612</guid>
      <title>Post-Impeachment Attitudes Re: Trump, The Economy, 2020 and More</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> shares findings from a new <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll</b></a>, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br /><a href="http://bit.ly/hhp_feb"><b>DOWNLOAD</b></a> the full report.<br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>REGISTER</b></a> to receive the next poll.<br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls "><b>FOLLOW</b></a> @Mark_Penn_Polls for more.<br /> <br />President Trump’s approval rating is hovering near its all-time high at 46% on the strength of voter optimism about the economy. But his weakness among female voters has him trailing Democratic rivals in a hypothetical match-up early in his reelection bid. Our poll found 45 percent of voters say they will definitely or probably vote for a generic Democrat compared with 39 percent who said they will definitely or probably vote for Trump. Still, this number represents a 4-point move in Trump’s favor from where he was in July.<br /> <br />When pitting Trump’s bog of issues against a progressive democratic platform, Trump’s platform wins 59% to 41%. When pitting a centrist democrat platform against Trump’s, the centrist platform ekes through 52% to 47%.  Taken together, there’s plenty of room for campaigns to find (and fight through) a path to victory.   <br /> <br />The economy is Trump’s greatest asset at the moment, with 60 percent approving of the job he’s doing on jobs and economic growth. Fifty-one percent of voters say the economy is on the right track, including 60 percent of men and 44 percent of women. Forty-six percent of independents say the economy is on the right track, suggesting there is still room for improvement in both messaging and substance. Seventy-four percent of voters described the economy as strong or very strong, and a plurality, 47 percent, believe the economy will stay the same over the next six months. Thirty-one percent predict a recession, and 22 percent say they believe the economy will improve.<br /> <br />Forty percent of voters said their personal financial situation is improving, and 36 percent said they’re doing just as well. Only 20 percent said they are worse off than before.<br /> <br />Trump’s prospects have surprisingly increased throughout impeachment.  Despite the senate trial, which has the attention of 67% of voters, sentiment on impeachment has not changed month-over-month with 44% saying impeach and remove from office, 15% wanting Trump to be censured by Congress, and 40% who say no action should be taken.  81% of voters think that the Senate is unlikely to vote to remove president Trump from office. And only a plurality of voters think Trump’s actions constitute impeachable offenses – respectively, 40% think Trump asking the Ukrainians to look into the Bidens is an impeachable offense and only 33% think Trump exerting executive privilege on his advisors amounts to the same. The rest either believe the actions were misconduct but not impeachable, or within presidential authority.  <br /> <br />Lastly, Trump looks to be having a foreign policy moment: majorities of voters approve of the strike that killed Iranian General Soleimani, even before finding out that he was placed on the terrorist list by the Obama administration and responsible for the deaths of American military personnel abroad, information which increases support for the action. 67% believe that the strike by President Trump was justified and 58% say Trump was deliberate and calculated in his handling of the crisis. And 68% think the administrations phase 1 trade deal with China benefits the US over China, and the deal makes 54% more likely to support administration trade policies.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Feb 2020 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential pollster <a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>Mark Penn</b></a> shares findings from a new <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll</b></a>, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  <br /><br /><a href="http://bit.ly/hhp_feb"><b>DOWNLOAD</b></a> the full report.<br /><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>REGISTER</b></a> to receive the next poll.<br /><a href="https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls "><b>FOLLOW</b></a> @Mark_Penn_Polls for more.<br /> <br />President Trump’s approval rating is hovering near its all-time high at 46% on the strength of voter optimism about the economy. But his weakness among female voters has him trailing Democratic rivals in a hypothetical match-up early in his reelection bid. Our poll found 45 percent of voters say they will definitely or probably vote for a generic Democrat compared with 39 percent who said they will definitely or probably vote for Trump. Still, this number represents a 4-point move in Trump’s favor from where he was in July.<br /> <br />When pitting Trump’s bog of issues against a progressive democratic platform, Trump’s platform wins 59% to 41%. When pitting a centrist democrat platform against Trump’s, the centrist platform ekes through 52% to 47%.  Taken together, there’s plenty of room for campaigns to find (and fight through) a path to victory.   <br /> <br />The economy is Trump’s greatest asset at the moment, with 60 percent approving of the job he’s doing on jobs and economic growth. Fifty-one percent of voters say the economy is on the right track, including 60 percent of men and 44 percent of women. Forty-six percent of independents say the economy is on the right track, suggesting there is still room for improvement in both messaging and substance. Seventy-four percent of voters described the economy as strong or very strong, and a plurality, 47 percent, believe the economy will stay the same over the next six months. Thirty-one percent predict a recession, and 22 percent say they believe the economy will improve.<br /> <br />Forty percent of voters said their personal financial situation is improving, and 36 percent said they’re doing just as well. Only 20 percent said they are worse off than before.<br /> <br />Trump’s prospects have surprisingly increased throughout impeachment.  Despite the senate trial, which has the attention of 67% of voters, sentiment on impeachment has not changed month-over-month with 44% saying impeach and remove from office, 15% wanting Trump to be censured by Congress, and 40% who say no action should be taken.  81% of voters think that the Senate is unlikely to vote to remove president Trump from office. And only a plurality of voters think Trump’s actions constitute impeachable offenses – respectively, 40% think Trump asking the Ukrainians to look into the Bidens is an impeachable offense and only 33% think Trump exerting executive privilege on his advisors amounts to the same. The rest either believe the actions were misconduct but not impeachable, or within presidential authority.  <br /> <br />Lastly, Trump looks to be having a foreign policy moment: majorities of voters approve of the strike that killed Iranian General Soleimani, even before finding out that he was placed on the terrorist list by the Obama administration and responsible for the deaths of American military personnel abroad, information which increases support for the action. 67% believe that the strike by President Trump was justified and 58% say Trump was deliberate and calculated in his handling of the crisis. And 68% think the administrations phase 1 trade deal with China benefits the US over China, and the deal makes 54% more likely to support administration trade policies.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="26656841" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/de46a764-079f-4154-a2e4-a63dc983106e/audio/8eb0a094-82c5-44a8-bdfa-73ddd8f21494/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Post-Impeachment Attitudes Re: Trump, The Economy, 2020 and More</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:36:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  DOWNLOAD the full report.REGISTER to receive the next poll.FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls for more. President Trump’s approval rating is hovering near its all-time high at 46% on the strength of voter optimism about the economy. But his weakness among female voters has him trailing Democratic rivals in a hypothetical match-up early in his reelection bid. Our poll found 45 percent of voters say they will definitely or probably vote for a generic Democrat compared with 39 percent who said they will definitely or probably vote for Trump. Still, this number represents a 4-point move in Trump’s favor from where he was in July. When pitting Trump’s bog of issues against a progressive democratic platform, Trump’s platform wins 59% to 41%. When pitting a centrist democrat platform against Trump’s, the centrist platform ekes through 52% to 47%.  Taken together, there’s plenty of room for campaigns to find (and fight through) a path to victory.    The economy is Trump’s greatest asset at the moment, with 60 percent approving of the job he’s doing on jobs and economic growth. Fifty-one percent of voters say the economy is on the right track, including 60 percent of men and 44 percent of women. Forty-six percent of independents say the economy is on the right track, suggesting there is still room for improvement in both messaging and substance. Seventy-four percent of voters described the economy as strong or very strong, and a plurality, 47 percent, believe the economy will stay the same over the next six months. Thirty-one percent predict a recession, and 22 percent say they believe the economy will improve. Forty percent of voters said their personal financial situation is improving, and 36 percent said they’re doing just as well. Only 20 percent said they are worse off than before. Trump’s prospects have surprisingly increased throughout impeachment.  Despite the senate trial, which has the attention of 67% of voters, sentiment on impeachment has not changed month-over-month with 44% saying impeach and remove from office, 15% wanting Trump to be censured by Congress, and 40% who say no action should be taken.  81% of voters think that the Senate is unlikely to vote to remove president Trump from office. And only a plurality of voters think Trump’s actions constitute impeachable offenses – respectively, 40% think Trump asking the Ukrainians to look into the Bidens is an impeachable offense and only 33% think Trump exerting executive privilege on his advisors amounts to the same. The rest either believe the actions were misconduct but not impeachable, or within presidential authority.   Lastly, Trump looks to be having a foreign policy moment: majorities of voters approve of the strike that killed Iranian General Soleimani, even before finding out that he was placed on the terrorist list by the Obama administration and responsible for the deaths of American military personnel abroad, information which increases support for the action. 67% believe that the strike by President Trump was justified and 58% say Trump was deliberate and calculated in his handling of the crisis. And 68% think the administrations phase 1 trade deal with China benefits the US over China, and the deal makes 54% more likely to support administration trade policies.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS Harris Poll, fielded among 2,527 registered voters between Jan. 27-29, 2020.  DOWNLOAD the full report.REGISTER to receive the next poll.FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls for more. President Trump’s approval rating is hovering near its all-time high at 46% on the strength of voter optimism about the economy. But his weakness among female voters has him trailing Democratic rivals in a hypothetical match-up early in his reelection bid. Our poll found 45 percent of voters say they will definitely or probably vote for a generic Democrat compared with 39 percent who said they will definitely or probably vote for Trump. Still, this number represents a 4-point move in Trump’s favor from where he was in July. When pitting Trump’s bog of issues against a progressive democratic platform, Trump’s platform wins 59% to 41%. When pitting a centrist democrat platform against Trump’s, the centrist platform ekes through 52% to 47%.  Taken together, there’s plenty of room for campaigns to find (and fight through) a path to victory.    The economy is Trump’s greatest asset at the moment, with 60 percent approving of the job he’s doing on jobs and economic growth. Fifty-one percent of voters say the economy is on the right track, including 60 percent of men and 44 percent of women. Forty-six percent of independents say the economy is on the right track, suggesting there is still room for improvement in both messaging and substance. Seventy-four percent of voters described the economy as strong or very strong, and a plurality, 47 percent, believe the economy will stay the same over the next six months. Thirty-one percent predict a recession, and 22 percent say they believe the economy will improve. Forty percent of voters said their personal financial situation is improving, and 36 percent said they’re doing just as well. Only 20 percent said they are worse off than before. Trump’s prospects have surprisingly increased throughout impeachment.  Despite the senate trial, which has the attention of 67% of voters, sentiment on impeachment has not changed month-over-month with 44% saying impeach and remove from office, 15% wanting Trump to be censured by Congress, and 40% who say no action should be taken.  81% of voters think that the Senate is unlikely to vote to remove president Trump from office. And only a plurality of voters think Trump’s actions constitute impeachable offenses – respectively, 40% think Trump asking the Ukrainians to look into the Bidens is an impeachable offense and only 33% think Trump exerting executive privilege on his advisors amounts to the same. The rest either believe the actions were misconduct but not impeachable, or within presidential authority.   Lastly, Trump looks to be having a foreign policy moment: majorities of voters approve of the strike that killed Iranian General Soleimani, even before finding out that he was placed on the terrorist list by the Obama administration and responsible for the deaths of American military personnel abroad, information which increases support for the action. 67% believe that the strike by President Trump was justified and 58% say Trump was deliberate and calculated in his handling of the crisis. And 68% think the administrations phase 1 trade deal with China benefits the US over China, and the deal makes 54% more likely to support administration trade policies.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481869</guid>
      <title>Biden, Biden &amp; Burisma</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's also look at a subject that the news media has oftentimes been reluctant to fully cover, which is Hunter Biden and his serving as a director on Burisma, the Ukrainian energy company. We've asked a few questions over the last couple of months. We've done a pretty thorough battery here, because given that what you see in most stories is that there's no evidence of corruption, I wanted to see here, what did the American people really think about this. And we asked them, have you heard anything about Hunter Biden serving as a director of Burisma, a Ukrainian energy company? 66% of the public, still 34% who hadn't heard?<br /><br />We asked them, what do you think the compensation was? Nothing 14%; a few thousand dollars 14%; about a hundred thousand dollars 31%; 42% said more than a million. In fact, it was considerably more than a million. Even our own question previously didn't have the correct number as high as the compensation actually was. So most people, 68%, don't understand the level of compensation.<br /><br />Do you think that Hunter Biden was qualified or unqualified for this job? 59% say unqualified. Do you think that Hunter Biden got the job because of his father's position or his own merit? 72% believe that he got this job because of his father's position; 28% own merit. So while people are a little fuzzy about how much money was involved, they are pretty clear that he is accepting a job here based on the job that his father had. Unquestionable clear public opinion.<br /><br />Hunter Biden received millions for services as a director of Burisma, while his father, Vice President, was in charge of Ukraine policy. Do you think this is evidence of corruption or not evidence of corruption? 54% say just his receiving those millions of dollars given his father's position is evidence of corruption. The interesting thing here is that many stories say there's no evidence of any corruption. Most voters would disagree with that position. It doesn't mean that that's definitive evidence or proof that there is corruption. Quite the contrary. That's not what the question asks. And many of these statements also that appear in news stories, don't say, Hey, there's some evidence, but nothing definitive. They say there's no evidence. Most people would think that millions of dollars that went to somebody's son for a job that they say they weren't qualified for at least is evidence worthy of investigation. And do you think this merits further investigation or does not merit further investigation? 58% say merits further investigation; 42% does not merit investigation.<br /><br />Interesting. At the time that he was Vice President, Joe Biden demanded that the Ukraine fire its Chief Prosecutor or the United States would withhold $1 billion of aid to Ukraine. Was this action appropriate or inappropriate? Remember, most people thought that president Trump's actions inappropriate. 64% also thought that this action by Vice President Joe Biden was inappropriate. 64% inappropriate, 34% appropriate.<br /><br />Do you think Joe Biden holding up Ukraine aid at the time his son was receiving millions from Ukrainian company is just a conspiracy theory to be dismissed or a serious matter to be investigated further? 57% say it's a serious matter; 43% say it's a conspiracy theory to be dismissed. Again, I'm not suggesting and nor did these questions suggest in any way, guilt or innocence. What they suggest is that these contracts do provide a level of smoke that people say should properly be investigated and shouldn't be dismissed as something not to really look at or get a good explanation on. Doesn't mean there isn't a good explanation; doesn't mean that they were not absolutely correct in everything that was done, but this is what public opinion is and how it stands when they're asked these questions specifically about these arrangements.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 03:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's also look at a subject that the news media has oftentimes been reluctant to fully cover, which is Hunter Biden and his serving as a director on Burisma, the Ukrainian energy company. We've asked a few questions over the last couple of months. We've done a pretty thorough battery here, because given that what you see in most stories is that there's no evidence of corruption, I wanted to see here, what did the American people really think about this. And we asked them, have you heard anything about Hunter Biden serving as a director of Burisma, a Ukrainian energy company? 66% of the public, still 34% who hadn't heard?<br /><br />We asked them, what do you think the compensation was? Nothing 14%; a few thousand dollars 14%; about a hundred thousand dollars 31%; 42% said more than a million. In fact, it was considerably more than a million. Even our own question previously didn't have the correct number as high as the compensation actually was. So most people, 68%, don't understand the level of compensation.<br /><br />Do you think that Hunter Biden was qualified or unqualified for this job? 59% say unqualified. Do you think that Hunter Biden got the job because of his father's position or his own merit? 72% believe that he got this job because of his father's position; 28% own merit. So while people are a little fuzzy about how much money was involved, they are pretty clear that he is accepting a job here based on the job that his father had. Unquestionable clear public opinion.<br /><br />Hunter Biden received millions for services as a director of Burisma, while his father, Vice President, was in charge of Ukraine policy. Do you think this is evidence of corruption or not evidence of corruption? 54% say just his receiving those millions of dollars given his father's position is evidence of corruption. The interesting thing here is that many stories say there's no evidence of any corruption. Most voters would disagree with that position. It doesn't mean that that's definitive evidence or proof that there is corruption. Quite the contrary. That's not what the question asks. And many of these statements also that appear in news stories, don't say, Hey, there's some evidence, but nothing definitive. They say there's no evidence. Most people would think that millions of dollars that went to somebody's son for a job that they say they weren't qualified for at least is evidence worthy of investigation. And do you think this merits further investigation or does not merit further investigation? 58% say merits further investigation; 42% does not merit investigation.<br /><br />Interesting. At the time that he was Vice President, Joe Biden demanded that the Ukraine fire its Chief Prosecutor or the United States would withhold $1 billion of aid to Ukraine. Was this action appropriate or inappropriate? Remember, most people thought that president Trump's actions inappropriate. 64% also thought that this action by Vice President Joe Biden was inappropriate. 64% inappropriate, 34% appropriate.<br /><br />Do you think Joe Biden holding up Ukraine aid at the time his son was receiving millions from Ukrainian company is just a conspiracy theory to be dismissed or a serious matter to be investigated further? 57% say it's a serious matter; 43% say it's a conspiracy theory to be dismissed. Again, I'm not suggesting and nor did these questions suggest in any way, guilt or innocence. What they suggest is that these contracts do provide a level of smoke that people say should properly be investigated and shouldn't be dismissed as something not to really look at or get a good explanation on. Doesn't mean there isn't a good explanation; doesn't mean that they were not absolutely correct in everything that was done, but this is what public opinion is and how it stands when they're asked these questions specifically about these arrangements.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3951086" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/de1af436-0385-4382-a996-4c5fe5da8565/audio/29c205f7-5770-4e63-90fc-0e9c57c31952/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden, Biden &amp; Burisma</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/de1af436-0385-4382-a996-4c5fe5da8565/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:26</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s also look at a subject that the news media has oftentimes been reluctant to fully cover, which is Hunter Biden and his serving as a director on Burisma, the Ukrainian energy company. We&apos;ve asked a few questions over the last couple of months. We&apos;ve done a pretty thorough battery here, because given that what you see in most stories is that there&apos;s no evidence of corruption, I wanted to see here, what did the American people really think about this. And we asked them, have you heard anything about Hunter Biden serving as a director of Burisma, a Ukrainian energy company? 66% of the public, still 34% who hadn&apos;t heard?We asked them, what do you think the compensation was? Nothing 14%; a few thousand dollars 14%; about a hundred thousand dollars 31%; 42% said more than a million. In fact, it was considerably more than a million. Even our own question previously didn&apos;t have the correct number as high as the compensation actually was. So most people, 68%, don&apos;t understand the level of compensation.Do you think that Hunter Biden was qualified or unqualified for this job? 59% say unqualified. Do you think that Hunter Biden got the job because of his father&apos;s position or his own merit? 72% believe that he got this job because of his father&apos;s position; 28% own merit. So while people are a little fuzzy about how much money was involved, they are pretty clear that he is accepting a job here based on the job that his father had. Unquestionable clear public opinion.Hunter Biden received millions for services as a director of Burisma, while his father, Vice President, was in charge of Ukraine policy. Do you think this is evidence of corruption or not evidence of corruption? 54% say just his receiving those millions of dollars given his father&apos;s position is evidence of corruption. The interesting thing here is that many stories say there&apos;s no evidence of any corruption. Most voters would disagree with that position. It doesn&apos;t mean that that&apos;s definitive evidence or proof that there is corruption. Quite the contrary. That&apos;s not what the question asks. And many of these statements also that appear in news stories, don&apos;t say, Hey, there&apos;s some evidence, but nothing definitive. They say there&apos;s no evidence. Most people would think that millions of dollars that went to somebody&apos;s son for a job that they say they weren&apos;t qualified for at least is evidence worthy of investigation. And do you think this merits further investigation or does not merit further investigation? 58% say merits further investigation; 42% does not merit investigation.Interesting. At the time that he was Vice President, Joe Biden demanded that the Ukraine fire its Chief Prosecutor or the United States would withhold $1 billion of aid to Ukraine. Was this action appropriate or inappropriate? Remember, most people thought that president Trump&apos;s actions inappropriate. 64% also thought that this action by Vice President Joe Biden was inappropriate. 64% inappropriate, 34% appropriate.Do you think Joe Biden holding up Ukraine aid at the time his son was receiving millions from Ukrainian company is just a conspiracy theory to be dismissed or a serious matter to be investigated further? 57% say it&apos;s a serious matter; 43% say it&apos;s a conspiracy theory to be dismissed. Again, I&apos;m not suggesting and nor did these questions suggest in any way, guilt or innocence. What they suggest is that these contracts do provide a level of smoke that people say should properly be investigated and shouldn&apos;t be dismissed as something not to really look at or get a good explanation on. Doesn&apos;t mean there isn&apos;t a good explanation; doesn&apos;t mean that they were not absolutely correct in everything that was done, but this is what public opinion is and how it stands when they&apos;re asked these questions specifically about these arrangements.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s also look at a subject that the news media has oftentimes been reluctant to fully cover, which is Hunter Biden and his serving as a director on Burisma, the Ukrainian energy company. We&apos;ve asked a few questions over the last couple of months. We&apos;ve done a pretty thorough battery here, because given that what you see in most stories is that there&apos;s no evidence of corruption, I wanted to see here, what did the American people really think about this. And we asked them, have you heard anything about Hunter Biden serving as a director of Burisma, a Ukrainian energy company? 66% of the public, still 34% who hadn&apos;t heard?We asked them, what do you think the compensation was? Nothing 14%; a few thousand dollars 14%; about a hundred thousand dollars 31%; 42% said more than a million. In fact, it was considerably more than a million. Even our own question previously didn&apos;t have the correct number as high as the compensation actually was. So most people, 68%, don&apos;t understand the level of compensation.Do you think that Hunter Biden was qualified or unqualified for this job? 59% say unqualified. Do you think that Hunter Biden got the job because of his father&apos;s position or his own merit? 72% believe that he got this job because of his father&apos;s position; 28% own merit. So while people are a little fuzzy about how much money was involved, they are pretty clear that he is accepting a job here based on the job that his father had. Unquestionable clear public opinion.Hunter Biden received millions for services as a director of Burisma, while his father, Vice President, was in charge of Ukraine policy. Do you think this is evidence of corruption or not evidence of corruption? 54% say just his receiving those millions of dollars given his father&apos;s position is evidence of corruption. The interesting thing here is that many stories say there&apos;s no evidence of any corruption. Most voters would disagree with that position. It doesn&apos;t mean that that&apos;s definitive evidence or proof that there is corruption. Quite the contrary. That&apos;s not what the question asks. And many of these statements also that appear in news stories, don&apos;t say, Hey, there&apos;s some evidence, but nothing definitive. They say there&apos;s no evidence. Most people would think that millions of dollars that went to somebody&apos;s son for a job that they say they weren&apos;t qualified for at least is evidence worthy of investigation. And do you think this merits further investigation or does not merit further investigation? 58% say merits further investigation; 42% does not merit investigation.Interesting. At the time that he was Vice President, Joe Biden demanded that the Ukraine fire its Chief Prosecutor or the United States would withhold $1 billion of aid to Ukraine. Was this action appropriate or inappropriate? Remember, most people thought that president Trump&apos;s actions inappropriate. 64% also thought that this action by Vice President Joe Biden was inappropriate. 64% inappropriate, 34% appropriate.Do you think Joe Biden holding up Ukraine aid at the time his son was receiving millions from Ukrainian company is just a conspiracy theory to be dismissed or a serious matter to be investigated further? 57% say it&apos;s a serious matter; 43% say it&apos;s a conspiracy theory to be dismissed. Again, I&apos;m not suggesting and nor did these questions suggest in any way, guilt or innocence. What they suggest is that these contracts do provide a level of smoke that people say should properly be investigated and shouldn&apos;t be dismissed as something not to really look at or get a good explanation on. Doesn&apos;t mean there isn&apos;t a good explanation; doesn&apos;t mean that they were not absolutely correct in everything that was done, but this is what public opinion is and how it stands when they&apos;re asked these questions specifically about these arrangements.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>ukraine, joe biden, burisma, hunter biden</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481833</guid>
      <title>What Voters Think About Vaping &amp; Bans on Flavored Pods</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A subject that's been in the news lately, vaping. We took a quick look at public opinion on vaping and on the controversy created by flavored vaping that spread like wildfire among teens.<br /><br />Do you think that electronic vaping is generally a safe substitute for tobacco or are there significant health concerns around vaping? 77% say there are significant health concerns, only 23% think that it is generally a safe substitute. Now I have no idea whether it is or isn't, but public opinion has clearly lined up as pretty hostile to the overall concept of vaping as a substitute. They don't see it as having been proven safe, which is why when I asked the straightforward question, "Should vaping be allowed for adults?" That was split 50/50, 50% yes, 50% no. So, they're concerned about vaping even with adults, let alone kids.<br /><br />Should vaping be allowed for kids under 18? Well, it's a long time since I have seen any poll question on any topic being 95/5. 95% say it should not be allowed for kids under 18 and the 5% is quite an outlier. Should manufacturers be allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors or should such flavors be banned? Well, given the generally hostile opinion that people have about vaping, not a surprise that 72% say that these types of candy flavors should be banned, 28% say allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors. Some people say that flavored vaping naturally attracts a lot of kids, and so it needs to be banned. Others say that flavored vaping should not be banned because many adults like the flavors as well, which is closer to review, ban them 74%, 26% not banned.<br /><br />So I think you really see in a quick overview here that I think where the administration came out, banning the flavors but allowing adults to continue to use menthol and the tobacco flavored ones is pretty consistent with public opinion, but that the public is really going to want a real safety watch even for adults on whether or not this is a genuinely safe and useful substitute at all. But no question about the powerful public opinion, and it's even stronger among women than men, a powerful public opinion view that these candy type flavors should not be on the shelves because of their attractiveness to children.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A subject that's been in the news lately, vaping. We took a quick look at public opinion on vaping and on the controversy created by flavored vaping that spread like wildfire among teens.<br /><br />Do you think that electronic vaping is generally a safe substitute for tobacco or are there significant health concerns around vaping? 77% say there are significant health concerns, only 23% think that it is generally a safe substitute. Now I have no idea whether it is or isn't, but public opinion has clearly lined up as pretty hostile to the overall concept of vaping as a substitute. They don't see it as having been proven safe, which is why when I asked the straightforward question, "Should vaping be allowed for adults?" That was split 50/50, 50% yes, 50% no. So, they're concerned about vaping even with adults, let alone kids.<br /><br />Should vaping be allowed for kids under 18? Well, it's a long time since I have seen any poll question on any topic being 95/5. 95% say it should not be allowed for kids under 18 and the 5% is quite an outlier. Should manufacturers be allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors or should such flavors be banned? Well, given the generally hostile opinion that people have about vaping, not a surprise that 72% say that these types of candy flavors should be banned, 28% say allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors. Some people say that flavored vaping naturally attracts a lot of kids, and so it needs to be banned. Others say that flavored vaping should not be banned because many adults like the flavors as well, which is closer to review, ban them 74%, 26% not banned.<br /><br />So I think you really see in a quick overview here that I think where the administration came out, banning the flavors but allowing adults to continue to use menthol and the tobacco flavored ones is pretty consistent with public opinion, but that the public is really going to want a real safety watch even for adults on whether or not this is a genuinely safe and useful substitute at all. But no question about the powerful public opinion, and it's even stronger among women than men, a powerful public opinion view that these candy type flavors should not be on the shelves because of their attractiveness to children.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2279008" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/45cff30d-f6b2-4ec2-af35-1df514fcd914/audio/14c989c1-0877-4013-874f-4543f5b15434/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Think About Vaping &amp; Bans on Flavored Pods</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/45cff30d-f6b2-4ec2-af35-1df514fcd914/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A subject that&apos;s been in the news lately, vaping. We took a quick look at public opinion on vaping and on the controversy created by flavored vaping that spread like wildfire among teens.Do you think that electronic vaping is generally a safe substitute for tobacco or are there significant health concerns around vaping? 77% say there are significant health concerns, only 23% think that it is generally a safe substitute. Now I have no idea whether it is or isn&apos;t, but public opinion has clearly lined up as pretty hostile to the overall concept of vaping as a substitute. They don&apos;t see it as having been proven safe, which is why when I asked the straightforward question, &quot;Should vaping be allowed for adults?&quot; That was split 50/50, 50% yes, 50% no. So, they&apos;re concerned about vaping even with adults, let alone kids.Should vaping be allowed for kids under 18? Well, it&apos;s a long time since I have seen any poll question on any topic being 95/5. 95% say it should not be allowed for kids under 18 and the 5% is quite an outlier. Should manufacturers be allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors or should such flavors be banned? Well, given the generally hostile opinion that people have about vaping, not a surprise that 72% say that these types of candy flavors should be banned, 28% say allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors. Some people say that flavored vaping naturally attracts a lot of kids, and so it needs to be banned. Others say that flavored vaping should not be banned because many adults like the flavors as well, which is closer to review, ban them 74%, 26% not banned.So I think you really see in a quick overview here that I think where the administration came out, banning the flavors but allowing adults to continue to use menthol and the tobacco flavored ones is pretty consistent with public opinion, but that the public is really going to want a real safety watch even for adults on whether or not this is a genuinely safe and useful substitute at all. But no question about the powerful public opinion, and it&apos;s even stronger among women than men, a powerful public opinion view that these candy type flavors should not be on the shelves because of their attractiveness to children.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A subject that&apos;s been in the news lately, vaping. We took a quick look at public opinion on vaping and on the controversy created by flavored vaping that spread like wildfire among teens.Do you think that electronic vaping is generally a safe substitute for tobacco or are there significant health concerns around vaping? 77% say there are significant health concerns, only 23% think that it is generally a safe substitute. Now I have no idea whether it is or isn&apos;t, but public opinion has clearly lined up as pretty hostile to the overall concept of vaping as a substitute. They don&apos;t see it as having been proven safe, which is why when I asked the straightforward question, &quot;Should vaping be allowed for adults?&quot; That was split 50/50, 50% yes, 50% no. So, they&apos;re concerned about vaping even with adults, let alone kids.Should vaping be allowed for kids under 18? Well, it&apos;s a long time since I have seen any poll question on any topic being 95/5. 95% say it should not be allowed for kids under 18 and the 5% is quite an outlier. Should manufacturers be allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors or should such flavors be banned? Well, given the generally hostile opinion that people have about vaping, not a surprise that 72% say that these types of candy flavors should be banned, 28% say allowed to sell vaping with candy type flavors. Some people say that flavored vaping naturally attracts a lot of kids, and so it needs to be banned. Others say that flavored vaping should not be banned because many adults like the flavors as well, which is closer to review, ban them 74%, 26% not banned.So I think you really see in a quick overview here that I think where the administration came out, banning the flavors but allowing adults to continue to use menthol and the tobacco flavored ones is pretty consistent with public opinion, but that the public is really going to want a real safety watch even for adults on whether or not this is a genuinely safe and useful substitute at all. But no question about the powerful public opinion, and it&apos;s even stronger among women than men, a powerful public opinion view that these candy type flavors should not be on the shelves because of their attractiveness to children.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481737</guid>
      <title>The Horowitz Report: Are Voters Paying Attention?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now, let's look at the Inspector General's report on the FBI and the Carter Page warrants. This topic is on almost the other side of what people see as important investigations. Only 22% were very familiar with this Inspector General's report. It's a pretty low number, considering the importance of the report. 46% said they were somewhat familiar. To the best of your knowledge, do you think the DOJ inspector report absolves the FBI of any mistakes or does it reveal patterns of violations of process and misjudgment?<br /><br />We tried to kind of see what does the American public think this report says? They don't seem to know it very well, but has the general message about the report gotten through? In some areas, yes. Now, 39% very familiar number in the rest of the polls, say that it absolves the FBI. Remember, former FBI Director James Comey wrote an editorial basically saying... Or an op-ed, saying that he was vindicated by this report and has had many TV reappearances saying precisely that. 39% say that. 61% say it reveals patterns of violations and misjudgment.<br /><br />Interesting. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says that the Christopher Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion was found to be mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified? Now, this report is pretty clear that this dossier did not have the kind of verified information that could really support a warrant for Carter Page. And yet, 53% believe that the DOJ Inspector General found that the dossier was mostly truthful. Only 47% said it was mostly false and unverified. So it says that the issue of Trump-Russia collusion is not dead at all. It still animates a considerable amount of the electorate.<br /><br />And we asked, "Without talking about the Inspector General report, do you think the Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion is mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified?" 50% say mostly truthful. This is an incredible finding, given that there've been two Senate reports, the Mueller Investigation, and now the Inspector General's report, that none of this information was found to be verified. And certainly the characterization of mostly truthful is not something that any of these investigations would now apply to those general reports and yet, 50% of America remains convinced that it is a mostly truthful document.<br /><br />Do you think the DOJ Inspector General says there was justification for surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI or no such justification existed for the surveillance of Carter page? 54% said justification existed. Now, technically the report didn't say that. Technically, the reports said there was justification for opening an investigation. The question of surveilling Carter Page is quite different. That's where the report was quite negative, particularly about the use of the dossier.<br /><br />Do you think there was justification then, I ask without the report, justification for the surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI? 52% believe that the justification existed. Again, a lot of this reflects the way this report was covered. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says there was no political bias in the investigation, that there was political bias, or that he couldn't find documented evidence of political bias? 28% say no, 41%, another familiar number, say there was, and 32% say he couldn't find documented evidence.<br /><br />If we asked them, "Do you think that there was political bias in the investigation or no political bias outright?" 44% say there was no political bias. 56% say there was political bias. So the American public believes there was political bias, right? They got that the report didn't really take a position on the political bias but half the public does think that the dossier is a mostly-truthful document.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now, let's look at the Inspector General's report on the FBI and the Carter Page warrants. This topic is on almost the other side of what people see as important investigations. Only 22% were very familiar with this Inspector General's report. It's a pretty low number, considering the importance of the report. 46% said they were somewhat familiar. To the best of your knowledge, do you think the DOJ inspector report absolves the FBI of any mistakes or does it reveal patterns of violations of process and misjudgment?<br /><br />We tried to kind of see what does the American public think this report says? They don't seem to know it very well, but has the general message about the report gotten through? In some areas, yes. Now, 39% very familiar number in the rest of the polls, say that it absolves the FBI. Remember, former FBI Director James Comey wrote an editorial basically saying... Or an op-ed, saying that he was vindicated by this report and has had many TV reappearances saying precisely that. 39% say that. 61% say it reveals patterns of violations and misjudgment.<br /><br />Interesting. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says that the Christopher Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion was found to be mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified? Now, this report is pretty clear that this dossier did not have the kind of verified information that could really support a warrant for Carter Page. And yet, 53% believe that the DOJ Inspector General found that the dossier was mostly truthful. Only 47% said it was mostly false and unverified. So it says that the issue of Trump-Russia collusion is not dead at all. It still animates a considerable amount of the electorate.<br /><br />And we asked, "Without talking about the Inspector General report, do you think the Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion is mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified?" 50% say mostly truthful. This is an incredible finding, given that there've been two Senate reports, the Mueller Investigation, and now the Inspector General's report, that none of this information was found to be verified. And certainly the characterization of mostly truthful is not something that any of these investigations would now apply to those general reports and yet, 50% of America remains convinced that it is a mostly truthful document.<br /><br />Do you think the DOJ Inspector General says there was justification for surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI or no such justification existed for the surveillance of Carter page? 54% said justification existed. Now, technically the report didn't say that. Technically, the reports said there was justification for opening an investigation. The question of surveilling Carter Page is quite different. That's where the report was quite negative, particularly about the use of the dossier.<br /><br />Do you think there was justification then, I ask without the report, justification for the surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI? 52% believe that the justification existed. Again, a lot of this reflects the way this report was covered. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says there was no political bias in the investigation, that there was political bias, or that he couldn't find documented evidence of political bias? 28% say no, 41%, another familiar number, say there was, and 32% say he couldn't find documented evidence.<br /><br />If we asked them, "Do you think that there was political bias in the investigation or no political bias outright?" 44% say there was no political bias. 56% say there was political bias. So the American public believes there was political bias, right? They got that the report didn't really take a position on the political bias but half the public does think that the dossier is a mostly-truthful document.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5449554" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4c72e3b1-5d63-413c-91d1-cca7bd1f6051/audio/c41d4f0a-1bfa-4d5d-85f4-87613d04420d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Horowitz Report: Are Voters Paying Attention?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/4c72e3b1-5d63-413c-91d1-cca7bd1f6051/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now, let&apos;s look at the Inspector General&apos;s report on the FBI and the Carter Page warrants. This topic is on almost the other side of what people see as important investigations. Only 22% were very familiar with this Inspector General&apos;s report. It&apos;s a pretty low number, considering the importance of the report. 46% said they were somewhat familiar. To the best of your knowledge, do you think the DOJ inspector report absolves the FBI of any mistakes or does it reveal patterns of violations of process and misjudgment?We tried to kind of see what does the American public think this report says? They don&apos;t seem to know it very well, but has the general message about the report gotten through? In some areas, yes. Now, 39% very familiar number in the rest of the polls, say that it absolves the FBI. Remember, former FBI Director James Comey wrote an editorial basically saying... Or an op-ed, saying that he was vindicated by this report and has had many TV reappearances saying precisely that. 39% say that. 61% say it reveals patterns of violations and misjudgment.Interesting. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says that the Christopher Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion was found to be mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified? Now, this report is pretty clear that this dossier did not have the kind of verified information that could really support a warrant for Carter Page. And yet, 53% believe that the DOJ Inspector General found that the dossier was mostly truthful. Only 47% said it was mostly false and unverified. So it says that the issue of Trump-Russia collusion is not dead at all. It still animates a considerable amount of the electorate.And we asked, &quot;Without talking about the Inspector General report, do you think the Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion is mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified?&quot; 50% say mostly truthful. This is an incredible finding, given that there&apos;ve been two Senate reports, the Mueller Investigation, and now the Inspector General&apos;s report, that none of this information was found to be verified. And certainly the characterization of mostly truthful is not something that any of these investigations would now apply to those general reports and yet, 50% of America remains convinced that it is a mostly truthful document.Do you think the DOJ Inspector General says there was justification for surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI or no such justification existed for the surveillance of Carter page? 54% said justification existed. Now, technically the report didn&apos;t say that. Technically, the reports said there was justification for opening an investigation. The question of surveilling Carter Page is quite different. That&apos;s where the report was quite negative, particularly about the use of the dossier.Do you think there was justification then, I ask without the report, justification for the surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI? 52% believe that the justification existed. Again, a lot of this reflects the way this report was covered. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says there was no political bias in the investigation, that there was political bias, or that he couldn&apos;t find documented evidence of political bias? 28% say no, 41%, another familiar number, say there was, and 32% say he couldn&apos;t find documented evidence.If we asked them, &quot;Do you think that there was political bias in the investigation or no political bias outright?&quot; 44% say there was no political bias. 56% say there was political bias. So the American public believes there was political bias, right? They got that the report didn&apos;t really take a position on the political bias but half the public does think that the dossier is a mostly-truthful document.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now, let&apos;s look at the Inspector General&apos;s report on the FBI and the Carter Page warrants. This topic is on almost the other side of what people see as important investigations. Only 22% were very familiar with this Inspector General&apos;s report. It&apos;s a pretty low number, considering the importance of the report. 46% said they were somewhat familiar. To the best of your knowledge, do you think the DOJ inspector report absolves the FBI of any mistakes or does it reveal patterns of violations of process and misjudgment?We tried to kind of see what does the American public think this report says? They don&apos;t seem to know it very well, but has the general message about the report gotten through? In some areas, yes. Now, 39% very familiar number in the rest of the polls, say that it absolves the FBI. Remember, former FBI Director James Comey wrote an editorial basically saying... Or an op-ed, saying that he was vindicated by this report and has had many TV reappearances saying precisely that. 39% say that. 61% say it reveals patterns of violations and misjudgment.Interesting. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says that the Christopher Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion was found to be mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified? Now, this report is pretty clear that this dossier did not have the kind of verified information that could really support a warrant for Carter Page. And yet, 53% believe that the DOJ Inspector General found that the dossier was mostly truthful. Only 47% said it was mostly false and unverified. So it says that the issue of Trump-Russia collusion is not dead at all. It still animates a considerable amount of the electorate.And we asked, &quot;Without talking about the Inspector General report, do you think the Steele dossier alleging Trump-Russia collusion is mostly truthful or mostly false and unverified?&quot; 50% say mostly truthful. This is an incredible finding, given that there&apos;ve been two Senate reports, the Mueller Investigation, and now the Inspector General&apos;s report, that none of this information was found to be verified. And certainly the characterization of mostly truthful is not something that any of these investigations would now apply to those general reports and yet, 50% of America remains convinced that it is a mostly truthful document.Do you think the DOJ Inspector General says there was justification for surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI or no such justification existed for the surveillance of Carter page? 54% said justification existed. Now, technically the report didn&apos;t say that. Technically, the reports said there was justification for opening an investigation. The question of surveilling Carter Page is quite different. That&apos;s where the report was quite negative, particularly about the use of the dossier.Do you think there was justification then, I ask without the report, justification for the surveillance of Carter Page by the FBI? 52% believe that the justification existed. Again, a lot of this reflects the way this report was covered. Do you think the DOJ Inspector General report says there was no political bias in the investigation, that there was political bias, or that he couldn&apos;t find documented evidence of political bias? 28% say no, 41%, another familiar number, say there was, and 32% say he couldn&apos;t find documented evidence.If we asked them, &quot;Do you think that there was political bias in the investigation or no political bias outright?&quot; 44% say there was no political bias. 56% say there was political bias. So the American public believes there was political bias, right? They got that the report didn&apos;t really take a position on the political bias but half the public does think that the dossier is a mostly-truthful document.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481704</guid>
      <title>The Latest Impeachment Numbers - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look about the questions on impeachment. We've run a question for a very long period of time now. Do you think that for his actions President Trump should be impeached and removed from office, censured by Congress, or no action should be taken? 45% say impeach and remove, 15% censured, 40% no action. So if you look at that 55% the way I would look at it, say censure or no action, said censure is a mild resolution. 45% look for removal. Most of the time, that has run around 39%. Once the Ukraine situation occurred, and given the actual impeachment by the house, that went up five or six points. It went down to 43 I think. And now it's come back up to 45. It's not a majority. It's within the zone of partisanship. And as I said, 55%, so the indictment by the house did not significantly move opinion. But they do have, American public, has significant concerns about what happened with the Ukraine, and I think that comes through in the questions.<br /><br />36% say they were paying very close attention to this, 76% say that somewhat or very, meaning most of the has been following what's going on here, about three-quarters. Do you think that they provide compelling evidence for impeaching Trump or not? 54% say there's compelling evidence, 46% not presented compelling evidence. Do you think President Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved represents treason, bribery or high crimes and ... again, 55% say that ... and remember when we asked them, do you want to remove him for office, actually only 45% say that. So there's a fair number of people here who think what the president did is wrong but wouldn't remove him from office. That's the 15% who say censure is the right way to go, the swing voters in America. It's very clear, even on this issue, that there's a swing vote, typically a 15 or sometimes as high as 20%, but you see it quite clearly.<br /><br />Do you think Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved in corruption and then temporarily withholding foreign aid until they accepted represents treason, bribery or other high crimes? Again, 56% say that. So they do condemn the president's behavior, but a majority says, don't take them out of office for that. Then we said, which is closer to your viewpoint, asking Ukraine to open investigation for the Bidens, given that Hunter Biden and his partners received hundreds of thousands of dollars in fees advising Ukrainian energy company without any energy experiences is fair request? Or asking the Ukraine to investigate the Bidens as tantamount to asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election, given the Joe Biden's a candidate for president?<br /><br />Now, interestingly, that question now split right down the middle and at 50/50. Then which is closer to your view, asking the Ukraine to open an investigation of the Bidens, that former vice president Joe Biden is on the record saying he withheld $1 billion in aid until it removed a general prosecutor, or asking the Ukraine of Biden's is tantamount asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election? That went 52%. it was a fair request.<br /><br />So within the country, where 45% says remove him from office up from 39, 15% says censure. Within that, there's still an argument depending upon how these charges are presented and how they are defended that moves it back and forth within the context here of the 55 to 45% range. Do you support or oppose the house of representatives voting to impeach Trump? People were fine with the house of representatives voting. 56% say they were fine with them voting on it. 44% opposed them voting. I think that question doesn't really ... it's a slightly unclear question because we ask them whether they support or opposing the vote as opposed to support or oppose the impeachment itself. It says, "Look, there's a fair idea that they would vote."</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look about the questions on impeachment. We've run a question for a very long period of time now. Do you think that for his actions President Trump should be impeached and removed from office, censured by Congress, or no action should be taken? 45% say impeach and remove, 15% censured, 40% no action. So if you look at that 55% the way I would look at it, say censure or no action, said censure is a mild resolution. 45% look for removal. Most of the time, that has run around 39%. Once the Ukraine situation occurred, and given the actual impeachment by the house, that went up five or six points. It went down to 43 I think. And now it's come back up to 45. It's not a majority. It's within the zone of partisanship. And as I said, 55%, so the indictment by the house did not significantly move opinion. But they do have, American public, has significant concerns about what happened with the Ukraine, and I think that comes through in the questions.<br /><br />36% say they were paying very close attention to this, 76% say that somewhat or very, meaning most of the has been following what's going on here, about three-quarters. Do you think that they provide compelling evidence for impeaching Trump or not? 54% say there's compelling evidence, 46% not presented compelling evidence. Do you think President Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved represents treason, bribery or high crimes and ... again, 55% say that ... and remember when we asked them, do you want to remove him for office, actually only 45% say that. So there's a fair number of people here who think what the president did is wrong but wouldn't remove him from office. That's the 15% who say censure is the right way to go, the swing voters in America. It's very clear, even on this issue, that there's a swing vote, typically a 15 or sometimes as high as 20%, but you see it quite clearly.<br /><br />Do you think Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved in corruption and then temporarily withholding foreign aid until they accepted represents treason, bribery or other high crimes? Again, 56% say that. So they do condemn the president's behavior, but a majority says, don't take them out of office for that. Then we said, which is closer to your viewpoint, asking Ukraine to open investigation for the Bidens, given that Hunter Biden and his partners received hundreds of thousands of dollars in fees advising Ukrainian energy company without any energy experiences is fair request? Or asking the Ukraine to investigate the Bidens as tantamount to asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election, given the Joe Biden's a candidate for president?<br /><br />Now, interestingly, that question now split right down the middle and at 50/50. Then which is closer to your view, asking the Ukraine to open an investigation of the Bidens, that former vice president Joe Biden is on the record saying he withheld $1 billion in aid until it removed a general prosecutor, or asking the Ukraine of Biden's is tantamount asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election? That went 52%. it was a fair request.<br /><br />So within the country, where 45% says remove him from office up from 39, 15% says censure. Within that, there's still an argument depending upon how these charges are presented and how they are defended that moves it back and forth within the context here of the 55 to 45% range. Do you support or oppose the house of representatives voting to impeach Trump? People were fine with the house of representatives voting. 56% say they were fine with them voting on it. 44% opposed them voting. I think that question doesn't really ... it's a slightly unclear question because we ask them whether they support or opposing the vote as opposed to support or oppose the impeachment itself. It says, "Look, there's a fair idea that they would vote."</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9551512" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/fdaabb5d-17c3-4c5d-b3a6-622be63e7cd0/audio/100baf1c-fccb-4609-8728-66611e095a6b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Latest Impeachment Numbers - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/fdaabb5d-17c3-4c5d-b3a6-622be63e7cd0/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:11</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now let&apos;s take a look about the questions on impeachment. We&apos;ve run a question for a very long period of time now. Do you think that for his actions President Trump should be impeached and removed from office, censured by Congress, or no action should be taken? 45% say impeach and remove, 15% censured, 40% no action. So if you look at that 55% the way I would look at it, say censure or no action, said censure is a mild resolution. 45% look for removal. Most of the time, that has run around 39%. Once the Ukraine situation occurred, and given the actual impeachment by the house, that went up five or six points. It went down to 43 I think. And now it&apos;s come back up to 45. It&apos;s not a majority. It&apos;s within the zone of partisanship. And as I said, 55%, so the indictment by the house did not significantly move opinion. But they do have, American public, has significant concerns about what happened with the Ukraine, and I think that comes through in the questions.36% say they were paying very close attention to this, 76% say that somewhat or very, meaning most of the has been following what&apos;s going on here, about three-quarters. Do you think that they provide compelling evidence for impeaching Trump or not? 54% say there&apos;s compelling evidence, 46% not presented compelling evidence. Do you think President Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved represents treason, bribery or high crimes and ... again, 55% say that ... and remember when we asked them, do you want to remove him for office, actually only 45% say that. So there&apos;s a fair number of people here who think what the president did is wrong but wouldn&apos;t remove him from office. That&apos;s the 15% who say censure is the right way to go, the swing voters in America. It&apos;s very clear, even on this issue, that there&apos;s a swing vote, typically a 15 or sometimes as high as 20%, but you see it quite clearly.Do you think Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved in corruption and then temporarily withholding foreign aid until they accepted represents treason, bribery or other high crimes? Again, 56% say that. So they do condemn the president&apos;s behavior, but a majority says, don&apos;t take them out of office for that. Then we said, which is closer to your viewpoint, asking Ukraine to open investigation for the Bidens, given that Hunter Biden and his partners received hundreds of thousands of dollars in fees advising Ukrainian energy company without any energy experiences is fair request? Or asking the Ukraine to investigate the Bidens as tantamount to asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election, given the Joe Biden&apos;s a candidate for president?Now, interestingly, that question now split right down the middle and at 50/50. Then which is closer to your view, asking the Ukraine to open an investigation of the Bidens, that former vice president Joe Biden is on the record saying he withheld $1 billion in aid until it removed a general prosecutor, or asking the Ukraine of Biden&apos;s is tantamount asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election? That went 52%. it was a fair request.So within the country, where 45% says remove him from office up from 39, 15% says censure. Within that, there&apos;s still an argument depending upon how these charges are presented and how they are defended that moves it back and forth within the context here of the 55 to 45% range. Do you support or oppose the house of representatives voting to impeach Trump? People were fine with the house of representatives voting. 56% say they were fine with them voting on it. 44% opposed them voting. I think that question doesn&apos;t really ... it&apos;s a slightly unclear question because we ask them whether they support or opposing the vote as opposed to support or oppose the impeachment itself. It says, &quot;Look, there&apos;s a fair idea that they would vote.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now let&apos;s take a look about the questions on impeachment. We&apos;ve run a question for a very long period of time now. Do you think that for his actions President Trump should be impeached and removed from office, censured by Congress, or no action should be taken? 45% say impeach and remove, 15% censured, 40% no action. So if you look at that 55% the way I would look at it, say censure or no action, said censure is a mild resolution. 45% look for removal. Most of the time, that has run around 39%. Once the Ukraine situation occurred, and given the actual impeachment by the house, that went up five or six points. It went down to 43 I think. And now it&apos;s come back up to 45. It&apos;s not a majority. It&apos;s within the zone of partisanship. And as I said, 55%, so the indictment by the house did not significantly move opinion. But they do have, American public, has significant concerns about what happened with the Ukraine, and I think that comes through in the questions.36% say they were paying very close attention to this, 76% say that somewhat or very, meaning most of the has been following what&apos;s going on here, about three-quarters. Do you think that they provide compelling evidence for impeaching Trump or not? 54% say there&apos;s compelling evidence, 46% not presented compelling evidence. Do you think President Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved represents treason, bribery or high crimes and ... again, 55% say that ... and remember when we asked them, do you want to remove him for office, actually only 45% say that. So there&apos;s a fair number of people here who think what the president did is wrong but wouldn&apos;t remove him from office. That&apos;s the 15% who say censure is the right way to go, the swing voters in America. It&apos;s very clear, even on this issue, that there&apos;s a swing vote, typically a 15 or sometimes as high as 20%, but you see it quite clearly.Do you think Trump asking the president of Ukraine to investigate whether the Bidens were involved in corruption and then temporarily withholding foreign aid until they accepted represents treason, bribery or other high crimes? Again, 56% say that. So they do condemn the president&apos;s behavior, but a majority says, don&apos;t take them out of office for that. Then we said, which is closer to your viewpoint, asking Ukraine to open investigation for the Bidens, given that Hunter Biden and his partners received hundreds of thousands of dollars in fees advising Ukrainian energy company without any energy experiences is fair request? Or asking the Ukraine to investigate the Bidens as tantamount to asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election, given the Joe Biden&apos;s a candidate for president?Now, interestingly, that question now split right down the middle and at 50/50. Then which is closer to your view, asking the Ukraine to open an investigation of the Bidens, that former vice president Joe Biden is on the record saying he withheld $1 billion in aid until it removed a general prosecutor, or asking the Ukraine of Biden&apos;s is tantamount asking a foreign country to intervene in the US election? That went 52%. it was a fair request.So within the country, where 45% says remove him from office up from 39, 15% says censure. Within that, there&apos;s still an argument depending upon how these charges are presented and how they are defended that moves it back and forth within the context here of the 55 to 45% range. Do you support or oppose the house of representatives voting to impeach Trump? People were fine with the house of representatives voting. 56% say they were fine with them voting on it. 44% opposed them voting. I think that question doesn&apos;t really ... it&apos;s a slightly unclear question because we ask them whether they support or opposing the vote as opposed to support or oppose the impeachment itself. It says, &quot;Look, there&apos;s a fair idea that they would vote.&quot;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481635</guid>
      <title>2020 Democratic Horse Race</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>"Let's turn to the Democratic horse race. Some changes there and I think it's been reflected in a lot of the fundraising numbers that you've seen. Joe Biden continues to lead the pack in our poll. We look at Democrats nationwide and he's polling just a little over 30%. Bernie Sanders is now and has been number two at very close to 20%. Elizabeth Warren now in the low teens. Michael Bloomberg coming in at around 7%, tied with mayor Pete. Andrew Yang scoring in there about four or five and so the field is the field. I think for a long time we talked about new people possibly getting in, dissatisfaction with the field. 47% of the Democratic primary voters now say that they are committed to their choice.<br /><br />More and more, this is looking like a Biden, Sanders race. We know that the Warren voters would take Sanders as a second choice. I think a lot of Bloomberg voters would take Biden as a second choice. I think Mayor Pete's votes would probably split going equally to those two or three candidates. But if this comes down to a broker convention, it will be a convention in which the moderates and the left each look to try to get a majority of delegates. In an election right now, that could very well be indecisive, particularly if Sanders and Warren split the more left-leaning vote, and particularly if the moderates are split among Biden, Bloomberg, and Mayor Pete.<br /><br />Donald Trump's reelection, still at 39%. Would people prefer a Republican candidate or a Democratic candidate? 43 Democrat, 39 Republican, 10% undecided, still 8% saying they're going to vote for an independent or other candidate. We don't know who those independent slates will be and whether they will draw more from the Democrats or more from the Republicans. My sense last time was that Johnson drew more from the Republicans and Stein drew almost exclusively from the Democrats. People forget the Johnson had about 6% so that probably the Republicans were hurt more than the Democrats of the independent candidates. We'll see what the slate is this year.<br /><br />Do you like or dislike Donald Trump personally? He's at 30%. he's been at 31 or 30% the last few months. He was as low as 26%, so this is a very slight improvement. But again, when you look at it, there's 58% that don't like him personally and 60% who approve of the job that he's doing on the economy. And this duality here between not liking President Trump but liking his economic policy is what creates a tremendous number of cross pressured voters. And that means there can be an incredible amount of volatility in the outcome of this race.<br /><br />Now we looked at two head to heads, not among people, but among platforms. So we compared a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes, reduce government regulations, strengthening our military and strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran and seeking better trade deals for the US. Against a second issue plank, a presidential candidate who stands for the green new deal and climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That would generally be characterized as the kinds of positions that Warren or Sanders might take. When you look at those issue groupings, 61% said they would go for the lower tax, lower government candidate or platform over the green new deal, Medicare for all, free college platform which got 39%. that is a really wide gap. That's why the contrast on personalities and values is a lot closer than the conflict between at least those two candidates and where they are on issues."</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>"Let's turn to the Democratic horse race. Some changes there and I think it's been reflected in a lot of the fundraising numbers that you've seen. Joe Biden continues to lead the pack in our poll. We look at Democrats nationwide and he's polling just a little over 30%. Bernie Sanders is now and has been number two at very close to 20%. Elizabeth Warren now in the low teens. Michael Bloomberg coming in at around 7%, tied with mayor Pete. Andrew Yang scoring in there about four or five and so the field is the field. I think for a long time we talked about new people possibly getting in, dissatisfaction with the field. 47% of the Democratic primary voters now say that they are committed to their choice.<br /><br />More and more, this is looking like a Biden, Sanders race. We know that the Warren voters would take Sanders as a second choice. I think a lot of Bloomberg voters would take Biden as a second choice. I think Mayor Pete's votes would probably split going equally to those two or three candidates. But if this comes down to a broker convention, it will be a convention in which the moderates and the left each look to try to get a majority of delegates. In an election right now, that could very well be indecisive, particularly if Sanders and Warren split the more left-leaning vote, and particularly if the moderates are split among Biden, Bloomberg, and Mayor Pete.<br /><br />Donald Trump's reelection, still at 39%. Would people prefer a Republican candidate or a Democratic candidate? 43 Democrat, 39 Republican, 10% undecided, still 8% saying they're going to vote for an independent or other candidate. We don't know who those independent slates will be and whether they will draw more from the Democrats or more from the Republicans. My sense last time was that Johnson drew more from the Republicans and Stein drew almost exclusively from the Democrats. People forget the Johnson had about 6% so that probably the Republicans were hurt more than the Democrats of the independent candidates. We'll see what the slate is this year.<br /><br />Do you like or dislike Donald Trump personally? He's at 30%. he's been at 31 or 30% the last few months. He was as low as 26%, so this is a very slight improvement. But again, when you look at it, there's 58% that don't like him personally and 60% who approve of the job that he's doing on the economy. And this duality here between not liking President Trump but liking his economic policy is what creates a tremendous number of cross pressured voters. And that means there can be an incredible amount of volatility in the outcome of this race.<br /><br />Now we looked at two head to heads, not among people, but among platforms. So we compared a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes, reduce government regulations, strengthening our military and strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran and seeking better trade deals for the US. Against a second issue plank, a presidential candidate who stands for the green new deal and climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That would generally be characterized as the kinds of positions that Warren or Sanders might take. When you look at those issue groupings, 61% said they would go for the lower tax, lower government candidate or platform over the green new deal, Medicare for all, free college platform which got 39%. that is a really wide gap. That's why the contrast on personalities and values is a lot closer than the conflict between at least those two candidates and where they are on issues."</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="4907122" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/e25fe171-85e8-4283-8ff4-87389d1ef36f/audio/c72e0e12-f008-4627-b3fe-69a36e05bf1a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Democratic Horse Race</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/e25fe171-85e8-4283-8ff4-87389d1ef36f/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:06:42</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>&quot;Let&apos;s turn to the Democratic horse race. Some changes there and I think it&apos;s been reflected in a lot of the fundraising numbers that you&apos;ve seen. Joe Biden continues to lead the pack in our poll. We look at Democrats nationwide and he&apos;s polling just a little over 30%. Bernie Sanders is now and has been number two at very close to 20%. Elizabeth Warren now in the low teens. Michael Bloomberg coming in at around 7%, tied with mayor Pete. Andrew Yang scoring in there about four or five and so the field is the field. I think for a long time we talked about new people possibly getting in, dissatisfaction with the field. 47% of the Democratic primary voters now say that they are committed to their choice.More and more, this is looking like a Biden, Sanders race. We know that the Warren voters would take Sanders as a second choice. I think a lot of Bloomberg voters would take Biden as a second choice. I think Mayor Pete&apos;s votes would probably split going equally to those two or three candidates. But if this comes down to a broker convention, it will be a convention in which the moderates and the left each look to try to get a majority of delegates. In an election right now, that could very well be indecisive, particularly if Sanders and Warren split the more left-leaning vote, and particularly if the moderates are split among Biden, Bloomberg, and Mayor Pete.Donald Trump&apos;s reelection, still at 39%. Would people prefer a Republican candidate or a Democratic candidate? 43 Democrat, 39 Republican, 10% undecided, still 8% saying they&apos;re going to vote for an independent or other candidate. We don&apos;t know who those independent slates will be and whether they will draw more from the Democrats or more from the Republicans. My sense last time was that Johnson drew more from the Republicans and Stein drew almost exclusively from the Democrats. People forget the Johnson had about 6% so that probably the Republicans were hurt more than the Democrats of the independent candidates. We&apos;ll see what the slate is this year.Do you like or dislike Donald Trump personally? He&apos;s at 30%. he&apos;s been at 31 or 30% the last few months. He was as low as 26%, so this is a very slight improvement. But again, when you look at it, there&apos;s 58% that don&apos;t like him personally and 60% who approve of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy. And this duality here between not liking President Trump but liking his economic policy is what creates a tremendous number of cross pressured voters. And that means there can be an incredible amount of volatility in the outcome of this race.Now we looked at two head to heads, not among people, but among platforms. So we compared a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes, reduce government regulations, strengthening our military and strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran and seeking better trade deals for the US. Against a second issue plank, a presidential candidate who stands for the green new deal and climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That would generally be characterized as the kinds of positions that Warren or Sanders might take. When you look at those issue groupings, 61% said they would go for the lower tax, lower government candidate or platform over the green new deal, Medicare for all, free college platform which got 39%. that is a really wide gap. That&apos;s why the contrast on personalities and values is a lot closer than the conflict between at least those two candidates and where they are on issues.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>&quot;Let&apos;s turn to the Democratic horse race. Some changes there and I think it&apos;s been reflected in a lot of the fundraising numbers that you&apos;ve seen. Joe Biden continues to lead the pack in our poll. We look at Democrats nationwide and he&apos;s polling just a little over 30%. Bernie Sanders is now and has been number two at very close to 20%. Elizabeth Warren now in the low teens. Michael Bloomberg coming in at around 7%, tied with mayor Pete. Andrew Yang scoring in there about four or five and so the field is the field. I think for a long time we talked about new people possibly getting in, dissatisfaction with the field. 47% of the Democratic primary voters now say that they are committed to their choice.More and more, this is looking like a Biden, Sanders race. We know that the Warren voters would take Sanders as a second choice. I think a lot of Bloomberg voters would take Biden as a second choice. I think Mayor Pete&apos;s votes would probably split going equally to those two or three candidates. But if this comes down to a broker convention, it will be a convention in which the moderates and the left each look to try to get a majority of delegates. In an election right now, that could very well be indecisive, particularly if Sanders and Warren split the more left-leaning vote, and particularly if the moderates are split among Biden, Bloomberg, and Mayor Pete.Donald Trump&apos;s reelection, still at 39%. Would people prefer a Republican candidate or a Democratic candidate? 43 Democrat, 39 Republican, 10% undecided, still 8% saying they&apos;re going to vote for an independent or other candidate. We don&apos;t know who those independent slates will be and whether they will draw more from the Democrats or more from the Republicans. My sense last time was that Johnson drew more from the Republicans and Stein drew almost exclusively from the Democrats. People forget the Johnson had about 6% so that probably the Republicans were hurt more than the Democrats of the independent candidates. We&apos;ll see what the slate is this year.Do you like or dislike Donald Trump personally? He&apos;s at 30%. he&apos;s been at 31 or 30% the last few months. He was as low as 26%, so this is a very slight improvement. But again, when you look at it, there&apos;s 58% that don&apos;t like him personally and 60% who approve of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy. And this duality here between not liking President Trump but liking his economic policy is what creates a tremendous number of cross pressured voters. And that means there can be an incredible amount of volatility in the outcome of this race.Now we looked at two head to heads, not among people, but among platforms. So we compared a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes, reduce government regulations, strengthening our military and strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran and seeking better trade deals for the US. Against a second issue plank, a presidential candidate who stands for the green new deal and climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That would generally be characterized as the kinds of positions that Warren or Sanders might take. When you look at those issue groupings, 61% said they would go for the lower tax, lower government candidate or platform over the green new deal, Medicare for all, free college platform which got 39%. that is a really wide gap. That&apos;s why the contrast on personalities and values is a lot closer than the conflict between at least those two candidates and where they are on issues.&quot;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>joe biden, bernie sanders, donald trump</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2481578</guid>
      <title>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,010 registered voters between December 27-29, 2019, sheds light on the public's understanding of the ongoing impeachment fight, the Horowitz Report, the Hunter Biden controversy, the ban on flavored vaping products and takes stock of voters' real concerns as we enter into 2020.<br /><br />FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls (https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls) for daily updates and SIGN-UP to have the findings of each monthly poll delivered directly to your inbox at https://harvardharrispoll.com/.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:<br />- Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University<br />- Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group<br />- Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX<br /><br />Thank you for listening to the late December Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Report and thank you to iHeart, Apple, Spotify, Stitcher, Radio.com, Google, and many other platforms that are now carrying our show. Make sure to follow us at @Marc_Penn_Polls on Twitter. And importantly, sign up to receive updates at the harvardharrispoll.com. Remember, we give you every question, we give you every cross tab. If you don't like my analysis, go ahead and write your own because we give you every piece of information behind every question in every poll.<br /><br />In late December, December 27th to 29th, we interviewed 2010 registered voters by the Harris Poll. The findings also include a flash poll among 1273 registered voters conducted December 30th to 31st. These polls were conducted just before the raid on the Iranian general. If that's changed things, we won't know that until the next poll. But until then, I think that you see a pretty good picture of how America was feeling during this holiday period.<br /><br />Let's take a look at Trump's approval. Obviously, President Trump was impeached just before the holidays. That impeachment has been held up at this point, not yet sent over to the Senate. The impact of impeachment on his job approval was nothing. He was at 47% in November. In late December, he is at 47%. 47% is among some of the higher ratings. He's typically been 44, 45. He's gotten as high as 48. He has not crossed into majority approval since he took office. And the trend here is from June, when he was at 44, to two months at 45, two months at 46 and now two months at 47% approval. Disapproval mirrors it. It's at 53%. Again, down from 56 in May or June; 55, 54 and now 53.<br /><br />We go a little deeper and look at the president's approval by some of the various issue areas. His lowest approval has always been administering the government, 44%, basically unchanged over a long period of time. Foreign affairs, 46%; immigration, 48%; fighting terrorism, 55; stimulating jobs, 59; the economy, 60. The two areas that have moved over time, the economy and stimulating jobs. The others have been relatively stable overtime.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,010 registered voters between December 27-29, 2019, sheds light on the public's understanding of the ongoing impeachment fight, the Horowitz Report, the Hunter Biden controversy, the ban on flavored vaping products and takes stock of voters' real concerns as we enter into 2020.<br /><br />FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls (https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls) for daily updates and SIGN-UP to have the findings of each monthly poll delivered directly to your inbox at https://harvardharrispoll.com/.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.<br /><br />The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:<br />- Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University<br />- Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group<br />- Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX<br /><br />Thank you for listening to the late December Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Report and thank you to iHeart, Apple, Spotify, Stitcher, Radio.com, Google, and many other platforms that are now carrying our show. Make sure to follow us at @Marc_Penn_Polls on Twitter. And importantly, sign up to receive updates at the harvardharrispoll.com. Remember, we give you every question, we give you every cross tab. If you don't like my analysis, go ahead and write your own because we give you every piece of information behind every question in every poll.<br /><br />In late December, December 27th to 29th, we interviewed 2010 registered voters by the Harris Poll. The findings also include a flash poll among 1273 registered voters conducted December 30th to 31st. These polls were conducted just before the raid on the Iranian general. If that's changed things, we won't know that until the next poll. But until then, I think that you see a pretty good picture of how America was feeling during this holiday period.<br /><br />Let's take a look at Trump's approval. Obviously, President Trump was impeached just before the holidays. That impeachment has been held up at this point, not yet sent over to the Senate. The impact of impeachment on his job approval was nothing. He was at 47% in November. In late December, he is at 47%. 47% is among some of the higher ratings. He's typically been 44, 45. He's gotten as high as 48. He has not crossed into majority approval since he took office. And the trend here is from June, when he was at 44, to two months at 45, two months at 46 and now two months at 47% approval. Disapproval mirrors it. It's at 53%. Again, down from 56 in May or June; 55, 54 and now 53.<br /><br />We go a little deeper and look at the president's approval by some of the various issue areas. His lowest approval has always been administering the government, 44%, basically unchanged over a long period of time. Foreign affairs, 46%; immigration, 48%; fighting terrorism, 55; stimulating jobs, 59; the economy, 60. The two areas that have moved over time, the economy and stimulating jobs. The others have been relatively stable overtime.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="34493824" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/64f5bada-4f76-41af-9eb6-7eee3d26d2e8/audio/f02f618e-aefa-42fd-bf96-905079f651fc/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Deep Dive with Mark Penn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/64f5bada-4f76-41af-9eb6-7eee3d26d2e8/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:47:47</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,010 registered voters between December 27-29, 2019, sheds light on the public&apos;s understanding of the ongoing impeachment fight, the Horowitz Report, the Hunter Biden controversy, the ban on flavored vaping products and takes stock of voters&apos; real concerns as we enter into 2020.FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls (https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls) for daily updates and SIGN-UP to have the findings of each monthly poll delivered directly to your inbox at https://harvardharrispoll.com/.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:- Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University- Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group- Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisXThank you for listening to the late December Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Report and thank you to iHeart, Apple, Spotify, Stitcher, Radio.com, Google, and many other platforms that are now carrying our show. Make sure to follow us at @Marc_Penn_Polls on Twitter. And importantly, sign up to receive updates at the harvardharrispoll.com. Remember, we give you every question, we give you every cross tab. If you don&apos;t like my analysis, go ahead and write your own because we give you every piece of information behind every question in every poll.In late December, December 27th to 29th, we interviewed 2010 registered voters by the Harris Poll. The findings also include a flash poll among 1273 registered voters conducted December 30th to 31st. These polls were conducted just before the raid on the Iranian general. If that&apos;s changed things, we won&apos;t know that until the next poll. But until then, I think that you see a pretty good picture of how America was feeling during this holiday period.Let&apos;s take a look at Trump&apos;s approval. Obviously, President Trump was impeached just before the holidays. That impeachment has been held up at this point, not yet sent over to the Senate. The impact of impeachment on his job approval was nothing. He was at 47% in November. In late December, he is at 47%. 47% is among some of the higher ratings. He&apos;s typically been 44, 45. He&apos;s gotten as high as 48. He has not crossed into majority approval since he took office. And the trend here is from June, when he was at 44, to two months at 45, two months at 46 and now two months at 47% approval. Disapproval mirrors it. It&apos;s at 53%. Again, down from 56 in May or June; 55, 54 and now 53.We go a little deeper and look at the president&apos;s approval by some of the various issue areas. His lowest approval has always been administering the government, 44%, basically unchanged over a long period of time. Foreign affairs, 46%; immigration, 48%; fighting terrorism, 55; stimulating jobs, 59; the economy, 60. The two areas that have moved over time, the economy and stimulating jobs. The others have been relatively stable overtime.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A new Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll, conducted among 2,010 registered voters between December 27-29, 2019, sheds light on the public&apos;s understanding of the ongoing impeachment fight, the Horowitz Report, the Hunter Biden controversy, the ban on flavored vaping products and takes stock of voters&apos; real concerns as we enter into 2020.FOLLOW @Mark_Penn_Polls (https://twitter.com/Mark_Penn_Polls) for daily updates and SIGN-UP to have the findings of each monthly poll delivered directly to your inbox at https://harvardharrispoll.com/.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is conducted by The Harris Poll online within the United States every monthly and captures the responses of over 2,000 registered voters. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online.The Co-Directors of the Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll are:- Stephen D. Ansolabehere – Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University- Mark J. Penn – Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group- Dritan Nesho – Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisXThank you for listening to the late December Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Report and thank you to iHeart, Apple, Spotify, Stitcher, Radio.com, Google, and many other platforms that are now carrying our show. Make sure to follow us at @Marc_Penn_Polls on Twitter. And importantly, sign up to receive updates at the harvardharrispoll.com. Remember, we give you every question, we give you every cross tab. If you don&apos;t like my analysis, go ahead and write your own because we give you every piece of information behind every question in every poll.In late December, December 27th to 29th, we interviewed 2010 registered voters by the Harris Poll. The findings also include a flash poll among 1273 registered voters conducted December 30th to 31st. These polls were conducted just before the raid on the Iranian general. If that&apos;s changed things, we won&apos;t know that until the next poll. But until then, I think that you see a pretty good picture of how America was feeling during this holiday period.Let&apos;s take a look at Trump&apos;s approval. Obviously, President Trump was impeached just before the holidays. That impeachment has been held up at this point, not yet sent over to the Senate. The impact of impeachment on his job approval was nothing. He was at 47% in November. In late December, he is at 47%. 47% is among some of the higher ratings. He&apos;s typically been 44, 45. He&apos;s gotten as high as 48. He has not crossed into majority approval since he took office. And the trend here is from June, when he was at 44, to two months at 45, two months at 46 and now two months at 47% approval. Disapproval mirrors it. It&apos;s at 53%. Again, down from 56 in May or June; 55, 54 and now 53.We go a little deeper and look at the president&apos;s approval by some of the various issue areas. His lowest approval has always been administering the government, 44%, basically unchanged over a long period of time. Foreign affairs, 46%; immigration, 48%; fighting terrorism, 55; stimulating jobs, 59; the economy, 60. The two areas that have moved over time, the economy and stimulating jobs. The others have been relatively stable overtime.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>mood, vaping, 2020, horowitz report, pelosi, the economy, 2020 primaries, trump approval, impeachment, congress, favorability, trump, republicans, democrats, hunter biden</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024697</guid>
      <title>Free Speech &amp; Social Media</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Interested in Learning More?

Harvard Harris Poll

Listen to More Episodes

Twitter
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <enclosure length="1842525" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d68e5dab-868d-4177-b499-20ad65957401/audio/2ae9363f-1d48-4c68-8245-1435e4104c54/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Free Speech &amp; Social Media</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d68e5dab-868d-4177-b499-20ad65957401/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:28</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024688</guid>
      <title>Syria</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Interested in Learning More?

Harvard Harris Poll

Listen to More Episodes

Twitter
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2019 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <enclosure length="2655248" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ea4c6302-6c3b-4c35-93ee-15101402f604/audio/b50a1ab1-84fe-4894-89da-3b5696e9b30b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Syria</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ea4c6302-6c3b-4c35-93ee-15101402f604/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>syria</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024640</guid>
      <title>Campaign 2020 Numbers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Interested in Learning More?

Harvard Harris Poll

Listen to More Episodes

Twitter
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Nov 2019 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <enclosure length="3586857" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/396d325a-fcf6-4a3d-a5a1-5829a0af0555/audio/474ac1dd-514b-4c2f-adf3-4f434aad2e8e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Campaign 2020 Numbers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/396d325a-fcf6-4a3d-a5a1-5829a0af0555/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024622</guid>
      <title>The Overall Mood of American Voters</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 9 Nov 2019 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7483013" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/95446d6c-bd66-49af-9b74-b516b1a5e15b/audio/dfb241e5-cbd3-4372-8145-4c00c42c1cfb/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Overall Mood of American Voters</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/95446d6c-bd66-49af-9b74-b516b1a5e15b/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:19</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024646</guid>
      <title>Ukraine Showdown</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard/Harris Poll website</a> and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 Nov 2019 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/">Harvard/Harris Poll website</a> and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="9906718" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d19c1aff-3da6-4094-8bb8-be76409ee562/audio/06ce1db1-a879-4095-902f-eac55a473bd4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Ukraine Showdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d19c1aff-3da6-4094-8bb8-be76409ee562/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:13:40</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the Harvard/Harris Poll website and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the Harvard/Harris Poll website and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>ukraine, impeachment, trump, giuliani, biden, polls, barr</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-2024535</guid>
      <title>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Deep Dive</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard Harris Poll</b></a> website and follow <b>@</b><a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 8 Nov 2019 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the <a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com/"><b>Harvard Harris Poll</b></a> website and follow <b>@</b><a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls"><b>Mark_Penn_Polls</b></a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="25860157" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/8cf0017c-5bb8-4e4c-9b40-962040549ea9/audio/96e04c98-c7f5-4d28-a990-bad17af2e16b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Deep Dive</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/8cf0017c-5bb8-4e4c-9b40-962040549ea9/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the Harvard Harris Poll website and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. From October 29-31, we interviewed 1,810 registered voters to compile data for the latest poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit the Harvard Harris Poll website and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>ukraine, 2020, the economy, impeachment, congress, syria, free speech, trump, polls</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1828000</guid>
      <title>Mark Penn&apos;s Monthly Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Analysis - Full Episode</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. <br /><br />Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.<br /><br />Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I'd like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you've got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let's launch in to this month's poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that's going on today.<br /><br />So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.<br /><br />Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.<br /><br />The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. <br /><br />Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government & Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University & Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science & CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.<br /><br />Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I'd like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you've got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let's launch in to this month's poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that's going on today.<br /><br />So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.<br /><br />Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36784490" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/549b1801-3612-4c0f-a3e5-16551d8e4771/audio/7857759e-ec79-40e5-91aa-82b7728bc553/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mark Penn&apos;s Monthly Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Analysis - Full Episode</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/549b1801-3612-4c0f-a3e5-16551d8e4771/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I&apos;d like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you&apos;ve got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that&apos;s going on today.So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I&apos;d like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you&apos;ve got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that&apos;s going on today.So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827952</guid>
      <title>Voters&apos; Thoughts on New Kavanaugh Allegations</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh's confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they're true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.<br /><br />So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it's true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh's alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.<br /><br />So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn't have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180 degrees. So it's important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.<br /><br />Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don't like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh's confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they're true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.<br /><br />So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it's true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh's alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.<br /><br />So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn't have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180 degrees. So it's important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.<br /><br />Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don't like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2648870" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d1ad04f5-8016-4cbc-8572-2897036654b9/audio/c13675d0-541b-42f1-810b-ce7c04fcd833/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Voters&apos; Thoughts on New Kavanaugh Allegations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d1ad04f5-8016-4cbc-8572-2897036654b9/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh&apos;s confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they&apos;re true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it&apos;s true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh&apos;s alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn&apos;t have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180 degrees. So it&apos;s important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don&apos;t like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh&apos;s confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they&apos;re true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it&apos;s true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh&apos;s alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn&apos;t have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180 degrees. So it&apos;s important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don&apos;t like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827883</guid>
      <title>Biden&apos;s Son&apos;s Business Dealings in Ukraine &amp; China - What Voters Believe</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.<br /><br />Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.<br /><br />Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.<br /><br />Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.<br /><br />Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.<br /><br />Let's look at whether Joe Biden's actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did. Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for Biden to have done that? Now, in this question, we </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.<br /><br />Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.<br /><br />Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.<br /><br />Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.<br /><br />Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.<br /><br />Let's look at whether Joe Biden's actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did. Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for Biden to have done that? Now, in this question, we </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6196126" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/bbd40a59-b341-498d-a0eb-19d3b232727c/audio/71378c05-ff1e-4942-8a48-5b35e1e47c4b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden&apos;s Son&apos;s Business Dealings in Ukraine &amp; China - What Voters Believe</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/bbd40a59-b341-498d-a0eb-19d3b232727c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let&apos;s look at whether Joe Biden&apos;s actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did. Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for Biden to have done that? Now, in this question, we </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let&apos;s look at whether Joe Biden&apos;s actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did. Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for Biden to have done that? Now, in this question, we </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827835</guid>
      <title>2020 Horse Race - Voters on the Candidates and Issues</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's turn to the 2020 primary. I think that's almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that's going on, but there's no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she's growing and she's trying to broaden her base. And she's trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.<br /><br />Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don't see Yang or O'Rourke really breaking out of their base. There's a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who's on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.<br /><br />61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it's still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton's more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That's the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they're going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she's now garnered.<br /><br />Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don't know. It's always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we've seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn't turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.<br /><br />Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he's got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.<br /><br />For several months, we've been comparing potential Democratic issue slates, particularly a more progressive issue slate, against the Trump issue slate. And then breaking out these sandwiches of issues that we've put together to see the individual elements. So, just as a sandwich, somehow is not just the sum of its parts. We take a look both at the </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's turn to the 2020 primary. I think that's almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that's going on, but there's no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she's growing and she's trying to broaden her base. And she's trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.<br /><br />Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don't see Yang or O'Rourke really breaking out of their base. There's a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who's on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.<br /><br />61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it's still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton's more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That's the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they're going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she's now garnered.<br /><br />Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don't know. It's always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we've seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn't turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.<br /><br />Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he's got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.<br /><br />For several months, we've been comparing potential Democratic issue slates, particularly a more progressive issue slate, against the Trump issue slate. And then breaking out these sandwiches of issues that we've put together to see the individual elements. So, just as a sandwich, somehow is not just the sum of its parts. We take a look both at the </p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7703225" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f73ddcbc-e2f3-4a0b-9dec-20d2c426f886/audio/6970a6be-cb20-41a3-94cb-9489228a80f8/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Horse Race - Voters on the Candidates and Issues</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/f73ddcbc-e2f3-4a0b-9dec-20d2c426f886/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s turn to the 2020 primary. I think that&apos;s almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that&apos;s going on, but there&apos;s no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she&apos;s growing and she&apos;s trying to broaden her base. And she&apos;s trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don&apos;t see Yang or O&apos;Rourke really breaking out of their base. There&apos;s a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who&apos;s on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it&apos;s still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton&apos;s more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That&apos;s the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they&apos;re going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she&apos;s now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don&apos;t know. It&apos;s always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we&apos;ve seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn&apos;t turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he&apos;s got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.For several months, we&apos;ve been comparing potential Democratic issue slates, particularly a more progressive issue slate, against the Trump issue slate. And then breaking out these sandwiches of issues that we&apos;ve put together to see the individual elements. So, just as a sandwich, somehow is not just the sum of its parts. We take a look both at the </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s turn to the 2020 primary. I think that&apos;s almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that&apos;s going on, but there&apos;s no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she&apos;s growing and she&apos;s trying to broaden her base. And she&apos;s trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don&apos;t see Yang or O&apos;Rourke really breaking out of their base. There&apos;s a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who&apos;s on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it&apos;s still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton&apos;s more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That&apos;s the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they&apos;re going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she&apos;s now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don&apos;t know. It&apos;s always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we&apos;ve seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn&apos;t turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he&apos;s got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.For several months, we&apos;ve been comparing potential Democratic issue slates, particularly a more progressive issue slate, against the Trump issue slate. And then breaking out these sandwiches of issues that we&apos;ve put together to see the individual elements. So, just as a sandwich, somehow is not just the sum of its parts. We take a look both at the </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827790</guid>
      <title>Iran: America&apos;s Enemy #1</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10% as ally and 63% enemy. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don't know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.<br /><br />Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they're measured in their response. And it's really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they're into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.<br /><br />Do they think that we're going to get into a war? 29% think it's low, 34% think it's high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they're really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don't go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.<br /><br />So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10% as ally and 63% enemy. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don't know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.<br /><br />Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they're measured in their response. And it's really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they're into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.<br /><br />Do they think that we're going to get into a war? 29% think it's low, 34% think it's high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they're really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don't go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.<br /><br />So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3384366" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4165edbd-2d20-4394-9e28-427d224c7582/audio/93dbc549-299f-498d-9bde-bfcf18d852a9/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Iran: America&apos;s Enemy #1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/4165edbd-2d20-4394-9e28-427d224c7582/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10% as ally and 63% enemy. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don&apos;t know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they&apos;re measured in their response. And it&apos;s really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they&apos;re into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we&apos;re going to get into a war? 29% think it&apos;s low, 34% think it&apos;s high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they&apos;re really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don&apos;t go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10% as ally and 63% enemy. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don&apos;t know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they&apos;re measured in their response. And it&apos;s really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they&apos;re into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we&apos;re going to get into a war? 29% think it&apos;s low, 34% think it&apos;s high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they&apos;re really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don&apos;t go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827763</guid>
      <title>Americans&apos; Economic Outlook: Jobs, Recession &amp; The Stock Market</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we're going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it's going to be the same as now, and 24% think it's going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there's 59% that think it's going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.<br /><br />If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn't ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.<br /><br />Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That's a pretty great number on plentiful. I don't think I've ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there's somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven't seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we're going to keep a very close watch.<br /><br />So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That's about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I've always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.<br /><br />Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump's announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump's pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we're going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it's going to be the same as now, and 24% think it's going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there's 59% that think it's going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.<br /><br />If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn't ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.<br /><br />Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That's a pretty great number on plentiful. I don't think I've ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there's somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven't seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we're going to keep a very close watch.<br /><br />So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That's about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I've always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.<br /><br />Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump's announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump's pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3961018" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/643f0ba9-75c6-4e40-9b6f-8534c9ff66f8/audio/5a7e468d-46e0-41f9-8f03-8ecd7b4e45a1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Americans&apos; Economic Outlook: Jobs, Recession &amp; The Stock Market</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/643f0ba9-75c6-4e40-9b6f-8534c9ff66f8/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we&apos;re going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it&apos;s going to be the same as now, and 24% think it&apos;s going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there&apos;s 59% that think it&apos;s going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn&apos;t ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That&apos;s a pretty great number on plentiful. I don&apos;t think I&apos;ve ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there&apos;s somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven&apos;t seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we&apos;re going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That&apos;s about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I&apos;ve always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump&apos;s announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump&apos;s pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we&apos;re going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it&apos;s going to be the same as now, and 24% think it&apos;s going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there&apos;s 59% that think it&apos;s going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn&apos;t ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That&apos;s a pretty great number on plentiful. I don&apos;t think I&apos;ve ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there&apos;s somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven&apos;t seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we&apos;re going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That&apos;s about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I&apos;ve always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump&apos;s announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump&apos;s pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827718</guid>
      <title>Immigration Reform - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.<br /><br />People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it's rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.<br /><br />They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don't want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.<br /><br />But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you've got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.<br /><br />When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.<br /><br />So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that's what they're doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn't make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.<br /><br />People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it's rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.<br /><br />They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don't want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.<br /><br />But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you've got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.<br /><br />When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.<br /><br />So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that's what they're doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn't make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3433484" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/4207a76d-ea5c-4001-8871-05b611bab53d/audio/eb7b7422-8583-48b1-8570-4742594e206b/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Immigration Reform - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/4207a76d-ea5c-4001-8871-05b611bab53d/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now let&apos;s take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it&apos;s rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don&apos;t want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you&apos;ve got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that&apos;s what they&apos;re doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn&apos;t make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now let&apos;s take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it&apos;s rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don&apos;t want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you&apos;ve got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that&apos;s what they&apos;re doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn&apos;t make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1827700</guid>
      <title>Media Bias &amp; Public Mistrust</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at people's perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that's a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we're going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he's got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.<br /><br />And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it's one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they're positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.<br /><br />Now, let's break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There's a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe online. That's over 80. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That's 74. There's a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don't contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media's rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there's overall concern about the news that's in social media, and there's concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 7 Oct 2019 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at people's perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that's a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we're going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he's got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.<br /><br />And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it's one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they're positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.<br /><br />Now, let's break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There's a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe online. That's over 80. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That's 74. There's a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don't contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media's rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there's overall concern about the news that's in social media, and there's concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2847234" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ee4e3be5-36a7-4f68-9be4-5ce0c9d183d8/audio/bb68a78d-b60b-4df3-becb-4215db6c3f23/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Media Bias &amp; Public Mistrust</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ee4e3be5-36a7-4f68-9be4-5ce0c9d183d8/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a look at people&apos;s perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that&apos;s a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we&apos;re going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he&apos;s got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it&apos;s one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they&apos;re positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let&apos;s break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There&apos;s a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe online. That&apos;s over 80. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That&apos;s 74. There&apos;s a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don&apos;t contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media&apos;s rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there&apos;s overall concern about the news that&apos;s in social media, and there&apos;s concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a look at people&apos;s perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that&apos;s a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we&apos;re going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he&apos;s got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it&apos;s one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they&apos;re positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let&apos;s break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There&apos;s a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe online. That&apos;s over 80. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That&apos;s 74. There&apos;s a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don&apos;t contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media&apos;s rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there&apos;s overall concern about the news that&apos;s in social media, and there&apos;s concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689028319</guid>
      <title>Media Bias</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now, let's take a look at people's perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that's a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we're going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he's got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it's one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they're positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let's break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There's a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe online. That's over 80. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That's 74. There's a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don't contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media's rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there's overall concern about the news that's in social media, and there's concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sun, 6 Oct 2019 11:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now, let's take a look at people's perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that's a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we're going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he's got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it's one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they're positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let's break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There's a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe online. That's over 80. Sometimes it's hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That's 74. There's a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don't contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media's rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there's overall concern about the news that's in social media, and there's concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2829764" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/5d4ac0b1-868a-4e60-903c-c33055909291/audio/f4b04b95-56cc-48ca-89d9-c0e35e6e3df1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Media Bias</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/5d4ac0b1-868a-4e60-903c-c33055909291/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now, let&apos;s take a look at people&apos;s perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that&apos;s a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we&apos;re going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he&apos;s got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it&apos;s one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they&apos;re positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let&apos;s break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There&apos;s a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe online. That&apos;s over 80. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That&apos;s 74. There&apos;s a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don&apos;t contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media&apos;s rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there&apos;s overall concern about the news that&apos;s in social media, and there&apos;s concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now, let&apos;s take a look at people&apos;s perceptions of bias in the media. Well, who do you trust more? President Trump or the media? Well, that&apos;s a tough question, because both the media and the President have very low levels of trust. So, I think we&apos;re going to have to maybe throw out some interesting questions and rate them separately from now on. But only 44% trust President Trump over the media, and 56% trust the media more than President Trump. A clear win, if you compare the two for the media. How do you think the media has treated Trump so far? 57% say fairly, and 44% say unfairly. Again, a win for the media over President Trump. They look at the strident language, I think, coming from the President about the media, and while he&apos;s got substantial numbers of people, around 44%, siding with him, a majority on the side of the media.And I think a big reason why is exactly this question, do you think President Trump is helping or hurting his reelection case with his tweets? 74% hurting, 26% helping. Do you think President Trump should continue to tweet or stop tweeting? 69% stop, 31% continue. We started to ask this about two months ago, and it&apos;s one of the few issues in which Democrats and Republicans and voters across the board agree. So, the President may be getting a tremendous value out of communicating through Twitter and his tweets, but in many respects, the way that they&apos;re positioned and the way they come off has backfired against him, and is seen as a critical element of why Americans are concerned about the way he runs the Presidency and what his character and values are.Now, let&apos;s break this apart into some interesting agree, disagree statements. There&apos;s a lot of fake news on social media. Well, virtually everyone agrees with that. 84%. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe online. That&apos;s over 80. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to know what news to believe in the mainstream media. That&apos;s 74. There&apos;s a lot of fake news in the mainstream media. That is 67. So, when you break out the mainstream media, don&apos;t contrast it with President Trump. The mainstream media&apos;s rating are quite low here. Many journalists intentionally post fake news or false information on social media. 59%. Now, once you get to many of my friends post fake news, that drops to 16% strongly, and a total of 50%, still a high number, giving the journalists benefit of the doubt accidentally is a lower number, and talking about the friends intentionally posting fake news is a lower number. Truth is there&apos;s overall concern about the news that&apos;s in social media, and there&apos;s concern that even the information coming from the mainstream media is often fake or exaggerated based on what we see in these questions.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689020678</guid>
      <title>Immigration Reform - What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it's rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don't want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you've got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that's what they're doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn't make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Sat, 5 Oct 2019 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now let's take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it's rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don't want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you've got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that's what they're doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn't make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3411913" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c32eb8c1-52c9-4354-b3c5-18b681dc6ec9/audio/1c1316b8-bb06-4239-aafd-583522d8e2b9/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Immigration Reform - What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/c32eb8c1-52c9-4354-b3c5-18b681dc6ec9/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now let&apos;s take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it&apos;s rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don&apos;t want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you&apos;ve got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that&apos;s what they&apos;re doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn&apos;t make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now let&apos;s take a look at the immigration polling. 72% continue to support comprehensive immigration reform. Right? They favor a deal which brings together all of these elements of stronger security, eliminating the lottery, giving green cards or work permits to those who are here under DACA. And so we see once again that a majority of the American public supports an across the board compromise on the immigration issues, as month after month nothing moves through Congress.People are divided between is it more important to stick with the relative or family-based system we have versus a more merit based, but they do agree that there is a growing humanitarian and security crisis at the border with Mexico. 56%, it&apos;s rather puzzling that the Senate including Republican Senators keep voting to take back the emergency declaration, when most of the people in the United States have come to see that there is in fact an emergency at the border in their view.They still considerably underestimate the number of people crossing the border illegally, and about 53% think barriers would be ineffective, 48% think that barriers would be effective. But 67% believe that our current security is inadequate, and 77% reject the idea of open borders. So, when you look at it, Americans have a very sophisticated view of immigration. They know how they want it to work. They don&apos;t want open borders. They want compassion for the people that are here. They want some combination of barriers and other techniques to really create an effective border, and to diminish the problem.But if I ask do you support or oppose building a combination of physical and electronic barriers across the U.S. Mexico border, 60% support that. And do you think increased illegal immigration reduces wages to workers, increases them, or has no effect? 42% no effect, 46% reduces, and 12% say they increase it. So what you&apos;ve got is 46% who think that it is bringing down wages. And they are the counterforce here that makes this such a complex and difficult issue. When asked about crime, 50% believe that illegal immigration increases crime, 41% no effect, 9% reduces it.When it comes to the rules on asylum seekers, 47% think that those rules should be general, allowing people who are fleeing violence to claim asylum here in the United States, while 53% believe that only those fleeing religious or political violence specifically aimed at them should be able to declare asylum. And 45%, not a full majority, but 45% think that asylum rules should be tightened, 25% loosened, and 31% kept as is. As you can see what a difficult issue it is, and how close the numbers are on immigration on issue after issue. But should people with questionable asylum claims be let into the United States for years until their case comes up? Or should they immediately be turned back to Mexico for staging? Here is where the President has an advantage on this issue. 61% say should be immediately turned back, 39% say should be let into the United States.So they prefer compassion. They are divided on what the exact asylum rules should be, but they do think that having people come in, claim a false asylum, if that&apos;s what they&apos;re doing, and be held here in the United States for years doesn&apos;t make a lot of sense compared to holding them in Mexico or other countries.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689004481</guid>
      <title>Economic Outlook</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we're going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it's going to be the same as now, and 24% think it's going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there's 59% that think it's going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn't ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That's a pretty great number on plentiful. I don't think I've ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there's somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven't seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we're going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That's about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I've always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump's announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump's pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 4 Oct 2019 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we're going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it's going to be the same as now, and 24% think it's going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there's 59% that think it's going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn't ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That's a pretty great number on plentiful. I don't think I've ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there's somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven't seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we're going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That's about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I've always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump's announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump's pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3949491" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/cd8237dd-e62f-4926-9dcb-b8cb2b907f67/audio/1e85a98d-3bb6-4841-a76c-5af671af074e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Economic Outlook</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/cd8237dd-e62f-4926-9dcb-b8cb2b907f67/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we&apos;re going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it&apos;s going to be the same as now, and 24% think it&apos;s going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there&apos;s 59% that think it&apos;s going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn&apos;t ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That&apos;s a pretty great number on plentiful. I don&apos;t think I&apos;ve ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there&apos;s somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven&apos;t seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we&apos;re going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That&apos;s about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I&apos;ve always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump&apos;s announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump&apos;s pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a deeper dive into some of the economic numbers, and see what Americans think the future is going to hold. Six months from now, do you think that we&apos;re going to be in a recession? 42% think that. 35% think that it&apos;s going to be the same as now, and 24% think it&apos;s going to be improving. So depending upon how you look at it, there&apos;s 59% that think it&apos;s going to be as good as it is now if not better, and 42% who are more pessimistic about the outcome of the economy.If we ask them to rate the strength of the economy today, on a zero to 10 scale, almost no one says zero, one, two, or three. Pretty low numbers. Not that many people say 10, only 5% say 10. And if you look at it, most people are in the five, six, seven, eight range, which means they think the economy is good to very good. How would you rate business conditions today? Very good 14, good 32, normal 37, bad 15, very bad only two. So only 17% think business conditions are bad or very bad, which is a pretty good number for [inaudible 00:22:23]. Remember the American public doesn&apos;t ever go over the top about the economy, but these ratings were all consistent with the view of the economy as in very good shape.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 47%, not so plentiful 39, hard to get 14. That&apos;s a pretty great number on plentiful. I don&apos;t think I&apos;ve ever seen Americans think of jobs as plentiful on that large a scale. And then in general, we asked them are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? 55% have some concern. 46% have no concern. Just another way of asking that question, there&apos;s somewhere between 42% and this number of 55%, of people who are concerned, have heard the recession message, and are thinking wow, will that occur? And we haven&apos;t seen any actions in the consumer marketplace so far that indicate that people are acting this way, but we&apos;re going to keep a very close watch.So would you say that business conditions in the U.S. in six months will be better, worse, or the same? The same 41, better 22, worse 37. Would you say there will be more, fewer, or about the same number of jobs in six months? Again, very similar pie. Same 38, fewer 36, more 26. That&apos;s about consistently around 36%, that 37%, that are showing a very high level of pessimism, and the rest being relatively optimistic. Finally, do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? 56% remain the same, 27% increase, 17% decrease. Now, this is an interesting question, because it shows that people are more confident about their own incomes in the next six months than they are about the rest of the economy. And I&apos;ve always found that personal confidence is really the most important driver of attitudes towards the economy, and how people really act in their own lives as opposed to what they think the macro environment it, which tends to be driven much more by the stock market, news events, and what they hear in their community.Who do they blame for the recent volatility in the stock markets and fears of a new economic recession? U.S., China trade tensions. They are very surprisingly well-informed about that. Trump&apos;s announcements are second. Troubles from other economies are third. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the federal reserve? 55% disapprove. But people think that the federal reserve should not just focus on monetary policy, but on fostering growth. And in the mix of things with the U.S. trade negotiations going on, with President Trump&apos;s pressure on the fed, President Trump owns the economy. And when you ask who would you blame if the U.S. economy enters a recession next year? 54% Trump, 35% the fed, only 11% other. He gets possibly not all of the benefit of the good economy, but he certainly will get the downside of a bad one.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689065675</guid>
      <title>Iran: What Voters Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10, 63. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don't know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they're measured in their response. And it's really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they're into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we're going to get into a war? 29% think it's low, 34% think it's high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they're really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don't go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 3 Oct 2019 11:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10, 63. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don't know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they're measured in their response. And it's really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they're into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we're going to get into a war? 29% think it's low, 34% think it's high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they're really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don't go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3376502" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ca36d212-8773-4c16-bcbc-35c898df8613/audio/c7a732ce-ccf5-4c59-85ec-4fafcd464417/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Iran: What Voters Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ca36d212-8773-4c16-bcbc-35c898df8613/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:38</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10, 63. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don&apos;t know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they&apos;re measured in their response. And it&apos;s really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they&apos;re into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we&apos;re going to get into a war? 29% think it&apos;s low, 34% think it&apos;s high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they&apos;re really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don&apos;t go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Well, given the attack on Saudi Arabian oil facilities, we did some polling on Iran this month. First, we really start out do you consider each of the following an ally, an enemy, or neutral towards the United States? We polled on Iran, Russia, China, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, NATO, the European Union. The European Union, 58% say is an ally, not an overwhelming number. Not 90%. NATO, 51%. So clearly there are a lot of people who believe that our quote allies are maybe not allies, but more neutral in dealing with us. Turkey seen more as neutral than an ally. Saudi Arabia seen a little bit, 24% as an ally, 41% as an enemy. China, 13% ally, 51% enemy. Russia, 10, 63. But Iran has the top spot as an enemy or perceived enemy of the United States. 6% ... I don&apos;t know who the 6% would be, see it as an ally. 76% see it as an enemy. Do you think Iran is a peaceful force in the Mid East? No. 81% say that it contributes to conflict and instability. 69% say the government in Iran does not have the support of its people. 83% say Iran is run by a group of religious leaders and is not a working democracy.Nevertheless, do you approve or disapprove of the government handling of Iran? 53 disapprove, 47 approve. Do you think President Trump is too tough? Too tough is 22%, too lenient 40%, just right 38%. So if anything, more people say that Trump could be a little tougher against the Iranians. They support tougher action, but they&apos;re measured in their response. And it&apos;s really important to understand how measured. 72% support additional sanctions, right, and 58% support sending a moderate number of troops and air and missile defenses to Saudi Arabia. So they&apos;re into more sanctions, more missiles, more defenses.Do they think that we&apos;re going to get into a war? 29% think it&apos;s low, 34% think it&apos;s high, 64% would not want to see another U.S. led military engagement in the Mid East. And 71% think that the United States should continue to negotiate diplomatically. And there was more news coming out every day about potential meetings with the Iranians, and potential negotiations, that only 29% would like to see a military strike. And they would oppose it. I mean, what they&apos;re really saying is if they continue to attack Saudis or Saudi installations, that the United States should not be the actor responding. It would be Saudi Arabia. And would you support or oppose the U.S. government launching a military strike on Iran if Iran attacks U.S. military assets, then it all changes. This question is a strong warning to Iran, which is don&apos;t go after U.S. assets, because then it flips around. 73% would then support a retaliatory strike. And then about half the country would support an attack on Iran if they announced they had nuclear weapons.So you see that Iran is viewed as the most important, most implacable enemy against the United States, but that the public wants a very nuanced, moderated view, because they do not want to have a rush to war given what has happened in the past.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689000521</guid>
      <title>2020 Horse Race</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's turn to the 2020 primary. I think that's almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that's going on, but there's no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she's growing and she's trying to broaden her base. And she's trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don't see Yang or O'Rourke really breaking out of their base. There's a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who's on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it's still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton's more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That's the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they're going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she's now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don't know. It's always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we've seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn't turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he's got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 3 Oct 2019 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's turn to the 2020 primary. I think that's almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that's going on, but there's no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she's growing and she's trying to broaden her base. And she's trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don't see Yang or O'Rourke really breaking out of their base. There's a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who's on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it's still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton's more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That's the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they're going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she's now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don't know. It's always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we've seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn't turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he's got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7682332" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/b6816c55-5c9d-4436-8b01-4e9c7fcb2ec0/audio/894c1fff-f1e4-485a-820e-3d5e15890b9a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>2020 Horse Race</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/b6816c55-5c9d-4436-8b01-4e9c7fcb2ec0/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s turn to the 2020 primary. I think that&apos;s almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that&apos;s going on, but there&apos;s no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she&apos;s growing and she&apos;s trying to broaden her base. And she&apos;s trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don&apos;t see Yang or O&apos;Rourke really breaking out of their base. There&apos;s a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who&apos;s on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it&apos;s still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton&apos;s more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That&apos;s the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they&apos;re going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she&apos;s now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don&apos;t know. It&apos;s always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we&apos;ve seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn&apos;t turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he&apos;s got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s turn to the 2020 primary. I think that&apos;s almost taken a backseat to all of the other news that&apos;s going on, but there&apos;s no question in our poll, just like the other polls other there, Elizabeth Warren has become the one to watch. Joe Biden continues to hang onto his lead at 28%, down from the low 30s over time here. He has very strong vote among senior Democrats, and among African American Democrats, but Elizabeth Warren has been broadening her constituency. She really does very well with well-educated progressives. She is almost the elite candidate, but she&apos;s growing and she&apos;s trying to broaden her base. And she&apos;s trying to eat into the more youthful base that Bernie Sanders has had since Bernie Sanders was the first to really introduce the idea of free college out there on the stump the last time he ran.Kamala Harris at 6%, Mayor Pete at 3%, no one else really getting above 3%. So this race really has telescoped to three, four, maybe five candidates. I don&apos;t see Yang or O&apos;Rourke really breaking out of their base. There&apos;s a lot of organized youth support, I think, for Mayor Pete. Kamala Harris will have some good opportunities in California, and the strength of her organization will be tested. I think she still has to come back from her debate performances that have set her back from the initial attack on Joe Biden. Bernie Sanders, again a little weaker this time out than people thought. Warren, the one who&apos;s on the move. And Biden, despite everyone throwing everything at him, has so far been able to hold onto his lead.61%, however, are underwhelmed with the slate of candidates, and it&apos;s still technically possible for a Bloomberg or Hilary Clinton to jump back in here over the next couple of weeks. Hilary Clinton&apos;s more active on stump, and Bloomberg certainly had considered running before, and he might well consider it again. That&apos;s the thing about Democratic primaries, just when you think you know how they&apos;re going to come out, events can overtake what your predictions are and shake the whole race up. In this case though, no one is getting close to 50%. You have to watch closely Biden, and whether or not he continues to erode, and whether Warren can break out from the 17% she&apos;s now garnered.Biden is definitely seen in the mid 30s, 34% as the candidate who has the best chance of winning against Donald Trump. That sinks to 12% for Sanders. 11% for Warren. No one else gets a significant vote on that. I don&apos;t know. It&apos;s always an interesting question. Whoever gets the nomination, by definition, has the best chance of beating President Trump. And we&apos;ve seen in the past some really ... This question has been off. A lot of people thought McCain and Romney were both put in very strong races against President Obama, and it really didn&apos;t turn out to be the case. Other candidates might have been stronger. No one thought, really, Donald Trump was a strong enough candidate to defeat Hilary Clinton.Right now, Donald Trump continues to underperform in terms of having a solid base for reelection. He is at 38% definitely or probably vote for Trump. For someone, at this point, coming in an incumbent with such a strong economy, that is a troublesome performance for Trump. It shows that he&apos;s got some significant vulnerabilities. The percentage that will probably or definitely vote for a Democrat, though, is at 44. So, still not close a majority, but it means that Trump would have to take most of the Independent voters, most of the undecided to catch up there, which means that this is mostly about Donald Trump versus Donald Trump at this point.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689066650</guid>
      <title>Ukrainegate</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 3 Oct 2019 02:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6185288" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/8a40c623-fe53-4b9c-b0b0-2a28dbae2174/audio/442cbaf9-f396-439c-b233-36677f6361ed/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Ukrainegate</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/8a40c623-fe53-4b9c-b0b0-2a28dbae2174/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/689051746</guid>
      <title>Kavanaugh Allegations</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh's confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they're true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it's true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh's alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn't have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180%. So it's important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don't like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 2 Oct 2019 17:30:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh's confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they're true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it's true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh's alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn't have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180%. So it's important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don't like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2640227" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/64821afc-538a-498b-b0a3-adf0e8693ffc/audio/8619cf4e-d510-47a1-b0f9-8459c95848b2/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Kavanaugh Allegations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/64821afc-538a-498b-b0a3-adf0e8693ffc/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:36</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh&apos;s confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they&apos;re true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it&apos;s true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh&apos;s alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn&apos;t have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180%. So it&apos;s important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don&apos;t like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It may seem like a long time ago, but it was just about a week or two ago, that Justice Brett Kavanaugh faced a considerable storm over some new allegations during his early college years at a party. Do you support or oppose Brett Kavanaugh&apos;s confirmation to serve on the U.S. Supreme Court? Split right down the middle. Did you? I think that question asks. Did you in the past support? It was split down the middle. 52 said they opposed it. 48% oppose ... Have you heard anything about these new allegations? 63% said they heard it. Do you think these allegations are true? What you had is 30, 45% saying they&apos;re true or probably true, 29% probably not true, and 26% saying unsure.So you saw the news break here a little bit against the Justice, more people believing it&apos;s true, but then when you ask them are you aware or not aware that Kavanaugh&apos;s alleged victim said to the reporters ... And friends of hers, actually is what it was, that she does not have any recollection of it. 51% were not aware that the alleged victim had said to her friends that she was unaware of or could not recall any such incident. So, a lot of the information on this would be less than fully informed, and there was a brouhaha over the omission of that fact in the original New York Times story.So, then when you say do you think that the alleged victim saying she does not have any recollection of sexual harassment disqualifies this allegation? The numbers completely flip around. 56% say it disqualifies it. 44% say it does not disqualify it. Do you think the New York Times was right or wrong not to report the alleged victim says she doesn&apos;t have any recollection of sexual harassment when it broke in the news of a new allegation? 26% say that the New York Times was right, 46% say the New York Times was wrong, 28% were unsure. So, pretty significant fact. That single fact turns around opinion almost 180%. So it&apos;s important. Do you think this is an isolated incident or is it selected and biased reporting on the rise? Selective and biased reporting on the rise, 62%, isolated incident, 38.Which party is using today more unfair and negative political tactics, Democrats or Republicans? No winner or loser here. 52 Republicans, 48 Democrats. So, basically remember people don&apos;t like either party going into this, but the media is also under severe pressure here. And you look at this as a microcosm, story has tremendous pickup, tremendous visibility, and the single most important fact that might disqualify it turns out to be known by far fewer people, and once it is introduced, dramatically changes opinion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1798663</guid>
      <title>Trump Job Approval &amp; General Mood of the Country</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.<br /><br />Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47%, approval on foreign affairs 43%, and administering the government 44&%. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.<br /><br />Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.<br /><br />You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you've really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who's sitting there with a job approval below 50%.<br /><br />Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that's up from 21% a few months ago.<br /><br />Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month's polling, it's a little bit different. Let's look at the Republican Part</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 1 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.<br /><br />Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47%, approval on foreign affairs 43%, and administering the government 44&%. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.<br /><br />Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.<br /><br />You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you've really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who's sitting there with a job approval below 50%.<br /><br />Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that's up from 21% a few months ago.<br /><br />Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month's polling, it's a little bit different. Let's look at the Republican Part</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8047695" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/00f450c4-0d6b-49d0-8540-426d34cec296/audio/e7d2b3fd-85dc-4a73-9570-40ff91004119/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump Job Approval &amp; General Mood of the Country</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/00f450c4-0d6b-49d0-8540-426d34cec296/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47%, approval on foreign affairs 43%, and administering the government 44&amp;%. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you&apos;ve really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who&apos;s sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that&apos;s up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month&apos;s polling, it&apos;s a little bit different. Let&apos;s look at the Republican Part</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47%, approval on foreign affairs 43%, and administering the government 44&amp;%. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you&apos;ve really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who&apos;s sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that&apos;s up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month&apos;s polling, it&apos;s a little bit different. Let&apos;s look at the Republican Part</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>ukraine, economy, healthcare, pelosi, congress, immigration, trump, biden, obama, jobs</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/688997080</guid>
      <title>Mood of The Country</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you've really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who's sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that's up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month's polling, it's a little bit different. Let's look at the Republican Party ...</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 1 Oct 2019 10:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you've really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who's sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that's up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month's polling, it's a little bit different. Let's look at the Republican Party ...</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="8029530" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/9d4b3012-246e-4a75-b3d1-a34a126ccbae/audio/8053b501-3bf9-4f4e-8259-f57019002e15/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mood of The Country</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/9d4b3012-246e-4a75-b3d1-a34a126ccbae/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:11:06</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you&apos;ve really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who&apos;s sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that&apos;s up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month&apos;s polling, it&apos;s a little bit different. Let&apos;s look at the Republican Party ...</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.Right track, wrong track of the country, 37% see the country as the right track, 55% wrong track. No real change in this question, been stable for the last three or four months. Right track, wrong track on the economy, 44% right track, 44% wrong track. We have seen this fluctuate significantly. This is, again, towards the lower end of the range. Right track was as high as 51% last March and April, when those great growth figures came out, been trending down each month. Came up just slightly in the last month. So, they still approve of the job being done on the economy, but with all of the talk about recession, some people became less certain as they were several months ago about the success and strength of this economy.You see the same thing in the question, how strong do you think the U.S. economy is today? The percentage that sees it strong, 66% is, again, same as last month. 34% see it as weak. Again, fairly stable but down from the high of 74%. So you&apos;ve really seen ... Started out, the administration, it was 61%, went as high as the mid 70s, back to the high 60s. So a lot of the economic enthusiasm has come a little bit off of the edge, although anything over 50% has got to be more helpful to someone who&apos;s sitting there with a job approval below 50%.Would you say your own personal financial situation is improving, which was 36% getting worse, 36% just as well off. Oh sorry, getting worse 25%, and just as well off 36%, and no opinion around 5%. Again, not a lot of change here. Trending down from the highs, but still about in the same range that it has been. The big jump up in improving happened really in the Christmas season of 2017, and has stayed up pretty much there with something over a third really seeing their economics continuing to improve, and really only about 25% seeing their economics get worse. And again, that&apos;s up from 21% a few months ago.Now interestingly, we have seen, for a number of months, that the approval of the Republican Party was slightly lower than the approval for the Democratic Party, but the Democratic Party had an edge. And when you look at this month&apos;s polling, it&apos;s a little bit different. Let&apos;s look at the Republican Party ...</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1792840</guid>
      <title>#Ukrainegate and Impeachment: What American Voters Really Think</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which asked 2,009 American voters what they thought about the controversy surrounding President Trump's alleged request to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky that they try to find and expose damaging information about former Vice President (and presidential candidate) Joe Biden's son Hunter's business dealings in the Eastern European country. <br /><br />To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.<br /><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 21:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which asked 2,009 American voters what they thought about the controversy surrounding President Trump's alleged request to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky that they try to find and expose damaging information about former Vice President (and presidential candidate) Joe Biden's son Hunter's business dealings in the Eastern European country. <br /><br />To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.<br /><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6205943" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/05ab0cae-26b7-4687-b76f-faf4d0960738/audio/765aa9c6-7173-4857-875b-eaddd1fbd51c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>#Ukrainegate and Impeachment: What American Voters Really Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/05ab0cae-26b7-4687-b76f-faf4d0960738/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which asked 2,009 American voters what they thought about the controversy surrounding President Trump&apos;s alleged request to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky that they try to find and expose damaging information about former Vice President (and presidential candidate) Joe Biden&apos;s son Hunter&apos;s business dealings in the Eastern European country. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from a new Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which asked 2,009 American voters what they thought about the controversy surrounding President Trump&apos;s alleged request to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky that they try to find and expose damaging information about former Vice President (and presidential candidate) Joe Biden&apos;s son Hunter&apos;s business dealings in the Eastern European country. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit www.harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/688982290</guid>
      <title>Harvard Harris Poll Monthly Review</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I'd like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you've got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let's launch in to this month's poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that's going on today.So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 15:57:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I'd like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you've got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let's launch in to this month's poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that's going on today.So, what's happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we're seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump's job approval? We might have, but that's not what we saw. What we've seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump's approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We'll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we've seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let's take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he's actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he's doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="36778323" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/241e7262-bd5c-463c-9af1-71eb5ccfcfe6/audio/0ace55ed-403e-4c67-8da8-7b4bfa3759f3/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard Harris Poll Monthly Review</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/241e7262-bd5c-463c-9af1-71eb5ccfcfe6/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I&apos;d like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you&apos;ve got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that&apos;s going on today.So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, presidential pollster Mark Penn shares an overview of the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll. This survey was conducted online within the United States from September 22-24, 2019 among 2,009 registered voters. Sign up at https://harvardharrispoll.com/ to have this and future survey reports delivered directly to your inbox.The Harvard CAPS / Harris Poll is a monthly poll released by Harvard’s Center for American Political Studies and Harris Insights and Analytics. The results reflect a nationally representative sample. Results were weighted for age within gender, region, race/ethnicity, marital status, household size, income, employment, and education where necessary to align them with their actual proportions in the population. Propensity score weighting was also used to adjust for respondents’ propensity to be online. Stephen D. Ansolabehere, Professor of Government &amp; Director, Center for American Political Studies, Harvard University, Mark J. Penn, Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University &amp; Managing Partner, The Stagwell Group and Dritan Nesho, Fellow, Harvard Institute for Quantitative Social Science &amp; CEO of HarrisX, are Co-Directors of the Poll with assistance from their students and faculty from the Harvard University community.Welcome to the September Harvard CAPS Harris Poll Podcast. This week, I&apos;d like to welcome Apple, Spotify, Google, and others who are beginning to pick up the podcast and distribute it to more and more listeners. If you&apos;ve got any feedback or want to follow any developments, go to @Mark_Penn_Polls for updates. And with that, let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s poll that was fielded September 22nd to September 24th 2019, with 2009 registered voters, making this an important and timely poll given everything that&apos;s going on today.So, what&apos;s happening with the job approval of President Trump, given all of the chaos and issues and the partisan fights that we&apos;re seeing over impeachment? Well, this poll was taken just before the formal inquiry really was announced, but during the buildup and already information out about the whistleblower. So given all that, would we be expected a significant change in President Trump&apos;s job approval? We might have, but that&apos;s not what we saw. What we&apos;ve seen over the last couple of months, May, June, July, August, September, is a creeping back up of President Trump&apos;s approval, this month at 46% approve, 54% disapprove. I looked at a number of other polls out there, saw this similar trend that he was, until hit with a full-scale impeachment and the imbroglio over the whistleblower complaint, he was trending up. We&apos;ll see what happened next month, and whether or not he in fact drops to the bottom of the range, which we&apos;ve seen before after incidents like this breakout.Specifically, let&apos;s take a look at some of his job approval on some of the most important areas of the Presidency. His highest approval is for stimulating jobs 55%, the economy 54%, fighting terrorism 52%, immigration 47, approval on foreign affairs 43, and administering the government 44. If you look at the trend data, he&apos;s actually doing a little bit better on administering the government, stayed about the same range on foreign affairs, stayed about the same range on immigration, fighting terrorism, a little off highs, which were as strong as 56%, and stimulating jobs, also down from the high of 62 to 55%. So, still a significant majority approving of the job that he&apos;s doing on the economy, but off the highs that we had when 3.2% growth was announced.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/687755473</guid>
      <title>New Ukraine Whistleblower Trump vs Bidens Survey Data</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let's look at whether Joe Biden's actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2019 19:23:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden's son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden's son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don't even think Rudy Guilliani as the President's lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there's a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that's exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that's the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn't mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it's still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that's been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let's look at whether Joe Biden's actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6190201" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0159991e-a335-424b-90ca-82b107a29498/audio/c78322a5-9ae1-4ac0-9ad4-5ce53493c261/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>New Ukraine Whistleblower Trump vs Bidens Survey Data</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0159991e-a335-424b-90ca-82b107a29498/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:08:31</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let&apos;s look at whether Joe Biden&apos;s actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As the Ukraine situation was developing, we managed to get here some of the earliest data, just before the full release of all the materials and of the whistleblower complaint. We were able to capture what the American public was thinking. First, we asked them have you heard anything involving issues related to the investments of Joe Biden&apos;s son? About half had. We asked them, in contrast, have they heard about President Trump and Guilliani wanting the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden and his son over these investments? 58% had. So actually, pretty good recognition that Joe Biden&apos;s son and Joe Biden might have an issue in here, which is what the President Trump has been pushing. Larger recognition of what President Trump and Guilliani have been doing to push Ukraine on the subject.Do you think it was appropriate or inappropriate for President Trump to raise questions about investigating Joe Biden with the President of the Ukraine? No. Inappropriate, 58% went that way. They don&apos;t even think Rudy Guilliani as the President&apos;s lawyer should be raising these questions. 56% say that it was inappropriate. Then we asked was it right for someone in the intelligence community, right, to leak the details and file this kind of report as they were leaving government? 53% said they thought that was inappropriate. And when asked whether or not they thought the former intelligence official was trying to expose a problem of playing politics to hurt Trump, 50% thought that they were trying to play politics to hurt Trump. 50% expose the real problem. So there&apos;s a lot of cynicism and doubt towards everybody here. The President, Guilliani, concern about the Biden issue, concern about the so-called whistleblower.Do you think that the Trump administration should send Congress the full complaint and the text of his call with the President of the Ukraine or hold it back on the grounds they need to remain private? Here, the President made the decision to get all the material out, and 65% of the public said that&apos;s exactly what they wanted to see happen, and it did. And then we asked two slightly different questions. Do you think that just asking the President of the Ukraine for help in investigating the actions of Joe Biden and his son, if that occurred, would be an impeachable offense or not impeachable? 55% said not impeachable. 45% impeachable. We generally have seen people wanting to impeach President Trump at around 40% all throughout the Mueller investigation. So 45 represents a slightly higher number, but 55% is also a clear rejection, even if that&apos;s the fact.Now, changing the phrasing to do you think that pressuring the President, instead of asking, of the Ukraine for help, just that difference in investigating the actions of Biden moves to 50-50, and that doesn&apos;t mean overwhelming support or bipartisan support for impeachment, but it means significant support for impeachment. So this whole issue of whether or not it was asking and raising the topic or pressuring and holding up is an important one and also one that one side the Democrats will want to push to pressuring, and the other side, the President, will want to push to asking. And people will judge for themselves, but it&apos;s still not an overwhelming number or consensus for removal from office. And these numbers will be watched as the story unfolds.Now, on the other hand, the story that&apos;s been pushed here, do you think that in asking the President of the Ukraine to investigate Joe Biden, Trump was trying to expose a real problem, 47, play politics, 53. Again, not an overwhelming answer on either side.Let&apos;s look at whether Joe Biden&apos;s actions were appropriate. Joe Biden is on tape saying that when he was Vice President, he withheld over a billion dollars of American aid from the Ukraine until they would fire a prosecutor, which they did.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703278</guid>
      <title>GUNS - 80% of Americans Favor Increasing Minimum Purchase Age to 21</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence.</p><p>Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents' guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn't want to have a society in which guns were so restricted.</p><p>An issue that I've written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there's two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can't rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25.</p><p>And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That's really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that's again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that's also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21.</p><p>Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that's where the focus should be.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2019 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence.</p><p>Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents' guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn't want to have a society in which guns were so restricted.</p><p>An issue that I've written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there's two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can't rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25.</p><p>And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That's really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that's again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that's also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21.</p><p>Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that's where the focus should be.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3207760" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d963f226-9684-4237-8ada-6f52d8f96bcf/audio/3c014d6c-5b65-478e-a7d7-afdbbccfd30f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>GUNS - 80% of Americans Favor Increasing Minimum Purchase Age to 21</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d963f226-9684-4237-8ada-6f52d8f96bcf/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence.Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents&apos; guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn&apos;t want to have a society in which guns were so restricted.An issue that I&apos;ve written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there&apos;s two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can&apos;t rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25.And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That&apos;s really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that&apos;s again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that&apos;s also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21.Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that&apos;s where the focus should be.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence.Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents&apos; guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn&apos;t want to have a society in which guns were so restricted.An issue that I&apos;ve written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there&apos;s two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can&apos;t rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25.And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That&apos;s really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that&apos;s again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that&apos;s also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21.Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that&apos;s where the focus should be.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703077</guid>
      <title>Public Attitudes Toward China</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it's necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it's necessary, so there's significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there's about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there's about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67.</p><p>Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.</p><p>And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it's not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it's important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won't, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there's 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US.</p><p>50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it's important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we're going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2019 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it's necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it's necessary, so there's significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there's about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there's about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67.</p><p>Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.</p><p>And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it's not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it's important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won't, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there's 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US.</p><p>50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it's important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we're going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3562252" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/fed5a8f7-85c7-4752-a8f3-24f74c8cf351/audio/c794c7b3-292f-4248-bc75-767e69232111/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Public Attitudes Toward China</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/fed5a8f7-85c7-4752-a8f3-24f74c8cf351/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it&apos;s necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it&apos;s necessary, so there&apos;s significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there&apos;s about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there&apos;s about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67.Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it&apos;s not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it&apos;s important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won&apos;t, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there&apos;s 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US.50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it&apos;s important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we&apos;re going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it&apos;s necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it&apos;s necessary, so there&apos;s significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there&apos;s about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there&apos;s about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67.Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it&apos;s not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it&apos;s important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won&apos;t, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there&apos;s 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US.50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it&apos;s important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we&apos;re going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703068</guid>
      <title>Deep Dive - IMMIGRATION REFORM</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That's really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there's overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen.</p><p>So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice.</p><p>When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there's very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that's probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally.</p><p>In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that.</p><p>Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don't want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America.</p><p>Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here's where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there's a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That's really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there's overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen.</p><p>So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice.</p><p>When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there's very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that's probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally.</p><p>In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that.</p><p>Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don't want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America.</p><p>Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here's where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there's a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6760628" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/1bff44e4-ad13-4379-8e60-cd12152f8c1d/audio/eab81242-1dd9-42a8-b93e-73f03148f5b5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Deep Dive - IMMIGRATION REFORM</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/1bff44e4-ad13-4379-8e60-cd12152f8c1d/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That&apos;s really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there&apos;s overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen.So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice.When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there&apos;s very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that&apos;s probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally.In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that.Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don&apos;t want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America.Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here&apos;s where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there&apos;s a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That&apos;s really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there&apos;s overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen.So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice.When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there&apos;s very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that&apos;s probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally.In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that.Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don&apos;t want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America.Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here&apos;s where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there&apos;s a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703041</guid>
      <title>Election Fraud - Most Americans Believe It&apos;s Real</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now let's delve into election fraud. An issue that's talked about, and so I thought well, it'd be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that's quite different, we don't know really whether there's fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn't be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think?</p><p>Do you think there's significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who's to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It's primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame.</p><p>Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn't tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That's pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</p><p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/tags/election%20fraud">election fraud<br /></a><br /></p><p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/tags/votertamp">votertamp<br /></a><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now let's delve into election fraud. An issue that's talked about, and so I thought well, it'd be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that's quite different, we don't know really whether there's fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn't be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think?</p><p>Do you think there's significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who's to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It's primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame.</p><p>Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn't tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That's pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</p><p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/tags/election%20fraud">election fraud<br /></a><br /></p><p><a href="https://soundcloud.com/tags/votertamp">votertamp<br /></a><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1550489" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a629b11d-8691-4733-9e0a-1501ea1f8648/audio/f634afb4-0ee5-4478-9a67-34aa91955e56/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Election Fraud - Most Americans Believe It&apos;s Real</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a629b11d-8691-4733-9e0a-1501ea1f8648/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now let&apos;s delve into election fraud. An issue that&apos;s talked about, and so I thought well, it&apos;d be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that&apos;s quite different, we don&apos;t know really whether there&apos;s fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn&apos;t be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think?Do you think there&apos;s significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who&apos;s to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It&apos;s primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame.Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn&apos;t tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That&apos;s pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.election fraudvotertamp</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now let&apos;s delve into election fraud. An issue that&apos;s talked about, and so I thought well, it&apos;d be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that&apos;s quite different, we don&apos;t know really whether there&apos;s fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn&apos;t be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think?Do you think there&apos;s significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who&apos;s to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It&apos;s primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame.Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn&apos;t tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That&apos;s pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.election fraudvotertamp</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703026</guid>
      <title>General Mood of the Country</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.</p><p>But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism.</p><p>What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know.</p><p>Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.</p><p>If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</p><p>What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that's a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll.</p><p>GOP is approval is 41%. It's low was 28% on November of '17, since we've been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they've been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they've now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don't approve of either major party or the president.</p><p>Okay, so what's the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That's the number one thing they're looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.</p><p>But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism.</p><p>What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know.</p><p>Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.</p><p>If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</p><p>What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that's a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll.</p><p>GOP is approval is 41%. It's low was 28% on November of '17, since we've been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they've been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they've now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don't approve of either major party or the president.</p><p>Okay, so what's the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That's the number one thing they're looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5340845" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/43bb4887-df54-4384-9e0b-d2330baedd6a/audio/9e35ed3d-b385-4d7d-b3d2-b39dff3c792d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>General Mood of the Country</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/43bb4887-df54-4384-9e0b-d2330baedd6a/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism.What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know.Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that&apos;s a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll.GOP is approval is 41%. It&apos;s low was 28% on November of &apos;17, since we&apos;ve been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they&apos;ve been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they&apos;ve now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don&apos;t approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what&apos;s the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That&apos;s the number one thing they&apos;re looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism.What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know.Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that&apos;s a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll.GOP is approval is 41%. It&apos;s low was 28% on November of &apos;17, since we&apos;ve been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they&apos;ve been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they&apos;ve now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don&apos;t approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what&apos;s the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That&apos;s the number one thing they&apos;re looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1703020</guid>
      <title>American Voters: Trump Is Racist</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there's been so little examination of what they're doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it's number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.</p><p>Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.</p><p>Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he's even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they're just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump's comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there's been so little examination of what they're doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it's number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.</p><p>Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.</p><p>Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he's even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they're just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump's comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2851192" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/3686ee68-7cbe-4f44-ba11-8fa93ce29829/audio/5ea9ae31-7360-4ab2-bd51-76bf3bffccbd/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>American Voters: Trump Is Racist</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/3686ee68-7cbe-4f44-ba11-8fa93ce29829/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there&apos;s been so little examination of what they&apos;re doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it&apos;s number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he&apos;s even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they&apos;re just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump&apos;s comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there&apos;s been so little examination of what they&apos;re doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it&apos;s number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he&apos;s even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they&apos;re just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump&apos;s comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1701649</guid>
      <title>Big Tech Antitrust Sentiment</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.</p><p>Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.</p><p>Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?</p><p>Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.</p><p>So now you see, they say, "Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies."</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.</p><p>And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.</p><p>Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.</p><p>Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.</p><p>So they may say, "Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?" The public is saying, "Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations." That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.</p><p>Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.</p><p>Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?</p><p>Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.</p><p>So now you see, they say, "Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies."</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.</p><p>And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.</p><p>Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.</p><p>Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.</p><p>So they may say, "Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?" The public is saying, "Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations." That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p><p><br /></p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2820555" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/175d5705-7713-40aa-bf6f-b59144ef2134/audio/655672f5-4120-453b-aac6-a4b90b2e9c6c/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Big Tech Antitrust Sentiment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/175d5705-7713-40aa-bf6f-b59144ef2134/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1698133</guid>
      <title>The Road to 2020</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When you're looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they're voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you've got 42% saying they're going to vote for the Democrat, you've got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they're going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it's going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he's got right now in terms of his personal dislike.</p><p>Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, "He's doing a good job on the economy, but I don't like him." And that's something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it's true for the personal profile of President Trump.</p><p>But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.</p><p>If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%.</p><p>But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they're put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit.</p><p>Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you're seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O'Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.</p><p>Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower&</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you're looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they're voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you've got 42% saying they're going to vote for the Democrat, you've got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they're going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it's going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he's got right now in terms of his personal dislike.</p><p>Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, "He's doing a good job on the economy, but I don't like him." And that's something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it's true for the personal profile of President Trump.</p><p>But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.</p><p>If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%.</p><p>But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they're put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit.</p><p>Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you're seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O'Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.</p><p>Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower&</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3976727" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/f065ecef-6534-4b67-b7fb-38e04d5e9701/audio/a6d15cfd-9f4d-4301-999c-e53a9c7f57d4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Road to 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/f065ecef-6534-4b67-b7fb-38e04d5e9701/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When you&apos;re looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they&apos;re voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you&apos;ve got 42% saying they&apos;re going to vote for the Democrat, you&apos;ve got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they&apos;re going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it&apos;s going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he&apos;s got right now in terms of his personal dislike.Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He&apos;s doing a good job on the economy, but I don&apos;t like him.&quot; And that&apos;s something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it&apos;s true for the personal profile of President Trump.But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%.But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they&apos;re put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit.Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you&apos;re seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O&apos;Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower&amp;</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When you&apos;re looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they&apos;re voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you&apos;ve got 42% saying they&apos;re going to vote for the Democrat, you&apos;ve got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they&apos;re going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it&apos;s going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he&apos;s got right now in terms of his personal dislike.Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He&apos;s doing a good job on the economy, but I don&apos;t like him.&quot; And that&apos;s something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it&apos;s true for the personal profile of President Trump.But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%.But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they&apos;re put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit.Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you&apos;re seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O&apos;Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower&amp;</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678663699</guid>
      <title>Immigration Reform Deep Dive</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That's really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there's overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen. So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice. When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there's very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that's probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally. In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that. Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don't want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America. Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here's where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there's a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2019 04:51:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That's really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there's overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen. So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice. When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there's very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that's probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally. In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that. Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don't want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America. Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here's where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there's a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it's un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6734844" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d87fb30f-e9bb-4e8d-a2c7-2874116b74fb/audio/c9241f60-157d-4558-9d5a-6fdae391a886/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Immigration Reform Deep Dive</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d87fb30f-e9bb-4e8d-a2c7-2874116b74fb/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That&apos;s really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there&apos;s overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen. So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice. When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there&apos;s very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that&apos;s probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally. In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that. Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don&apos;t want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America. Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here&apos;s where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there&apos;s a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Perhaps at this point the hottest issue in terms of the partisan battle between the two parties and the president, is that of immigration. And so, we did a deep dive into immigration this month. Once again, we find overwhelming support for what is generally called comprehensive immigration reform, 73%. Generally, that means finding a path to work permits, possibly citizenship, for those who are here on an undocumented basis, along with all the DACA children or young adults. And at the same also fixing elements of the system and how it works to include more merit, and really fixing border security. That&apos;s really seen as comprehensive immigration reform. And there&apos;s overwhelming support for a support for a compromise that just never seems to happen. So, we went a little deeper. Should we go from a system that gives preference to the relatives of legal migrants, or should we change to a merit-based system? Narrow, 51, 49, change to a merit-based system. That really means I think that the public supports a combination of merit and family relatives, and not make it an either/or choice. When it comes to legal immigration, do you think we have too much, too little, or about right? 45% say about right, 23% too little, 32% too much. No clear answer, other than there&apos;s very little support for increasing overall immigration. How many legal immigrants would you say reside in the United States today? I think this answer was all over the lot. One to five million was the most common answer, if you look at the estimates. They thought between one and five million legal immigrants, that&apos;s probably a vast underestimating of the real number of legal immigrants who reside in the United States, because it is tremendous numbers of people who are here legally. In your view, how much do legal immigrants in the United States rely on public services such as food stamps, public housing, and Medicaid? 31%, a lot. 25, somewhat. 26%, a little. 6%, not at all. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits? Yes, absolutely, 89%. Should legal immigrants who pay taxes be able to access public benefits regardless of the amount of money they earn? 68%, yes. Do legal immigrants in the United States contribute more in taxes than they draw in support from the federal and local governments? Yes, 48. No, 52. Kind of a close question on that. Should the United States welcome poor immigrants from around the world who seek a fresh start, more opportunity than where they come from, or should the US restrict legal immigration to wealthier immigrants of means? 71% of the American public says welcome poor immigrants. So, they don&apos;t want to means test all immigration. They may want to merit test a good part of it, but not means test it. They want to keep those who are in poorer countries to have an ability to share the great opportunity that can be found here in America. Should an applicant who is educated and has a strong lifetime earning potential, but is currently poor and low income, be granted legal immigration? Ah, here&apos;s where means and merit come together. 85% say yes. Should an applicant who is wealthy but has poor health be granted legal immigration? Still 65%. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants’ access to legal immigration? 61% say yes. So, you see, there&apos;s a tremendous amount of compassion and heart out there in America for people who want to immigrate to the United States of America. Do you think it&apos;s un-American to deny poor immigrants permanent legal residence known as a green card? 60% say yes.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678662943</guid>
      <title>Public Attitudes Toward China</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it's necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it's necessary, so there's significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there's about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there's about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67. Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it's not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it's important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won't, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there's 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US. 50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it's important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we're going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 20:13:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it's necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it's necessary, so there's significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there's about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there's about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67. Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump's tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it's not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it's important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won't, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there's 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US. 50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it's important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we're going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3553559" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c6e60824-f2e9-4821-a735-f19499103d5f/audio/96431095-1f50-45fd-b473-69a0e2009672/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Public Attitudes Toward China</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/c6e60824-f2e9-4821-a735-f19499103d5f/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:54</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it&apos;s necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it&apos;s necessary, so there&apos;s significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there&apos;s about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there&apos;s about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67. Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it&apos;s not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it&apos;s important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won&apos;t, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there&apos;s 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US. 50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it&apos;s important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we&apos;re going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s specifically look at public attitudes towards China and towards trade deals. Do you think it&apos;s necessary or unnecessary to confront China over its trade policy now? 67% say it&apos;s necessary, so there&apos;s significant backing of the policy of confronting China. Do you think President Trump is too tough, 40%. Too lenient, 41%. Or just right, 19%, when it comes to negotiating with China. A divided American public as usual, but when you read it this way there&apos;s about 60% that say he is too lenient or about right, which means there&apos;s about 60% support for a tough policy against China. In fact, the previous question put it at 67. Of course, tariffs, like any tax, is not a popular thing. Do you approve or disapprove of Trump&apos;s tariffs on 25% of 200 billion dollars of Chinese goods? That was split 50/50. Do you approve or disapprove of the plans for an additional 10% tariffs on certain goods, also split 50/50. So, for something as unpopular as a tariff or tax, by itself these are fairly good numbers. Do you think the tariffs are hurting most of the US or China? 63% say the US. Was the delay by the Trump administration on 160 million in tariffs on electronics and other consumer goods until after the holidays, do you think an acceptance that the tariffs would hurt the US or not see it that way? 56% saw him as backing off from something that might be hurtful to the US. They believe overwhelmingly that the US pays the cost of tariffs. But, despite some of the uncertainty and concern about tariffs, when you ask the votes is China a currency manipulator? Meaning they artificially weaken their currency to make their product more competitive, 77% of the American public says that.And, some people say that if China has been getting the better end of our trade deals with them, it&apos;s not worth rocking the boat now to fix these issues. Others say it&apos;s important to correct trade with China now, because they will soon surpass our own economy. 80% say fix the issues now. This is, I think, a very substantial endorsement of the stand up to China policy and stand up now. Obviously, the public thinks maybe Trump will be able to get a deal, 53% say he probably won&apos;t, 47% say he will. But, from an electoral point of view, this question I think is most revealing. Do you think a Democratic president would be more, less, or just as effective as Trump at standing up to the Chinese? 33% more, 44% less, 23% just as effective. So, there&apos;s 44% who think that a Democrat would be less effective. And do you think the last few presidents stood up to China as they should have, or failed to stand up? 60% say they failed to stand up to China and let them take advantage of the US. 50/50 on whether or not we should support student protesters in Hong Kong, though that seems to be at least somewhat resolved. And it&apos;s important to understand that Xi Jinping has been named President For Life in China. And so, we asked people, does that make him an effective emperor, or is a duly elected official representing the state party? 69% see him as an emperor, which is a kind of nicer way of saying an absolute dictator over 1.4 billion people, immune from an electoral process. So, they leadership of China in a quite negative light, just as they see the country as being a currency manipulator, and that we have to take a stand now if we&apos;re going to fix these problems. Otherwise, China will continue to grow until they get passed us.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1698130</guid>
      <title>Trump-Russia Investigation Voter Sentiment</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we're seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there's evidence of obstruction? That's at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.</p><p>Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you're looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.</p><p>Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now.</p><p>So, we'll see, we're all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it'll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they're not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won't be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we're seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there's evidence of obstruction? That's at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.</p><p>Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you're looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.</p><p>Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now.</p><p>So, we'll see, we're all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it'll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they're not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won't be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3024139" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/651f5fe8-dff9-40a3-a9d2-8ebb459c71bc/audio/6101c287-afd7-412c-9a2e-fea1832033f7/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump-Russia Investigation Voter Sentiment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/651f5fe8-dff9-40a3-a9d2-8ebb459c71bc/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we&apos;re seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there&apos;s evidence of obstruction? That&apos;s at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you&apos;re looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now.So, we&apos;ll see, we&apos;re all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it&apos;ll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they&apos;re not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won&apos;t be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we&apos;re seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there&apos;s evidence of obstruction? That&apos;s at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you&apos;re looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now.So, we&apos;ll see, we&apos;re all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it&apos;ll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they&apos;re not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won&apos;t be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1698121</guid>
      <title>Should We Buy Greenland?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Well, let's take a look at Greenland. I personally haven't been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don't think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it's not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they're not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Well, let's take a look at Greenland. I personally haven't been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don't think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it's not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they're not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="913200" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/b2b8830e-a544-48de-9605-0ee7226fb01e/audio/6f4aa1b8-b5bf-4c44-b6b1-e5210c445b25/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Should We Buy Greenland?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/b2b8830e-a544-48de-9605-0ee7226fb01e/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:01:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Well, let&apos;s take a look at Greenland. I personally haven&apos;t been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don&apos;t think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it&apos;s not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they&apos;re not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Well, let&apos;s take a look at Greenland. I personally haven&apos;t been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don&apos;t think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it&apos;s not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they&apos;re not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678664119</guid>
      <title>Election Fraud - What Voters Believe</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Now let's delve into election fraud. An issue that's talked about, and so I thought well, it'd be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that's quite different, we don't know really whether there's fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn't be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think? Do you think there's significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who's to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It's primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn't tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That's pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 19:58:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now let's delve into election fraud. An issue that's talked about, and so I thought well, it'd be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that's quite different, we don't know really whether there's fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn't be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think? Do you think there's significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who's to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It's primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn't tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That's pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="1533965" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/eb589d26-d481-465f-8667-cfae41ad6c15/audio/64265156-3dcf-457c-b9d6-8d3d1170dbce/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Election Fraud - What Voters Believe</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/eb589d26-d481-465f-8667-cfae41ad6c15/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Now let&apos;s delve into election fraud. An issue that&apos;s talked about, and so I thought well, it&apos;d be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that&apos;s quite different, we don&apos;t know really whether there&apos;s fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn&apos;t be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think? Do you think there&apos;s significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who&apos;s to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It&apos;s primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn&apos;t tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That&apos;s pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Now let&apos;s delve into election fraud. An issue that&apos;s talked about, and so I thought well, it&apos;d be pretty interesting just to see what does the public think is really going on? I mean, that&apos;s quite different, we don&apos;t know really whether there&apos;s fraud and how much. A lot of studies show not much, but everybody on one side says that people are voting who shouldn&apos;t be allowed to vote. The other side, people say that voters are being suppressed. So, what does the American public think? Do you think there&apos;s significant or insignificant electoral fraud in the United States? 60, 40 significant. Okay, who&apos;s to blame? Democrats, 27. Republicans, 30. Both equally, 44. So this is not seen as a Democratic issue, or a Republican issue except by those of us who are most partisan. It&apos;s primarily seen as a nonpartisan issue in which everyone has to be on guard and possibly to blame. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people not eligible to vote are voting anyway? 48% agreed with that. Do you think that significant or insignificant numbers of people who are eligible to vote are being turned away and prevented from voting? 46% agreed with that. Again, these answers are probably partisan mirrors of each other, but at least it was not a majority that believed both. And so, you see that the public sees significant fraud. Partisans of one side blame the other, but that no one really gets more blame than the other out of this. So, is there significant fraud? I couldn&apos;t tell you. Is there a lot of finger pointing? That&apos;s pretty much what this poll shows. Almost equal finger pointing from each side of the aisle against the other aisle.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678665796</guid>
      <title>Mood Of The Country</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that's a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll. GOP is approval is 41%. It's low was 28% on November of '17, since we've been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they've been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they've now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don't approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what's the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That's the number one thing they're looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:59:54 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that's a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll. GOP is approval is 41%. It's low was 28% on November of '17, since we've been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they've been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they've now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don't approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what's the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That's the number one thing they're looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="5324010" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/ae41bb1c-0e8e-4ebf-9a42-94ea10fad6dc/audio/c27db766-1bf4-4b35-bef0-3936c523d073/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mood Of The Country</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/ae41bb1c-0e8e-4ebf-9a42-94ea10fad6dc/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:07:20</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that&apos;s a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll. GOP is approval is 41%. It&apos;s low was 28% on November of &apos;17, since we&apos;ve been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they&apos;ve been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they&apos;ve now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don&apos;t approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what&apos;s the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That&apos;s the number one thing they&apos;re looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.What about your personal financial situation? Just as well off, 36. Improving, 33. Getting worse, 26. Pretty big jump from 21 to 26, that&apos;s a five-point move. So, you see some deterioration in these economic indicators as you look at the poll. GOP is approval is 41%. It&apos;s low was 28% on November of &apos;17, since we&apos;ve been polling. 41% shows very little change. 59% disapprove. The Democrats are at 43% approve, they&apos;ve been trending down. They got up at the midterms up to 46% approve, they&apos;ve now lost three points. Just important to note that the country does not approve of the president, does not approve of the Democrats, and does not approve of the Republicans. And therefore, the swing voters in the country right now don&apos;t approve of either major party or the president.Okay, so what&apos;s the most important issue facing the country? Well, immigration number one, 40%. This is a pretty significant jump over time, when it was barely registering. Healthcare, which had been the number one issue, 33. Guns also has been rising as an issue at 27. Jobs and the economy at 25. Terrorism, 23. Environment/climate change, 22. National deficit, 17. Crime and drugs, 13. So you can see that each of the parties has been driving issues of concern in the news and that, in fact, those most important issues have changed pretty significantly. When you look at what do voters want from Democrats, they want Democrats to address the status of undocumented immigrants, 16%. That&apos;s the number one thing they&apos;re looking to Democrats to get moving and get some legislation that addresses these issues.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678661419</guid>
      <title>Americans Want Gun Control Legislation</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence. Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents' guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn't want to have a society in which guns were so restricted. An issue that I've written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there's two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can't rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25. And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That's really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that's again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that's also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21. Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that's where the focus should be.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:40:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence. Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents' guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn't want to have a society in which guns were so restricted. An issue that I've written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there's two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can't rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25. And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That's really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that's again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that's also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21. Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that's where the focus should be.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3201878" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/5b6f231f-7821-4b21-bdff-9e1cf46a37b4/audio/ec54d4cc-5313-4db3-8de6-6e45abb78b95/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Americans Want Gun Control Legislation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/5b6f231f-7821-4b21-bdff-9e1cf46a37b4/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:23</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence. Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents&apos; guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn&apos;t want to have a society in which guns were so restricted. An issue that I&apos;ve written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there&apos;s two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can&apos;t rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25. And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That&apos;s really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that&apos;s again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that&apos;s also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21. Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that&apos;s where the focus should be.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s talk a look at guns. Guns has been rising as an issue. Two thirds of people believe that murder by gun in America in the last five years has gone up. And when you ask them what do you think is such an increase related to, 21% say urban gangs, 30% say mental illness, and 48% say, hey, easy access to guns. Underscoring a lot of people believing that if access to guns were more limited, that you would see less gun violence. Do you favor or oppose tougher penalties for parents failing to secure their guns from their kids? Wow, 86%. And as you know, there have been some mass murders in which kids took their parents&apos; guns, and pretty much a consensus issue. Do you favor or oppose a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for the police and the military? Wow, 36% do favor that, but 64% say no, they wouldn&apos;t want to have a society in which guns were so restricted. An issue that I&apos;ve written about a little bit after looking through the statistics is should the White House as Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? I believe this was done in Florida. 80% support that measure. If you look at the numbers, of gun murders, right, and there&apos;s two kinds of gun violence, suicide and homicide, suicide has actually been the fastest growing gun violence, and there are about 15,000 homicides. But 20% of the homicides are committed by people 21 and under. And in fact, 50% are committed by those 25 and under. And old guys like me, not a lot of murders committed by people in their 60s. Always an exception to every trend. But, it is interesting that those under 20, 25 and under commit about half the murders, and that certainly lends itself to the question, do you think people under 25 should be permitted ... prohibited from purchasing a gun? You may remember people under 25 can&apos;t rent a car. 51% said yes to that, 49% said no. So, 80% are at age 21, 51% at age 25. And there continues to be very strong support for legislation to improve background checks. That&apos;s really a consensus issue in America. 92% favor that. School safety improvements, 90% favor that. Removing firearms from people who are a threat by court order, that&apos;s again in the high 80s. Allowing military veterans and retired police to work as school safety, that&apos;s also favored too, almost 90. Banning bump stocks, 82. Assistance for states in training schools, 70%. Forming a commission to study age restrictions for gun purchases, and the role of video games, about 70%. So, I think the public, after all of the recent incidents, is looking for some action here. I think action along all of the dimensions, the background checks, training school personnel, and they also do back no gun under 21. Do you think that the laws related to better controlling guns are needed more in cities, the suburbs, or the rural areas? 76% said cities, 17% said suburbs, and 7% said rural areas. So, there is a sense that the biggest gun ownership issues and homicide or gun violence issues are in urban areas, and 76% said that&apos;s where the focus should be.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678661737</guid>
      <title>The Road to 2020</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When you're looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they're voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you've got 42% saying they're going to vote for the Democrat, you've got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they're going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it's going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he's got right now in terms of his personal dislike. Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He's doing a good job on the economy, but I don't like him.&quot; And that's something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it's true for the personal profile of President Trump. But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%. But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they're put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit. Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you're seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O'Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower still.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:39:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you're looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they're voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you've got 42% saying they're going to vote for the Democrat, you've got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they're going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it's going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he's got right now in terms of his personal dislike. Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He's doing a good job on the economy, but I don't like him.&quot; And that's something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it's true for the personal profile of President Trump. But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%. But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they're put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit. Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you're seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O'Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower still.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3954751" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/62e52537-9f24-48e0-be96-6b187a965406/audio/2344a786-bdc5-4061-a387-8b9969f6fae9/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>The Road to 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/62e52537-9f24-48e0-be96-6b187a965406/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:25</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When you&apos;re looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they&apos;re voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you&apos;ve got 42% saying they&apos;re going to vote for the Democrat, you&apos;ve got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they&apos;re going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it&apos;s going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he&apos;s got right now in terms of his personal dislike. Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He&apos;s doing a good job on the economy, but I don&apos;t like him.&quot; And that&apos;s something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it&apos;s true for the personal profile of President Trump. But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%. But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they&apos;re put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit. Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you&apos;re seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O&apos;Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower still.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When you&apos;re looking forward on the road to 2020, only 39% say they&apos;re voting for President Trump. Definitely, 28. Probably, 11. Right, and you&apos;ve got 42% saying they&apos;re going to vote for the Democrat, you&apos;ve got 9% voting for an independent, and 10% unsure. So no clear winner, but for an incumbent president with a good economy and 3.7% unemployment to have only 39% saying that they&apos;re going to vote to re-elect you is a real weakness, and suggests it&apos;s going to be a very tight presidential race, probably with Trump having to overcome kind of the deficit he&apos;s got right now in terms of his personal dislike. Because we ask a question, when you think of Donald Trump, do you like or dislike him personally? Dislike him, 60%. Like him, 29%. Unsure, 11. That means in order to get elected, he has to have a lot of people voting for him, who in some sense hold their nose and say, &quot;He&apos;s doing a good job on the economy, but I don&apos;t like him.&quot; And that&apos;s something we have rarely, if ever, seen to the extent that it&apos;s true for the personal profile of President Trump. But, if I compare emerging messages, a presidential candidate who stands for lower taxes and reduced government regulations, strengthening our military, strengthening our border to reduce illegal immigrants, standing up more to China and Iran, and seeking better trade deals for the US, 60% prefer that message frame over a presidential candidate who stands for the Green New Deal on climate change, Medicare for all, free college tuition, opening our borders to many more immigrants, and raising taxes to pay for those programs. That may or may not be what a Democrat runs on, but those are all issues that have been talked about on the Democratic side by multiple candidates. If that is the issue face off, 60% favor the candidate on the first side, and only 40% favor it on the other side.If you look issue by issue, wow. 89% want to see better trade deals for the US. I think that President Trump has taken an issue that was of little interest to most Americans, and really raised it up as one that they now see as quite important to the economic structure and to getting the jobs in America. Lowering taxes, opposed by only 15% and favored by 85. Standing up to China, strengthening our military, strengthening our border, 70%. Reducing government regulations, almost 70%. But, a Green New Deal on climate change, 65% want some kind of change like that. 50 ... and if you look at it, 55, 60% like Medicare for all. Free college tuition, almost 60%. But raising taxes to pay for those programs, many of these programs have been outlined as multi-trillion-dollar programs, only 36% would do that. And opening the borders to more immigrants, only 36% would do that. So, you see that both sides have some popular issues and programs, although seeking better trade deals surprisingly is at the top of the list. You also see the weaknesses in both of those sides, but if they&apos;re put together in the issue sandwiches that we placed in the questions, you see that the Republicans and Trump have an issue edge, and a personality deficit. Who would you most likely vote for in the Democratic primary? We have it Joe Biden at one, in the low 30s. We have Elizabeth Warren at third, but coming up. And we have Bernie Sanders really coming in second. Not a lot of change, I think you&apos;re seeing the race between Sanders and Warren continue to tighten in our poll and others. Kamala Harris is fourth. Buttigieg, the mayor from Indiana is then fifth. Beto O&apos;Rourke with a few points, and no one else really scoring any significant votes. So, this race, no matter how many people are up there on the stage, has already narrowed essentially to a four or five-person race. However, 62% find the current set of candidates underwhelming.Which of the candidates has the best chance to beat Donald Trump? Joe Biden, number one. Bernie Sanders much lower, Elizabeth Warren even lower, Kamala Harris even lower still.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678666396</guid>
      <title>Majority Agree: Trump Is Racist</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there's been so little examination of what they're doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it's number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he's even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they're just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump's comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:38:20 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there's been so little examination of what they're doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it's number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he's even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they're just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump's comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2839014" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/da38a49b-b666-4d78-ab43-b8693a817584/audio/2b8c2a9c-5768-4da7-905c-1a748259a05d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Majority Agree: Trump Is Racist</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/da38a49b-b666-4d78-ab43-b8693a817584/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:52</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there&apos;s been so little examination of what they&apos;re doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it&apos;s number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he&apos;s even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they&apos;re just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump&apos;s comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Another major area that has been in the news has been racial tensions. 77% believe that racial tensions in this country are increasing. President Trump gets called out for this by 69%, who believe that he is helping to cause an increase in racial tensions. Only 31% decrease. Surprisingly, the news media is at 75%, higher than President Trump, as being a disruptor of race relations in the United States. The Democratic Party, 51%. Democratic presidential candidates, 50%. Taking substantial blame, but considerably less than Trump, and I think interestingly though, the role that the news media has played when there&apos;s been so little examination of what they&apos;re doing, and when the New York Times recently made race it&apos;s number one issue that it was going to discuss after the Trump, Russia collusion story is basically dead, it is interesting to see that the news media is specifically called out by the American public as doing too much to increase rather than decrease racial tensions.Do you think America today should be a society in which minorities receive special treatment to make up for racism and past discrimination? Or should people of all races receive equal treatment? Well, 81% believe that we should be a society in which minorities ... in which all races should receive equal treatment. And only 19% believe that some groups should receive special treatment. This is a pretty resounding endorsement of the notion that as a country, the primary goal should be to make sure that all people are treated equally, regardless of their race. And I was surprised at how strong that 81% was, given the discussions by the Democratic presidential candidates, and/or what you see in the media today.Now, bad news for President Trump, 55% do see him as a racist. 54% say that he&apos;s even potentially a white nationalist. So pretty high criticism of the president when it comes to issues of race. They do not think that publications, like the New York Times which had a debate about this, should refer to the president as a racist, they should just report what he says and not use words like that, 68% said that. And do you think racist is a fair label, or is one of political advantage? Pretty split country, 51% said they&apos;re just calling him that for political advantage. Do you think President Trump&apos;s comments at Baltimore as a crime and rat-infested mess were racist or not racist? 46% racist, 54% not racist. So, I think this polling gives you a pretty strong overview that President Trump received some pretty tough news here in terms of majority of people viewing him as a racist. But on the other hand, there is a very strong notion here that we should be a color-blind society, and that the news and media is even more at fault than President Trump. Quite surprising.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678666702</guid>
      <title>Should We Buy Greenland?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Well, let's take a look at Greenland. I personally haven't been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don't think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it's not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they're not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:36:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Well, let's take a look at Greenland. I personally haven't been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don't think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it's not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they're not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="895041" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/179ac5b5-9661-4558-a905-02088258bd1d/audio/37902a4c-2955-4b4b-8cb4-65483c6584c9/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Should We Buy Greenland?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/179ac5b5-9661-4558-a905-02088258bd1d/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:01:10</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Well, let&apos;s take a look at Greenland. I personally haven&apos;t been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don&apos;t think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it&apos;s not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they&apos;re not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Well, let&apos;s take a look at Greenland. I personally haven&apos;t been to Greenland. But I think that we asked the American public a few questions about it. Do you believe the Arctic is today a region of global competition? Yes, 45. No, 55. Are you concerned that Russia and China are using new Arctic routes through the melting ice to gain economic advantage? 56, yes. But the most important question, do you support or oppose the Trump administration trying to purchase Greenland from Denmark? 38% support it, 62% oppose it. So, I don&apos;t think that President Trump has actually made a real serious public case for it. I think this is the initial instinct of the public is that it&apos;s not a region that they consider of vital importance, and they&apos;re not inclined to support any such plan at the moment.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678668232</guid>
      <title>Trump-Russia Investigation - Public Sentiment</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we're seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there's evidence of obstruction? That's at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you're looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now. So, we'll see, we're all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it'll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they're not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won't be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2019 18:19:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we're seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there's evidence of obstruction? That's at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you're looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now. So, we'll see, we're all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it'll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they're not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won't be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3017664" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/c75db843-11eb-4921-815f-978fc5af85d1/audio/c2ab2b24-3740-474e-96d9-1c31f0d09893/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump-Russia Investigation - Public Sentiment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/c75db843-11eb-4921-815f-978fc5af85d1/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:04:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we&apos;re seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there&apos;s evidence of obstruction? That&apos;s at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you&apos;re looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now. So, we&apos;ll see, we&apos;re all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it&apos;ll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they&apos;re not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won&apos;t be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This month we also did a short section on the Russian investigation. Something that has been less and less in the news compared to it having dominated the media for over two years. Do you think that the Russia investigations are hurting the country or helping the country? 64% hurting, an uptick. 36%, helping. What should happen to President Trump for his actions? Impeach, 36%. Censured, 21%. No action, 42%. Again, we&apos;re seeing impeachment trend down from 40 to 36%. Do you think evidence of collusion was found? That has now dropped to 37%, it was as high as 41. Do you think that there&apos;s evidence of obstruction? That&apos;s at 42%. So, nothing that approaches the magic 50% mark, let alone the two thirds required to convict in the Senate.Meanwhile, do you think bias against Trump and the FBI played a role in launching the investigations? That has jumped up to 55%, and although it was trending down for a number of months, those who favor a special counsel to investigate the FBI are back up to 66%. And 81% favor releasing of all information. And, if the Department of Justice Inspector General finds that there was wrongdoing in the start of this investigation, 54% believe that those responsible should face justice, including possibly going to jail. Right, and 15% say the findings of the Trump, Russia probe should be thrown out, given that the start was tainted. Both, 22%. So you&apos;re looking here at substantial majorities, if the Inspector General report says that there were improprieties in the creation of this investigation, who believe that there should be real accountability, including people possibly going to jail.Given the Mueller report, do you think we should turn the page on investigations of President Trump? Yes, 55% say turn the page. If Democrats launched scores of new investigations, would you be more likely to vote for them? 26. Less likely, 35. No effect, 39. And this is kind of an important question, do you think Democrats in Congress are doing too much, too little, or about right to investigate Donald Trump? Too much, 41. Too little, 32. 27, about right. So, you could read that question any which way you want, you could say about right, and too little is 59, or you can say too much and about right is 68. But I think you are seeing here tremendous investigation fatigue, as you see these numbers ... as these numbers trending, and most importantly, I think that question turn the page got 55% now. So, we&apos;ll see, we&apos;re all waiting for the final report by the Inspector General, and that will either close the book on everything most likely, or it&apos;ll open up a whole series of new investigations and possible prosecutions. And at the same time, the Democrats are continuing down the road of impeachment, but they&apos;re not picking up any steam for it. Even Tom Steyer, the Democratic candidate, looks like he won&apos;t be making it to the next round despite having ... in the presidential debates, despite having spent substantial amounts of his own money on TV advertising.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678630642</guid>
      <title>What Voters Think About Trump&apos;s Twitter Use</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>2,000 Americans were asked their thoughts on President Trump's use of Twitter. Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter. TRANSCRIPT: Now, one of the big issues I think the people have talked about since the beginning of the Trump presidency is the president's use of Twitter. And it's pretty clear that a lot of the declines that you see here in the recent poll are partially some of the fights that the president in has participated in in Twitter. And so, we asked, I think for the first time that I've seen anywhere, a very simple question: Should President Trump stop using Twitter or keep using it? 71% said stop using Twitter, 29% keep using it. That is a pretty clear message from the American public that they think his use of Twitter is divisive, and that they'd rather see him tone it down. We're going to follow it up next month with some more specific questions, do they want him to use Twitter sometimes, or use it in certain ways, or do they really believe hard and fast that the only thing for him to do is to stop using it altogether?It's fascinating because obviously the president sees it as a major element of his communication. But only 29% see that as something that he should continue to do. And talking about Twitter and the stock market, because of the Twitter announcements, 35% say the recent stock market jitters are the result of Trump's announcement. 30% due the trade tensions. 21%, the economic troubles of large global companies. The Federal Reserve is not really blamed for the stock market variation. And 54% disapprove of Trump's criticism of the Federal Reserve. Again, not an overwhelming majority, but a majority. And most people want the Federal Reserve on both economic growth and monetary policy. And who would you blame more if the US economy enters a recession this year? President Trump, 57. The Fed, 33. Other, 10. If this economy goes into a recession, as many economists are saying, but they've been saying it for about a year and a half now, then President Trump would take a significant hit. And he knows that, which is why he's pushing so hard on trying to keep interest rates low, and presumably get a deal in China and resolve some of the trade uncertainty.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2019 19:35:13 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>2,000 Americans were asked their thoughts on President Trump's use of Twitter. Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter. TRANSCRIPT: Now, one of the big issues I think the people have talked about since the beginning of the Trump presidency is the president's use of Twitter. And it's pretty clear that a lot of the declines that you see here in the recent poll are partially some of the fights that the president in has participated in in Twitter. And so, we asked, I think for the first time that I've seen anywhere, a very simple question: Should President Trump stop using Twitter or keep using it? 71% said stop using Twitter, 29% keep using it. That is a pretty clear message from the American public that they think his use of Twitter is divisive, and that they'd rather see him tone it down. We're going to follow it up next month with some more specific questions, do they want him to use Twitter sometimes, or use it in certain ways, or do they really believe hard and fast that the only thing for him to do is to stop using it altogether?It's fascinating because obviously the president sees it as a major element of his communication. But only 29% see that as something that he should continue to do. And talking about Twitter and the stock market, because of the Twitter announcements, 35% say the recent stock market jitters are the result of Trump's announcement. 30% due the trade tensions. 21%, the economic troubles of large global companies. The Federal Reserve is not really blamed for the stock market variation. And 54% disapprove of Trump's criticism of the Federal Reserve. Again, not an overwhelming majority, but a majority. And most people want the Federal Reserve on both economic growth and monetary policy. And who would you blame more if the US economy enters a recession this year? President Trump, 57. The Fed, 33. Other, 10. If this economy goes into a recession, as many economists are saying, but they've been saying it for about a year and a half now, then President Trump would take a significant hit. And he knows that, which is why he's pushing so hard on trying to keep interest rates low, and presumably get a deal in China and resolve some of the trade uncertainty.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2083807" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/50245228-9307-41b6-9479-75085882ab92/audio/26dcded7-33e8-4b6d-8d4a-082e971735c0/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Think About Trump&apos;s Twitter Use</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/50245228-9307-41b6-9479-75085882ab92/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>2,000 Americans were asked their thoughts on President Trump&apos;s use of Twitter. Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter. TRANSCRIPT: Now, one of the big issues I think the people have talked about since the beginning of the Trump presidency is the president&apos;s use of Twitter. And it&apos;s pretty clear that a lot of the declines that you see here in the recent poll are partially some of the fights that the president in has participated in in Twitter. And so, we asked, I think for the first time that I&apos;ve seen anywhere, a very simple question: Should President Trump stop using Twitter or keep using it? 71% said stop using Twitter, 29% keep using it. That is a pretty clear message from the American public that they think his use of Twitter is divisive, and that they&apos;d rather see him tone it down. We&apos;re going to follow it up next month with some more specific questions, do they want him to use Twitter sometimes, or use it in certain ways, or do they really believe hard and fast that the only thing for him to do is to stop using it altogether?It&apos;s fascinating because obviously the president sees it as a major element of his communication. But only 29% see that as something that he should continue to do. And talking about Twitter and the stock market, because of the Twitter announcements, 35% say the recent stock market jitters are the result of Trump&apos;s announcement. 30% due the trade tensions. 21%, the economic troubles of large global companies. The Federal Reserve is not really blamed for the stock market variation. And 54% disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the Federal Reserve. Again, not an overwhelming majority, but a majority. And most people want the Federal Reserve on both economic growth and monetary policy. And who would you blame more if the US economy enters a recession this year? President Trump, 57. The Fed, 33. Other, 10. If this economy goes into a recession, as many economists are saying, but they&apos;ve been saying it for about a year and a half now, then President Trump would take a significant hit. And he knows that, which is why he&apos;s pushing so hard on trying to keep interest rates low, and presumably get a deal in China and resolve some of the trade uncertainty.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>2,000 Americans were asked their thoughts on President Trump&apos;s use of Twitter. Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter. TRANSCRIPT: Now, one of the big issues I think the people have talked about since the beginning of the Trump presidency is the president&apos;s use of Twitter. And it&apos;s pretty clear that a lot of the declines that you see here in the recent poll are partially some of the fights that the president in has participated in in Twitter. And so, we asked, I think for the first time that I&apos;ve seen anywhere, a very simple question: Should President Trump stop using Twitter or keep using it? 71% said stop using Twitter, 29% keep using it. That is a pretty clear message from the American public that they think his use of Twitter is divisive, and that they&apos;d rather see him tone it down. We&apos;re going to follow it up next month with some more specific questions, do they want him to use Twitter sometimes, or use it in certain ways, or do they really believe hard and fast that the only thing for him to do is to stop using it altogether?It&apos;s fascinating because obviously the president sees it as a major element of his communication. But only 29% see that as something that he should continue to do. And talking about Twitter and the stock market, because of the Twitter announcements, 35% say the recent stock market jitters are the result of Trump&apos;s announcement. 30% due the trade tensions. 21%, the economic troubles of large global companies. The Federal Reserve is not really blamed for the stock market variation. And 54% disapprove of Trump&apos;s criticism of the Federal Reserve. Again, not an overwhelming majority, but a majority. And most people want the Federal Reserve on both economic growth and monetary policy. And who would you blame more if the US economy enters a recession this year? President Trump, 57. The Fed, 33. Other, 10. If this economy goes into a recession, as many economists are saying, but they&apos;ve been saying it for about a year and a half now, then President Trump would take a significant hit. And he knows that, which is why he&apos;s pushing so hard on trying to keep interest rates low, and presumably get a deal in China and resolve some of the trade uncertainty.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1681363</guid>
      <title>Harvard/Harris Monthly Poll Overview</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com&token=c1f959-1-1568057979078">harvardharrispoll.com</a> and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2019 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit <a href="https://gate.sc/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fharvardharrispoll.com&token=c1f959-1-1568057979078">harvardharrispoll.com</a> and follow @<a href="https://soundcloud.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Mark_Penn_Polls</a> on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33273255" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/acaad268-bfea-4e75-9da5-52d78f71d368/audio/23d1da32-5c62-43a5-a3cc-2287aa77ab7d/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard/Harris Monthly Poll Overview</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/acaad268-bfea-4e75-9da5-52d78f71d368/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1681507</guid>
      <title>What Voters Think About #TrumpTweets</title>
      <description><![CDATA[ Interested in Learning More?

Harvard Harris Poll

Listen to More Episodes

Twitter
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2019 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <enclosure length="2097795" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0e51118b-bd29-4194-ad0b-8ffa25585d39/audio/424a2e11-82aa-45c0-a122-48dd4687cfef/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Think About #TrumpTweets</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0e51118b-bd29-4194-ad0b-8ffa25585d39/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:02:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary></itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/678505575</guid>
      <title>Monthly Harvard/Harris Poll Review</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.FULL TRANSCRIPTMARK PENN PODCASTHARVARD/HARRIS POLL MONTHLY REVIEWSEPTEMBER 9, 2019Welcome to this month's podcast of the Harvard/Harris Poll in which we conduct about 2500 interviews with registered voters at the end of August, on the dates of August 26th to 18th, 2019. And for this podcast let me say that joining us as places to find it are Spotify, Google Podcasts, Stitcher, SoundCloud, Buzzsprout, Castbox, RadioPublic, Podcast Addict and many more new platforms, we're growing. Make sure to follow this show for daily updates at @Mark_Penn_Polls. Importantly, take 30 seconds to sign up for the newsletter, go to, one word, HarvardHarrisPoll.com. Thank you very much, and now let's launch in to this month's data.We're going to cover approval and mood of the country, road to 2020, Trump and Twitter, China and trade, growing racial tensions, election fraud, gun control, Russia investigation, discussion of Greenland, and we're going to do a particular deep dive on immigration. Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 9 Sep 2019 14:51:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.FULL TRANSCRIPTMARK PENN PODCASTHARVARD/HARRIS POLL MONTHLY REVIEWSEPTEMBER 9, 2019Welcome to this month's podcast of the Harvard/Harris Poll in which we conduct about 2500 interviews with registered voters at the end of August, on the dates of August 26th to 18th, 2019. And for this podcast let me say that joining us as places to find it are Spotify, Google Podcasts, Stitcher, SoundCloud, Buzzsprout, Castbox, RadioPublic, Podcast Addict and many more new platforms, we're growing. Make sure to follow this show for daily updates at @Mark_Penn_Polls. Importantly, take 30 seconds to sign up for the newsletter, go to, one word, HarvardHarrisPoll.com. Thank you very much, and now let's launch in to this month's data.We're going to cover approval and mood of the country, road to 2020, Trump and Twitter, China and trade, growing racial tensions, election fraud, gun control, Russia investigation, discussion of Greenland, and we're going to do a particular deep dive on immigration. Let's launch into the trends that we're seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven't seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he's been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he's doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don't know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we've seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there's significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That's lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it's weak. So still two thirds say that it's strong, but you see the trend as there's more recession talk. Will this month's job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="33259928" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/1d4ab683-6cef-4625-b1c3-87a48db07440/audio/29b46e49-491c-4dc5-a991-15f08eefac4a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Monthly Harvard/Harris Poll Review</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/1d4ab683-6cef-4625-b1c3-87a48db07440/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:46:07</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.FULL TRANSCRIPTMARK PENN PODCASTHARVARD/HARRIS POLL MONTHLY REVIEWSEPTEMBER 9, 2019Welcome to this month&apos;s podcast of the Harvard/Harris Poll in which we conduct about 2500 interviews with registered voters at the end of August, on the dates of August 26th to 18th, 2019. And for this podcast let me say that joining us as places to find it are Spotify, Google Podcasts, Stitcher, SoundCloud, Buzzsprout, Castbox, RadioPublic, Podcast Addict and many more new platforms, we&apos;re growing. Make sure to follow this show for daily updates at @Mark_Penn_Polls. Importantly, take 30 seconds to sign up for the newsletter, go to, one word, HarvardHarrisPoll.com. Thank you very much, and now let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s data.We&apos;re going to cover approval and mood of the country, road to 2020, Trump and Twitter, China and trade, growing racial tensions, election fraud, gun control, Russia investigation, discussion of Greenland, and we&apos;re going to do a particular deep dive on immigration. Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.FULL TRANSCRIPTMARK PENN PODCASTHARVARD/HARRIS POLL MONTHLY REVIEWSEPTEMBER 9, 2019Welcome to this month&apos;s podcast of the Harvard/Harris Poll in which we conduct about 2500 interviews with registered voters at the end of August, on the dates of August 26th to 18th, 2019. And for this podcast let me say that joining us as places to find it are Spotify, Google Podcasts, Stitcher, SoundCloud, Buzzsprout, Castbox, RadioPublic, Podcast Addict and many more new platforms, we&apos;re growing. Make sure to follow this show for daily updates at @Mark_Penn_Polls. Importantly, take 30 seconds to sign up for the newsletter, go to, one word, HarvardHarrisPoll.com. Thank you very much, and now let&apos;s launch in to this month&apos;s data.We&apos;re going to cover approval and mood of the country, road to 2020, Trump and Twitter, China and trade, growing racial tensions, election fraud, gun control, Russia investigation, discussion of Greenland, and we&apos;re going to do a particular deep dive on immigration. Let&apos;s launch into the trends that we&apos;re seeing on the approval and mood of the country. In general, we haven&apos;t seen a lot of changes over time on the overall approvals of the key political figures in this country. President Trump remained this month at 45% job approval, where he&apos;s been for the last, really, three months within a point, coming down from a bump when we had 3.2% growth in the economy at 48. But again, within a tight and narrow range, 55% disapproving of his job.But, if you look at it by what he&apos;s doing on the economy, 55% approval, down slightly from highs. Stimulating jobs, 55%, a majority but down slightly. Fighting terrorism, stable, 55. Immigration actually up a little at 47. Foreign affairs, 43. Administering the government, 44. Very little change on the pattern. The most interesting thing of course is the credit he gets on economy and terrorism. What about whether the country itself is on the right track or the wrong track? Despite the economic progress and satisfaction that the voters appear to have, they continue to say that the country itself is going in the wrong direction. 54% wrong direction, 37% right direction, down slightly, and 9% don&apos;t know. Is the economy on the right track or wrong track? Well, all of the recession talk that really occurred in the last couple of months brought down some of the most positive sentiment on the economy we&apos;ve seen. 46% in this poll said wrong track, 43% said right track, after many months of people saying that the economy was more on the right track than the wrong track, going back to December when it previously dipped because of recession talk. So every time there&apos;s significant talk about a recession, the public is very sensitive to it, they pick up those cues and signals, and down goes satisfaction with the economy.If you look at how strong do you think the economy was, back in April that was at a record high 74%. That&apos;s lost eight points now down to 66%, 34% say that it&apos;s weak. So still two thirds say that it&apos;s strong, but you see the trend as there&apos;s more recession talk. Will this month&apos;s job figures, will the fact that unemployment stayed at 3.7%, will the fact that the stock market seems to be coming back reverse that this month? Remains to be seen, it remains high, but is weakening.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1657018</guid>
      <title>What Voters Really Think About Big Tech and Anti-Trust</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.</p><p>Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.</p><p>Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?</p><p>Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.</p><p>So now you see, they say, "Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies."</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.</p><p>And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.</p><p>Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.</p><p>Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.</p><p>So they may say, "Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?" The public is saying, "Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations." That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Sep 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.</p><p>Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.</p><p>Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?</p><p>Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.</p><p>So now you see, they say, "Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies."</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.</p><p>Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.</p><p>And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.</p><p>Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.</p><p>Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.</p><p>So they may say, "Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?" The public is saying, "Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations." That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2819602" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/e5eb4dac-efb3-4e34-b00b-32c52182bf3d/audio/e8569126-af61-4872-9319-08d5762cd37a/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Really Think About Big Tech and Anti-Trust</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1657060</guid>
      <title>Harvard/Harris Poll Deep Dive</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today's hot issues.</p><p>In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we're also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.</p><p>You won't to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month's Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.</p><p>This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll.</p><p>We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don't show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that's a much better technique.</p><p>Let's dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we're going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Sep 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today's hot issues.</p><p>In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we're also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.</p><p>You won't to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month's Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.</p><p>This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll.</p><p>We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don't show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that's a much better technique.</p><p>Let's dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we're going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32062145" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/2c9da1c2-1f69-4a7c-9f9b-a78b1824ea36/audio/7b4eab39-9385-41f8-8578-263ef4818bc5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard/Harris Poll Deep Dive</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today&apos;s hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we&apos;re also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won&apos;t to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month&apos;s Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll.We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don&apos;t show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that&apos;s a much better technique.Let&apos;s dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we&apos;re going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today&apos;s hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we&apos;re also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won&apos;t to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month&apos;s Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll.We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don&apos;t show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that&apos;s a much better technique.Let&apos;s dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we&apos;re going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">Buzzsprout-1657045</guid>
      <title>What Voters Really Think About Immigration</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's delve more deeply into the issue of immigration. 66% support comprehensive immigration reform. Down a little bit from the June wave, 71–29. Still about two thirds of the public that's behind that.</p><p>Of course, what does that really mean? Generally, comprehensive immigration reform means dealing with the issues of the people who are here and giving them work permits or a path to citizenship if they're responsible citizens.</p><p>And on the other hand, really closing the borders and getting a handle on the immigration system, and maybe getting rid of the lottery and making some other changes that make it more merit based.</p><p>So far we seem to be farther removed from a comprehensive immigration deal that at any point that I can remember, even as public support for it continues to be in the very solid majority.</p><p>So, more specifically, would you favor or oppose a deal between Congress and President Trump that gives undocumented immigrations brought here by their parents work permits and a path to citizenship in exchange for increasing merit preference over a preference for relatives? And then eliminating the diversity visa lottery and funding barrier security in the US–Mexico border. 62%, again, down a little bit from 66%. So a little bit of the consensus is cracking. 38% oppose.</p><p>It's more important to keep in place the current immigration system that gives preference to legal immigrants who have a relative in the United States, that's 48%.</p><p>Or should we changed to a merit based system that gives preference to legal immigrants based on skills and education? 52%. About the same as we came up with in June.</p><p>Do you think there's a growing humanitarian and security crisis at our border with Mexico, or is this mainly a manufactured political crisis ahead of the 2020 elections?</p><p>Remember when Democrats were out there with the talking point about manufactured political crisis. Well, at that time, most people were buying that it was a manufactured political crisis, but not anymore.</p><p>Today, 58% say it is a growing humanitarian and security crisis. This problem with immigration is seen at real, that's why it's the number one issue in the country today.</p><p>How many people do you think are caught trying to enter through the souther border each year? That number is actually as high as 100,000 a month. Very few people think that it's as high as that. Most people think it's 10,000 to 100,000 a year.</p><p>Last month, 100,000 people were intercepted. Do you favor or oppose the decision by the President to declare a national emergency?</p><p>Now, again, if I went back a few months, people roundly opposed the decision by President Trump to declare a national emergency. Not anymore. 52% favor declaring a national emergency, given that the numbers have reached where they are.</p><p>Are border barriers effective? 52% find them ineffective. 48% find them effective. This is about as polarizing issue as you get in the country. Why whether or not a fence is effective or not has become politically polarized. You believe it if you're a Republican and you disbelieve it if you're a Democrat. But that's what happened, partisanship and facts have commingled, so that this is probably a very important predictor question on whether someone is Democratic or Republican.</p><p>Should people fleeing general violence in a country be able to seek asylum here, or only political or religious violence aimed specifically at them? Again, close question. 52% say only those fleeing political or religious violence aimed at them.</p><p>Should the current asylum laws be loosened to accept more claims, tightened to accept fewer claims, or kept as is? Here there's a real consensus. 47% say tightened, 22% say loosened, 32% say kept as is. A substantial group of people, 47%, are looking for tightening of the system.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 5 Sep 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's delve more deeply into the issue of immigration. 66% support comprehensive immigration reform. Down a little bit from the June wave, 71–29. Still about two thirds of the public that's behind that.</p><p>Of course, what does that really mean? Generally, comprehensive immigration reform means dealing with the issues of the people who are here and giving them work permits or a path to citizenship if they're responsible citizens.</p><p>And on the other hand, really closing the borders and getting a handle on the immigration system, and maybe getting rid of the lottery and making some other changes that make it more merit based.</p><p>So far we seem to be farther removed from a comprehensive immigration deal that at any point that I can remember, even as public support for it continues to be in the very solid majority.</p><p>So, more specifically, would you favor or oppose a deal between Congress and President Trump that gives undocumented immigrations brought here by their parents work permits and a path to citizenship in exchange for increasing merit preference over a preference for relatives? And then eliminating the diversity visa lottery and funding barrier security in the US–Mexico border. 62%, again, down a little bit from 66%. So a little bit of the consensus is cracking. 38% oppose.</p><p>It's more important to keep in place the current immigration system that gives preference to legal immigrants who have a relative in the United States, that's 48%.</p><p>Or should we changed to a merit based system that gives preference to legal immigrants based on skills and education? 52%. About the same as we came up with in June.</p><p>Do you think there's a growing humanitarian and security crisis at our border with Mexico, or is this mainly a manufactured political crisis ahead of the 2020 elections?</p><p>Remember when Democrats were out there with the talking point about manufactured political crisis. Well, at that time, most people were buying that it was a manufactured political crisis, but not anymore.</p><p>Today, 58% say it is a growing humanitarian and security crisis. This problem with immigration is seen at real, that's why it's the number one issue in the country today.</p><p>How many people do you think are caught trying to enter through the souther border each year? That number is actually as high as 100,000 a month. Very few people think that it's as high as that. Most people think it's 10,000 to 100,000 a year.</p><p>Last month, 100,000 people were intercepted. Do you favor or oppose the decision by the President to declare a national emergency?</p><p>Now, again, if I went back a few months, people roundly opposed the decision by President Trump to declare a national emergency. Not anymore. 52% favor declaring a national emergency, given that the numbers have reached where they are.</p><p>Are border barriers effective? 52% find them ineffective. 48% find them effective. This is about as polarizing issue as you get in the country. Why whether or not a fence is effective or not has become politically polarized. You believe it if you're a Republican and you disbelieve it if you're a Democrat. But that's what happened, partisanship and facts have commingled, so that this is probably a very important predictor question on whether someone is Democratic or Republican.</p><p>Should people fleeing general violence in a country be able to seek asylum here, or only political or religious violence aimed specifically at them? Again, close question. 52% say only those fleeing political or religious violence aimed at them.</p><p>Should the current asylum laws be loosened to accept more claims, tightened to accept fewer claims, or kept as is? Here there's a real consensus. 47% say tightened, 22% say loosened, 32% say kept as is. A substantial group of people, 47%, are looking for tightening of the system.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="4044930" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/76a351a3-0ef3-450e-8428-bc4870f1a69a/audio/30bc1781-ada6-4aca-a3c4-b4823b18a929/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Really Think About Immigration</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:32</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s delve more deeply into the issue of immigration. 66% support comprehensive immigration reform. Down a little bit from the June wave, 71–29. Still about two thirds of the public that&apos;s behind that.Of course, what does that really mean? Generally, comprehensive immigration reform means dealing with the issues of the people who are here and giving them work permits or a path to citizenship if they&apos;re responsible citizens.And on the other hand, really closing the borders and getting a handle on the immigration system, and maybe getting rid of the lottery and making some other changes that make it more merit based.So far we seem to be farther removed from a comprehensive immigration deal that at any point that I can remember, even as public support for it continues to be in the very solid majority.So, more specifically, would you favor or oppose a deal between Congress and President Trump that gives undocumented immigrations brought here by their parents work permits and a path to citizenship in exchange for increasing merit preference over a preference for relatives? And then eliminating the diversity visa lottery and funding barrier security in the US–Mexico border. 62%, again, down a little bit from 66%. So a little bit of the consensus is cracking. 38% oppose.It&apos;s more important to keep in place the current immigration system that gives preference to legal immigrants who have a relative in the United States, that&apos;s 48%.Or should we changed to a merit based system that gives preference to legal immigrants based on skills and education? 52%. About the same as we came up with in June.Do you think there&apos;s a growing humanitarian and security crisis at our border with Mexico, or is this mainly a manufactured political crisis ahead of the 2020 elections?Remember when Democrats were out there with the talking point about manufactured political crisis. Well, at that time, most people were buying that it was a manufactured political crisis, but not anymore.Today, 58% say it is a growing humanitarian and security crisis. This problem with immigration is seen at real, that&apos;s why it&apos;s the number one issue in the country today.How many people do you think are caught trying to enter through the souther border each year? That number is actually as high as 100,000 a month. Very few people think that it&apos;s as high as that. Most people think it&apos;s 10,000 to 100,000 a year.Last month, 100,000 people were intercepted. Do you favor or oppose the decision by the President to declare a national emergency?Now, again, if I went back a few months, people roundly opposed the decision by President Trump to declare a national emergency. Not anymore. 52% favor declaring a national emergency, given that the numbers have reached where they are.Are border barriers effective? 52% find them ineffective. 48% find them effective. This is about as polarizing issue as you get in the country. Why whether or not a fence is effective or not has become politically polarized. You believe it if you&apos;re a Republican and you disbelieve it if you&apos;re a Democrat. But that&apos;s what happened, partisanship and facts have commingled, so that this is probably a very important predictor question on whether someone is Democratic or Republican.Should people fleeing general violence in a country be able to seek asylum here, or only political or religious violence aimed specifically at them? Again, close question. 52% say only those fleeing political or religious violence aimed at them.Should the current asylum laws be loosened to accept more claims, tightened to accept fewer claims, or kept as is? Here there&apos;s a real consensus. 47% say tightened, 22% say loosened, 32% say kept as is. A substantial group of people, 47%, are looking for tightening of the system.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s delve more deeply into the issue of immigration. 66% support comprehensive immigration reform. Down a little bit from the June wave, 71–29. Still about two thirds of the public that&apos;s behind that.Of course, what does that really mean? Generally, comprehensive immigration reform means dealing with the issues of the people who are here and giving them work permits or a path to citizenship if they&apos;re responsible citizens.And on the other hand, really closing the borders and getting a handle on the immigration system, and maybe getting rid of the lottery and making some other changes that make it more merit based.So far we seem to be farther removed from a comprehensive immigration deal that at any point that I can remember, even as public support for it continues to be in the very solid majority.So, more specifically, would you favor or oppose a deal between Congress and President Trump that gives undocumented immigrations brought here by their parents work permits and a path to citizenship in exchange for increasing merit preference over a preference for relatives? And then eliminating the diversity visa lottery and funding barrier security in the US–Mexico border. 62%, again, down a little bit from 66%. So a little bit of the consensus is cracking. 38% oppose.It&apos;s more important to keep in place the current immigration system that gives preference to legal immigrants who have a relative in the United States, that&apos;s 48%.Or should we changed to a merit based system that gives preference to legal immigrants based on skills and education? 52%. About the same as we came up with in June.Do you think there&apos;s a growing humanitarian and security crisis at our border with Mexico, or is this mainly a manufactured political crisis ahead of the 2020 elections?Remember when Democrats were out there with the talking point about manufactured political crisis. Well, at that time, most people were buying that it was a manufactured political crisis, but not anymore.Today, 58% say it is a growing humanitarian and security crisis. This problem with immigration is seen at real, that&apos;s why it&apos;s the number one issue in the country today.How many people do you think are caught trying to enter through the souther border each year? That number is actually as high as 100,000 a month. Very few people think that it&apos;s as high as that. Most people think it&apos;s 10,000 to 100,000 a year.Last month, 100,000 people were intercepted. Do you favor or oppose the decision by the President to declare a national emergency?Now, again, if I went back a few months, people roundly opposed the decision by President Trump to declare a national emergency. Not anymore. 52% favor declaring a national emergency, given that the numbers have reached where they are.Are border barriers effective? 52% find them ineffective. 48% find them effective. This is about as polarizing issue as you get in the country. Why whether or not a fence is effective or not has become politically polarized. You believe it if you&apos;re a Republican and you disbelieve it if you&apos;re a Democrat. But that&apos;s what happened, partisanship and facts have commingled, so that this is probably a very important predictor question on whether someone is Democratic or Republican.Should people fleeing general violence in a country be able to seek asylum here, or only political or religious violence aimed specifically at them? Again, close question. 52% say only those fleeing political or religious violence aimed at them.Should the current asylum laws be loosened to accept more claims, tightened to accept fewer claims, or kept as is? Here there&apos;s a real consensus. 47% say tightened, 22% say loosened, 32% say kept as is. A substantial group of people, 47%, are looking for tightening of the system.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/668850446</guid>
      <title>What Voters Really Think About Guns</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Just replaying a few numbers from the June poll. Because gun safety has emerged following those incidents in Texas and Ohio, is a major issue in the US. And I think it's good to just refresh our recollection on some data that we gathered in June, which is more relevant than ever.Which is, do you think gun laws should be mostly at the federal level or at the state and local level? 57%, nearly six in 10 believe the federal government is the right place for gun laws.Do you think that murder by gun in American in the last five years has gone up, gone down, stayed the same? 62%, gone up. 14%, gone down. 24%, stayed the same.Technically, in the last five years, it has ticked up a little bit in the last two. But over the last 20 years, actually gun violence, not counting suicides, and more than half of gun violence is suicide related. Once you take those out and you're dealing with the homicides, in fact that number has come way down over the last 20 years. Although it's begun to tick up slightly per capita the last couple. Still numbers that are not as high as the public thinks.Should the White House ask Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? Yes. This is a really powerful proposal. It turns out that 20% of all murders are committed by people who are aged 21 and under. So while drinking is restricted for age 21, right now in most states you can buy a gun at 18. Huge public support for raising that to 21.Should gun ownership be licensed like car ownership? 69%. Or just require background checks? Again, when I was working with Vice President Al Gore, I pushed him to make the proposal for national licensing, which he did. The backlash was so strong that he never continued to use that proposal on the stump. But he probably was the first and maybe the last President candidate, major nominee, to come out toward licensing itself.Background checks, as I pointed out in a recent piece in The Hill, are in effect licensing because they create a database that registers every gun owner by registering all the transactions anyway. It just doesn't have the kind of training and certification aspects that a true licensing program would have.Of course, those on the other side of this issue are always worried that once you have licensing, once you have universal background checks, that it's a matter of time before people push for confiscation of guns. I can't certify one way or the other. But that's the emerging argument, and why a lot of people who might support these things in principle are concerned about what would happen if they would be put in effect, especially when about 40% of all Americans have a gun in their household.Do you favor a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for police and military? Only 32% favor that, 68% oppose it. So a lot of people favor additional gun safety measures, even raising the age of purchase. They were in earlier questions we did, favor the assault rifles ban.Although there are relatively fewer murders by rifles than handguns. Most of the murders or homicides by gun are in urban areas with younger people. About half of all murders are committed by people 25 and younger. Old guys, geezers like me, we don't kill a lot of people with guns. Suicide rates, however, are much higher.So which of the following would do the most to curb school shooting? Banning assault rifles, 35. Enhancing school security, 34. Increasing commitment to mental health issues, 32. [inaudible 00:43:51] of the matter is, the public wants it all. The want all of these things done, not just one of them.Do you think that most school violence is related to mental health, urban gangs, or easy access to guns? Mental health, number one, 49%. 13, urban gangs. Easy access to gun though, at 39. Again, I come back to, they want it all. They understand it's a multi-faceted problem.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2019 05:52:54 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Just replaying a few numbers from the June poll. Because gun safety has emerged following those incidents in Texas and Ohio, is a major issue in the US. And I think it's good to just refresh our recollection on some data that we gathered in June, which is more relevant than ever.Which is, do you think gun laws should be mostly at the federal level or at the state and local level? 57%, nearly six in 10 believe the federal government is the right place for gun laws.Do you think that murder by gun in American in the last five years has gone up, gone down, stayed the same? 62%, gone up. 14%, gone down. 24%, stayed the same.Technically, in the last five years, it has ticked up a little bit in the last two. But over the last 20 years, actually gun violence, not counting suicides, and more than half of gun violence is suicide related. Once you take those out and you're dealing with the homicides, in fact that number has come way down over the last 20 years. Although it's begun to tick up slightly per capita the last couple. Still numbers that are not as high as the public thinks.Should the White House ask Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? Yes. This is a really powerful proposal. It turns out that 20% of all murders are committed by people who are aged 21 and under. So while drinking is restricted for age 21, right now in most states you can buy a gun at 18. Huge public support for raising that to 21.Should gun ownership be licensed like car ownership? 69%. Or just require background checks? Again, when I was working with Vice President Al Gore, I pushed him to make the proposal for national licensing, which he did. The backlash was so strong that he never continued to use that proposal on the stump. But he probably was the first and maybe the last President candidate, major nominee, to come out toward licensing itself.Background checks, as I pointed out in a recent piece in The Hill, are in effect licensing because they create a database that registers every gun owner by registering all the transactions anyway. It just doesn't have the kind of training and certification aspects that a true licensing program would have.Of course, those on the other side of this issue are always worried that once you have licensing, once you have universal background checks, that it's a matter of time before people push for confiscation of guns. I can't certify one way or the other. But that's the emerging argument, and why a lot of people who might support these things in principle are concerned about what would happen if they would be put in effect, especially when about 40% of all Americans have a gun in their household.Do you favor a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for police and military? Only 32% favor that, 68% oppose it. So a lot of people favor additional gun safety measures, even raising the age of purchase. They were in earlier questions we did, favor the assault rifles ban.Although there are relatively fewer murders by rifles than handguns. Most of the murders or homicides by gun are in urban areas with younger people. About half of all murders are committed by people 25 and younger. Old guys, geezers like me, we don't kill a lot of people with guns. Suicide rates, however, are much higher.So which of the following would do the most to curb school shooting? Banning assault rifles, 35. Enhancing school security, 34. Increasing commitment to mental health issues, 32. [inaudible 00:43:51] of the matter is, the public wants it all. The want all of these things done, not just one of them.Do you think that most school violence is related to mental health, urban gangs, or easy access to guns? Mental health, number one, 49%. 13, urban gangs. Easy access to gun though, at 39. Again, I come back to, they want it all. They understand it's a multi-faceted problem.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3872194" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/44429c11-d0e8-4e79-a7df-795abf7bbc28/audio/40357762-63ef-4e25-b59d-9034aac1e0b5/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Really Think About Guns</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/44429c11-d0e8-4e79-a7df-795abf7bbc28/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Just replaying a few numbers from the June poll. Because gun safety has emerged following those incidents in Texas and Ohio, is a major issue in the US. And I think it&apos;s good to just refresh our recollection on some data that we gathered in June, which is more relevant than ever.Which is, do you think gun laws should be mostly at the federal level or at the state and local level? 57%, nearly six in 10 believe the federal government is the right place for gun laws.Do you think that murder by gun in American in the last five years has gone up, gone down, stayed the same? 62%, gone up. 14%, gone down. 24%, stayed the same.Technically, in the last five years, it has ticked up a little bit in the last two. But over the last 20 years, actually gun violence, not counting suicides, and more than half of gun violence is suicide related. Once you take those out and you&apos;re dealing with the homicides, in fact that number has come way down over the last 20 years. Although it&apos;s begun to tick up slightly per capita the last couple. Still numbers that are not as high as the public thinks.Should the White House ask Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? Yes. This is a really powerful proposal. It turns out that 20% of all murders are committed by people who are aged 21 and under. So while drinking is restricted for age 21, right now in most states you can buy a gun at 18. Huge public support for raising that to 21.Should gun ownership be licensed like car ownership? 69%. Or just require background checks? Again, when I was working with Vice President Al Gore, I pushed him to make the proposal for national licensing, which he did. The backlash was so strong that he never continued to use that proposal on the stump. But he probably was the first and maybe the last President candidate, major nominee, to come out toward licensing itself.Background checks, as I pointed out in a recent piece in The Hill, are in effect licensing because they create a database that registers every gun owner by registering all the transactions anyway. It just doesn&apos;t have the kind of training and certification aspects that a true licensing program would have.Of course, those on the other side of this issue are always worried that once you have licensing, once you have universal background checks, that it&apos;s a matter of time before people push for confiscation of guns. I can&apos;t certify one way or the other. But that&apos;s the emerging argument, and why a lot of people who might support these things in principle are concerned about what would happen if they would be put in effect, especially when about 40% of all Americans have a gun in their household.Do you favor a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for police and military? Only 32% favor that, 68% oppose it. So a lot of people favor additional gun safety measures, even raising the age of purchase. They were in earlier questions we did, favor the assault rifles ban.Although there are relatively fewer murders by rifles than handguns. Most of the murders or homicides by gun are in urban areas with younger people. About half of all murders are committed by people 25 and younger. Old guys, geezers like me, we don&apos;t kill a lot of people with guns. Suicide rates, however, are much higher.So which of the following would do the most to curb school shooting? Banning assault rifles, 35. Enhancing school security, 34. Increasing commitment to mental health issues, 32. [inaudible 00:43:51] of the matter is, the public wants it all. The want all of these things done, not just one of them.Do you think that most school violence is related to mental health, urban gangs, or easy access to guns? Mental health, number one, 49%. 13, urban gangs. Easy access to gun though, at 39. Again, I come back to, they want it all. They understand it&apos;s a multi-faceted problem.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Just replaying a few numbers from the June poll. Because gun safety has emerged following those incidents in Texas and Ohio, is a major issue in the US. And I think it&apos;s good to just refresh our recollection on some data that we gathered in June, which is more relevant than ever.Which is, do you think gun laws should be mostly at the federal level or at the state and local level? 57%, nearly six in 10 believe the federal government is the right place for gun laws.Do you think that murder by gun in American in the last five years has gone up, gone down, stayed the same? 62%, gone up. 14%, gone down. 24%, stayed the same.Technically, in the last five years, it has ticked up a little bit in the last two. But over the last 20 years, actually gun violence, not counting suicides, and more than half of gun violence is suicide related. Once you take those out and you&apos;re dealing with the homicides, in fact that number has come way down over the last 20 years. Although it&apos;s begun to tick up slightly per capita the last couple. Still numbers that are not as high as the public thinks.Should the White House ask Congress to pass legislation to raise the minimum age for purchasing guns from 18 to 21? Yes. This is a really powerful proposal. It turns out that 20% of all murders are committed by people who are aged 21 and under. So while drinking is restricted for age 21, right now in most states you can buy a gun at 18. Huge public support for raising that to 21.Should gun ownership be licensed like car ownership? 69%. Or just require background checks? Again, when I was working with Vice President Al Gore, I pushed him to make the proposal for national licensing, which he did. The backlash was so strong that he never continued to use that proposal on the stump. But he probably was the first and maybe the last President candidate, major nominee, to come out toward licensing itself.Background checks, as I pointed out in a recent piece in The Hill, are in effect licensing because they create a database that registers every gun owner by registering all the transactions anyway. It just doesn&apos;t have the kind of training and certification aspects that a true licensing program would have.Of course, those on the other side of this issue are always worried that once you have licensing, once you have universal background checks, that it&apos;s a matter of time before people push for confiscation of guns. I can&apos;t certify one way or the other. But that&apos;s the emerging argument, and why a lot of people who might support these things in principle are concerned about what would happen if they would be put in effect, especially when about 40% of all Americans have a gun in their household.Do you favor a measure that would ban all gun ownership except for police and military? Only 32% favor that, 68% oppose it. So a lot of people favor additional gun safety measures, even raising the age of purchase. They were in earlier questions we did, favor the assault rifles ban.Although there are relatively fewer murders by rifles than handguns. Most of the murders or homicides by gun are in urban areas with younger people. About half of all murders are committed by people 25 and younger. Old guys, geezers like me, we don&apos;t kill a lot of people with guns. Suicide rates, however, are much higher.So which of the following would do the most to curb school shooting? Banning assault rifles, 35. Enhancing school security, 34. Increasing commitment to mental health issues, 32. [inaudible 00:43:51] of the matter is, the public wants it all. The want all of these things done, not just one of them.Do you think that most school violence is related to mental health, urban gangs, or easy access to guns? Mental health, number one, 49%. 13, urban gangs. Easy access to gun though, at 39. Again, I come back to, they want it all. They understand it&apos;s a multi-faceted problem.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/668846720</guid>
      <title>What Voters Really Think About The Economy</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Okay. Let's do a little bit of a deep dive into the economy and see what the voters think. If I take a 1 to 10 scale and ask people to rate the economy on the health, only 5% say very strong. 7% are at 9, 14% ... so 18% are at 7.So even though a solid majority's will be 5 and above. In fact, there'll be almost no one, maybe one out of five, who will rate the economy 4 and below. And if I take what's conventionally the top three boxes though, I'm only at 25%, 26%. And if I take the top box, I'm only at 5%.So people think the economy's going well, but they'll not all over there on 10, very strong. They're really on kind of more in a ... If you had an excellent, very good scale, they're more on the very good side.And in fact, would you rate business conditions in the United States today very good? 14. Good? 35. Normal? 35. Bad? 14. So only 14 say bad.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 45. Not so plentiful? 41. Hard to get? 14. Again, given the incredibly low unemployment numbers, you would have though that this question would have come out a little stronger.Are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? Well, 55% are concerned about a recession. So recession worries are really beginning to take over on the economic front.It's interesting, you know, is this a partisan issue? Are Democratic economists saying one thing versus Republican economists? Is there a desire, both ... Is there a desire on the part of some to, I think, keep a recession drum going, because it takes away from President Trump his main strength?Or is there in fact a recession coming? Or is all this just the normal fear of Wall Street that something's going to go wrong, that consistently plays itself out? We don't know, but I'd say a majority now of the public are concerned about a recession.Do you think that in the next six months, business conditions will be better? 25. Worse? 23. So again, there's a lot of negative sentiment building up.Would you say there'll be more jobs? 28. Fewer jobs? 32. Or the same number of jobs in the next six months? Again, no real positive momentum moving forward.Do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? Slightly better news here. When you ask people about themselves, they're a little bit more optimistic. 27% say that their pay is going to increase, 16% say decrease, and 57%, remain the same.Have you made any big ticket purchases? About 32% of the public acknowledged that they made big-ticket purchases. What do they view as a big-ticket purchase? Automobile's top of the list, TV sets, refrigerators, washing machines.Do you plan to make any big tickets purchases in the next six months? 71%. The number one thing they plan on buying? Automobile, 37. TV set, 22. Home renovation, pretty good number for the home renovation industry, 22%.Did you take a vacation in the last six months? Majority says yes. Did you travel to the US or a foreign country? 70% within the US, 16% a foreign country. And pretty strong, 14% did both.Are you currently planning to take a vacation in the next six months? 55%, even more. Do you travel to a US or foreign country? Again, numbers that are about the same, 72% in the US.So when you look at it, look at economic numbers, people think the economy's going in the right direction, but not a lot of people say it's very strong.There's a growing cloud about whether or not a recession is coming. They don't really see jobs as overly plentiful. They do think, more likely than not, that they're going to get an increase in pay. And they're doing some pretty good purchases and taking a pretty good number of vacations when you look at it.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Aug 2019 05:34:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Okay. Let's do a little bit of a deep dive into the economy and see what the voters think. If I take a 1 to 10 scale and ask people to rate the economy on the health, only 5% say very strong. 7% are at 9, 14% ... so 18% are at 7.So even though a solid majority's will be 5 and above. In fact, there'll be almost no one, maybe one out of five, who will rate the economy 4 and below. And if I take what's conventionally the top three boxes though, I'm only at 25%, 26%. And if I take the top box, I'm only at 5%.So people think the economy's going well, but they'll not all over there on 10, very strong. They're really on kind of more in a ... If you had an excellent, very good scale, they're more on the very good side.And in fact, would you rate business conditions in the United States today very good? 14. Good? 35. Normal? 35. Bad? 14. So only 14 say bad.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 45. Not so plentiful? 41. Hard to get? 14. Again, given the incredibly low unemployment numbers, you would have though that this question would have come out a little stronger.Are you concerned or not concerned that there'll be an economic recession in the next six months? Well, 55% are concerned about a recession. So recession worries are really beginning to take over on the economic front.It's interesting, you know, is this a partisan issue? Are Democratic economists saying one thing versus Republican economists? Is there a desire, both ... Is there a desire on the part of some to, I think, keep a recession drum going, because it takes away from President Trump his main strength?Or is there in fact a recession coming? Or is all this just the normal fear of Wall Street that something's going to go wrong, that consistently plays itself out? We don't know, but I'd say a majority now of the public are concerned about a recession.Do you think that in the next six months, business conditions will be better? 25. Worse? 23. So again, there's a lot of negative sentiment building up.Would you say there'll be more jobs? 28. Fewer jobs? 32. Or the same number of jobs in the next six months? Again, no real positive momentum moving forward.Do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? Slightly better news here. When you ask people about themselves, they're a little bit more optimistic. 27% say that their pay is going to increase, 16% say decrease, and 57%, remain the same.Have you made any big ticket purchases? About 32% of the public acknowledged that they made big-ticket purchases. What do they view as a big-ticket purchase? Automobile's top of the list, TV sets, refrigerators, washing machines.Do you plan to make any big tickets purchases in the next six months? 71%. The number one thing they plan on buying? Automobile, 37. TV set, 22. Home renovation, pretty good number for the home renovation industry, 22%.Did you take a vacation in the last six months? Majority says yes. Did you travel to the US or a foreign country? 70% within the US, 16% a foreign country. And pretty strong, 14% did both.Are you currently planning to take a vacation in the next six months? 55%, even more. Do you travel to a US or foreign country? Again, numbers that are about the same, 72% in the US.So when you look at it, look at economic numbers, people think the economy's going in the right direction, but not a lot of people say it's very strong.There's a growing cloud about whether or not a recession is coming. They don't really see jobs as overly plentiful. They do think, more likely than not, that they're going to get an increase in pay. And they're doing some pretty good purchases and taking a pretty good number of vacations when you look at it.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="3701368" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/7b2c8af9-7907-4c01-b644-df236abe5b54/audio/e2b553a6-9e11-44e2-9a41-1111b06bdbec/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>What Voters Really Think About The Economy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/7b2c8af9-7907-4c01-b644-df236abe5b54/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:05:03</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Okay. Let&apos;s do a little bit of a deep dive into the economy and see what the voters think. If I take a 1 to 10 scale and ask people to rate the economy on the health, only 5% say very strong. 7% are at 9, 14% ... so 18% are at 7.So even though a solid majority&apos;s will be 5 and above. In fact, there&apos;ll be almost no one, maybe one out of five, who will rate the economy 4 and below. And if I take what&apos;s conventionally the top three boxes though, I&apos;m only at 25%, 26%. And if I take the top box, I&apos;m only at 5%.So people think the economy&apos;s going well, but they&apos;ll not all over there on 10, very strong. They&apos;re really on kind of more in a ... If you had an excellent, very good scale, they&apos;re more on the very good side.And in fact, would you rate business conditions in the United States today very good? 14. Good? 35. Normal? 35. Bad? 14. So only 14 say bad.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 45. Not so plentiful? 41. Hard to get? 14. Again, given the incredibly low unemployment numbers, you would have though that this question would have come out a little stronger.Are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? Well, 55% are concerned about a recession. So recession worries are really beginning to take over on the economic front.It&apos;s interesting, you know, is this a partisan issue? Are Democratic economists saying one thing versus Republican economists? Is there a desire, both ... Is there a desire on the part of some to, I think, keep a recession drum going, because it takes away from President Trump his main strength?Or is there in fact a recession coming? Or is all this just the normal fear of Wall Street that something&apos;s going to go wrong, that consistently plays itself out? We don&apos;t know, but I&apos;d say a majority now of the public are concerned about a recession.Do you think that in the next six months, business conditions will be better? 25. Worse? 23. So again, there&apos;s a lot of negative sentiment building up.Would you say there&apos;ll be more jobs? 28. Fewer jobs? 32. Or the same number of jobs in the next six months? Again, no real positive momentum moving forward.Do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? Slightly better news here. When you ask people about themselves, they&apos;re a little bit more optimistic. 27% say that their pay is going to increase, 16% say decrease, and 57%, remain the same.Have you made any big ticket purchases? About 32% of the public acknowledged that they made big-ticket purchases. What do they view as a big-ticket purchase? Automobile&apos;s top of the list, TV sets, refrigerators, washing machines.Do you plan to make any big tickets purchases in the next six months? 71%. The number one thing they plan on buying? Automobile, 37. TV set, 22. Home renovation, pretty good number for the home renovation industry, 22%.Did you take a vacation in the last six months? Majority says yes. Did you travel to the US or a foreign country? 70% within the US, 16% a foreign country. And pretty strong, 14% did both.Are you currently planning to take a vacation in the next six months? 55%, even more. Do you travel to a US or foreign country? Again, numbers that are about the same, 72% in the US.So when you look at it, look at economic numbers, people think the economy&apos;s going in the right direction, but not a lot of people say it&apos;s very strong.There&apos;s a growing cloud about whether or not a recession is coming. They don&apos;t really see jobs as overly plentiful. They do think, more likely than not, that they&apos;re going to get an increase in pay. And they&apos;re doing some pretty good purchases and taking a pretty good number of vacations when you look at it.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Okay. Let&apos;s do a little bit of a deep dive into the economy and see what the voters think. If I take a 1 to 10 scale and ask people to rate the economy on the health, only 5% say very strong. 7% are at 9, 14% ... so 18% are at 7.So even though a solid majority&apos;s will be 5 and above. In fact, there&apos;ll be almost no one, maybe one out of five, who will rate the economy 4 and below. And if I take what&apos;s conventionally the top three boxes though, I&apos;m only at 25%, 26%. And if I take the top box, I&apos;m only at 5%.So people think the economy&apos;s going well, but they&apos;ll not all over there on 10, very strong. They&apos;re really on kind of more in a ... If you had an excellent, very good scale, they&apos;re more on the very good side.And in fact, would you rate business conditions in the United States today very good? 14. Good? 35. Normal? 35. Bad? 14. So only 14 say bad.Would you say jobs in the United States today are plentiful? 45. Not so plentiful? 41. Hard to get? 14. Again, given the incredibly low unemployment numbers, you would have though that this question would have come out a little stronger.Are you concerned or not concerned that there&apos;ll be an economic recession in the next six months? Well, 55% are concerned about a recession. So recession worries are really beginning to take over on the economic front.It&apos;s interesting, you know, is this a partisan issue? Are Democratic economists saying one thing versus Republican economists? Is there a desire, both ... Is there a desire on the part of some to, I think, keep a recession drum going, because it takes away from President Trump his main strength?Or is there in fact a recession coming? Or is all this just the normal fear of Wall Street that something&apos;s going to go wrong, that consistently plays itself out? We don&apos;t know, but I&apos;d say a majority now of the public are concerned about a recession.Do you think that in the next six months, business conditions will be better? 25. Worse? 23. So again, there&apos;s a lot of negative sentiment building up.Would you say there&apos;ll be more jobs? 28. Fewer jobs? 32. Or the same number of jobs in the next six months? Again, no real positive momentum moving forward.Do you expect your income to increase, decrease, or remain the same in the next six months? Slightly better news here. When you ask people about themselves, they&apos;re a little bit more optimistic. 27% say that their pay is going to increase, 16% say decrease, and 57%, remain the same.Have you made any big ticket purchases? About 32% of the public acknowledged that they made big-ticket purchases. What do they view as a big-ticket purchase? Automobile&apos;s top of the list, TV sets, refrigerators, washing machines.Do you plan to make any big tickets purchases in the next six months? 71%. The number one thing they plan on buying? Automobile, 37. TV set, 22. Home renovation, pretty good number for the home renovation industry, 22%.Did you take a vacation in the last six months? Majority says yes. Did you travel to the US or a foreign country? 70% within the US, 16% a foreign country. And pretty strong, 14% did both.Are you currently planning to take a vacation in the next six months? 55%, even more. Do you travel to a US or foreign country? Again, numbers that are about the same, 72% in the US.So when you look at it, look at economic numbers, people think the economy&apos;s going in the right direction, but not a lot of people say it&apos;s very strong.There&apos;s a growing cloud about whether or not a recession is coming. They don&apos;t really see jobs as overly plentiful. They do think, more likely than not, that they&apos;re going to get an increase in pay. And they&apos;re doing some pretty good purchases and taking a pretty good number of vacations when you look at it.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/668587010</guid>
      <title>Deep Dive with Pollster Mark Penn</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today's hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we're also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won't to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month's Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll. We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don't show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that's a much better technique.Let's dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we're going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 17:28:05 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today's hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we're also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won't to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month's Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll. We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don't show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that's a much better technique.Let's dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we're going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32057595" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/69c4a8e3-fafb-43dd-8894-245e9a9f34e7/audio/a655ffb5-e3c2-4210-b30f-28e5e5902f11/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Deep Dive with Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/69c4a8e3-fafb-43dd-8894-245e9a9f34e7/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:27</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today&apos;s hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we&apos;re also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won&apos;t to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month&apos;s Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll. We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don&apos;t show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that&apos;s a much better technique.Let&apos;s dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we&apos;re going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The monthly Harvard Harris Poll is where we talk about the American public, and using 2,000 interviews with registered voters, really analyze what they think about today&apos;s hot issues.In particular, not only are we going to cover the 2020 election, but we&apos;re also going to do deep dives into the economy, immigration, guns, and of course, growing concern about tech companies over the subject of antitrust.You won&apos;t to miss the in-depth topics that we cover in this month&apos;s Harvard Harris poll. And by the way, if you want to follow me on Twitter, for the polls, go to Mark_Penn_Polls.This month we interviewed 2,214 registered voters between July 31st and August 1st by The Harris Poll. We of course weighted the results by age, gender, region, race, ethnicity, martial status, you named it. And we keep parties ID similar from poll to poll, so we don&apos;t show a lot of the random variation that some of the other polls show. We think that&apos;s a much better technique.Let&apos;s dive into the data that came back this month. This is not going to be one of the most exciting months. A lot of this was taken, and in fact all of it was taken before the incidents occurred of violence and shooting both in Texas and Ohio. So we&apos;re going to see next month how those incidents really may have changed public opinion.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/668853086</guid>
      <title>Voters&apos; Antitrust Concerns About Google and Big Tech</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2019 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it's a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today's Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they're funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today's Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here's where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they're free, they're kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today's Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today's Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they've taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they've acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there's increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today's Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today's Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we're helping the economy, we're creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we're not sure of your motives, maybe you're acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let's have the government take a peak, let's have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That's how the public has come out on this really important issue.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="2809360" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/629e5f52-e69b-4318-ad4a-03b491d6158c/audio/9ff20685-ea90-46cc-9b53-74a56e1639ca/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Voters&apos; Antitrust Concerns About Google and Big Tech</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/629e5f52-e69b-4318-ad4a-03b491d6158c/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:03:50</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let&apos;s take a look at antitrust, and perhaps the newest target of antitrust, big technology companies. Do you think that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook and Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting innovation in the economy? Good news, tech companies can look at this, 62% say that they are helping innovation in this country, and only 37% say hurting.Do you believe that Internet giants such as Google, Facebook, Amazon, among others, are helping or hurting competition in the economy? Here it&apos;s a closer question. 51 helping, 49 hurting. Basically a split, American public, on that issue.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants help or harm consumers with the services they offer? People find the services, many of them delivered ostensibly for free because they&apos;re funded through data and advertising, 67% of the public says these consumer services, they help us. 33% say harm.Do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants build products and services with the best interests of consumers in mind, or are they largely focused on profits and market power?Here&apos;s where the case begins to come apart a little bit. 32% believe they have the best interests of the consumer, and 68% say they are largely focused on profits and market power.So now you see, they say, &quot;Well look, I like the services, I like that they&apos;re free, they&apos;re kind of helpful, but I no longer trust the motives of those big tech companies.&quot;Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have accumulated market share and power over the years in a fair or unfair way? Split right down the middle here, 51 fair, 49 unfair.Do you think today&apos;s Internet giants have taken steps to reduce market competition or largely acted in a fair way? Again, another weakness of the tech company image emerging. 67% say they&apos;ve taken steps to reduce market competition. While only a third think they&apos;ve acted largely in a fair way.And that again shows that there&apos;s increased skepticism about the motives of tech companies and the way they are making decisions in terms of what they do in the marketplace.Do you think they create jobs? Yes. 62% say they create jobs. But, do you think that today&apos;s Internet giants should be subject to federal antitrust review, given that they offer largely free services? 68% favor an antitrust review. Which is what is going on now, based on the best available information appearing in the press about what the Justice Department is doing, which is doing a full review of the tech companies on antitrust grounds. That has 68% support.Do you support or oppose the decision of the Department of Justice to open sweeping antitrust review of today&apos;s Internet giants? That number is 71%.So they may say, &quot;Look, the services are free, we&apos;re helping the economy, we&apos;re creating jobs, why interfere with any of that?&quot; The public is saying, &quot;Well, we&apos;re not sure of your motives, maybe you&apos;re acting more out of profit than trying to make the best products for consumers. Let&apos;s have the government take a peak, let&apos;s have the government lift the covers on technology companies and see whether or not there are potential antitrust violations.&quot; That&apos;s how the public has come out on this really important issue.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/645313284</guid>
      <title>July 2, 2019 - Episode 4</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 2 Jul 2019 20:04:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="25432855" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/e928d46f-f36d-4d52-8963-61b312517e4e/audio/37bb269e-b1db-41aa-8adc-5077531c7a67/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>July 2, 2019 - Episode 4</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/e928d46f-f36d-4d52-8963-61b312517e4e/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:35:16</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/620557239</guid>
      <title>Congressional Job Approval</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn explains the recent drop in Congressional Job Approval and warns that Democrats need to move past the Mueller Report and focus on infrastructure and other issues voters really care about. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2019 17:35:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn explains the recent drop in Congressional Job Approval and warns that Democrats need to move past the Mueller Report and focus on infrastructure and other issues voters really care about. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="471819" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/5a492e3b-5ad8-4341-8542-b181c457227e/audio/ed51b8b2-6089-46ac-8f2c-38698f20052e/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Congressional Job Approval</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/5a492e3b-5ad8-4341-8542-b181c457227e/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:35</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn explains the recent drop in Congressional Job Approval and warns that Democrats need to move past the Mueller Report and focus on infrastructure and other issues voters really care about. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn explains the recent drop in Congressional Job Approval and warns that Democrats need to move past the Mueller Report and focus on infrastructure and other issues voters really care about. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/620150349</guid>
      <title>Do Endorsements Still Matter?</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn discusses former Vice President Joe Biden's lead in the 2020 endorsement race and explains their relevance. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates and download the full podcast: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2019 20:33:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn discusses former Vice President Joe Biden's lead in the 2020 endorsement race and explains their relevance. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates and download the full podcast: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="509007" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/0bce0df5-1629-414a-b566-08acec249167/audio/41c3a0df-19d4-46e4-bb6d-bd5095a4b8b1/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Do Endorsements Still Matter?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/0bce0df5-1629-414a-b566-08acec249167/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn discusses former Vice President Joe Biden&apos;s lead in the 2020 endorsement race and explains their relevance. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates and download the full podcast: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn discusses former Vice President Joe Biden&apos;s lead in the 2020 endorsement race and explains their relevance. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter for regular updates and download the full podcast: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/620084667</guid>
      <title>Bernie, AOC &amp; Biden</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn on how the alliance between Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez affects Former Vice President Joe Biden's current 30+ point lead. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter and bookmark this page: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2019 18:59:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn on how the alliance between Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez affects Former Vice President Joe Biden's current 30+ point lead. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter and bookmark this page: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="514707" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/8816aeb7-a5c2-42a1-a4cb-c32771f14bf4/audio/a2c448cd-5520-4f02-8d62-e0aad552be78/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Bernie, AOC &amp; Biden</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/8816aeb7-a5c2-42a1-a4cb-c32771f14bf4/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:39</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn on how the alliance between Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez affects Former Vice President Joe Biden&apos;s current 30+ point lead. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter and bookmark this page: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn on how the alliance between Sen. Bernie Sanders and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez affects Former Vice President Joe Biden&apos;s current 30+ point lead. Follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter and bookmark this page: https://soundcloud.com/markpenn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/620034264</guid>
      <title>Trump Job Approval Surge Explained</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) explains President Trump's recent overall job approval rating surge.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2019 17:05:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) explains President Trump's recent overall job approval rating surge.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="451493" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/9abe30ac-a772-47cc-b7ba-5d09ab5b0224/audio/39a14a1a-e2e0-434e-91f4-39c0b698cc11/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Trump Job Approval Surge Explained</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/9abe30ac-a772-47cc-b7ba-5d09ab5b0224/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:34</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) explains President Trump&apos;s recent overall job approval rating surge.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn (@Mark_Penn_Polls) explains President Trump&apos;s recent overall job approval rating surge.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/619975401</guid>
      <title>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Audio Breakdown</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2019 16:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="32461624" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/6efa4e9d-304d-46b6-8bb0-de2c15f2076d/audio/0891d6f4-4782-49bd-8683-a601a5fc02e0/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll Audio Breakdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/6efa4e9d-304d-46b6-8bb0-de2c15f2076d/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:44:59</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Each month, Presidential Pollster Mark Penn shares findings from the latest Harvard CAPS/Harris Poll, which is released by the Center for American Political Studies at Harvard and The Harris Poll. To sign up for regular updates and to learn more about poll results and coverage, visit https://harvardharrispoll.com/ and follow @Mark_Penn_Polls on Twitter.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/606355137</guid>
      <title>Biden Numbers</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Before he's even out of the starting gate, Former Vice President Biden has been facing a huge controversy about whether or not he was inappropriate in the way he touched others. So far, the polling ... if you look at what's happening in Iowa and New Hampshire ... is showing that's probably not his big problem. He remains number one ... the number one choice of Democratic voters, but there are some up-and-comers that could unseat him, and his problem could be that he's from the past rather than the future.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 18:44:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Before he's even out of the starting gate, Former Vice President Biden has been facing a huge controversy about whether or not he was inappropriate in the way he touched others. So far, the polling ... if you look at what's happening in Iowa and New Hampshire ... is showing that's probably not his big problem. He remains number one ... the number one choice of Democratic voters, but there are some up-and-comers that could unseat him, and his problem could be that he's from the past rather than the future.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="408160" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/a4b641aa-6102-439b-abae-5623f5798fff/audio/77457ec6-7e9d-4373-b3a8-d964052851fe/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Biden Numbers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/a4b641aa-6102-439b-abae-5623f5798fff/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:30</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Before he&apos;s even out of the starting gate, Former Vice President Biden has been facing a huge controversy about whether or not he was inappropriate in the way he touched others. So far, the polling ... if you look at what&apos;s happening in Iowa and New Hampshire ... is showing that&apos;s probably not his big problem. He remains number one ... the number one choice of Democratic voters, but there are some up-and-comers that could unseat him, and his problem could be that he&apos;s from the past rather than the future.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Before he&apos;s even out of the starting gate, Former Vice President Biden has been facing a huge controversy about whether or not he was inappropriate in the way he touched others. So far, the polling ... if you look at what&apos;s happening in Iowa and New Hampshire ... is showing that&apos;s probably not his big problem. He remains number one ... the number one choice of Democratic voters, but there are some up-and-comers that could unseat him, and his problem could be that he&apos;s from the past rather than the future.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/606348498</guid>
      <title>Mayor Pete</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mayor Pete is definitely surging in the polls. Buttigieg has come on from nowhere, to between 9% and 11% in Iowa and New Hampshire polls that have just come out. And as a Midwestern mayor, he could play very powerfully in the Iowa primary. Certainly, he's got early appeal. He could be that magic candidate coming down to this primary. We've been looking. There are a couple of front runners, but they're front runners who ran last time. They might be overtaken by an insurgent candidacy, and this could be it.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 16:19:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mayor Pete is definitely surging in the polls. Buttigieg has come on from nowhere, to between 9% and 11% in Iowa and New Hampshire polls that have just come out. And as a Midwestern mayor, he could play very powerfully in the Iowa primary. Certainly, he's got early appeal. He could be that magic candidate coming down to this primary. We've been looking. There are a couple of front runners, but they're front runners who ran last time. They might be overtaken by an insurgent candidacy, and this could be it.</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="440640" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/9e207e53-7d1d-4ecf-a2c4-bc9f3e157c5b/audio/d4aef7ee-5912-4687-8cee-3e57e5028ba4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Mayor Pete</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/9e207e53-7d1d-4ecf-a2c4-bc9f3e157c5b/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:00:33</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mayor Pete is definitely surging in the polls. Buttigieg has come on from nowhere, to between 9% and 11% in Iowa and New Hampshire polls that have just come out. And as a Midwestern mayor, he could play very powerfully in the Iowa primary. Certainly, he&apos;s got early appeal. He could be that magic candidate coming down to this primary. We&apos;ve been looking. There are a couple of front runners, but they&apos;re front runners who ran last time. They might be overtaken by an insurgent candidacy, and this could be it.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mayor Pete is definitely surging in the polls. Buttigieg has come on from nowhere, to between 9% and 11% in Iowa and New Hampshire polls that have just come out. And as a Midwestern mayor, he could play very powerfully in the Iowa primary. Certainly, he&apos;s got early appeal. He could be that magic candidate coming down to this primary. We&apos;ve been looking. There are a couple of front runners, but they&apos;re front runners who ran last time. They might be overtaken by an insurgent candidacy, and this could be it.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/588944208</guid>
      <title>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 15:36:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="7454628" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/d7d58574-616d-4ccb-b762-3aaf67f7194b/audio/969a66d9-b8da-4292-9730-634adc7ac267/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/d7d58574-616d-4ccb-b762-3aaf67f7194b/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:10:17</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Episode 4 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/588927171</guid>
      <title>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 15:01:27 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6714213" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/60c8614f-7fb5-4ca3-886a-09dfb06f4a78/audio/029d18bc-453d-4054-a547-b12f436bd8b4/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/60c8614f-7fb5-4ca3-886a-09dfb06f4a78/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:15</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Episode 2 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">tag:soundcloud,2010:tracks/588926064</guid>
      <title>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2019 14:59:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>michael@itsborderline.com (Presidential Pollster Mark Penn)</author>
      <link>http://www.markpennpolls.com</link>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</p>
<p><p>Interested in Learning More?</p><p><a href="https://harvardharrispoll.com">Harvard Harris Poll</a></p><p><a href="https://www.markpennpolls.com">Listen to More Episodes</a></p><p><a href="https://x.com/Mark_Penn_Polls">Twitter</a></p></p>]]></content:encoded>
      <enclosure length="6595095" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://cdn.simplecast.com/audio/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/episodes/3699f3f6-77d5-4117-8b94-18f3be1c9899/audio/7e93d9d3-c47a-455c-bf69-05745adfc56f/default_tc.mp3?aid=rss_feed&amp;feed=cz0AqxWI"/>
      <itunes:title>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast</itunes:title>
      <itunes:author>Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://image.simplecastcdn.com/images/c85a36/c85a3608-c870-48af-b335-6ed90324099c/3699f3f6-77d5-4117-8b94-18f3be1c9899/3000x3000/60854458c4d1acdf4e1c2f79c4137142d85d78e379bdafbd69bd34c85f5819ad?aid=rss_feed"/>
      <itunes:duration>00:09:05</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Episode 1 - Harvard Harris Poll Podcast by Presidential Pollster Mark Penn</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:episode>0</itunes:episode>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>